PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual

PIPEPHASE 9.
0
Keyword Manual
PIPEPHASE 9.0 The software described in this guide is furnished under a license
Keyword Manual agreement and may be used only in accordance with the terms
of that agreement. Information in this document is subject to
change without notice. Simulation Sciences Inc. assumes no lia-
bility for any damage to any hardware or software component
or any loss of data that may occur as a result of the use of the
information contained in this manual.
Copyright Notice © 2005 Invensys Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of
the material protected by this copyright may be reproduced or
utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical,
including photocopying, recording, broadcasting, or by any
information storage and retrieval system, without permission in
writing from Invensys Systems, Inc. All other trademarks
noted herein maybe owned by their respective companies.
Trademarks PIPEPHASE, NETOPT, Simulation Sciences, and SIMSCI are
trademarks of Invensys Systems, Inc.
TACITE is a registered trademark in the U.S. and certain coun-
tries of Institut Francais Du Petrole (IFP).
Windows, Windows 98, Windows ME, Windows NT, Win-
dows 2000, Windows XP and MS-DOS are registered trade-
marks and/or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Compaq Visual Fortran is a trademark of Compaq Computer
Corporation.
Adobe, Acrobat, Exchange, and Reader are registered marks
and/or trademarks of Adobe Systems Inc.
All other products are trademarks or registered marks of their

respective companies.
Printed in the United States of America, June 2005.

Contents
Chapter 1 Overview
About This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
Scope and Objectives of PIPEPHASE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
Flow Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Property Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Calculation Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
Pressure Drop Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
User Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
Typical Applications of PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
Field Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
Transmission Pipelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
Solving Networks with PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
The Building Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
Joining Segments Together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
Joining Links Together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
Pressure Balance Solution Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
Chapter 2 Using PIPEPHASE

Defining the Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
Properties of Fluid Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Flows and Conditions of Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Gaslift and Sphering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
Piping Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual iii

What PIPEPHASE Calculates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Rating, Design, Case Studies, and Nodal Analysis . . . . . . . . 2-3
Global Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Units of Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Printout Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Defining Fluid Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Defining Properties for Compositional Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Water as a Special Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Library Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Non-library Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Petroleum Pseudocomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Assay Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Additional Component Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Thermodynamic Properties and Phase Separation . . . . . . . . 2-11
Transport properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Multiple Thermodynamic Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Additional Thermodynamic Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Defining Properties for Non-compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Steam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Gas Condensate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Blackoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Defining Properties for Mixed Compositional/Non-Compositional
Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Generating and Using Tables of Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Compositional Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Non-compositional Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Structure of Network Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Controlling Convergence of Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Single links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
PIPEPHASE Flow and Equipment Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Flow Devices (have length) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Equipment Devices (have no length) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Process Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
iv Contents
Unit Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26
Flow Device Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26
Pressure Drop Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Pressure Drop in Flow Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
Nominal Diameter and Pipe Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Pressure Drop in Completions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31
Pressure Drop in Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Equipment Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
Heat Transfer Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38
Detailed Heat Transfer in Pipes and Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38
Gaslift Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39
Sphering or Pigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40
Reservoirs and Inflow Performance Relationships . . . . . . . . . . .2-41
Production Planning and Time-stepping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41
Time Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42
Wells and Well Grouping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42
Reservoir Depletion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42
Facilities Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42
Subsurface Networks and Multiple Completion Modeling . . . . .2-43
A Single Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43
More Than One Well. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44
Multiple Completions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45
Case Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46
Global Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47
Individual Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47
Nodal Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47
Dividing the Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47
Selecting Parameters and Flowrates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Sensitivity Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Grouping Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Chapter 3 Input Reference

Categories of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1
Order of Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Keywords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Qualifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Commenting Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Default Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual v

Units of Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Basis of Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Multiple Units of Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Continuing Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Layout of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Legend for Input Statement Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
GENERAL Data Category of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
COMPONENT Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
NETWORK Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
PVT Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
STRUCTURE Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
System Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83
Flow Devices (have length) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-104
Equipment Devices (have no length) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-116
Fitting Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-142
Unit Operations Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-158
Gaslift Category of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-167
Time-stepping Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-174
Case Study Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-177
Sensitivity Analysis Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-197
PSPLIT Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-203
User-defined DP Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-204
User Defined Viscosity Correlation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-212
Implementing user defined viscosity correlation . . . . . . . . 3-212
User Subroutine Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-212
Common Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-213
Inflow Performance Relationship (IPR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-219
User-defined Inflow Performance Relationship . . . . . . . . . 3-219
Unit Conversion Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-230
Application Program Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-238
Type 2 Blackoil PVT Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-266
Chapter 4 Results
About This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Report Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Description of Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Input Reprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Intermediate Printout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
vi Contents
Solution Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
Input Reprint Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
Structure Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Intermediate PRINTOUT Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
Solution Output Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
Link Device Detail Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25
Link Property Detail Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33
Chapter 5 Technical Reference

An Introduction to Fluid Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
Laminar and Turbulent Single-phase Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
Laminar and Transitional Flow Inside Pipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
Critical Flow - A Qualitative Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Two-phase Pressure Drop Correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
An Introduction to Oil and Gas Production Practices . . . . . .5-34
Solution Algorithms Used in PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
The Calculation Segment and Iteration Methodology . . . . .5-36
The Network Calculation Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Fluid Models Used in PIPEPHASE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43
Non-compositional Fluid Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43
Condensate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51
Steam Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-52
Compositional Fluid Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-52
Heat Transfer in Flow Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-53
Heat Transfer for Non-compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . .5-53
Heat Transfer for Compositional Fluids (including the steam
fluid model). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-54
The Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (U-value) . . . . . . . . .5-56
Equipment & Fittings Flow Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-60
Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-61
DPDT Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-62
Chokes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-62
Check Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-67
Heaters and Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-68
Separators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-68
Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-69
Converging Network Simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-73
User Requirements for This Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-73
PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual vii

Sub-Network Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97
Data Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100
Procedure for Accessing PRO/II Stream Data . . . . . . . . . . 5-100
Chapter 6 Component Data Summary

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
PRO/II Component Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Non-library Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Petroleum Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Solid Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Component Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
UNIFAC Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Petroleum Component Characterizations (optional - Section 15) . . . . . . . 6-4
Component Definition for Synfuel Components (optional - Section 15) . 6-4
Solid Attributes (optional - Section 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Component Properties (optional - Section 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Chapter 7 Thermodynamic Data Summary

The METHOD Statement (required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Method-Specific Water Handling Options (optional - Section 2.1.6). . 7-3
Property Statements (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
User-Supplied K-value Data (optional - Section 2.3.12) . . . . 7-5
Binary Interaction Data (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Liquid Phase Activity Binary Interaction Data (Section 2.5) 7-7
Other Binary Data For Liquid Activity Methods (Section 2.5). . . . 7-8
Pure Component Alpha Formulations (optional - Section 2.4.5) . . 7-9
(Used with PR, SRK, or UNIWAALS methods)Special Property
Methods Data (optional - Section 2.8.2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Method-Specific Pure Component Data (optional - Section 2.9) . 7-10
Appendix A Pressure Drop Correlations

Recommendations on Pressure Drop Correlations . . . . . . . . . . A-11
Single-Phase Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
Two-Phase and Compositional Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
viii Contents
Appendix B
Default Values of Schedule Pipe Sizes used by
PIPEPHASE
Appendix C
Format of User-definable Nominal Pipe, Tubing and Riser
Size Databases
Appendix D
References
Appendix E
Results Access System Database
PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual ix

Chapter 1
Overview
About This Chapter

This chapter describes the scope, objectives, applications and
capabilities of PIPEPHASE. It introduces the concepts involved in
pipeline, well, and network analysis and describes how
PIPEPHASE tackles them. This chapter should be read by anyone
new to PIPEPHASE.
Scope and Objectives of PIPEPHASE

PIPEPHASE is a simulation program which predicts steady-state
pressure, temperature, and liquid holdup profiles in wells,
flowlines, gathering systems, and other linear or network
configurations of pipes, wells, pumps, compressors, separators, and
other facilities. The fluid types that PIPEPHASE can handle include
liquid, gas, steam, and multiphase mixtures of gas and liquid.
Several special capabilities have also been designed into
PIPEPHASE including well analysis with inflow performance; gas
lift analysis; pipeline sphering; and sensitivity (nodal) analysis.
These additions extend the range of the PIPEPHASE application so
that the full range of pipeline and piping network problems can be
solved.
The PIPEPHASE functionality is summarized below:
PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual 1-1

Figure 1-1: Scope of PIPEPHASE
Flow Devices
PIPEPHASE can be used for simulating single or multiphase fluid
flow through any combination of pipes, risers, tubing, annuli,
fittings and items of process equipment. In PIPEPHASE, pipes,
risers, tubing and annuli are collectively known as flow devices.
Pipes and risers are normally used for modeling pipelines whereas
tubing and annuli simulate flow in wells. A complete listing of
available flow devices can be found in Chapter 2, Using
PIPEPHASE. This chapter describes how PIPEPHASE handles
flow devices within pipe sections.
Property Data
PIPEPHASE can simulate fluids defined either by composition, by
assay (ASTM, TBP) curve, or by non-compositional means. For
compositionally or assay defined fluids, all component,
thermodynamic, and transport property data are stored in, or created
from, PIPEPHASE’s data and calculation libraries. For non-
compositionally defined fluids, PIPEPHASE uses built-in
correlations to determine all physical property data the program
requires for pressure drop and heat transfer calculations. Details of
the different fluid types and how to define them can be found in
Chapter 2, Using PIPEPHASE.
1-2 Overview
Calculation Modes
PIPEPHASE can be used for designing new systems or rating
existing ones. Any piping topology can be addressed, from a simple
single link of flow devices to the most complex network of
pipelines and wells, including multiple inlets and outlets and any
degree of looping. In network configurations, you are allowed to fix
almost any combination of pressures and flowrates and
PIPEPHASE will solve for all the remaining unknowns.
Line capacities, flow distribution in loops, heat transfer effects,
Joule-Thomson effects, in-line flow patterns, vapor and liquid
velocities and preferential phase splitting at tees for steam systems
are all accurately determined. Details of how these are invoked can
be found in Chapter 2, Using PIPEPHASE.
Pressure Drop Methods

PIPEPHASE solves pressure drop and energy balance equations,
while simultaneously performing rigorous heat transfer
calculations. You can choose from more than twenty industry-
standard correlations for predicting the pressure drop and liquid
holdup. A full list of correlations is in Chapter 3, Input Reference,
Tables 3-6 and 3-7.
User Convenience
PIPEPHASE is fully supported by SIMSCI’s experienced staff who
can supply advise on using the program and offer assistance if you
are having problems. Simply call the nearest authorized SIMSCI
technical support centers listed in the Introduction section of the
PIPEPHASE Installation Guide. Full documentation is also
available from these SIMSCI - ESSCOR centers. In addition to the
easy-to-use keyword version of PIPEPHASE, SIMSCI - ESSCOR
offers a version with a graphical user interface
Typical Applications of PIPEPHASE

Both new design and the analysis of existing system applications
are possible with PIPEPHASE. For new systems, PIPEPHASE can
be used to size the various pipes and tubing, to determine required
pump/compressor power and heater cooler duty, and to predict
pressure, temperature, liquid holdup, velocity, flowrate, and flow
pattern distributions throughout the system.

Field Production
Gathering Gathering systems, from the reservoir to the

Systems separation facilities or transmission pipeline, may
be analyzed using PIPEPHASE. For wells, you
may model inflow performance, completions,
tubing/annuli flow, chokes, submersible pumps
and gaslift. For the flowlines and trunklines, you
may model pipes, risers, chokes, separators,
pumps, compressors, heaters, and coolers. The
interaction between the surface lines and the well
strings are modeled with the appropriate network
mass and pressure equations. Each line of the
network, both surface and downhole, are
subjected to the heat balance relationships so that
flowing temperatures can be predicted. New
gathering systems can be designed for optimum
efficiency and old systems can be revamped.The
effects of changing separator conditions or
flowline size, for example, can easily be studied
using case study analysis.
Gaslift PIPEPHASE has four gaslift options. You may

Analysis analyze the performance of wells which are
currently on gaslift, maximize oil recovery using
new gaslift, and determine which gaslift valves
should be activated for a specified production
scheme. This allows you to study each production
well in a field over the life of the reservoir. You
may determine which wells are candidates for
gaslift, how production can be improved with
gaslift, and which gaslift rates and valve locations
are required. For all gaslift options, the
production fluid is considered to be in the tubing
and the lift gas in the annulus around it.
Once the location of the gaslift valve and the
amount of injection gas is determined, the
performance of an entire gathering system can be
analyzed in the Network mode.
1-4 Overview
Enhanced Oil PIPEPHASE is not a reservoir model. However,
Recovery it can be used to analyze water, steam, gas,
nitrogen, and CO2 injection wells, complete with
the outflow reservoir performance as predicted by
a reservoir simulator, or as measured by well-test
data. PIPEPHASE can be used to predict injection
rates and conditions, flowing bottomhole
pressures, and similar phenomena. Of course,
PIPEPHASE can also be used to analyze the
transmission pipelines or distribution networks
that deliver the injection fluids.
Re-routing and For complex gathering and distribution networks,

Mothballing you may want to re-route part of the production
and shutdown certain wells or entire gathering
centers. This can be modeled with PIPEPHASE
without coding new input files. New pipe links
are manually inserted. Some engineering
judgement should be exercised in selecting the
scenarios as to how links are to be shut-in and
new links added through the case study or time
stepping utilities.
Transmission Pipelines
PIPEPHASE can simulate or predict the pressure and temperature
profiles for an existing pipeline system that consists of various sizes
of pipes, pumps, separators and other equipment. It accomplishes
this using one or more of its industry standard pressure-drop
correlations and its heat balance mechanism. Once the pressure and
temperature profiles are calculated, they can be compared with
measured data. In this manner, you can isolate problem areas and
can investigate various remedies by further simulation.
Power and In addition to the pipe sizing for a new pipeline

Duty system, the horsepower of pumps and
Requirements compressors and the duty of coolers and heaters
must be determined. You can use PIPEPHASE to
calculate these requirements based on either
simulated or input suction and discharge
conditions.

Insulation For many pipelines, a balance must be reached
Requirement between the retention and addition of heat. Heavy
crudes usually have such high viscosities and
sensitive temperature-viscosity functions that it is
important to keep the flowing temperature as high
as possible. Waterflood lines in cold environments
must be kept above the freezing point. Liquid
dropout and hydrate formation in gas and gas/
condensate lines can be limited by maintaining or
increasing the flowing temperature. There are two
ways of doing this - insulate the line or install
heaters along the line. For onshore pipelines,
burying the line or covering it with earth is
sometimes an effective means of retarding heat
loss. Generally, some combination of heaters,
insulation, and burial constitutes an optimum or
nearly optimum operation. Arctic environments
usually disallow the burial option because of
damage to the permafrost layer.
PIPEPHASE allows prediction of heat loss
through the pipe walls and of the performance of
heaters installed at various locations along the
pipeline. PIPEPHASE can also predict the
formation of hydrates.
Cost calculations can be incorporated through the
calculator unit operation.
1-6 Overview
Slug Catcher The sphering, or pigging, calculation in
Sizing PIPEPHASE predicts the quantity of liquids
formed as a multiphase fluid flows in a pipeline
and determines the size of the liquid slug that is
pushed out by the pig. The volume of a slug
catcher tank must be at least as large as this liquid
slug.
If only natural slugging occurs, good engineering
practice dictates that the slug catcher vessel should
be sized even larger than the calculated slug
volume to account for transient pigging conditions
and statistical uncertainty inherent in all liquid
holdup predictions. Turndown simulation, i.e.,
holdup predicted for lower rates than the actual
operating rate, should also be a part of any slug-
catcher study.
LNG, Carbon Because of its large library of component data and

Dioxide and its variety of thermodynamic options,
Other Fluids PIPEPHASE is not restricted to the traditional
hydrocarbon fluids. This means that line sizing,
capacity determinations, power and duty
requirements, insulation calculations and station
spacing can be investigated for LNG, dense-phase
CO2 and similar fluids using PIPEPHASE.
Solving Networks with PIPEPHASE

PIPEPHASE is an easy program to use, yet it incorporates
sophisticated algorithms for calculating pressure drops and heat
transfer in pipe networks. This section outlines the PIPEPHASE
approach to solving piping networks.
Links
A link is a number of connected flow devices, fittings and
equipment items arranged in series with only one inlet and one
outlet. In Figure 1-2, the link comprises all pipes, fittings and
equipment items from the fluid inlet outlet.

Figure 1-2: Example of PIPEPHASE Link
Networks
A network is a number of links joined together at junctions. A
network may have one or more inlets (sources), one or more outlets
(sinks), loops, and crossovers. The following figure shows a typical
network.
Figure 1-3: A typical PIPEPHASE Network
All networks are treated the same regardless of the number of

sources, sinks, loops, and crossovers.
The Building Blocks

A network is divided into a number of links and each link is in turn
divided into flow devices, fittings and process equipment items
(pumps, valves, etc.). To carry out the pressure drop and heat
1-8 Overview
transfer calculations, each flow device may be further subdivided
into calculation segments. By default, each flow device is a single
calculation segment.
Note: PIPEPHASE is a steady-state program; therefore, there

must be an energy balance within each pipe segment.
The segment calculation takes into account frictional, elevational,
and accelerational pressure drop components. Frictional pressure
drop is due to the shear stress between pipe wall and fluid.
Elevational pressure drop is a result of the conversion of fluid
potential energy into hydrostatic pressure and the accelerational
pressure drop is the gain or loss in pressure due to changes in
velocity of the fluid. The following figure illustrates a PIPEPHASE
calculation segment.
Figure 1-4: Calculation Segment
In addition to the pressure balance for the pipe segment, a heat

balance is also performed. There must be a balance between heat
coming into the segment and heat leaving it. Heat can enter or leave
with the fluid or through the flow device walls. The transfer through
the walls is governed by the temperature difference between the
average fluid flowing temperature and the ambient temperature
Ambient temperature and by the overall heat transfer coefficient.
Joining Segments Together

The calculation segment pressure drop and temperature change
equations are the heart of the PIPEPHASE calculations. For flow
devices, the calculation segments are strung together and the
solution procedure is sequential. Calculation begins at the inlet
where the conditions are known. The heat and momentum balance

equations are solved, in an iterative fashion for this first segment
and the conditions at the other end are found. These calculated
conditions become the known conditions for the inlet to the next
segment. Calculations progress sequentially until the end of the
device is reached. Further flow devices are calculated in the same
way until the end of the link is reached.
If an item of process equipment, such as a pump, is in the link, the
calculated conditions for the outlet of the flow device become the
known inlet conditions for this item. Then the equipment
characteristic equations are solved.
Joining Links Together

A number of links may be joined together to form a network. A
junction is the name given to the point where two or more links are
joined. Since the fluid coming from all sources must equal the fluid
leaving from all sinks, the net flow at each junction is zero. The
coupled junction balance equations form a set of non-linear
equations which must be solved numerically.
The primary method for solving these equations in PIPEPHASE is
called the Pressure Balance Solution method.
Pressure Balance Solution Method

The Pressure Balance Solution Method (PBAL) is a Newton-
Raphson method of solving pipeline networks. Derivatives for this
method are calculated numerically.
Pressures at a junction or sink are calculated for each inflowing
link. The pressure traverse in each link is calculated in the direction
of flow from the inlet of the link to the outlet.
Convergence
For a junction or sink with multiple inflowing links and where you
have not fixed the pressure:
ï Pressures at a node (i.e., a sink, source, or
junction) are calculated for each link
incident on the node. If the pressures are
equal within a user defined tolerance, the
node pressure (by pressure balance) has
converged.
1-10 Overview
For fixed sink and junction pressures:
ï Pressures at a node are calculated for each
link incident on the node. When the calculated
node pressure is equal to the set node
pressure within the user defined tolerance,
the node pressure has converged.
If the pressure discrepancy is not within tolerance in any of the
nodes, the Newton-Raphson method calculates new mass balanced
link flowrate estimates and new source pressure estimates for the
next iteration.

Chapter 2
Using PIPEPHASE
About This Chapter

This chapter contains information about the way PIPEPHASE
works, the data that you need to supply, and the correlations used.
This chapter is arranged according to what you want to do, the type
of fluid you have, and the type of pipeline network. For each of the
capabilities of PIPEPHASE, this chapter explains which data you
are required to provide the program, and which data you may
optionally supply. Throughout this chapter, the right hand column
contains page numbers in Chapter 3, Input Reference, and to a
STATEMENT on that page where you will find details on how to
format the data.
PIPEPHASE uses the industry-standard PRO/II physical property
and thermodynamic package. In these cases, page references are to
the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
Defining the Application

The first thing you should do before using PIPEPHASE is to decide
what type of application you have. This depends on:
■ The properties of the fluid(s) flowing through the piping sys-
tem,
■ The flowrates and conditions at which those fluids enter and
leave the piping system,
■ The structure and elements of the piping system, and
■ Other special processes you want to simulate, such as Sphering.

Properties of Fluid Types
There are seven types of fluid modeled in PIPEPHASE:
■ Compositional
■ Compositional Blackoil
■ Non-compositional:
● Blackoil
● Gas Condensate
● Gas
● Liquid
● Steam
The fluid type controls how the program is able to obtain the
physical properties necessary for pressure drop and heat transfer
calculations either from the PIPEPHASE databank, from built-in
empirical correlations, or from user-supplied input. Steam is a
special case of a non-compositional fluid, for which PIPEPHASE
uses the GPSA steam tables.
Compositional fluids are defined as mixtures of chemical
components with a known composition. For compositional fluids,
PIPEPHASE will calculate the phase split whenever prevailing
process fluid conditions demand. However, you may instruct
PIPEPHASE to assume the fluid is one phase at all times, thus
reducing the time the program takes to solve by bypassing the
vapor-liquid equilibrium (flash) calculation. Compositional blackoil
allows selective compositional input for blackoil analysis and
reporting.
Non-compositional gases and liquids are single-phase. Blackoil is a
liquid-dominated, two-phase model. Gas Condensate is a gas-
dominated, two-phase model. Steam is a single component, two-
phase model.
Flows and Conditions of Fluids

Fluids enter piping systems at sources and leave at sinks. Fluids
with different properties may enter at different sources, but they
must all be of the same type.
2-2 Using PIPEPHASE

In general, you have to assign flowrates, temperatures and pressures
to sources and/or sinks. For compositional fluids, you also have to
assign compositions to the source fluids. The exceptions are
explained in What PIPEPHASE Calculates later in this chapter.
Gaslift and Sphering

Two special applications, relevant to oil production, can be modeled
with PIPEPHASE. Gaslift analysis is used to investigate the effects
of lift gas on well production. Sphering or Pigging is used to
increase gas flow efficiency in wet gas and gas dominated
multiphase pipelines.
Piping Structure
Before beginning to input problem data to PIPEPHASE, it is
important that you convert the structure of the piping system into a
simpler schematic representation of the relevant nodes (i.e.,
sources, junctions, and sinks) and links. Label each node and link
both uniquely and logically for future reference.
What PIPEPHASE Calculates

PIPEPHASE solves the equations that define the relationship
between pressure drop and flowrate. PIPEPHASE can also
calculate heat losses and gains.
With a single link, PIPEPHASE will calculate the pressure drop for
a known flowrate. Alternatively, for a given pressure drop,
PIPEPHASE will calculate the flowrate.
With a network configuration, you must supply a known flowrate or
pressure at each source and sink and PIPEPHASE will calculate the
unknowns. The combination of knowns that you are allowed to
supply are explained in this chapter.
Rating, Design, Case Studies, and Nodal Analysis

PIPEPHASE works in both rating and design modes. In rating
mode, you supply data about the pipes, fittings and equipment and
PIPEPHASE calculates the pressure and temperature profiles. In
design mode, PIPEPHASE calculates line sizes. Case studies can be
performed in either mode.

Nodal analysis is a powerful graphical technique commonly used
by production engineers reviewing individual wells or pipelines.
The graph clearly represents the performance characteristic
envelope of the link. Nodal analyses can be performed only on a
single link.
Global Settings
Before you provide PIPEPHASE with information about the fluid
and piping structure of your problem, global parameters may be set
and the problem definition described. Choices can be made on how
to control the simulation, define the input units, specify how much
output you want, and set global defaults for use throughout the
simulation.
To provide... See...
Descriptive text You must use a TITLE statement that denotes that 3-10 TITLE
the input has started. The only word that has to
appear on this statement is TITLE.
On the TITLE statement you may supply text; this 3-10 TITLE
text will appear at the top of every page of output,
and will make the run easier to identify.
You can further describe the problem using up to 3-11 DESCRIPTION
four lines of 60 characters each.
If you are using the Case Study facility, you may 3-177 DESCRIPTION
add one line of description for each case study.
You will find further details about case studies
later in this chapter.
If you are using the Sensitivity (nodal) Analysis 3-198 DESCRIPTION
facility, you may add two lines of description, one
for inflow and one for outflow. You will find
further details about nodal analysis later in this
chapter.
Input data You may use PIPEPHASE just to check your input 3-16 CALCULATION
checking syntax and topology and not to perform any
calculations.
Units of Measurement
PIPEPHASE allows you to construct a group of units of measure
(or dimensions) which are to be used throughout all the simulation
input. However, you may locally override individual units of
measure where necessary. The output will always be in the units
supplied on the DIMENSION statement, unless specific output
overrides or supplements are requested on the OUTDIMENSION
statement.
2-4 Using PIPEPHASE
To provide... See...
Input units Global units of measurement are defined at the 3-11 DIMENSION
beginning of the input. PIPEPHASE has four pre-
selected sets for user convenience: Petroleum,
English, Metric and SI. You should select the set
that is closest to your requirements. You can then
re-define units of measurement either globally at
the start of the input or individually when you
supply the data. If you do not select a set,
PIPEPHASE defaults to the Petroleum set.
Printout Options
PIPEPHASE generates a great deal of data during its calculations.
The default printout is normally sufficient for most engineering
applications. You may increase or decrease the amount of output
depending upon your requirements. For further details describing
the output printout, see Chapter 4, Results.
To set the... See...

Output units The default units of measurement for output are 3-29 OUTDIMENSION
the same as those defined globally for input on
the DIMENSION statement. Using the
OUTDIMENSION statement, you may define a
separate set of units for the output.
Input reprint You will always get a reprint of your input 3-27 PRINT
keyword file. PIPEPHASE then reprints its
interpretation of the input. You may suppress
this interpretation output.
Iterative results During solution of a network, PIPEPHASE 3-27 PRINT
iterates until it converges to within the set
tolerance. You can request a printout that shows
intermediate results. The results can provide
clues which help to converge large or sensitive
networks.
Flash results In a compositional run, PIPEPHASE prints out 3-27 PRINT
phase equilibrium details and the properties of
the phases at each node. This output can be
suppressed.
Devices You can request a range of detail for different 3-27 PRINT
devices. In addition, special outputs are
produced for sphering.
Properties output PIPEPHASE can output all properties used in 3-27 PRINT
the detailed calculations.

To set the... See...
Plotting options In addition to tabular data, line printer plots of 3-27 PRINT
pressure and temperature versus distance may be
requested. The Taitel-Dukler flow regime map
may also be produced for links operating in two-
phase flow. Phase Envelope and Nodal Analysis
plots may also be generated.
Results Access Using the PIPEPHASE (RAS), you may 3-27 PRINT
System (RAS) examine data that have been produced by a
keyword run of the program. You may also print
or plot the results using EXCEL.
Defaults
Many of PIPEPHASE’s data items are defaulted. If you do not
explicitly specify an item or a calculation method, the program will
automatically assign a value or method. These values for example
29 BTU/hr-ft-oF for pipe thermal conductivity and the Moody
method for single-phase pressure drop calculations have been
selected to be reasonable for normal engineering purposes, but are
not necessarily the best for your particular application. They are
there for your convenience and are not intended to replace
engineering judgement. You should check that you do not get
invalid results through their use.
For convenience, PIPEPHASE allows you to change some defaults
globally at the start of the input.
To define... See...
Flow device You can specify global values for the pipe, riser, 3-21 DEFAULT
parameters tubing and annulus inside diameter, the surrounding 3-104 PIPE
medium, and the parameters associated with pressure 3-107 RISER
drop and heat transfer. You can override these settings 3-110 TUBING
for individual pipes. 3-108 ANNULUS
Heat transfer You can define the heat transfer for pipes, risers, 3-21 DEFAULT
tubings, and annuli as an overall coefficient or by 3-104 PIPE
defining the parameters - viscosity, conductivity, 3-107 RISER
velocity, etc. - for the surrounding soil, air, or water. 3-110 TUBING
You can select a medium and optionally override these 3-108 ANNULUS
settings for individual pipes. You can globally
suppress heat transfer calculations and then reinstate
them for individual pipes, risers, tubings, and annuli.
Pressure drop You can globally set the pressure drop method and the 3-18 FCODE
methods Palmer parameters for liquid holdup. You can override 3-104 PIPE
the pressure drop method for individual pipes, risers, 3-107 RISER
tubings, and annuli. 3-110 TUBING
3-108 ANNULUS
2-6 Using PIPEPHASE

To define... See...
Transitional flow You can globally set the transitional Reynolds 3-18 FCODE
Number between laminar and turbulent flow regimes.
Limits You can change the maximum and minimum values of 3-26 LIMITS
temperature and pressure for flash calculations. If the
program detects conditions outside these limits,
warning messages will be presented in the output.
Defining Fluid Properties

PIPEPHASE requires the properties of the fluid to calculate
pressure drops, heat transfer, and phase separation. There are two
major classifications of fluid models: compositional and non-
compositional.
A fluid model is compositional when it can be defined in terms of
its individual components either directly or via an assay curve.
PIPEPHASE will then predict the fluids properties by applying the
appropriate mixing rules to the pure component properties. Unless
PIPEPHASE is instructed otherwise, it will perform phase
equilibrium calculations for the fluid and determine the quantity
and properties of the liquid and vapor phases.
A fluid model is non-compositional when it can be defined with
correlations based on measurable properties.
Defining Properties for Compositional Fluids

PIPEPHASE requires thermodynamic and transport properties to
calculate phase splits, pressure drops, and heat transfer.
All required properties of compositional fluids are predicted from
the properties of the pure components. These are mixed to get the
stream properties of the fluid.
There are three methods for defining a component:
1. Selecting individual components from the SIMSCI library,
2. Defining individual components as petroleum pseudocompo-
nents,
3. Defining an assay curve and having the thermodynamic model
divide it into petroleum cuts.

The compositional fluid can be defined in terms of any combination
of these options. You can have different compositions at each
source.
Water as a Special Component

PIPEPHASE can rigorously predict phase separations involving
more than one liquid phase. However, there is a simplified way of
dealing with water in hydrocarbon systems. Because water is only
sparingly soluble in oil, a hydrocarbon system with a significant
amount of water will often form two liquid phases. PIPEPHASE
will handle calculations involving water in hydrocarbons by one of
two methods:
1. It can calculate the solubility of water in the hydrocarbon phase
and put the excess water into a pure aqueous phase. All the
aqueous phase properties will be calculated separately from
those of the hydrocarbon phase.
2. It can perform a rigorous three phase flash to determine the
composition of each phase.
Library Components
The SIMSCI library contains over 1700 components. A full list is
available in the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data
Input Manual. For all components, the databank contains data for
all the fixed properties and temperature-dependent properties
necessary to carry out phase equilibrium calculations. For all
common components, the databank also contains a full set of
transport properties necessary to carry out pressure drop and heat
transfer calculations. If you need to supplement the data, or override
the library data with your own, you may do so.
To specify... See...
Library All fixed property data may be accessed from the 3-33 COMPONENT
components SIMSCI databank. All you need to do is supply
the name of the component.
Library You may override the SIMSCI constant 3-36 MW
components properties for any or all of the components. 3-36 SPGR
3-36 API
3-36 ACENTRIC
3-36 ZC
3-36 TC
3-36 PC
3-36 NBP
3-36 STDDENSITY
3-36 VC
2-8 Using PIPEPHASE

You may override the SIMSCI variable 3-37 VP
(temperature-dependent) properties for any or all 3-37 ENTHALPY
of the components. 3-37 CP
3-37 LATENT
3-37 DENSITY
3-37 VISCOSITY
3-37 CONDUCTIVITY
3-37 SURFACE
Non-library Components
You may use components not found in the SIMSCI library. You
must input all the necessary data for thermodynamic and transport
properties. If you need help in determining data for such
components, you may use SIMSCI’s DATAPREP program.
Non-library If you want to use a component that is not in the SIMSCI Component
components SIMSCI Bank, you must supply its name and all the and Thermodynamic
required properties. Data Input Manual
Petroleum Pseudocomponents
To define hydrocarbon pseudocomponents, you must supply at least
two of the following three parameters:
1. Molecular weight
2. Gravity
3. Normal boiling point
PIPEPHASE will predict the third if you omit it. PIPEPHASE uses
industry-standard characterization methods to predict all fixed and
temperature-dependent property data for each pseudocomponent.
You may select the method most suitable for your own mixture.
To define... See...
Pseudo- Define petroleum pseudocomponents by 3-34 PETROLEUM
components supplying at least two of the following:
molecular weight, gravity, and normal boiling
point.
Property- You may select the method PIPEPHASE will 3-34 ASSAY
calculation use to calculate the properties of your pseudo-
methods components.

To define... See...
Fixed Property You can supply your own fixed property data to 3-36 MW
Data override the data that PIPEPHASE uses from its 3-36 SPGR
own internal library. 3-36 API
3-36 ACENTRIC
3-36 ZC
3-36 TC
3-36 PC
3-36 NBP
3-36 STDDENSITY
3-36 VC
Variable Property You can supply your own temperature- 3-37 VP
Data dependent property data to override the data 3-37 ENTHALPY
that PIPEPHASE predicts. 3-37 CP
3-37 LATENT
3-37 DENSITY
3-37 VISCOSITY
3-37 CONDUCTIVITY
3-37 SURFACE
Assay Curve
If your fluid is defined by an assay curve (TBP, D86, D2887, or
D1160), PIPEPHASE will divide it into a number of cuts. You can
control the number of cuts and the ranges they cover. Each of the
cuts is then treated as a pseudocomponent, as described previously.
You may also define a lightends analysis to go with the assay curve.
To supply... See...
Assay Data You supply an assay curve, and PIPEPHASE will 3-34 D86, D1160,
divide it into petroleum cuts. You supply it in the D2887, TBP,
form of D86, D1160, D2887, TBP, or TBP at 10 mm TBP10
Hg curves.
You must also supply gravity as API or specific 3-36 API, SPGR,
gravity or UOP K-factor either as a curve against UOP, DATA
percent vaporized or as an average value.
PIPEPHASE will calculate molecular weight data, 3-36 MW
or you may supply it as an average or a curve against
percent vaporized.
You may define the number of petroleum fractions 3-36 CUTPOINTS
to be generated and their temperature ranges.
You may select the method PIPEPHASE will use to 3-34 ASSAY
calculate the properties of the generated petroleum
fractions.
Mixed component You can mix defined components and 3-94 LIGHTENDS
types pseudocomponents with assay data by defining a
lightends composition and rate for each source.
2-10 Using PIPEPHASE

Additional Component Capabilities
All the features of SIMSCI’s industry-standard component property
databank and methods have been incorporated into PIPEPHASE.
These are summarized below in Table 2-1. For details of these
methods and their applicability, please consult the SIMSCI
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, in the volume
detailed below.
Table 2-1: Summary of Other Component Property Options
Option Summary Chapter
Synthetic You may characterize a component as a Volume 1
components synfuel of a specific type or as a mixture
of different petroleum types.
Other fixed Rackett parameter is required for the Volume 1
property Rackett method for liquid densities.
requirements Dipole moment and Radius of gyration
are required for the Hayden-OConnell
method for vapor properties. Hildebrand
solubility parameter and liquid molar
volume are required for various
generalized and liquid activity
thermodynamic correlations.
Van der Waal’s area and volume are
required for UNIFAC and UNIQUAC
liquid activity thermodynamic
correlations.
Properties from You may define the structure of non- Volume 1
structure library components for use with the
UNIFAC thermodynamic method.
Thermodynamic Properties and Phase Separation

PIPEPHASE can use a generalized correlation, an equation of state,
or a liquid activity method to calculate thermodynamic properties at
the flowing conditions and hence to predict the split between the
liquid and vapor phases. The choice of the thermodynamic property
calculation method depends on the components in the fluid and the
prevailing temperatures and pressures. PIPEPHASE also provides a
number of methods that can rigorously calculate vapor-liquid-liquid
equilibrium and solid-liquid equilibrium. Recommendations for the
commonly found pipeline systems are provided below.

Table 2-2: Recommended Methods for Thermodynamic Properties
Method
Property Heavy Hydrocarbon Light Hydrocarbon Natural Gas Systems
Systems Systems
K-value Braun K10 (<100 psia) Peng-Robinson Peng-Robinson
Grayson-Streed Soave-Redlich-Kwong Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Peng-Robinson Lee-Kesler-Plcker
Soave-Redlich-Kwong Benedict-Webb-Rubin-
Starling
Chao-Seader
Enthalpy Curl-Pitzer Peng-Robinson Peng-Robinson
Johnson-Grayson Soave-Redlich-Kwong Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Lee-Kesler Lee-Kesler-Plcker
Peng-Robinson BWRS
Soave-Redlich-Kwong Curl-Pitzer
Lee- Kesler
Liquid density API API API
Lee-Kesler Lee-Kesler Lee-Kesler
Vapor density Peng-Robinson Peng-Robinson Peng-Robinson
Soave-Redlich-Kwong Soave-Redlich-Kwong Soave-Redlich-Kwong
You can specify methods that you want to use for the following
thermodynamic properties.
K-values, You must select a thermodynamic method for 3-49 METHOD
enthalpy, density calculating the vapor-liquid equilibrium and mixture
properties from component properties. Either select a
system with a predefined method for each property, or
select an individual method for each property.
Vapor-liquid- Use the (VLLE) qualifier on the SYSTEM keyword or 3-49 METHOD
liquid equilibria on the KVALUE keyword or have a second KVALUE
keyword with an (LLE) qualifier.
Different enthalpy You must include two ENTHALPY keywords, one 3-49 METHOD
methods for liquid with an (L) qualifier and one with a (V) qualifier.
and vapor
Different density You must include two DENSITY keywords, one with 3-49 METHOD
methods for liquid an (L) qualifier and one with a (V) qualifier.
and vapor
Aqueous phase If you have water in a hydrocarbon system, you may 3-54 WATER
enthalpy select a method for calculating aqueous liquid and
vapor enthalpies either by a simplified method which
assumes that the steam is at its saturation point or by a
rigorous method which takes into account the degree
of superheat of the vapor, if any.

Binary interaction For some systems, notably close-boiling mixtures, the 3-55 PR, SRK,
parameters standard equations do not adequately reproduce 3-55 BWRS, LKP
experimental phase equilibria data. You may improve
the predictability of many of the equations of state, or
liquid activity coefficient methods by inputting your
own binary interaction parameter values. For
example, you can tune the PR, SRK, BWRS and LKP
equations.
Transport properties
The SIMSCI databank contains pure component data for the
thermal conductivity, surface tension, and viscosity of liquids and
vapors as functions of temperature. You can choose to use these
data and simple mixing rules to predict the flowing properties of the
fluid.
Alternatively you can choose to use the API Data Book property
prediction methods and mixing rules for mixed hydrocarbons.
About 60 of the bank components have data for viscosity and
thermal conductivity from the GPA TRAPP program. If you choose
to use the TRAPP data, all of your components must be TRAPP
components and you cannot have any pseudocomponents or assay
data.
Prediction You may choose a method for calculating bulk 3-49 METHOD
methods transport properties from component properties.
Select a system with predefined methods for each
property, or select an individual method for each
property.
Overriding To override the mixture liquid viscosity predictions, 3-57 SET
viscosity you may supply a liquid viscosity curve for either the
hydrocarbon liquid phase, the water phase or the total
liquid. A different viscosity curve may be supplied for
each source.
Multiple Thermodynamic Methods

In most cases, a single set of thermodynamic and transport methods
is adequate for calculating properties of all sources. However, your
flowsheet may contain sources with widely varying compositions or
conditions such that they cannot be simulated accurately using just

one set. To account for this, you may define more than one set of
methods (there is no limit) and apply different sets to different
sources.
More than one For each set use a separate METHOD statement. 3-49 METHOD
thermodynamic Name the set using the SET keyword.
set
The set used by a Link the source to the thermodynamic set using the 3-83 SOURCE
source SET keyword.
A default When a single set is present, all sources use that set. If 3-49 METHOD
thermodynamic you do not link the source to a thermodynamic set, it
set will use the default set. Normally this is the first set
that appears in the input. If you want to stipulate that
another set is the default, use the DEFAULT keyword.
The thermodynamic set can also be set for junctions

with streams feeding the junctions and being mixed
using the new method.
Additional Thermodynamic Capabilities

All of SIMSCI’s industry-standard thermophysical property
calculation methods have been incorporated into PIPEPHASE.
These are summarized in the following table. For details of these
methods and their applicability, please consult Chapter 2 in the
SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
Table 2-3: Summary of Other Thermodynamic Options
Option Methods
Generalized Grayson-Streed Chao-Seader
Correlations Improved-Grayson-Streed Chao-Seader-Erbar
Grayson-Streed-Erbar Ideal
Braun-K10
Equations of State Soave-Redlich-Kwong Panagiotopoulos-Reid
SRK-Kabadi-Danner Peng-Robinson
SRK-Huron-Vidal PR-Huron-Vidal
SRK-Panagiotopoulos- PR-Panagiotopoulos-Reid
Reid BWRS
SRK-Modified Uniwaals
SRK-SIMSCI
SRK-Hexamer

Table 2-3: Summary of Other Thermodynamic Options
Option Methods
Liquid Activity Non-random Two-liquid Universal Functional
Methods Equation Activity Coefficient
Universal Quasi-chemical (UNIFAC)
(UNIQUAC) Lyngby-modified
van Laar UNIFAC
Wilson Dortmund-modified
Margules UNIFAC
Regular Solution Theory Modified UNIFAC
method
Flory-Huggins Theory
Free volume modification
to UNIFAC
Ideal
Special Packages Glycol Amine
Sour water Alcohol
GPA Sour Water
Other Features Heat of mixing Henry’s Law
Poynting correction Amine Residence Time
Correction
Defining Properties for Non-compositional Fluids

A non-compositional fluid model must be defined as blackoil, gas
condensate, liquid, gas, or steam. Blackoil and gas condensate are
two-phase, with one phase dominant. Gas and liquid fluid models
are single-phase. Steam may be single or two-phase.
Fluid definition You must tell PIPEPHASE the type of fluid you 3-16 CALCULATION
have: blackoil, gas condensate, liquid, gas, or
steam.
Different data You may supply specific gravities for each source. 3-57 SET
for different
sources

Liquid
All properties of a non-compositional liquid are calculated by
PIPEPHASE from the specific gravity and built-in correlations.
You may choose from the viscosity correlations shown in Table 4-
23.
Liquid definition You must define the liquid as water or 3-57 SET SOURCE
hydrocarbon, and supply its gravity. If the liquid is
water, the specific gravity must be 1.0 or greater.
For liquid hydrocarbon, the specific gravity must
be less than 1.0.
Viscosity method You may define the method that PIPEPHASE uses 3-66 CORRELATION
to predict non-compositional liquid viscosity.
Overriding You may supply liquid viscosity data to override 3-57 SET
viscosity data the internally predicted data. You may define the
viscosity as a single value or as a two-point
viscosity curve.
Specific heat You may supply a single constant value for liquid 3-57 SET
specific heat to override the internally predicted
data.
Gas
All properties of a non-compositional gas are calculated by
PIPEPHASE from the specific gravity and the built-in correlations.
You may choose which viscosity correlation to use from the list in
Table 4-23.
Gas definition A non-compositional gas is defined in terms of 3-57 SET
its gravity, and PIPEPHASE will use the
appropriate correlations to predict its properties.
Viscosity method You may define the method that PIPEPHASE 3-66 CORRELATION
uses to predict non-compositional gas viscosity.
Cp/Cv ratio A gas specific heat ratio may be defined to 3-57 SET
definition override the internal value used as default.
Define a One or more of the following gas contaminants 3-57 SET
contaminant may also be defined: nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or
hydrogen sulfide.
Gas Z-factor The method that PIPEPHASE uses to predict a 3-66 CORRELATION
non-compositional compressibility factor may
also be defined.

Steam
Steam is a non-compositional fluid that is allowed to exist in two
phases. You cannot override the steam table data contained within
PIPEPHASE’s data libraries. However, all pressure drop
correlations which are available to compositional fluids are also
available to the steam model.
Steam tables If the fluid is steam, use PIPEPHASE s internal steam 3-58 SET
tables. You may specify that the gravity of the
condensed water is more than 1.0 to take into account
dissolved solids.
Saturated steam You may specify steam quality if the steam is 3-83 SOURCE
saturated. Specify the temperature and quality if the
steam is superheated or the water is subcooled.
Gas Condensate
Gas condensate is a multiphase non-compositional fluid with gas
predominating. All properties of gas condensate are calculated by
PIPEPHASE from the phase specific gravities, condensate gas ratio
at standard conditions, and built-in correlations.
Condensate A gas condensate is defined in terms of its gravity, 3-59 SET
definition condensate gas ratio, and PIPEPHASE will use the
appropriate correlations to predict its properties.
Specific gravity You must supply specific gravity data for gas, liquid 3-59 SET
and water phases, even if you do not expect them all
to be present.
Contaminants One or more of the following gas contaminants may 3-59 SET
also be defined: nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or hydrogen
sulfide.

Blackoil
Blackoil is a multiphase fluid model which predicts properties from
the gas gravity, oil gravity, and the volume of gas per unit volume of
liquid.
Blackoil definition Blackoil is defined in terms of the gravity of its 3-61 SET
oil and gas and the Gas to Oil ratio.
PIPEPHASE will use the appropriate
correlations to predict its properties.
Specific gravity You must supply specific gravity data for gas, 3-61 SET
liquid, and water phases, even if you do not
expect them all to be present.
Viscosity You may optionally enter liquid viscosity data in 3-61 SET
the form of a two-point Antoine curve.
Contaminants One or more of the following gas contaminants 3-61 SET
may also be defined: nitrogen, carbon dioxide,
or hydrogen sulfide.
Adjustment of You may adjust the properties that PIPEPHASE 3-62 ADJUST
Properties calculates from its built-in correlations so that
they more closely fit measured laboratory data.
Lift gas definition When you have a GLVALVE in the simulation, 3-62 LIFTGAS
you need to define the lift gas in terms of
Gravity and (optionally) contaminants.
Tabular data If laboratory data are available, you may input 3-63 TABULAR
them and override the PIPEPHASE internally 3-64 FVF
generated data. If you use tabular data, you must 3-64 SGOR
input all data: Formation Volume Factor, 3-65 VISCOSITY
Solution Gas Oil Ratio, Live Viscosity, and 3-65 GRAVITY
Gravity.
Gas Z-factor The method that PIPEPHASE uses to predict a 3-66 CORRELATION
non-compositional compressibility factor may
be defined.
Viscosity method You may define the method that PIPEPHASE 3-66 CORRELATION
uses to predict viscosities and blending rules.
Formation volume You may define the methods that PIPEPHASE 3-66 CORRELATION
factor and solution uses to calculate formation volume factor and
gas oil ratio solution gas oil ratio.
methods

Defining Properties for Mixed Compositional/Non-Compositional
Fluids
PIPEPHASE offers the user the ability to define blackoil models
that combine data from:
■ Sources that are in the standard black oil format (see descrip-
tion of blackoil inputs),
with
■ Sources that are in the standard compositional format (see
description of compositional inputs).
PIPEPHASE treats the combined fluid model as a blackoil model;
flash calculations are used to define the appropriate blackoil
properties for the compositional sources. The inputs to the
compositional blackoil model are thus a combination of the inputs
to separate compositional and blackoil models.
Generating and Using Tables of Properties

For large scale compositional or blackoil simulations, a table of
fluid properties can be built and used. This will reduce the
computation time by phase separation calculations during the
solution procedure. This method is applicable if all the sources in
the network have the same composition or Blackoil properties.
To... See...
Build and use a You can have PIPEPHASE build the table and use 3-69 GENERATE
table it in the same run.
Retrieve a table Alternatively, you can have PIPEPHASE build the 3-16 CALCULATION
table, store it in a file, and then use it in a 3-69 GENERATE
subsequent run. PIPEPHASE will not build a table 3-74 FILE
for use in the same run while also storing it for a
subsequent run.

Sources
A source is a point at which fluid enters the piping system. You
define a source by supplying parameters such as composition,
temperature, pressure, and flowrate. You can have more than one
source in a network.
Compositional Sources
Defined You must define the total flowrate and composition of 3-83 SOURCE
components the source stream. Components can be either from the 3-86 CSOURCE
PIPEPHASE component library or defined as
pseudocomponents.
Assay data A source fluid may be defined by an assay curve. You 3-83 SOURCE
can combine library components and/or petroleum 3-86 CSOURCE
pseudocomponents with an assay curve by supplying 3-94 LIGHTENDS
a lightend analysis.
Viscosity data To override the internally generated fluid viscosity 3-57 PVT
data, you may specify a viscosity curve in the PVT
data section.
Similar sources To reduce redundant data entry, you may refer to a 3-83 SOURCE
predefined source. Parameters may be specified to 3-86 CSOURCE
override the parameters that are different.
Non-compositional Sources
Steam sources You must define the pressure and quality of a 3-83 SOURCE
saturated steam source. The temperature must be
specified only if the steam is superheated
(Quality=100%) or subcooled (Quality=0%).
Gas, liquid, One or more sets of fluid property data are defined in 3-83 SOURCE
blackoil or the PVT data section. You must assign a unique set 3-57 PVT
condensate sources number to each data set. Each source must be referred
to the appropriate data set number.
Well In-flow You may specify the IPR of a well source for a single 3-83 SOURCE
Performance link with gas, liquid, blackoil or condensate. You may 3-88 WTEST
enter values for the Vogel and Productivity Index
parameters. You may also supply well test data.Well
test data
Similar sources If one source is the same as or similar to another, you 3-83 SOURCE
may refer it to the other source. PIPEPHASE will
copy all the data from one source to the other. You
may then override the parameters that are different.

Structure of Network Systems
Flow devices such as pipes, risers, fittings, and other process
equipment are connected together in a Link. Each Link starts at a
Node (a Source or a Junction) and ends at another Node (a Junction
or a Sink).
PIPEPHASE can calculate either simple or complex network
problems. A simple network problem, e.g. a single link, is defined
as a series of pipes, fittings, and process equipment that has one
source, one sink, and no junctions. A more complex network may
have one or more sources and one or more sinks. See Chapter 1,
Overview, for terminology and examples of single links and
networks.
PIPEPHASE calculates the flowrates and pressure drops. In a
network configuration, you must either define these parameters or
provide an estimate at each node.
Network solution There are two solution algorithms available for 3-39 SOLUTION
algorithm Networks. For the vast majority of networks, you
would use the default PBAL method. If your fluid is a
single-phase liquid or gas, you may find that the
MBAL method gives a faster solution.
Controlling Convergence of Networks

A system of non-linear equations based on Kirchoff’s laws
represents the network problem. A Newton like technique is applied
iteratively, until the solution converges to a specified tolerance. If
the solution diverges (in sensitive networks), user specified
damping factors and constraints may be set to stabilize the
convergence path.
Automatic PBAL has a choice of methods. 3-39 SOLUTION
generation of By default, PBAL generates flowrate estimates by
initial estimates considering the diameters of the first pipe in each
link. An alternative method uses the frictional
resistances of the pipes in each link. A third
method solves the first iteration with MBAL
before going into PBAL.
Finally, if you have solved this network before and
just changed some of the conditions, you may
instruct the program to use your previous solution
as its initial estimate.

User-supplied You may also provide individual estimates for 3-99 JUNCTION
initial estimates junction pressures and link flowrates. 3-100 LINK
Maximum and For any link, you may specify the maximum and 3-100 LINK
minimum flows minimum flows that are to be allowed.
Controlling In some difficult networks, convergence of the 3-39 SOLUTION
convergence base case can be improved by adjusting various
convergence parameters: for example, damping,
relaxation, internal tolerances, etc. Refer to
Chapter 5, Technical Reference, for details.
Direction of flow If you know the flow direction in all links, you can 3-39 SOLUTION
specify that PIPEPHASE not try to reverse them
from iteration to iteration.
Solution tolerance The network calculation converges when the error 3-44 TOLERANCE
is within a given tolerance. You may optionally
change this tolerance.
Calculation time If PIPEPHASE does not converge within a certain 3-39 SOLUTION
number of iterations, it will stop and report the
results of the last iteration. You may reduce or
increase the maximum number of iterations. To
reduce calculation time in large compositional
runs, you may control the number of fluid property
evaluations that are performed in each link for the
PBAL initialization procedure.
Closed loops If the flows inadvertently form closed flow paths at 3-39 SOLUTION
any iteration, PIPEPHASE will repair these and
optionally take remedial action.
Pipe segments Pipes, tubing, risers, and annuli are divided into 3-24 SEGMENT
segments for pressure drop and heat transfer
calculations. You can change either the number of
segments or the length of segments for greater
calculational accuracy.
Check valves You may allow regulators (unidirectional check 3-39 SOLUTION
valves) to pass a small backward flow.
Critical flow in Critical flow in chokes can cause difficulties for 3-39 SOLUTION
chokes convergence algorithms. To help PIPEPHASE
solve such networks, you can choose from three
options.
Wells You can prevent well flows from falling below the 3-39 SOLUTION
minimum required to transport fluid in a two-phase
system.
Single links
A single link has one source, one sink, and no junctions. There are
three variables:
1. The source flowrate (which is also the sink flowrate)

2. The source pressure
3. The sink pressure
You must specify two of these, and PIPEPHASE will calculate the
third.
Sources You must have only one source. 3-83 SOURCE
Sinks If the source pressure and rate are known, a sink need not be 3-97 SINK
defined. 3-83 SOURCE
Links Define the pipes, fittings, and equipment. Enter the link device 3- LINK
data in the sequence in which the fluid flows through them.You 100
can have any combination of pipes, fittings, and process
equipment items, in any order.
Networks
A network generally has more than one link and one or more
junctions. The variables are the pressure and flowrate at each source
and sink. You specify the values of the variables that are known,
and PIPEPHASE will calculate the unknowns. In order not to
under- or over-specify the system, simple rules must be followed in
constructing the problem:
➤ You must specify a number of knowns equal to the total
number of sources and sinks.
➤ You must specify at least one pressure.
➤ If any source or sink flowrate is an unknown, you must supply
an estimate.
➤ If you do not know a pressure at a source, sink, or junction, you
do not need to supply an estimate. You may specify estimates
to speed up convergence.
Sources and You must have at least one source and at least one 3-83 SOURCE
sinks sink. 3-97 SINK
Junctions You must have a junction at the point where two or 3-99 JUNCTION
more links meet. If your network is complex, you
may help the convergence by supplying estimates
for the junction pressures.
Links You must supply a unique name for each link. If 3-100 LINK
your network is complex, you may speed up the
solution by supplying estimates for flowrates
through each link.

Steam networks PIPEPHASE can model preferential splitting at Tee 3-99 JUNCTION
junctions in pure distribution networks. These
junctions can have only two outgoing and one
incoming link.
Subnetworks PIPEPHASE has a number of devices that invoke a 3-119 MCOMP
special algorithm. You may specify the inlet 3-145 MCHOKE
conditions; PIPEPHASE breaks the flowsheet at the 3-146 MREGULATOR
inlet and solves the resulting subnetworks
simultaneously so that the pressures match.
PIPEPHASE Flow and Equipment Devices

A piping system is made up of links which join sources, sinks, and
junctions. Each link consists of a series of flow devices: pipes,
fittings, and process equipment and unit operations.
Sources and sinks must be named. The location and the direction of
flow of each link are implied by the FROM and TO keywords on
the LINK statement.
The statements describing the devices in the link must follow the
LINK statement and be in the order in which the devices appear in
the link.
Flow Devices (have length)

Descriptions of the flow devices available in PIPEPHASE are as
follows:
Pipe Horizontal, vertical or inclined. May be surrounded by air,
water, or soil; insulated or bare.
Riser Vertical or near-vertical with flow in an upward direction.
Heat loss is simulated using an overall heat transfer coefficient
between the fluid and ambient conditions.
Annulus Well annulus. Heat loss is simulated using an overall heat
transfer coefficient and geothermal gradient.
Tubing Well tubing. Heat loss is simulated using an overall heat
transfer coefficient and geothermal gradient.
Equipment Devices (have no length)

Descriptions of the completion, fitting, process, and unit operation
equipment devices available in PIPEPHASE are as follows:
Inflow Models the relationship between flowrate and reservoir
Performance pressure draw-down or pressure drop at the sand face in a
Relationship well.

Completion Bottomhole completion, the interface between the reservoir
and a well. There are two types of completion: gravel-
packed and open-perforated.
Fittings
Bend A standard mitred bend or non-standard bend with defined
angle and radius.
Check valve Device that allows flow in only one direction.
Choke valve Restricts fluid flow. MCHOKE, a variant of CHOKE,
introduces a discontinuity into a network which is solved
using a special sub-networking method. PIPEPHASE
calculates the choke size.
Contraction Reduction in diameter from larger to smaller pipe. Variable
angle.
Entrance Entrance into a pipe from a larger volume such as a vessel.
Exit Exit from a pipe to a larger volume such as a vessel.
Expansion Increase in diameter from smaller to larger pipe. Variable
angle.
Nozzle Flow restriction used in metering.
Orifice Orifice meter. Orifice plate can use thick or thin calculation
formula.
Tee Tee piece. Flow may be straight on or through the branch.
Valve Any type of valve, e.g., gate, globe, angle, ball, butterfly,
plug, cock.
Venturimeter Venturi flow meter.
Process Equipment
Compressor Simple single or multispeed gas compressor.
Multistage Rigorous single or multistage gas compressor with optional
Compressor inlet pressure calculation. Uses a special sub-networking
method. PIPEPHASE calculates the required horse power.
Cooler Removes heat from a stream.
DPDT Any device that changes pressure and/or temperature with
flowrate.
Expander Steam expander.
Gaslift Valve Well gaslift valve.
Heater Adds heat to a stream.
Injection Re-introduces a stream from a compositional separator back
into a link.

Pump Single or multispeed liquid pump. An electric submersible
pump may be modeled.
Regulator Means of fixing maximum pressure at any point in the
structure. MREGULATOR, a variant of REGULATOR,
introduces a discontinuity into a network which is solved
using a special sub-networking method.
Separator Splits some or all of one of the fluid phases from a link.
Unit Operations
Hydrates Predicts the temperature/pressure regime under which
hydrates are prone to form.
Calculator A utility that allows you to compute results from flowsheet
or network parameters. These results can then be used as
optimizer constraints or objective parameters.
Flow Device Sizing

In a single link system, PIPEPHASE can calculate the sizes of
pipes, risers, and tubings to meet either a pressure drop or a
maximum velocity criterion.
With a fixed source pressure and fixed sink pressure, PIPEPHASE
sizes all these devices to the same diameter.
With a fixed source or sink pressure and maximum velocity,
PIPEPHASE sizes each device separately.
Pipe sizing You may ask for all flow devices to be sized or just 3-172 DEVICE
selected ones. 3-172 LINE
You may supply a set of maximum velocities and a 3-173 MAXV
corresponding set of diameters or slip densities.

Pressure Drop Calculations
PIPEPHASE calculates pressure drops for pipes, risers, annuli and
tubings. There are many methods for calculating pressure drops.
You can define one method globally for use throughout the
simulation, or you can use different methods in different pipes.
Tables 4-6 and 4-7 in Chapter 4 show the pressure drop calculation
methods available in PIPEPHASE.
Pressure drop Choose a method that is appropriate to the type of 3-18 FCODE
method fluid and piping topology you have. If you do not
choose a method, PIPEPHASE will use Beggs &
Brill-Moody for compositional, blackoil, condensate,
or steam and Moody for non-compositional fluids.
You may choose a different method for an individual 3-104 PIPE
device. 3-106 RISER
If you do not choose a method for a device, 3-108 ANNULUS
PIPEPHASE will use the method you selected 3-110 TUBING
globally. 3-18 FCODE
The following table lists the pressure drop methods recommended

for multiphase flow in horizontal and inclined pipes. A legend and
comments are located below the table.
Table 2-4: Applicability of Multiphase Flow Correlations
Methods5 Horizontal Upward Downward Vertical Vertical
and inclines incline Incline Upward 90O Downward
< 10 O 10O<a<70O O
10 <a<70 O and > 70O 90O and
> 70O
Beggs & Brill 4 4 4 4 4
1
Beggs & Brill - Moody 4 4 4 4 4
Beggs & Brill - No slip 8 8 8 8 4
3
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Eaton 8 8 8 8 8
3
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Dukler 8 8 8 8 8
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Hagedorn & Brown 8 8 8 8 8
Mukherjee & Brill2 8 4 4 8 8
3
Mukherjee & Brill-Eaton 8 8 8 8 8
Ansari 8 8 8 4 8
Orkiszewski 8 8 8 4 8
Duns & Ros 8 8 8 4 8
Hagedorn & Brown 8 8 8 4 8
Hagedorn & Brown - Beggs & Brill 8 8 8 8 8
Aziz 8 8 8 4 8
Gray (not applicable for Compositional) 8 8 8 4 8

Table 2-4: Applicability of Multiphase Flow Correlations
Gray - Moody (not applicable for 8 8 8 4 8
Compositional)
Angel - Welchon - Ross 8 8 8 8 4
Eaton 4 8 8 8 8
Eaton-Flannigan 4 4 4 8 8
Dukler 4 8 8 8 8
Dukler-Flannigan 4 4 4 8 8
Lockhart & Martinelli 4 4 8 8 8
Dukler-Eaton-Flannigan 4 4 4 8 8
Olimens 4 4 8 8 8
OLGA4 4 4 4 4 4
TACITE4 4 4 4 4 4
1. In general, this method is recommended because it performs reasonably well for the widest range of
flow conditions.
2. This method is recommended for pipelines with low liquid holdup in hilly terrain.
3. These non-standard hybrid models should be used only after matching measured data.
4. These models are available as add-ons through your SIMSCI representative
5. All these correlations were developed for circular flow cross-section. These correlations are used for
Annulus flow using the wetted perimeter-hydraulic radius concept in place of the radius of the circular
cross section.
Legend 4 Correlation recommended for the application

8 Correlation allowed, but not recommended for the application
Pressure Drop in Flow Devices

The pressure drop in a flow device (Pipe, Riser, Tubing or Annulus)
of length L consists of three components: friction, elevation, and
acceleration.
In general, the frictional pressure gradient may be expressed as:
2
 dP
------- ∝ fρq
----------- (2-1)
 dL f 5
d
where:
ρ = fluid density
q = volumetric flux
d = equivalent diameter (= actual diameter in the case of pipes,
risers and tubing)
The friction factor, f, is inversely proportional to the Reynolds
number for laminar flow. For turbulent flow, f is a non-linear
function of the Reynolds number and the pipe roughness.
In general, the elevation pressure gradient may be expressed as:

 dP (2-2)
-------
 dL e ∝ ρ sin ( Θ )
where:
ρ = fluid density
Θ = inclination angle
The acceleration pressure gradient is generally small, except when
the fluid is compressible, and the velocity and velocity gradients in
the pipe are high. In general, the acceleration pressure gradient may
be expressed as:
 dP dv
------- ∝ ρv ------ (2-3)
 dL a dx
where:
ρ = fluid density
v = fluid velocity
Inside diameter If the majority of your flow devices have the same 3-21 DEFAULT
and roughness inside diameter, you can specify a global inside 3-104 PIPE
diameter at the start of the simulation. Then you 3-106 RISER
can override this value for those devices which do 3-108 ANNULUS
not conform to the default. Roughness can be 3-110 TUBING
specified also as a global parameter or for each
device.
Inclined pipes You can specify an elevation change or depth for 3-104 PIPE
each device If the elevation change equals the 3-106 RISER
length, the device is vertical. If you do not specify 3-108 ANNULUS
an elevation change, PIPEPHASE assumes that 3-110 TUBING
pipes are horizontal and that risers, annuli, and
tubings are vertical.
Acceleration You may instruct PIPEPHASE to ignore the 3-16 CALCULATION
terms acceleration term in pressure drop calculations, if
desired.
Nominal Diameter and Pipe Schedule

As an alternative to entering a pipe (or riser or tubing) inside
diameter you can specify a nominal diameter and a schedule.
PIPEPHASE has an internal database of standard nominal pipe
sizes and pipe schedules; the allowed combinations of nominal

diameter and schedule in this database are detailed in Table 2-5.
You may supply your own database which PIPEPHASE will use
instead of its own.
To specify See...
nominal
diameter and
schedule for...
All devices as a You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule 3-21 DEFAULT
global value that will be used for all the fittings in this table,
unless overridden by data in the input to the fitting
itself.
Your pipes and You may create a database of nominal diameters 3-21 DEFAULT
fittings and pipe schedules and have PIPEPHASE use it
instead of its own internal database
Pipe You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule. 3-104 PIPE
Riser You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule. 3-107 RISER
Tubing You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule. 3-110 TUBING
Bend You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule. 3-142 BEND
Entrance You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule 3-148 ENTRANCE
for the downstream pipe.
Exit You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule 3-149 EXIT
for the upstream pipe.
Nozzle You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule 3-151 NOZZLE
Orifice You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule 3-152 ORIFICE
Tee You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule 3-153 TEE
Valve You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule 3-154 VALVE
Venturi You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule 3-156 VENTURI
Contraction You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule 3-147 CONTRACTION
for the inlet and outlet pipes.
Expansion You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule 3-150 EXPANSION
for the inlet and outlet pipes.

Table 2-5: Allowable Pipe Nominal Diameters and Schedules
Nominal Diameter Valid Pipe Schedule Numbers
(Inches)
0.125 40 80
0.250 40 80
0.375 40 80
0.5 40 80 160
0.75 40 80 160
1.00 40 80 160
1.25 40 80 160
1.5 40 80 160
2.0 40 80 160
2.5 40 80 160
3.0 40 80 160
3.5 40 80
4.0 40 80 120 160
4.5 40
5.0 40 80 120 160
6.0 40 80 120 160
8.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
10.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
12.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
14.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
16.0 10 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
18.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
20.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
24.0 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
30.0 10 20 30
Pressure Drop in Completions

Bottomhole completion describes the interface between a reservoir
and a well. There are two types of completion: gravel packed and
open perforated. The pressure drop through a completion is
calculated from permeability and other data you input.

PIPEPHASE uses the Jones model for gravel-packed completion
and the McCleod model for open-perforated completions. For
further information about these models, please refer to Chapter 5,
Technical Reference.
Figure 2-1: Jones Model
Figure 2-2: McLeod Model
Completion You may define a completion as being gravel packed 3-116 COMPLETION
(Jones) or open perforated (McLeod).
Dual You may model dual completions, both concentric and 3-116 Dual
Completion parallel. Completions

Pressure Drop in Fittings
The general form of the pressure drop equation is:
2
Φ-
∆P Z KG
--------------- (2-4)
2gρ
where:
∆P = pressure drop across the fitting
K = resistance coefficient/ K-factor
G = mass velocity (mass flowrate/flow area)
Φ = two-phase pressure drop multiplier
g = acceleration due to gravity
ρ = fluid density (equal to liquid density for two-phase flows)
Bend, tee, PIPEPHASE uses the generalized pressure drop 3-142 BEND
valve equation with a resistance coefficient. For bends, tees, 3-153 TEE
and valves, you can either supply the resistance 3-154 VALVE
coefficient directly or supply an equivalent length and
have PIPEPHASE calculate the resistance coefficient
as a function of the friction factor.
Entrance, exit For entrances and exits you can supply the resistance 3-148 ENTRANCE
coefficient or use the default value. 3-149 EXIT
Contraction, For contractions, expansions, nozzles, orifices, and 3-151 NOZZLE
expansion, Venturimeters, you can supply the resistance 3-150 EXPANSION
nozzle, coefficient or use the value that PIPEPHASE calculates 3-156 VENTURI
orifice, from its built-in correlations. These correlations relate 3-147 CONTRACTION
Venturi the resistance coefficient to the Reynolds number and 3-152 ORIFICE
specific fitting parameters such as orifice diameter,
Venturi throat diameter, contraction and expansion
angles, and nozzle diameter. For gas flow in nozzles,
orifices, and Venturimeters, the specific heat ratio is
also used in the calculation of the resistance coefficient.
Choke The pressure drop for a choke is calculated by the 3-144 CHOKE
orifice method for a single-phase fluid or by the various 3-145 MCHOKE
choke models for a two-phase fluid. You can supply a
discharge coefficient or use the default value.
MCHOKE, a variant of CHOKE which introduces a
discontinuity into a network, uses the Fortunati model
only.
Check valve A valve that permits flow in one direction only. You 3-143 CHECK
can supply a resistance coefficient or use the default
value.

Two-phase The pressure drops for fittings are corrected for two- 3-142 BEND
correction in phase flow by using either the Homogeneous flow 3-149 EXIT
fittings model or the Chisholm model. If you do not make a 3-148 ENTRANCE
selection, PIPEPHASE will use the default method. 3-154 VALVE
You may supply values for the Chisholm parameters. 3-153 TEE
3-147 CONTRACTION
3-150 EXPANSION
3-151 NOZZLE
3-152 ORIFICE
3-156 VENTURI
Equipment Items
PIPEPHASE simulates the change in fluid conditions across items
of process equipment that typically appears in pipeline systems.
Compressor A compressor imparts work to a gas. You supply 3-117 COMPRESSOR
either a known power or a known outlet pressure, and
PIPEPHASE calculates the unknown parameter. You
may impose a maximum value on the unknown
parameter, and PIPEPHASE will constrain the
calculations according to whichever parameter is
limiting. Alternatively, you can supply a curve of
flowrate against head. You may also supply an
adiabatic efficiency as either a constant or a curve
against head. The exit temperature is then determined
by energy balance. If you specify more than one
stage, PIPEPHASE interprets the curve to be for each
stage; any maximum power you specify is over all of
the stages rather than for each individual stage. You
can also reference the compressor curve to a
previously defined performance curve.
Multispeed You can specify different compressor curves for up to 3-117 COMPRESSOR
Compressor five compressor speeds.
Multistage In a multistage compressor you may specify different 3-119 MCOMPRESSOR
Compressor parameters curves, efficiencies, etc. for different
stages. You may have multiple compressor trains,
each train with multiple stages. You may have
interstage scrubbers with downstream re-injection and
interstage coolers and piping losses. You may specify
the compressors inlet pressure. When you do this,
PIPEPHASE invokes a special algorithm which
breaks the flowsheet at the compressor inlet, and
solves the resulting subnetworks so that the pressures
match at the interface. PIPEPHASE calculates the
compressor power that is required for the pressures to
match.

Cooler The cooler removes heat from the system. You supply 3-121 COOLER
either a known exit temperature or known duty of the
unit, and PIPEPHASE will calculate the unknown
parameter. You may impose a maximum (for duty) or
minimum (for temperature) value on the unknown
parameter, and PIPEPHASE will constrain
limiting. (Pressure drop as a function of flowrate can
be modeled.)
Steam The expander models the expansion of steam from a 3-123 EXPANDER
expander high pressure to a low pressure. You may specify the
power required, or the pressure drop or the pressure
ratio. If the unit is in a spur link, you may
alternatively specify the outlet pressure.
Gaslift valve This unit simulates the presence of a gaslift valve as 3-123 GLVALVE
part of a well link. You must define the properties of 3-62 LIFTGAS
the lift gas in the PVT data section.
General The DPDT unit is a general purpose unit for defining 3-122 DPDT
purpose DP a pressure and/or temperature difference at a point in
and DT unit the piping structure. You can use this unit to model
any equipment device where the pressure difference
and temperature difference characteristics can be
represented as curves against flowrate. You may also
specify the flow versus pressure drop equation for the
curve.
Heater The heater adds heat to the system. You supply either 3-124 HEATER
a known exit temperature or known duty of the unit,
and PIPEPHASE will calculate the unknown. You
may impose a maximum value on the unknown
parameter, and PIPEPHASE will constrain the
limiting. (Pressure drop as a function of flowrate can
be modeled.)
Injection The injection introduces a stream into a link. The 3-124 INJECTION
stream comes from a separator (see the entry below).
You may fix the pressure and temperature of the
injected stream.

Pump A pump imparts work to a liquid. You supply either a 3-136 PUMP
known power or a known outlet pressure, and
PIPEPHASE calculates the unknown. You may
impose a maximum value on the unknown parameter,
and PIPEPHASE will constrain the calculations
according to whichever parameter is limiting.
Alternatively, you can supply a curve of flowrate
against head. You may also supply an efficiency as a
constant or as a curve against head. The exit
temperature is determined by energy balance.If you
specify more than one stage, PIPEPHASE interprets
the curve to be for each stage; any maximum power
you specify is over all of the stages rather than for
each individual stage. You can also reference the
pump curve to a previously defined performance
curve.
Multispeed You can specify different pump curves for up to five 3-136 PUMP
pump pump speeds.
Electric An extension of the PUMP item allows you to model 3-136 PUMP
submersible an electric submersible pump. In addition to all the
pump features mentioned above, you may supply motor
horsepower as a curve, either in tabular form or as
coefficients of an equation. You may specify auxiliary
power to be supplied to the pump. You may specify
head degradation as a function of gas ingestion
percentage, plus minimum submergence, casing head
pressure, and vertical pressure gradient in the casing-
tubing annulus due to the gas column. Refer also to
Separator, below. You can also reference the electric
submersible pump curve to a previously defined
performance curve.
Regulator The regulator is used to set the maximum pressure at 3-138 REGULATOR
some point in the pipeline structure. It allows flow in
only one direction and can be used to prevent flow
reversal within a selected link in a network.
Subnetwork You may specify the inlet pressure of this item. When 3-146 MREGULATOR
regulator you do this, PIPEPHASE invokes a special algorithm
which breaks the flowsheet at the inlet and solves the
resulting subnetworks so that the pressures match at
the interface. You may also specify the flowrate
through the regulator.
Separator The separator splits out all or part of the gas or liquid 3-139 SEPARATOR
phase of a multiphase fluid. In the case of a
hydrocarbon system with water, you can select the
hydrocarbon or aqueous phase instead of the total
liquid phase. You specify the amount separated as an
absolute flowrate or as a percentage of the phase. You
can separate more than one phase in one separator.
You can then reinject the separated streams at points
downstream in the link using the Injector. You cannot
impose a pressure drop on the separator.

Bottomhole If a separator is positioned at the bottomhole below an 3-139 SEPARATOR
separator electric submersible pump, you may either specify
gas injection percentage or supply pump dimensions
and have PIPEPHASE calculate it.
Hydrates Hydrates are solid mixtures of water and other small 3-165 HYDRATES
molecules. Under certain process conditions,
particularly in the gas processing industry, hydrate
formation may clog lines and foul process equipment.
The HYDRATE unit operation predicts the pressure
and temperature regime in which the process is
vulnerable to hydrate formation. Calculations
performed assume the presence of free water for
hydrates to form.Possible hydrate formers include:
methane through isobutane, carbon dioxide, hydrogen
sulfide, nitrogen, ethylene, propylene, argon, krypton,
xenon, cyclopropane, and sulfur hexafluoride. The
effect of sodium chloride, methanol, ethylene glycol,
di-ethylene glycol, and tri-ethylene glycol hydrate
inhibitors can also be studied.

Heat Transfer Calculations
PIPEPHASE performs an energy balance on pipes, risers, tubing,
and annuli. The heat transfer depends on the fluid temperature,
properties, and flowrate, the temperature and properties of the
surrounding medium, and the heat transfer coefficient between the
fluid and the medium. PIPEPHASE does not model heat transfer to
the surroundings for fittings and equipment devices.
The general equation for heat transfer from a flow device is:
Q Z UA∆T (2-5)
where:
Q = rate of heat transfer per unit length
U = overall heat transfer coefficient
A = surface area per unit length
∆T = temperature difference between bulk fluid and outside
medium
The overall heat transfer coefficient either is input or may be
calculated from the constituent film coefficients and geometries.
For risers and annuli you must specify an overall heat transfer
coefficient.
For a pipe or tubing you may supply an overall coefficient or you
may request detailed heat transfer calculations. Detailed heat
transfer calculations are invoked when you input any one of the
parameters required to carry out the calculations.
Detailed Heat Transfer in Pipes and Tubing

For a pipe surrounded by soil, water, or air, you define the medium
properties (and velocity of water or air). For a buried pipe, you enter
the buried depth.
For tubings you enter data that describe the properties of the annuli
and casings between the outside of the tubing and the inside of the
hole

Pipes and tubing You may specify an overall coefficient or the 3-21 DEFAULT
properties of the surrounding medium. You also 3-104 PIPE
supply the ambient temperature or geothermal 3-110 TUBING
gradient. For piping only, you can supply these values
globally for all devices or for individual devices.
Annuli and risers You specify the overall heat transfer coefficient and 3-21 DEFAULT
the geothermal gradient. You can supply these values 3-108 ANNULUS
globally for all devices or for individual devices. 3-106 RISER
Isothermal For non-compositional gas or liquid fluid models, you 3-104 PIPE
calculations may suppress heat transfer calculations for individual 3-110 TUBING
flow devices. 3-108 ANNULUS
3-107 RISER
Gaslift Analysis
Gaslift analysis is used to investigate the effects of lift gas on well
production. Gaslift can be used with blackoil wells where the oil
production is upward through the well tubing and the lift gas is
injected downward through the well casing.
Note: If you want to simulate the effect of gaslift with a

compositional fluid, use the INJECTION device.
There are four options for gaslift analysis:
1. Generate the pressure profile for a fixed oil production and lift
gas rate.
2. Generate a table of oil production versus lift gas rate for fixed
pressures.
3. Locate the gas injection valve to match required tubing head
pressure.
4. Locate the gas injection valve to match required casing head
pressure.
Calculation type You must specify that you want to do a gaslift 3-16 CALC
simulation.
Fluid Properties You must specify the fluid properties of the Blackoil. 3-57 SET
You must specify the fluid properties of the lift gas. 3-62 LIFTGAS

Structure Data You must specify the oil production data. You must 3-83 SOURCE
have a production string link with the name PROD. 3-100 LINK
This link will contain well and surface devices. For
Option 4, only Tubing is allowed.
You must have an injection string link with the name 3-100 LINK
GASL. This link may contain only annuli. 3-108 ANNULUS
Gaslift Data You must input gaslift data according to the option
you have selected.
Option 1. Generate a pressure profile for a fixed oil 3-169 PCALC
production and lift gas rate.
Option 2. Generate a table of oil production versus 3-169 CAPACITY
lift gas rate for fixed pressures.
Option 3. Locate the gas injection valve to match 3-170 LOCATION
required tubing head pressure.
Option 4. Locate the gas injection valve to match 3-170 LOCATION
required casing head pressure.
Sphering or Pigging
PIPEPHASE’s sphering calculations predict the quantity of liquid
formed when a multiphase fluid flows in a pipeline and determine
the size of the liquid slug that is pushed out when the pipe is pigged.
Sphering calculations can be carried out for single links. The
launching station is at the inlet of a pipe. You may have
intermediate launching stations; a sphere is launched from a pipe
when the previous sphere(s) reach the inlet of that pipe.
Calculation type You must specify that you want to do a 3-16 CALCULATION
sphering simulation.
Fluid type The fluid must be compositional and both gas 3-16 CALCULATION
and liquid should be present to obtain realistic
results.
Time Increments You may override the default time step used in 3-24 SEGMENT
the McDonald-Baker successive steady-state
calculation method.
Structure Data You may have only PIPE devices. You identify 3-104 PIPE
a pipe with a launching station by specifying a
sphere diameter on the PIPE statement. The
first launching station must be in the first pipe
of the link.

Reservoirs and Inflow Performance Relationships
Using PIPEPHASE, you can examine the effect of reservoir
conditions on the performance of wells and downstream networks.
You can also investigate the implications of declining reservoir
pressure and production rate and shut-in wells when a user-
specified water cut or gas-oil ratio is exceeded.
The Inflow Performance Relationship device models the
relationship between flowrate and reservoir pressure drawdown or
pressure drop at the sand face in a well.
Type of model You may select from five standard models. You may write your 3-125 IPR
own subroutine and use it to model the inflow performance
relationship.
Reservoir curves You may enter tables of reservoir pressure, cumulative 3-125 IPR
production, Gas-Oil Ratio, Condensate-Gas Ratio, Water Cut,
and Water-Gas ratio. These are used in Time-stepping to
simulate reservoir decline with time.
Multiple reservoirs You can have multiple reservoirs in one network. One reservoir 3-125 IPR
and multiple wells can serve several wells.
Automatic You may automatically create a subsurface network for a well 3-125 IPR
subsurface with multiple sources. PIPEPHASE solves these using a finite
networks difference solution method. This is a quicker but less rigorous
method of creating a subsurface network. Refer to Subsurface
Networks and Multiple Completion Modeling later in this
chapter for further details.
IPR curves You may enter curves that correlate reservoir pressure or 3-125 IPR
cumulative production with flowing bottomhole pressure and
flowrate. These data are then regressed onto one of the standard
models.
Pseudo-pressure For an IPR with a gas basis, you may specify a drawdown 3-125 IPR
formulation formulation.
Production Planning and Time-stepping

Production planning involves the study of the time-dependent
interactions between the producing formation(s) and all of the
wells, gathering lines, and surface facilities in an oil or gas field.
PIPEPHASE supplies this capability through its Time-stepping
feature.
Typically, the study extends from a few years to the entire
producing life of the field. For such extended periods, a quasi-
steady state approach provides an efficient representation of the
time-dependency. Time-stepping carries out a series of steady-state
PIPEPHASE simulations automatically in the same run. Each
simulation represents the conditions at a specific time-step in the
operating history of the field.
Time Changes
The changes supported are similar to the Case Study.
Selecting times Supply a series of times. PIPEPHASE will carry out 3-125 IPR
simulations at each of those times.
Downstream At each time you may specify one or more changes to 3-125 IPR
network changes the network or conditions downstream of the well.
Wells and Well Grouping

Each of the well completion zones in a gathering network produces
from a specific formation or reservoir. The decline in the reservoir
pressure with time and the changes in the characteristics of the fluid
produced are a function of the total fluid volume produced from the
reservoir. For the purposes of these calculations, a well completion
is associated with a reservoir group. A reservoir group includes all
of the producing zones that contribute to its depletion.
Reservoir Depletion
The depletion of a reservoir over the life of a field is characterized
by a decline in average reservoir pressure and changing fluid
composition. For most reservoirs, the gas-oil ratio increases with
time; for a reservoir with an active water drive, the produced water
cut increases as the water table creeps up.
Facilities Planning
In a gathering system, changes to the operation of surface facilities
directly affect the overall production. For example, adding
compression facilities to an existing gas gathering network reduces
the pressure at the upstream wells, which in turn increases the
drawdown and results in improved production from the reservoir;
an increase in the separator pressure will have the opposite effect.
Time-stepping enables you to simulate changes to the facilities
installation over time.

Reservoir Groups You must name the reservoir GROUP and supply 3-125 IPR
depletion data in one IPR device. Other IPR devices
may access the same reservoir depletion data by using
the same GROUP name.
Depletion Supply a curve of reservoir pressures against 3-125 IPR
characteristics cumulative production.
Gas and gas For a gas or gas condensate field you may supply the 3-125 IPR
condensate fields slope of the depletion curve as pressure decline rate
per unit of production.
Production decline The production decline characteristics for individual 3-125 IPR
rates for each IPR completion zones must be defined. Tabular data
represent the decline in the flowing well pressure as a
function of the production rate. The time-dependent
parameter may be expressed in terms of reservoir
pressure or cumulative production.
Fluid You may enter curves for water cut, gas-oil ratio (or 3-125 IPR
compositional condensate-gas ratio for condensate wells), and water
changes cut (or water-gas ratio for condensate wells) as
functions of reservoir pressure or cumulative reservoir
produced volume.
Subsurface Networks and Multiple Completion Modeling

A Single Well
A single well can produce from one reservoir:
A source to give the properties, flowrate, and 3-83 SOURCE
conditions of the fluid.
One IPR to define the interface to the reservoir. 3-125 IPR
One tubing from the well to the surface. 3-110 TUBING
One node to continue into the rest of the network. 3-99 JUNCTION
3-97 SINK

Figure 2-3: One Well, One Reservoir
Junction or sink
Ground Level
Tubing
IPR
Reservoir
Figure 2-4: Or a single well can produce from more than one reservoir:
A source for each reservoir to give the properties, 3-83 SOURCE
flowrates, and conditions of the fluids.
An IPR for each reservoir to define the interfaces. 3-125 IPR
A tubing between consecutive reservoirs. 3-110 TUBING
A tubing from the last reservoir to the surface. 3-110 TUBING
A node to continue into the rest of the network. 3-99 JUNCTION
3-97 SINK
Figure 2-5: One Well, More Than One Reservoir

Junction or sink
Ground Level
Tubing
IPR
Subsurface junction Reservoir
Tubing
IPR
Reservoir
More Than One Well

You may have more than one well in a PIPEPHASE run. The wells
may all use one reservoir. In this case, information for the reservoir
data is entered in one IPR and accessed from other IPRs using the
GROUP name.

Multiple Completions
In PIPEPHASE you may model a multiple completion rigorously:
A source for each completion to give the properties, 3-83 SOURCE
flowrates, and conditions of the fluids.
An IPR for each completion to define the interfaces. 3-125 IPR
Tubing and junctions to form the network between 3-110 TUBING
completions.
A tubing from the last completion to the surface. 3-110 TUBING
3-97 SINK
Figure 2-6: Multiple IPRs

Junction or sink
Ground Level
Tubing
Reservoir
IPR1 IPR2 IPR3
Subsurface junctions
Alternatively, you may approximate these conditions by having

PIPEPHASE automatically generate a subsurface network:
One source to give the properties, flowrates and 3-83 SOURCE
conditions of the fluids.
One IPR with physical dimensions such as length, 3-125 IPR
inclination.
A tubing from the IPR to the surface. 3-110 TUBING
3-97 SINK

Figure 2-7: One IPR, Automatic Multiple Completions
Junction or sink
Ground Level
Tubing
Internally generated sources

S1 S2 S3
IPR
Reservoir
Length of well
Case Studies
The CASE STUDY option provides the facility to perform
parametric studies and to print multiple problem solutions in a
single computer run. Case studies are always performed after the
base case problem has been solved. If the base case problem cannot
be solved for any reason, then no case studies are performed. Each
case study analysis is performed based on the cumulative changes
to the flowsheet up to that time.
Case studies are an efficient means of obtaining solutions for
multiple scenarios to a given problem and result in large savings in
both computer time and cost. For problems requiring iterative
solutions, the converged results of the last solution are used as the
starting values for the next run. This can result in large computer
time savings in runs involving large networks, where it typically
takes several iterations to move from the initial pressure estimates
to the final converged solution.
There is no limit on the number of CHANGE statements per case
study or on the total number of case studies that may be in a given
run. The cumulative changes up to a given case study run may be
erased and the original base case restored at any time.
Since the case studies are performed sequentially in the order you
input, it is best to make changes in an orderly manner, proceeding
from high values to low values or low values to high values, but not
in a random order. This enhances convergence and minimizes total
computer time.

Global Changes
You may change one parameter in the entire problem.You may
specify an old value so that only those specified parameters with
that old value will be changed. Otherwise, all values will be
changed. You may also change parameters for all devices in a link.
In this case, the old value cannot be used to limit the changes.
Individual Changes
Source, sink, and device parameters may be changed individually.
You must specify a name for each source, sink, or device where a
parameter change is desired.
To... See...
Add descriptive You can add one line of description for each case 3-177 DESCRIPTION
text study.
Make changes You can change any of the parameters in Table 2-6, 3-177 PARAMETER
either globally or on individual flow elements.
You can restore the base case at any time. 3-177 RESTORE
Nodal Analysis
Nodal (Sensitivity) Analysis allows you to study the overall
performance of wells, pipelines and other single link systems as a
function of input parameters and flowrates. The results are
summarized in tabular and graphical form. You can also study
combinations of inflow and outflow parameters using the multiple
combination nodal analysis option.
Nodal Analysis is performed on a single link.
Dividing the Link

You first divide your single link into two sections, separated by a
Solution Node. The section upstream of the Solution Node is called
the Inflow section and would typically be the tubing of a well. The
section downstream of the Solution Node is called the Outflow
section and would typically be the flowline from the wellhead to a
surface separator. The Solution Node, in this case, would be the
well-head node.
If you locate the Solution Node actually at the source or the sink,
then there will be only an Outflow or Inflow section respectively.

If you do not want to vary any parameters in either the Inflow
section or the Outflow section, simply omit the INFLOW or
OUTFLOW statement. Obviously, a Nodal Analysis cannot be
carried out without at least one of these statements.
Selecting Parameters and Flowrates

You then select a parameter in the Inflow section and a parameter in
the Outflow section. Typical parameters would be reservoir
pressure (for Inflow) and pipe ID (for Outflow). You may enter up
to five values for each of these parameters. Each combination of
Inflow parameter value and Outflow parameter value represents an
operating point of the system. This means that there may be up to
25 operating points.
The parameters you select must have values supplied in the base
case input data.
Finally, you define up to ten flowrates.
Sensitivity Results
PIPEPHASE calculates the flowrates and Solution Node pressures
corresponding to each operating point and prints them out in the
form of tables and plots. The flowrates you input must span all the
flowrates at which you expect the operating points to occur.
Grouping Parameters
As an extension to the Nodal Analysis feature, PIPEPHASE allows
you to group a number of variables into one nodal parameter. For
example, you may define an Outflow parameter as a combination of
pump power, pipe ID and heater temperature. Each of the five
values of the Outflow parameter would now be a combination of the
corresponding values of each of the contributing variables.
Thus you might define that the first value of the Outflow parameter
is the combination of 25KW pump power with 30 mm pipe ID and
400 K; the second 30KW, 40 mm and 310 K; the third 35KW, 50
mm and 350 K; and so on.
To... See...
Add descriptive You can add one line of description for each of the 3-198 DESCRIPTION
text Inflow and Outflow sections.

To... See...
Define the Solution You must define a Solution Node which comes 3-198 NODE
Node between the Inflow and Outflow sections. If you
want the Solution Node to be at the flowing
bottomhole of an injection well, use
BOTTOMHOLE. If you want to locate the
Solution Node at the outlet of the last device and
want to use Sink pressure as a variable parameter,
use SINK.
Define the You must define at least one Inflow or Outflow 3-198 INFLOW
parameter(s) parameter for PIPEPHASE to change. The 3-201 OUTFLOW
parameters that are accessible are divided into
seven categories, as defined in the table below. If
you want to define a nodal parameter as a group of
variables, you may combine up to ten variables
within one Category. You may not combine
variables in different categories.
The following table lists the variables that are available for nodal
analysis.
Table 2-6: Variables Available to Nodal Analysis
Category Device Variable
Category 1 - Source SOURCE NAME
PRESSURE
COEFFICIENT
EXP
PI
VOGEL
Category 2 - Sink SINK NAME
PRES
II
COEFF
EXP
Category 3 - Devices PIPE NAME
ID
ROUGHNESS
U
FLOWEFF
RISER NAME
ID
ROUGHNESS
U
FLOWEFF
TUBING NAME
ID
ROUGHNESS
U
FLOWEFF

Table 2-6: Variables Available to Nodal Analysis
Category Device Variable
ANNULUS NAME
IDANN
ODTUB
ROUGHNESS
U
FLOWEFF
COMPRESSOR/ NAME
PUMP POWER
PRESSURE
EFFICIENCY
STAGES
HEATER/COOLER NAME
DUTY
TOUT
DP
CHOKE NAME
ID
COEFFICIENT
SEPARATOR NAME
RATE
PERCENT
GLVALVE NAME
RATE
DISSOLVE
INJECTION NAME
TEMPERATURE
PRESSURE
COMPLETION NAME
PENETRATION
PERFD
SHOTS
TUNNEL
Category 4 - Non- GOR
compositional Source WCUT
Properties CGR
WGR
QUALITY
Category 5 - Main Source COMPOSITION
Category 6 - Lateral Source COMPOSITION
Category 7 - Other Lateral RATE
Source Variables TEMPERATURE
PRESSURE

Chapter 3
Input Reference
About This Chapter

This chapter contains information about the data that PIPEPHASE
needs to perform different types of simulation. These data are input
in a free format style file and the file is divided into categories; for
example, Component Data, Property Data, etc.
This chapter explains the general rules for input, which categories
are mandatory and which are optional. It defines all the terms used
in the input descriptions and the conventions used throughout this
chapter.
Each data category, the statements contained in it and the keywords
on each statement are then described. For an explanation of how the
program uses these data, please refer to Chapter 2, Using
PIPEPHASE, and Chapter 5, Technical Reference.
Categories of Input
The data required by PIPEPHASE are input to the program in eight
main categories.
General Data Define general problem administration and global

Category settings that control the whole flowsheet.
Component Define all components present in the feed

Data Category streams.
Network Data Define calculational and network solution

Category methods.

Thermodynamic Define the thermodynamic property methods
Data Category used in the simulation.
PVT Data Define the properties of streams.

Category
Structure Data Define the sources, junctions, sinks, flow devices,

Category fittings and items of process equipment in the
flowsheet.
Unit Operations Define the unit operations (e.g., the hydrates unit)
Category included in the simulation.
Those categories which are mandatory and those which are optional
depend on which fluid type you have:
Table 3-1: Categories of Input
Fluid Type Mandatory Categories Optional Categories
Non-compositional GENERAL, PVT, NETWORK
STRUCTURE
Compositional GENERAL, PVT, NETWORK,
COMPONENT, UNIT OPERATIONS
THERMODYNAMIC,
STRUCTURE
There are five other categories which can be selectively overridden

on the flow device and fitting statements in the Structure Data
Category of input.
Gaslift Define data and options for blackoil well gaslift

analysis.
Line Sizing Determine pipe sizes in single-link calculations.
Sensitivity Study overall performance in single-link

(Nodal) calculations as a function of one or two system
Analysis parameters.
Case Study Change parameters and re-run.
3-2 Input Reference

Time-stepping Allows the simulation of the effect of reservoir
Data pressure decline with cumulative production on
the network performance, and device parameter
changes with time.
Order of Categories
The only restriction on order of data input is that the General Data
Category must be first. However, it is always good practice to
maintain a consistent order. The order of the categories above,
which is followed in this chapter, is recommended.
Keywords
PIPEPHASEs primary mode for entering input is in the form of
keyword-controlled, free format statements. The keyword entries
on a statement are separated by commas. For example:
PIPE ID=1.25, LENGTH=25, ROUGHNESS=0.002
For ease of interpretation, each keyword is an engineering word. To
make the input easier to enter, any keyword with more than four
characters can be truncated to a minimum of four characters.
Keywords with fewer than four characters may not be lengthened.
For example:
The keyword LENGTH may be written LENG.
The keyword ROUGHNESS may be written ROUGH.
The keyword ID cannot be written IDIA.
Keywords can stand alone, indicating that they are acting as a
switch, or they can be associated with a value or another keyword
by the use of an equals sign (=). This value can be entered in
integer, decimal, or scientific format. For example:
ENGLISH English units set will be used.
LENGTH=FT Units of length are feet.
TEMP=50 Temperature set to 50 units.
PRES=2.0E2 Pressure is 200 units.

In the instructions presented in this chapter, the presence of an
equals sign (=) after a keyword means that PIPEPHASE expects a
value or another keyword. In some cases, however, more than one
data item is required. When this situation arises, the instructions
will include the format for the data input. For example:
VISC= Indicates that a single value of

viscosity is required.
VISC=temp1,value1 / Indicates that the program requires two

temp2,value2
data values with their associated
temperatures
Qualifiers
Many keywords can be qualified by entering a keyword in brackets
(parentheses) after them. The most common use of a qualifier is for
defining a unit of measurement to override the set of units declared
globally in the General Data Category of input. Other qualifiers
include the definition of estimates, maxima and minima, fluid type
and basis of a composition or flowrate. Some qualifiers are optional
and some are mandatory. You may use more than one qualifier for a
keyword and the order in which they appear is not important.
The input instructions explain which qualifiers are available for
each keyword. Examples are:
ID(IN)=12 Inside diameter is 12 inches.
PRES(BAR,ESTI)=2 Estimated pressure is 2 bars absolute.
POWER(MAX,KW)=17 Maximum power is 17 kilowatts.
Commenting Input
For clarity, you may add comments to your input. If a dollar sign ($)
is placed in a statement, any text on that statement that appears after
the $ is ignored by PIPEPHASE. For example:
PRES(BAR)=3.54 $ Field data, taken 2315 10/16/94
3-4 Input Reference

Default Data
Many PIPEPHASE data items are given default values. Therefore,
if you do not explicitly specify such an item, the program will
assign a value. These values, for example pipe thermal conductivity
of 29 Btu/hr-ft-oF, have been selected to be reasonable for normal
engineering purposes. Most methods also have defaults associated
with them.
These defaults are for your convenience. They have not been
selected specifically for your application and are not intended to
replace engineering judgment. You should check that invalid output
does not result through the inadvertent use of inappropriate
defaults.
The input instructions indicate the defaults that the program will use
in the absence of user input. All the numerical defaults in the input
instructions are expressed in terms of the units of measurement of
the Petroleum set.
When you specify a value or override a default in the General Data
Category of input your value becomes the default for the entire
simulation. You can then override your own default value later in
the input. For example, to specify that all but one of your pipes are
surrounded by air, you would have in the General Data Category of
input:
DEFAULT AIR, VELOCITY=20
You would specify most of your pipes in this way:
PIPE ID=4, LENGTH=150
For the one pipe that is buried, the PIPE statement would look like
this:
PIPE SOIL, ID=5, LENGTH=100, BDTOP(FT)=1
Units of Measurement
Many items of data that you input to PIPEPHASE have a unit of
measurement associated with them. Most have alternatives: for
example, length can be measured in feet, meters, miles, or
kilometers and temperature in oF, oC, oR, or K. It is possible to
specify the unit of measurement individually for every item of data.
However, to avoid having to do this, you may define the units that
are to be used for each quantity - temperature, duty, power etc. -
throughout the whole simulation input. This is done on the

DIMENSION statement in the General Data Category of input.
Individual data items may be expressed in different units by using
qualifiers as described above.
For convenience, PIPEPHASE has four sets of units of
measurement: Petroleum, English, Metric and SI. Each set has
predefined units for each data item. You may select a set of units,
globally override some of the predefined units and then override
units for any individual data item. In this way, you have complete
input flexibility.
For example, if you wanted to use the SI predefined unit set but
with pipe length in feet and short length (e.g., for pipe diameter) in
inches, your General Data Category of input would contain the
statement:
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT,IN
If the inside diameter of one of your pipes is measured in
millimeters, you would have in the Structure Data Category of
input:
PIPE ID(MM)=25.4
Basis of Measurements
With some quantities for example flow and composition you can
also choose a basis of measurement. The basis may be molar
weight, liquid volume, or gas volume and you may use a qualifier to
define it. If you also specify a dimensional unit for the quantity, the
unit must be appropriate to the basis. You cannot, for example,
specify pounds per hour for a liquid volume flowrate. A valid
example would be:
RATE(GV,CFM)=1.E-3
where the value specified, RATE keyword and the qualifiers GV
and CFM combine to mean the gas volume rate has a value of 0.001
millions of standard cubic feet per minute.
The input instructions explain which bases are allowed. If a basis is
specified but no unit of measurement is entered, PIPEPHASE will
assume the unit to be the default appropriate to the basis which you
defined.
3-6 Input Reference

Multiple Units of Measurement
Some input items for example a curve of viscosity against
temperature have more than one unit of measurement. You can
specify one or both units as qualifiers:
VISC(C,CP)=100,1.0/200,0.7
The order in which the qualifiers are entered is not important.
Continuing Statements
An input statement may be too long to fit on one line. In this case, it
may be continued onto a second line or further by using the
ampersand continuation character, &.
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, TEMP=C
is the same as
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, &
TEMP=C
Layout of Input
You may indent any line of input to make the data more readable
and you may have any number of spaces between data entries. For
example:
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, &
TEMP=C
is equivalent to
DIMENSION SI , LENGTH = FT, &
TEMP= C
However, you may not embed any blanks within your keywords or
data entries.
Legend for Input Statement Descriptions

In this chapter, each data category is described. At the start of each
data category, there is a full listing of statements with all of their
associated keywords. Each statement and each keyword is then
explained in detail.

Throughout the input descriptions, the following conventions
apply:
BOLD Bold capitals are used for keywords.
For example: ENGLISH
You must use this word exactly as it is printed (or truncate it to
four or more characters). If a keyword has an equals sign (=)
after it, you must enter a value or another keyword after it.
UNDERLINE If the keyword is underlined, this indicates that the keyword is
the default.
For example: PETROLEUM
If you omit the entry or statement altogether, the program will
use this keyword as the default.
LIGHT Light capitals are used for values, methods and entries.
For example: INPUT=FULL
If you omit the keyword and entry, the program will use the
default.
A number indicates a numerical default value.
For example: LAMINAR=3000
If you omit the keyword and entry, the program will use this
value as the default.
or A number of alternative entries are separated by the word or.
For example: {PETROLEUM or ENGLISH}
You may select only one of the options contained within the {
} brackets and separated by the word or.
{} This symbol indicates that a statement, keyword, or group of
keywords is/are optional.
For example: {VELOCITY=value}
Your input will work without this entry. There is usually a
default invoked if an entry is omitted.
() Indicate that qualifiers are allowed.
For example: ID()=
Unless otherwise noted, qualifiers are units of measurement.
3-8 Input Reference

GENERAL Data Category of Input
The General Data Category of input defines global parameters that
control the whole flowsheet.
Table 3-2: General Data Category of Input
Statement Keywords See page...
TITLE {PROJECT=}, {PROBLEM=}, 3-10
{USER=}, {DATE=}, {SITE=}
{DESCRIPTION} any text 3-11
{DIMENSION} {PETROLEUM or ENGLISH or 3-11
METRIC or SI}, {VELOCITY=,
TEMPERATURE=, PRESSURE=,
LENGTH=, VISCOSITY=, DUTY=,
POWER=, DENSITY= or
GRAVITY=, RATE(M)=,
RATE(W)=, RATE(LV)=,
RATE(GV)=}
CALCULATION NETWORK or SINGLE or 3-16
GASLIFT or PVTGEN or PVTRUN
or PVTTAS, BLACKOIL or
CONDENSATE or LIQUID or GAS
or STEAM or
COMPOSITIONAL(), {SPHERING,
ISOTHERMAL, NOACCEL,
NORUN, PRANDTL}, MASS
{FCODE} {PIPE=BBM or MOODY, 3-18
ANNULUS=BBM or MOODY,
TUBING=BBM or MOODY,
RISER=BBM or MOODY,
PALMER=0.924,0.685,
LAMINAR=3000}
{DEFAULT} {WATER or AIR or SOIL, 3-21
VELOCITY()=, TAMBIENT()=80,
TGRADIENT()=1.0, DENSITY()=,
VISCOSITY()=,
CONDUCTIVITY()=,UPIPE()=1.0,
UANNULUS()=1.0,
UTUBING()=1.0, URISER()=1.0,
HINSIDE()=0.0, HOUTSIDE()=0.0,
HRADIANT()=0.0, BDTOP=0,
THKPIPE()=0.3125, THKINS()=0,
CONPIPE()= 29, CONINS()=0.015,
CONSOIL()=0.8, IDPIPE()= or
NOMD=, NOMR=, NOMT=,
PIPSCHEDULE=DIAMDATA.DAT,
SCHEDULE=40, SCHR=40,
SCHT=40,IDANNULUS()=,
IDRISER()= , IDTUBING()=,
ODTUBING()=, FLOWEFF=,
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018,
HWCOEFF()=150,}

GENERAL Data Category of Input (continued)
Table 3-2: General Data Category of Input
{SEGMENT} {DLHORIZ()=, or NHORIZ=1, 3-24
DLVERT()=, or NVERT=1,
MAXSEGS=20, DTIME=10,
AUTO=ON, FAST, PSEG=20,
TSEG=5, PTOL=0.2, HTOL=0.05,
ITER=25
{LIMITS} {TEMPERATURE(MIN)=-60, 3-26
TEMPERATURE(MAX)=800,
PRESSURE(MIN)=0.0,
PRESSURE(MAX)=25000}
{PRINT} {INPUT=FULL, 3-27
DEVICE=SUMMARY,
PROPERTY=NONE,
CONNECT=FULL, FLASH=FULL,
SUMMARY=BOTH,
DATABASE=NONE, PLOT=NONE,
MAP=NONE, ITER, SLUG=BRILL},
SIMULATOR= PART or FULL,
OPTIMIZER=PART or FULL
{OUTDIMENSION} {ADD or REPLACE, PETROLEUM 3-28
or ENGLISH or METRIC or SI,
VELOCITY=, TEMPERATURE=,
PRESSURE=, LENGTH=,
VISCOSITY, DUTY=, POWER=,
DENSITY= or GRAVITY=,
RATE(M)=, RATE(W)=,
RATE(LV)=, RATE(GV)=}
TITLE Mandatory statement. Introduces the general category.

Optional entries:
PROJECT= Use any or all of these entries for administrative

PROBLEM= information. PROJECT, PROBLEM, USER and
USER= DATE entries appear on every page of output. The
DATE= SITE keyword is used for accounting in multi-site
SITE= installations. Each entry can have up to 12
alphanumeric characters. The DATE entry can
include the / character.
Example:
TITLE PROJ=TEST1, PROB=FEED, USER=TECH DEPT, DATE=7/5/94
{} entries are optional () keyword qualifiers underlined keywords are defaults

= requires values or entries values or entries for keywords are defaults in Petroleum units
3-10 Input Reference

DESCRIPTION Optional statement. Allows you to enter a description of the simulation. You can
have up to four DESCRIPTION statements. The information on these statements is
printed once at the start of the output page.
Mandatory entries: None.
Optional entries:
DESCRIPTION Up to four lines of text each containing up to 60

characters of text.
Example:
DESC THIS SIMULATION IS A GASLIFT OPTIMIZATION STUDY ON
DESC WELL #321s
DIMENSION Optional statement. Defines the units of measurement for each data item in the
input. Select a set of units and/or override individual units. If you omit this
statement, units will default to those in the PETROLEUM set. Table 3-3 and Table
3-4 define the Primary and Secondary Units of Measurement in each standard set
and other permitted units that can be used with this statement. You can also use
these units for specific data items by using qualifiers.
Optional entries:
PETROLEUM or Select only one of these sets of units.

ENGLISH or
METRIC or SI
VELOCITY= Define the units in which you want to specify any
TEMPERATURE= or all of these quantities. LENGTH has two
PRESSURE= arguments: the first is long length, for pipe lengths,
LENGTH= pipe elevations, etc.; the second is short length for
VISCOSITY= diameters, roughness, etc.
DUTY=
POWER=
DENSITY= or GRAVITY=
RATE(M)= Define the units in which you want to specify any
RATE(W)= or all of molar, weight, liquid volumetric and gas
RATE(LV)= volumetric flowrates. Gas Volumetric rate is
RATE(GV)= always expressed in millions of units. Thus CFD
means millions of cubic feet of gas per day.
Example:
DIME SI, LENGTH=KM,IN, VISC=CP, DENS=SPGR, RATE(GV)=CF


GENERAL Data Category of Input - DIMENSION (continued)
Table 3-3: Primary Units of Measurement
PETROLEUM ENGLISH METRIC SI Other permitted units
DENSITY or API API KGM3 KGM3 SPGR, LBFT3
GRAVITY1
DUTY BTUHR BTUHR KCHR KW KJHR
LENGTH FT, IN FT, IN M, MM M, MM CM, KM, MI
POWER HP HP KW KW
PRESSURE PSIG PSIA BAR KPA PSF, ATM, ATA, PA,
KGCM, ATE
RATE(GV)3 CFD CFHR CMHR CMHR CFS, CFM, CMD
RATE(LV) BPD CFHR CMHR CMHR CFS, CFM, CFD,
CMD, LHR, BPH,
GPM
RATE(M)2 MOLHR MOLHR MOLHR MOLH MOLD
R
RATE(W) LBHR LBHR KGHR KGHR LBD, MLBHR,
MLBD, KGD, THRM,
TDM
TEMPERATURE F F C K R
VELOCITY MPH FPS KMPH MPS
VISCOSITY CP CP CP PAS KGMHR, LBFTHR,
CST, SSU, M2HR,
FT2HR
1 When DENSITY or GRAVITY is API, gas density is specific gravity with respect to air at 60oF and 1 atmosphere.
2 Molar rates are lb-moles for Petroleum and English unit sets, kg-moles for Metric and Si unit sets.
3 Units of measure for RATE(GV) are always in millions of units.
Table 3-4: Secondary Units of Measurement

Angle DEG DEG DEG DEG RAD
Condensate Gas BBLMMSCF BBLMMS M3MM3 M3MM
Ratio CF 3
Gas Oil Ratio CFTBBL CFTBBL M3M3 M3M3 CFTCFT
Heat Transfer Coeff BTUFTF BTUFTF KCMC WMC BTUINF, CALCMC,
KJMC
Fetkovich IPR MCFD MCFD M3HB M3HK
COEFFICIENT
1
The default unit for ROUGHNESS changes (to obey relative consistency and meaning) if you modify the unit for short length.
If the short length unit is entered as MI (miles), the default roughness unit is FT (feet).
If the short length unit is entered as M (meters) or KM (kilometers), the default roughness unit is CM(centimeters).


Table 3-4: Secondary Units of Measurement
Perforation Density FT FT M M
Permeability D D D D MD
Roughness1 IN IN MM MM CM, FT
Solution Gas Oil CFTBBL CFTBBL M3M3 M3M3 CFTCFT
Ratio
Specific Heat BTULBF BTULBF KCKGC KJKGC
Temperature F100FT F100FT C100M C100M CKM
Gradient
Thermal BTUFTF BTUFTF KCMC WMC BTUINF, CALCMC,
Conductivity KJMC
Thermal Expansion F F C C K, R
Water Gas Ratio BBLMMSCF BBLMMS M3MM3 M3MM
CF 3
1
The default unit for ROUGHNESS changes (to obey relative consistency and meaning) if you modify the unit for short length.
If the short length unit is entered as MI (miles), the default roughness unit is FT (feet).
If the short length unit is entered as M (meters) or KM (kilometers), the default roughness unit is CM(centimeters).
Table 3-5: Keywords Used to Define Units of Measurement

API API gravity ATA technical atm abs ATE technical atm
gauge
ATM atmospheres
BAR bars absolute BBLMMS barrels/million ft3 BPD barrels/day
CF
BPDPSI barrels/day/psi BPH barrels per hr BTUFT2F BTU/hr-ft2-°F
BTUFTF BTU/hr-ft-°F BTUHR millions BTU/hr BTULBF BTU/lb-°F
C2 degrees Celsius C2 per degree C C100M °C/100 meters
CFD ft3/day for liquid CFHR ft3/hr for liquid CFM ft3/minute for
volumes, Million volumes, Million liquid volumes,
ft3/day for gas ft3/hr for gas Million ft3/
volumes volumes minute for gas
volumes
CFS ft3/second for CFTBBL ft3/barrel CFTCFT ft3/ft3
liquid volumes,
Million ft3/sec for
gas volumes
1
Primary unit
2
Secondary unit


CKM °C/kilometer CM centimeters CMD m3/day for liquid
volumes, Million
m3/day for gas
volumes
CMHR m3/hr for liquid CP centipoise CST centistoke
volumes, Million
m3/day for gas
volumes
D Darcy DEG degrees
F1 degrees Fahrenheit F2 per degree F F100FT °F/100 ft
FPS ft/second FT1 feet FT2 number/ft
FT2HR ft2/hr
GPM US gals/minute
HP horsepower
IN inches
K1 Kelvin K2 per degree K KCHR million kcals/hr
KCKGC kcals/kg-°C KCMC kcals/m2-hr-°C KCMC kcals/m-hr-°C
KGCM kg/cm2 KGD kg/day KGHR kg/hr
KGM3 kg/m3 KGMHR kg/m-hour KJHR million kJ/hr
KJKGC kJ/kg-°C KM kilometers KMPH km/hr
KPA kilopascals KW kilowatts (power) KW million kw (duty)
LBD lb/day LBFT3 lb/ft3 LBFTHR lb/ft-hr
LBHR lb/hr LHR liters/hr
M1 meters M2 number/meter M3DBAR m3/day/bar
M3HB million m3/hr- M3HK million m3/hr/ M3HRBA m3/hr-bar
bar2n k3Pa2n R
M3M3 m3/m3 M3MM3 m3/million m3 MCFD million ft3/day-
psia2n (for
Fetkovich
Coefficient)
Thousand ft3/day
(for gas volume
rate)
MD millidarcy MFT3DPSI thousand ft3/day- MI miles
psi
1 Primary unit
2 Secondary unit


MKGHRB thousand kg/hr-bar MLBD thousand lb/day MLBHR thousand lb/hr
AR
MLBHRP thousand lb/hr-psi MM millimeters MOLD moles/day
SI
MOLHR moles/hr MPH miles/hr MPS meters/second
PA Pascals PAS Pascal-seconds PSF lb/ft2
PSIA lb/in2 absolute PSIG lb/in2 gauge
R1 degrees Rankine R2 per degree R RAD radians
SPGR specific gravity SSU SSU viscosity
TDM metric tonnes/day THRM metric tonnes/hr
WMC watts/m-°C WMC watts/m2-°C
1
Primary unit
2
Secondary unit


CALCULATION Mandatory statement. Specifies the type of calculation, the fluid type, the options
for the decision variables, constraints, specifications, and objective function, as
well as general optimization parameters.
Mandatory entries:
NETWORK or Select only one of these to invoke the calculation

PVTGEN or method. Select PVTGEN if you want to generate
SINGLE or PVT fluid property tables for use in a subsequent
GASLIFT run (See also the PVT Category of Input). You can
or use PVTGEN with BLACKOIL and
COMPOSITIONAL fluids only. Select
NETWORK to solve basic network simulations.
Select SINGLE to focus in on a single link or for
nodal analysis. Select GASLIFT to use the gaslift
analysis package.
Note: The GUI will automatically select the

SINGLE algorithm when required for line sizing
and nodal analysis calculations.
PVTRUN or Generate PVT tables and run a simulation using

PVTTAB these tables. The simulation uses compositional
PVT tables as specified in the PVTFILE SETNO.
Phase envelope and hydrate predictions will not be
performed using this option.
BLACKOIL or Select only one of these to describe the fluid type.
CONDENSATE or BLACKOIL, CONDENSATE, LIQUID, GAS and
LIQUID or STEAM are non-compositional fluids. You can
GAS or define their properties in the PVT Data Category of
STEAM or input. Use COMPOSITIONAL if you want to
COMPOSITIONAL() define the fluid as a mixture of components or
petroleum fractions (entered either directly or
indirectly via a distillation curve). Use the qualifier
GAS or LIQ or BLACK to specify that a
compositional fluid is only gas or only liquid or
only mixed compositional blackoil models,
therefore bypassing any two-phase flash
calculations.
Optional entries:
SPHERING Use this keyword to invoke sphering or pigging

calculations. Note that a sphering report will be
generated only if you specify DEVICE=PART, or
greater, in the print options.
ISOTHERMAL Suppress heat balances on all flow devices. You
can override this on individual flow devices. Not
available with COMPOSITIONAL() fluids or
STEAM.


GENERAL Data Category of Input - CALCULATION (continued)
NOACCEL Ignore the acceleration term in pressure drop
calculations.
NORUN Suppress calculations perform input checks only.
PRANDTL Invokes a rigorous Prandtl number calculation for
inside and outside film heat transfer coefficients. If
you omit this keyword, a Prandtl number of 1.0
will be used.
MASS Converts standard mass based volume formulation
to mass based formulation. This option is needed
when modeling separators and flow splitting at
junctions.
Example:
CALC NETWORK, COMPOSITIONAL(GAS) $to specify a network
compositional gas run
CALC NETWORK, COMPOSITIONAL(BLACK) $to specify a network
compositional blackoil run


FCODE Optional statement. Selects pressure drop and hold-up correlations. If you omit this
statement, PIPEPHASE will use MOODY for non-compositional liquid or gas or
BBM for any other fluid.
Optional entries:
PIPE= Define the correlation to be used for pressure drop

ANNULUS= calculations in pipes, annuli, risers and tubings. See
TUBING= Table 3-6 and Table 3-7 for available methods.
RISER= Default is BBM for compositional, Blackoil,
Condensate and steam fluids and MOODY for
non-compositional liquids and gases.
PALMER=0.924,0.685 Specify global Palmer liquid holdup correction
factors. Different global Palmer data may be input
for pipes, annuli, risers and tubings. These global
data may be over-ridden on individual flow
devices.
The PALMER keyword must follow immediately
after the PIPE, ANNULUS, RISER or TUBING to
which the Palmer data is to be applied. The first
number is applied to uphill flow holdup correction
and the second is applied to downhill flow.
Two values must be supplied: uphill and downhill.
The defaults shown apply only to BB or BBM
correlations. If you want to use the defaults, enter
only the PALMER keyword without any values. If
different values are required, supply those values
with the PALMER keyword. If you are using a
correlation other than BB or BBM, you must
supply values with the PALMER keyword. If you
need to correct only for downhill holdup, supply a
value of 1.0 for the uphill correction factor.
LAMINAR=3000’ Define the value of the Reynolds number to be
used as the boundary between laminar and
turbulent flow.
Example:
FCODE PIPE=BBM, PALMER=0.9,0.7, TUBING=HB, PALMER=1.0, 0.


GENERAL Data Category of Input - FCODE (continued)
Table 3-6: Pressure Drop and Holdup Methods for Compositional, Blackoil, Condensate and Steam
Method Keyword Application
Beggs & Brill BB Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill - Moody BBM Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill - No slip BBNS Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Eaton BBME Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Dukler BBMD Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Hagedorn & BBMHB Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Brown
Beggs & Brill high velocity BBHV Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill - Moody high velocity BMHV Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Beggs & Brill - No slip high velocity BBNH Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Mukherjee & Brill MB Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Mukherjee & Brill-Eaton MBE Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
TACITE-STM,1 TACS Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
OLGA-S2 OLGA Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
For vertical or near vertical upward flow
Ansari ANSA Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Orkiszewski ORK Riser Tubing Annulus
Duns & Ros DR Riser Tubing Annulus
Hagedorn & Brown HB Riser Tubing Annulus
Hagedorn & Brown - Beggs & Brill HBBB Riser Tubing Annulus
Aziz AZIZ Riser Tubing Annulus
Gray (not applicable for GRAY Riser Tubing Annulus
compositional)
Gray - Moody (not applicable for GRYM Riser Tubing Annulus
compositional)
Angel - Welchon - Ross ANGEL Riser Tubing Annulus
For horizontal or near horizontal

flow
1
The TACITE-S mechanistic method is developed and maintained by the French companies IFP, Total and Elf Aquitaine Production,
and is available only under a separate license agreement with SIMSCI. Please consult your local SIMSCI representative for details.
2 The OLGA-S mechanistic method is available under separate license agreement with SIMSCI. Please consult your SIMSCI
representative for details.
* Flannigan holdup connection for downward inclined pipes.


GENERAL Data Category of Input - FCODE (continued)
Table 3-6: Pressure Drop and Holdup Methods for Compositional, Blackoil, Condensate and Steam
Method Keyword Application
Xiao XIAO Pipe
Eaton EATON Pipe
Eaton-Flannigan* EF Pipe
Dukler DUKLER Pipe
Dukler-Flannigan* DF Pipe
Lockhart & Martinelli LM Pipe
Dukler-Eaton-Flannigan* DE Pipe
Olimens OLIM Pipe
User Defined Method UDP1 Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
User Defined Method UDP2 Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
1 The TACITE-S mechanistic method is developed and maintained by the French companies IFP, Total and Elf Aquitaine Production,
2
The OLGA-S mechanistic method is available under separate license agreement with SIMSCI. Please consult your SIMSCI
* Flannigan holdup connection for downward inclined pipes.
Table 3-7: Single-phase Pressure Drop Methods

Method Fluid Keywor Application
d
Moody3 Liquid or MOODY Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Gas
Hazen-Williams Liquid HW Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Panhandle B3 Gas PANB Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Weymouth3 Gas WEYM Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
American Gas Gas AGA Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Association3
TACITE-S1 TACS Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
OLGA-S2 OLGA Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
User Defined Method Liquid or UDP1 Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Gas
User Defined Method Liquid or UDP2 Pipe Riser Tubing Annulus
Gas
1
The TACITE-S mechanistic method is developed and maintained by the French companies IFP, Total and Elf Aquitaine Production,
2
The OLGA-S mechanistic method is available under separate license agreement with SIMSCI. Please consult your SIMSCI
3 Also allowed for the compositional gas option.


DEFAULT Optional statement. Sets up global values to be used throughout the simulation. All
these can be overridden selectively on the flow device and fitting statements in the
Structure Data Category of input.
Optional entries:
WATER or Use one of these to specify the medium

AIR or surrounding the pipes. If no surrounding is chosen,
SOIL the default heat transfer coefficient for the pipe is
used. If more than one surrounding is entered, then
without any overriding information supplied on the
PIPE statement in the Structure Data Category of
input, the hierarchy of usage is given by: SOIL has
default preference over WATER which has default
preference over AIR
Therefore, if all three surroundings are defined on
this statement, they will be prioritized per the
above logic.
More than one surrounding may be specified on
this statement. In this case the input order of the
attributes of the surroundings (such as velocity)
must logically follow the surrounding medium
these attributes refer to (see the second example at
the end of this section).
If any of the following keywords are entered and
no surrounding is input, the surrounding defaults to
SOIL: BDTOP, THKPIPE, THKINS, CONPIPE,
CONINS, CONSOIL, and CONDUCTIVITY
VELOCITY()= Velocity of the surrounding air or water. Default
values are 10 miles/hr for air and 1 mile/hr for
water.
TAMBIENT()=80 Ambient temperature of the surrounding medium.
TGRADIENT()=1.0 Geothermal temperature gradient.
DENSITY()= Density of the surrounding air or water. Defaults
are specific gravity of 1.0 for air and 10.0 API for
water.
VISCOSITY()= Viscosity of the surrounding air or water. Defaults
are 0.02 cP for air and 1.0 cP for water.
CONDUCTIVITY()= Thermal conductivity of the surrounding air, soil,
or water. Defaults are 0.015 BTU/hr-ft-F for air, 0.8
BTU/hr-ft-F for soil and 0.3 BTU/hr-ft-F for water.
UPIPE()=1.0 If no medium is invoked directly or indirectly, this
overall heat transfer coefficient will be used.


GENERAL Data Category of Input - DEFAULT (continued)
UANNULUS()=1.0 Overall heat transfer coefficient from inside an
UTUBING()=1.0 annulus, tubing or riser to the surroundings.
URISER()=1.0
HINSIDE()=0.0 Additional heat transfer resistance which will be
added to the inside film heat transfer resistance
calculated by PIPEPHASE.
HOUTSIDE()=0.0 Additional heat transfer resistance which will be
added to the outside film heat transfer resistance
HRADIANT()=0.0 Additional radiant heat transfer resistance which
will be added to the outside film heat transfer
resistance calculated by PIPEPHASE.
BDTOP()=0 Depth of a buried pipe measured from the top of
the outside of the pipe, in short length units. A
positive value must be supplied when SOIL has
been selected as the surrounding.
THKPIPE()=0.3125 Pipe thickness in short length units.
THKINS()=0 Insulation thickness in short length units.
Maximum of 5 values.
CONPIPE()=29 Thermal conductivity of the pipe material,
CONINS()=0.015 insulation (maximum of five values, for five
CONSOIL()=0.8 insulation layers) and soil.
IDPIPE()= or Inside diameter of pipes and fittings in short length
NOMD= units. Nominal inside diameter of pipes and
fittings, in inches only.
NOMT= Nominal inside diameter of tubing devices, in
inches only.
NOMR= Nominal inside diameter of riser devices, in inches
only.
PIPSCHEDULE= Name of external text file in the user directory
DIAMDATA.DAT containing pipe, tubing and riser schedule data
which are to be invoked for all nominal size
specifications. If a file name is supplied, the input
file extension must be .DAT. The PIPSCHEDULE
keyword may or may not be included in this
statement. If this keyword is omitted, then an
internal table is used with default values.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a

user-defined schedule in the selected table or file,
then the next smaller schedule is searched.
SCHEDULE=40 Default pipe schedule to be used for fittings, pipes

and line sizing options.


GENERAL Data Category of Input - DEFAULT (continued)
SCHT=TB01 Default schedule for tubing devices.
SCHR=40 Default schedule for riser devices.

user-defined schedule in the selected table, then
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If a
schedule is not defined, then the default schedule
40 is used and, if a match cannot be found,
PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
IDANNULUS()= Inside diameter of annuli in short length units.

IDRISER()= Inside diameter of risers in short length units.
IDTUBING()= Inside diameter of tubing in short length units.
ODTUBING()= Outside diameter of tubing in short length units.
FLOWEFF=100 Flow efficiency as a percentage. This parameter
may be used in a rating exercise to adjust flowrates
to meet a measured pressure drop. The use of
FLOWEFF is recommended only when other
parameters, such as pressure drop method, pipe
roughness, heat transfer coefficientHeat transfer
coefficient values, etc., have been varied in order to
match field data.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Pipe inside roughness. Use the qualifier REL to
denote roughness as a fraction of the pipe inside
diameter. Otherwise, value is absolute and in short
length units.
HWCOEFF()=150 Coefficient for Hazen-Williams pressure drop
method.
Example:
DEFAULT AIR, TAMB=40, VELOCITY=30, THKINS=4
DEFAULT AIR, COND=0.01, VISC=0.018, VELOCITY=8, WATER,&
COND=0.34, VELOCITY=5


SEGMENT Optional statement. Controls the segmenting of pipes, annuli, risers and tubing for
pressure drop and heat transfer calculations. If you omit this statement,
PIPEPHASE will use a default of one segment per pipe, annulus, riser and tubing.
Optional entries:
DLHORIZ()= or Length of a pipe calculation segment in long length

NHORIZ=1 units. Number of calculation segments per pipe.
DLVERT()= or Length of an annulus, riser or tubing calculation
segment in long length units.
NVERT=1 Number of calculation segments per annulus, riser
or tubing.
MAXSEGS=20 Maximum number of calculation segments per
flow device. This overrides any value calculated
from other data on this statement.
DTIME=10 Time step for pigging or sphering in seconds.
PSEG=20 This option only applies when the AUTO or FAST
segmentation options are used. When this keyword
is invoked and either AUTO or FAST are specified,
PIPEPHASE will automatically size segments so
that the maximum average pressure drop per
segment is PSEG or no more than MAXS segments
are used in a pipe/tube/annulus or riser. By default,
a value of 20 psia is used for PSEG.
TSEG=5 This keyword is activated with the use of the
AUTO or FAST keywords (described below).
Under this option, PIPEPHASE attempts to insure
that the temperature drop accross a segment is
TSEG and the absolute pressure drop is PSEG and
the maximum number of segments is MAXS.
PIPEPHASE uses a default value of 5 F for TSEG.
PTOL=0.2 The pressure traverse algorithm uses for property
computations, the pressure and temperature at the
mid-point of each segment. Because mid-point
values are used, the algorithm must use an iterative
procedure to converge to a mid-point pressure.
PTOL is the convergence criterion for the mid-
point pressure and is 0.2 psia by default.
HTOL=0.05 This is option only applies to compositional or
steam systems and it refers to the convergence
tolerance that is to be used for segment mid-point
enthalpies. By default, HTOL is equal to 0.05Btu/
lb.


GENERAL Data Category of Input - SEGMENT (continued)
ITER=25 This refers to the number of iterations that are to be
used to compute the mid-point pressure/
temperature in a given segment. By default, ITER
is set to 25. When ITER=1, the traverse algorithm
reduces to the forward Euler integration procedure.
The forward Euler is, in principle, faster than the
mid-point weighting used by default in
PIPEPHASE. However, it also leads to less
accurate traverses than are produced by the mid-
point weighting method.
AUTO=ON When invoked, this option automatically sizes
segments according to computed pressure and
temperature gradients. The following options
(previously discussed) are invoked with this
keyword:
PSEG = 20 psia
TSEG =5 F
PTOL = 0.2 psia
HTOL = 0.05 Btu/lb
ITER = 25 MAXS= 50
FAST When invoked, this option uses an automated, yet
more relaxed than AUTO, segmenting procedure to
estimate the size of segments. The following
defaults are invoked by this keyword:
PSEG = 50 psia
TSEG = 50 F
PTOL = 0.2 psia
HTOL = 1Btu/lb
ITER = 1 (thus the traverse algorithm reduces to
the forward Euler method)
MAXS = 20
Under the FAST keyword, PIPEPHASE will
compute pressure traverses at a faster rate than
under the AUTO option. However, because of the
coarser segmentation and the use of forward Euler
marching, the pressure traverse estimates are
expected to be less accurate than under default
segmentation procedures.
Note: Under the FAST and AUTO options the user has complete control of the
segmentation options PSEG, TSEG, PTOL, HTOL, ITER and MAXS.
Example:
SEGM DLHOR=50, MAXSEGS=10


LIMITS Optional statement. Set the minimum and maximum temperatures and pressures
for calculations. If calculations stray outside these limits, PIPEPHASE will print a
warning message. You should ensure that the pressure and temperature limits
correctly bound their anticipated values in the simulation prior to program
execution. The default limits are those judged to be representative for all of the
thermodynamic methods available to PIPEPHASE.
Optional entries:
TEMPERATURE(MIN)=- Minimum and maximum temperatures and

60 pressures. Additional qualifiers may be used to
TEMPERATURE(MAX)= specify units of measurement.
800 PRESSURE(MIN)=0
PRESSURE(MAX)=25000
Example:
LIMITS PRES(MIN)=5


PRINT Optional statement. Controls the level of output produced by PIPEPHASE.
Optional entries:
INPUT=FULL Select an option for each of these from Table 3-8 .

SUMMARY=BOTH CONNECT applies only to networks. FLASH
DEVICE=SUMMARY applies only to compositional fluid types. The
PROPERTY=NONE PLOT and MAP options can only be invoked with
CONNECT=FULL DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL.
FLASH=FULL
PLOT=NONE
MAP=NONE Use MAP=TAITEL to print the Taitel-Dukler-
Barnea flow regime map for each link.
DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL must also be
specified
SLUG=BRILL Invokes a statistical slug model. The options are
BRILL, NORRIS or SCOTT. Only with
DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL for single
links only.
ITER Request detailed printout during the convergence
of an iterative network calculation.
DATABASE=NONE Controls the writing of data to a database after
solution for use with the Results Access System
through the GUI. Options are FULL, LAST, and
NONE. FULL writes all data from all cases to the
database; LAST writes only data from the last case,
NONE writes no data.
SIMULATOR=PART Choose to print the network simulation results for
every cycle, SIMULATOR=FULL, or at the final
cycle, SIMULATOR=PART.
OPTIMIZER=PART Choose to print the optimization results after every
iteration, OPTIMIZER=FULL, or at the end of the
simulation, OPTIMIZER=PART.
VFPT EXCEL, ECLIPSE,GCOM(hidden), user
Example: PRINT INPUT=NONE, PROPERTY=FULL, DATABASE=FULL


GENERAL Data Category of Input - PRINT (continued)
Table 3-8: Options for Output
Entries
Keyword NONE SUMMARY PART FULL
INPUT List of input N/A List of input List of input
No details Structure details Full details
DEVICE No device Device Summary report plus All PART reports plus
details or summary pressure, temperature, pressure gradient
summary liquid holdup and reports
velocities
PROPERTY No reports N/A Point by point physical Prints all point by point
property data physical property data
plus heat transfer data
and hydrate
predictionHydrate
prediction
CONNECT No reports N/A N/A Tables + Plot of
network connectivity
FLASH No reports N/A N/A Composition and phase
properties at each node
PLOT No plots N/A Link pressure and Link pressure,
temperature plots. temperature and phase
DEVICE=PART or envelopePhase
DEVICE=FULL must envelope plots.
also be specified. DEVICE=PART or
DEVICE=FULL must
also be specified
DATABASE No file produced N/A Only last CASE All output data
for Results STUDY produced in produced in Results
Access System Results Access System Access System file
file
OLD NEW BOTH
SUMMARY Node, Link and Structure Data, Both the OLD and
Device Velocity and NEW set of reports are
Summaries are Results produced
produced. Summaries are
produced.

OUTDIMENSION Optional statement. The normal output is produced in the same units of
measurement as those defined in the DIMENSION statement. The
OUTDIMENSION statement requests a second set of output and defines the units
of measurement for it. Select a predefined set of units and/or override individual
units. See Table 3-3 and Table 3-4 for the definition of units in each predefined set
and other units which can be specified for each data item. If this statement is
omitted, a second set of output will not be generated.
Optional entries:
ADD or Use one of these options to specify whether the

REPLACE second output should be added to the first output or
should replace it.
PETROLEUM or Select only one of these sets of units.
ENGLISH or
METRIC or
SI
VELOCITY= Define the units in which any or all of these
TEMPERATURE= quantities are to be printed out.
PRESSURE=
LENGTH=
VISCOSITY=
DUTY=
POWER=
DENSITY= or GRAVITY=
RATE(M)= Define the units in which any or all of molar,
RATE(W)= weight, liquid volumetric and gas volumetric
RATE(LV)= flowrates are to be printed out.
RATE(GV)=
Example:
OUTDIME METRIC, VISC=PAS, DENS=API, RATE(M)=LBHR

COMPONENT Data Category of Input
The Component Data Section defines the components in a
compositional simulation. This section is mandatory for a
compositional fluid unless you are defining your fluid in terms only
of an assay curve with no Lightends and you do not want to alter the
default cuts or characterization criteria. This section is also
mandatory for a mixed compositional/non-compositional blackoil
model. This section must not be present if your fluid is non-
compositional.
Chapter 1, SIMSCI Component Data Input Reference, in the
optional SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual, describes all the features of the SIMSCI Component Data
system. Many of these features are not used in PIPEPHASE
because they are not relevant to pressure drop through pipes and
fittings.
Of those that are relevant, the commonly used ones are described
here in detail. The rest are summarized and you should refer to
Chapter 1 of the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data
Input Manual for input details.
Table 3-9: Component Data Category of Input
COMPONENT None
LIBID number, name {, , alias}/ ..., {BANK=, 3-33
FILL=}
{PETROLEUM()} number, name, mol wt, gravity, normal 3-33
boiling point/...
{ASSAY} CHARACTERIZE= CAVETT, 3-34
MW=SIMSCI,
GRAVITY=WATSONK,
{FIT=SPLINE,
CONVERSION=API187, TBPIP=1,
TBPEP=98, NBP=}
{CUTPOINTS} TBPCUTS() = 100,800,28/1200,8/ 3-35
1600,4


COMPONENT Data Category of Input (continued)
Table 3-9: Component Data Category of Input
{Constants} component number, value/...
MW 3-36
SPGR 3-36
API 3-36
ACENTRIC 3-36
ZC 3-36
TC() 3-36
PC() 3-36
VC() 3-36
NBP() 3-36
STDDENSITY() 3-36
{Variables} CORR = , {LN or LOG or EXPFAC =
VP() }, DATA = or 3-37
ENTHALPY() TABULAR = 3-37
CP() 3-37
LATENT() 3-37
DENSITY() 3-37
VISCOSITY() 3-37
CONDUC TIVITY() 3-37
SURFACE 3-37
Other statements For details, refer to Chapter 1, SIMSCI See
Component Data Input Reference, of the chapter...
SIMSCI Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
NONLIBRARY Components that are not in the SIMSCI Chapter 1
bank and for which you have to supply a
full set of properties.
PHASE Identifies solid components Chapter 1
SYNCOMP Data for a synfuel component of a Chapter 1
specific type.
SYNLIQ Data for a synfuel component that is a Chapter 1
mixture of different petroleum types.
RACKETT Rackett parameter required for the Chapter 1
Rackett method for liquid densities.
DIPOLE Dipole moment required for the Chapter 1
Hayden-OConnell method for vapor
properties.
RADIUS Radius of gyration required for the Chapter 1
Hayden-OConnell method for vapor
properties.


SOLUPARA Hildebrand solubility parameter Chapter 1
required for various generalized and
liquid activity thermodynamic
correlations.
MOLVOL Liquid molar volume required for Chapter 1
various generalized and liquid activity
thermodynamic correlations.
VANDERWAAL Van der Waals area and volume required Chapter 1
for UNIFAC and UNIQUAC liquid
activity thermodynamic correlations.
STRUCTURE, Data for non-library components for use Chapter 1
GROUP with the UNIFAC thermodynamic
method.


COMPONENT Mandatory statement for compositional fluids. Introduces the category.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional Entries:
LIBID Optional statement. Identifies the components whose properties are to be taken
from the SIMSCI databank.
Mandatory entries:
number, name{, , alias} / ... For each component, its number in the component
list for this simulation followed by its library name
(not the full name). Separate one components entry
from the next using the / character.
Select components from the list in Chapter 1 of the
SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data
Input Manual.) For convenience, some components
have more than one allowable name.
Optionally, you may also enter an alias (up to 16
characters) for a component, which will be used in
the output reports. If you enter an alias, you must
have two commas before it.
You may enter the components in any order but
there must be no gaps in the component number
sequence and each component number must be
used only once. This rule applies to all defined
components, including Petroleum
pseudocomponents entered using the
PETROLEUM statement below, but does not apply
to petroleum fractions generated by the program
from ASTM curves.
Optional entries: (For details, refer to Chapter 1, SIMSCI
Component Data Input Reference, in the SIMSCI
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual.)
BANK Selects order of component databanks which are
searched for pure components. The entries allowed
are SIMSCI or PROCESS.
FILL Specifies that SIMSCI property prediction methods
be used for components missing library or user-
supplied data.
Examples:
LIBID 1, C1/2, C2/3, C3
LIBID 1, C1,, METHANE/3, C3/2, ETHN,, PURE ETHANE


PETROLEUM Optional statement. Defines petroleum fraction pseudocomponents. Component
properties are calculated using the characterization method selected on the ASSAY
statement below.
Mandatory entries:
number, name, MW, std You may supply a name of up to 16 characters for
liquid density, NBP/... each component. The name is used in the output
reports. You must supply at least two of the three
quantities: molecular weight, gravity and normal
boiling point. The remaining value is calculated.
You may use qualifiers to define units of
measurement for gravity and/or normal boiling
point.
The number must follow the rules described above
under LIBID.
If a name is not given, PIPEPHASE will assign a
name based on the normal boiling point.
If you omit any data item, you must retain the
embedded comma.
Example:
PETRO 5, CUT11, 91,64,180/6, CUT12,100,,210/ &
7, CUT13,120,55,280/8, CUT14,150,,370/ &
9, CUT15,200,40,495/10, CUT16,245,,590/ &
11, CUT17,300,30,687/12, CUT18,360,,770
ASSAY Optional statement. Used to specify the method by which PIPEPHASE calculates
the properties of defined pseudocomponents or those generated from assay data.
Mandatory entries:
CHARACTERIZE = Define the method to be used for calculating

CAVETT critical properties and enthalpies of
pseudocomponents. Options are described in Table
3-10 .
MW = SIMSCI Define the method to be used for calculating
molecular weights of pseudocomponents. Options
are described in Table 3-11 .
GRAVITY = WATSONK Define the method to be used for calculating
gravities for pseudo-components when only the
average gravity of a curve is given. Options are
described in Table 3-12 .
Other entries: (For details, refer to Chapter 1, SIMSCI
Component Data Input Reference, in the SIMSCI
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual.)
FIT = SPLINE Selects the curve fitting procedure for user
supplied assay data.


COMPONENT Data Category of Input - ASSAY (continued)
CONVERSION = API187 Selects the method for inter-conversion between
ASTM-D86 and TBP distillation curves.
TBPIP = 1, Define the volume percents for determining the
TBPEP = 98 initial point and end point (EP) temperatures when
specifying streams and reporting assay curves at
output time.
NBP = Designates the method used for calculating the
normal boiling point of narrow cuts.
Example:
ASSAY CHAR = SIMSCI, MW = CAVETT, GRAV = WATSONK
Table 3-10: PIPEPHASE Characterization Methods

Method Description
CAVETT CAVETT is used for critical constants and ideal gas
enthalpies. Yen-Alexander is used for vapor pressures.
Edmister is used for acentric factors.
SIMSCI SIMSCIs extension of the CAVETT method is used
for all properties. Also known as the Twu method.
LK Lee-Kesler is used for all properties.
Table 3-11: PIPEPHASE Molecular Weight Methods

Method Description
SIMSCI Method developed by SIMSCI to match the API
Technical Data Book method for 300 to 800oF boiling
components and to provide a better match to the
available field data both above and below that
temperature range.
EXTAPI 1980 API Technical Data Book method with
adjustment for components boiling below 300oF to
match known pure component data better. Also known
as the CAVETT80 method.
CAVETT Old (pre-1980) API Technical Data Book method
Table 3-12: PIPEPHASE Gravity Methods

Method Description
WATSONK Assumes constant Watson K for all components based
on TBP temperatures.
PRE301 Assumes constant Watson K for all components based
on ASTM temperatures.


CUTPOINTS Optional statement. Used to define the TBP cut points for components defined by
assay curve.
Mandatory entries:
TBPCUTS()= t0 is the start temperature for the whole assay, t1 is

t0, t1, n1{/t2, n2/..} the end temperature for the first group and n1 is the
number of cuts in the first group. Then, for each
subsequent group of cuts, enter the end temperature
for the group and the number of cuts in that group.
The default is 100, 800, 28/1200, 8/1600, 4
Examples:
CUTPOINTS TBPCUTS(F)=100,800,20/ 1000, 10/ 1200,8
CUTPOINTS TBPCUTS(F)=100,1200,38
MW Optional statements. Define constant properties of pure components.

SPGR Mandatory entries:
API number1, value1/ The number corresponds to the components
ACENTRIC number2,value2/ ... number on the LIBID statement.
numberN, valueN
ZC
Example:
MW 1, 59.3/4, 76.5
TC() Optional statements. Define constant properties of pure components. A qualifier

PC() may be used to specify units of measurement.
Mandatory entries:
NBP()
STDDENSITY() number1, value1/ The number corresponds to the components
number2,value2/ ... number on the LIBID statement.
numberN, valueN
Example:
STDD(LBFT3) 4,45/7,50
VC Optional statement. Defines critical volume of pure components. Qualifiers may be

used to specify units of measurement and basis.
Mandatory entries:
number1, value1/ The number corresponds to the components

number2,value2/ ... number on the LIBID statement.
numberN, valueN
Example:
VC(CC,M) 1, .09 Note: This is equivalent to 90 cc/gm mole.

VP() Optional statements. Define pure component properties that vary with temperature.
ENTHALPY() Where appropriate, qualifiers may be used to specify phase, temperature unit,
property units and basis. Properties are listed in Table 3-13 .
CP()
Table 3-13: PIPEPHASE Pure Component Variable Properties
LATENT()
Property Keyword Phase* Property Basis
DENSITY() Units
VISCOSITY() Density DENSITY() L density M or WT
CONDUCTIVIT Enthalpy ENTHALPY I or L energy M or WT
Y() ()
SURFACE() Solid specific CP() heat capacity M or WT
heat
Latent heat of LATENT() energy M or WT
vaporization
Vapor pressure VP() L pressure
Viscosity VISCOSITY V or L viscosity
()
Thermal COND() V or L conductivity
conductivity
Liquid surface SURFACE() surface
tension tension
*Phases are: I ideal gas
V vapor
L liquid
You may enter either coefficients of an equation or tabular data.

Coefficient form:
Mandatory entries:
CORRELATION The correlation form for equation based data. See

Chapter 1, SIMSCI Component Data Input
Reference, in the SIMSCI Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, for equation
forms.
Note: Only equation 1 may be used for CP.
DATA = Data entry for equation based correlations. The

format is: DATA = i, tmax, tmin, C1, ..., C8/...
i corresponds to the components number on the
LIBID statement.


tmax, tmin are temperature limits for the data. They
must be entered for Chebychev equations, and are
optional for others. If omitted, the embedded
commas must be retained.
C1,...,C8 are equation coefficients.
EXPFAC = Exponential factor. Only used in equations 3 and 4.
Optional entries:
LN or LOG Select the logarithmic base e (LN) or 10 (LOG).

Only used in equations with logarithmic terms.
Tabular form:
Mandatory entries:
TABULAR = Data entry for tabular data. The format is:

TABULAR = t1, t2, .../i, p1, p2, .../...
t1, t2,... are temperatures at which tabular data are
entered.
i corresponds to the components number on the
LIBID statement.
p1, p2,... are data values at temperatures t1, t2,... . A
minimum of one value must be given. You need not
provide a value for every temperature point but if
you skip a value you must retain the embedded
comma.
Examples:
DENSITY(L,C,LBFT3) TABULAR = 60, 80, 100/1,55.5,43.7/2, &
45.8,,40.2
ENTHALPY(I,C,KCAL/KG,M) TABULAR=100,140,180/1,700000, &
825000,910000/ &
2,410000, ,470000
VP(C,MMHG) CORR=21, LN, DATA= 1,,, 14.321, -1068, 60.3/ &
2,,, 16.15, -1372, 1.7


NETWORK Data Category of Input
The Network Data Category of input defines calculational methods.
This category is only needed to control the network convergence
algorithm.
Table 3-14: Network Data Category of Input
NETWORK None
{SOLUTION} PBAL or MBAL, MAXITER = 20, 3-39
FLOWALLOC = 1, PRELIMINARY
= 1, FINAL = 1, SUBITERATION =
200, RELAXATION = 0.25, DAMP =
0.25, EXPLICIT, NOFR, QDAMP =,
PDAMP = , STEP = 1, SLIP = 5,
HALVINGS = 3, NOLOOP=0,
CHECK, CHOKE = 1, WELLS,
PROP=0, SCALE=1.0,
SYMMETRIC, LINKS, ANSARI,
XIAO, QUICK, KEEPSHUT
{TOLERANCE} PTOL(psia)= .0001, QTOL()= 1, 3-44
TTOL() = .001, RATE()=1.0,
PRES()=2.0, QLOW=, PERT= .01,
NEWACC
{ACCELERATION} INTERPOLATION, NPRESS = 0, 3-46
NTEMP = 0, PMIN = , PMAX = ,
TMIN = , TMAX = , STOP,
ISOTHERMAL = 1
NETWORK Mandatory statement. Introduces the category.

Optional entries: None.
SOLUTION Optional statement. Selects the solution method and sets switches for the
convergence of a network. If you omit this statement, the PBALANCE method
will be used with the defaults shown below. See Chapter 6 for details of the
application of these parameters.
Optional Entries:
PBAL or MBAL Use one of these to specify the network solution

algorithm. PBAL invokes the Pressure Balance
algorithm, MBAL the Single-phase Algorithm.
MBAL can only be used with single-phase gas or
liquid systems.
MAXITER = 20 Maximum number of iterations for the
PBALANCE method.


NETWORK Data Category of Input (continued)
FLOWALLOC = 1 Controls the initial estimate for flowrates in
PBALANCE networks only. Use FLOWALLOC=1
to estimate initial flowrates based on diameters of
the first pipe in the links; use FLOWALLOC=2 to
estimate initial flowrates based on the frictional
resistance of each link; use FLOWALLOC=3 to
estimate initial flowrates based on nodal mass
(MBAL) conservation; use FLOWALLOC=4 to
use flowrates and pressure from a previous solution
of the network, to be read from a restart file.
PRELIMINARY = 1 The number of continuation steps to be used to
compute the preliminary solution for the MBAL
method and for FLOW=3 in the PBAL method.
FINAL = 1 The number of final continuation steps required to
move the pressure field predicted by the
preliminary solution to the final rigorous solution.
This is applicable to the MBAL method and
FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
SUBITERATION = 200 Maximum number of iterations to be performed in
each continuation step. This is applicable to the
MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
RELAXATION = 0.25 Extent of partial correction from iteration to
iteration for the pressure field. Values can be
between 0 and 1.0. This is applicable to the MBAL
method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
DAMP = 0.25 Extent of partial correction from iteration to
iteration for the preliminary continuation stage.
Values can be between 0 and 1.0. This is applicable
to the MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL
method
EXPLICIT Applicable only to a single-phase gas or liquid
system. When present, initial estimates are
obtained from the Blasius friction factor
approximation. Otherwise, the implicit Colebrook/
BBM approach is used. This is applicable to the
MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
NOFR Include this keyword to specify that no flow
reversals are to be permitted within links during the
solution of a network. Applicable to PBAL
method.


NETWORK Data Category of Input - SOLUTION (continued)
QDAMP = Limits the magnitude of the flowrate adjustment
for any link at each iteration within a PBALANCE
network. If a link flowrate change exceeds
QDAMP, the magnitude of the change vector is
normalized such that the magnitude of the vector is
reduced but the direction of the adjustment vector
is not changed. The units of QDAMP are fixed as:
Fluid Type Units
compositional & steam (MLBHR)
gas & condensate (MCFD)
liquid & blackoil (BPD)
This feature is useful when large flowrate
fluctuations and convergence instabilities are
observed in the iteration history of a network run,
commonly seen in a large, highly looped network.
Damping the flowrate changes to a small value
may lead to a more stable iteration scheme but may
result in slower convergence. You may need to
increase the number of iterations to achieve
convergence to within the required tolerance.
PDAMP = Similar to QDAMP, but applied to node pressure
changes. Pressures are in units of psi. Applicable to
PBAL method.
STEP = 1 Use this keyword to enable the Newton-Raphson
algorithm to converge without internal limits.
SLIP = 5 Applicable only to FLOWALLOCATION = 3. Use
this keyword to specify the slope angle above
which the BBM model used to initialize the flow
field reduces to the no-slip formulation. Units are
degrees.
HALVINGS = 3 Number of interval halvings allowed in each
successive iteration. Applicable to PBAL method.
NOLOOP=0 Use this keyword to generate a report of the
occurrence of closed loops during intermediate
PBAL iterations. Use NOLOOP=1 to obtain a
warning if closed loop flow occurs during PBAL
iterations. If you use NOLOOP=2, PIPEPHASE
will print the warning and, in addition, try to
prevent the closed loop flow from forming.
CHECK When present, regulators (unidirectional check
valves) are allowed to pass a small backward flow.


NETWORK Data Category of Input - SOLUTION (continued)
CHOKE = 1 Controls the broadening of the critical flow
regimes in Choke valves. Use CHOKE = 1 to allow
exponential broadening, CHOKE = 2 to allow
linear broadening, and CHOKE = 3 to invoke a
rigorous critical flow approach for chokes.
The flowrate through a choke depends on the

pressure drop through the choke when the flow is
subcritical. When a choke is in 'critical flow' the
flowrate through the choke depends only on the
inlet pressure. Further reduction of the
downstream/outlet pressure below the critical
pressure (outlet pressure at the on set of critical
flow) has no effect on the flowrate. When this
happens Newton-based methods cannot be applied
directly because the dpout/dq derivatives go to
infinity. PIPEPHASE solves networks where
chokes are in critical flow using three mutually
exclusive options.
CHOKE=1: The infinite derivative is replaced
by a exponential extension of the
choke performance curve.
CHOKE=2: The infinite derivative choke
performance curve is replaced by a high
but finite valued user defined slope or
derivative using a linear extension of
the choke performance.
The above two options allows the network
algorithm to use Newton methods to proceed to a
solution. Due to the high value of the derivative the
network becomes sensitive and may sometimes fail
to converge. These two options are available for
the Fortunati and Ueda choke models.
CHOKE=3: PIPEPHASE solves for the the

maximum possible flow (critical flow)
for the well for a give source pressure
(user-specified reservoir or bottom hole
pressure). If the network tries to flow
more than the critical flowrate the link
QMAX logic is invoked based on the
critical flowrate which acts as the
maximum allowable flowrate for that
well/link.
The solution obtained accurately reflects the
critical choke flow behavior and the resulting
network solution. At this time, this option is
invoked only with the Perkins choke model. This
option works only for chokes in source links where
the link source pressure is fixed.


WELLS Use this keyword to prevent well flows from
falling below the minimum required to transport
fluid in a two-phase system.
PROP=0 Controls the number of fluid property evaluations
that are performed in each link for the PBAL
(FLOWALLOC=3) initialization procedure.
PROP=0 fluid properties are evaluated only once
per link at an average pressure and
temperature.
PROP=1 fluid properties are evaluated for each
device based on conditions at the start of
the device.
PROP=2 fluid properties are evaluated for each
device based on conditions at the end of
the device. This invokes an iterative
calculation for each device which
consumes more computing time and thus
should only be used if the initialization
procedure needs help to produce an
acceptable initial estimate for the PBAL
algorithm.
SCALE=1.0 Allows the user to control the extent of the
Newton-Raphson correction to the network
pressure and link flow distribution. This number is
a fraction between 0 and 1. When the value is 1.0, a
complete Newton-Raphson correction is made to
the estimated flow and pressure distribution. When
this value is less than 1.0, a fractional Newton-
Raphson correction is made during the PBAL
iteration process. The value of the fractional
correction is the value of the parameter assigned to
SCALE. Occasionally, fractional values of SCALE
can stabilize the Newton-Raphson iteration
process. However, extremely small fractional
values can also slow down the calculation
procedure.
LINKS With this option, PIPEPHASE generates flow
tables at the start of the calculations that relate
flowrate to exit pressure and exit temperature in all
links that originate with a source that has a fixed
inflow pressure boundary conditions. When
available, the tables are then used in the place of
the normal pressure traverse procedure to compute
exit pressures and temperatures for links. This
option can potentially speed up the PBAL iteration
procedure in PIPEPHASE.
XIAO With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method
will use the XIAO mechanistic model instead of
the default BBM model to estimate the flowrate in
pipes.

ANSARI With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method
will use the Ansari mechanistic model in tubes,
annuli and risers instead of the default BBM model
to estimate flowrates.
SYMMETRIC With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method
will approximate the Jacobian Matrix used in the
Newton-Raphson iteration procedure as a
symmetric matrix. This option has the potential of
increasing the computational speed of the
FLOW=3 allocation method.
QUICK With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method
will (1) approximate the Jacobian Matrix as a
symmetric matrix, and (2) will use an approximate
method to compute flowrate derivatives. This
option has the potential of further increasing the
computational speed of the FLOW=3 allocation
method.
KEEPSHUT Allows wells that have been closed to remain
closed, unless the user explicitly opens the wells
again. This option should not be used with
optimization, because if the wells are closed in
during the previous cycle, if may eliminate the best
cycle.
Example:
SOLUTION PBAL, MAXITER=30, FLOWALLOC=2, PRELIM=2, FINAL=2, &
SUBITER=100, RELAX=0.5, DAMP=0.5, EXPLICIT, NOFR, QDAMP=10, &
PDAMP=0.5, HALVINGS=4, NOLOOP, CHECK, CHOKE=2

TOLERANCE Optional statement. Defines the criteria for convergence of networks that require
iterative calculations.
Optional Entries:
PTOL(psia) = Pressure tolerance for MBAL network solution and for

.0001 network initialization under FLOWALLOC = 3.
QTOL() = 1 Flow tolerance for MBAL network solution and for
network initialization under FLOWALLOC = 3. Units
depend on the fluid type:
Liquid and blackoil bbl/day
Gas and gas condensate MCFD
Compositional and steam MLBHR
TTOL() = .001 Temperature tolerance for MBAL network solution method
only.
QLOW()= Default minimum flowrate for all pressure-specified
sources in the network. PIPEPHASE will zero out flows for
those sources that fall below the specified minimum value.
PERT= .01 Specify the rate perturbation for the network solution.
NEWACC Used to handle high velocity fluids for near critical flow
applications. This option determines fluid properties in a
pipe segment from the average of the inlet and outlet
properties. The inlet and outlet velocities directly calculate
the pressure drop due to acceleration.
For PBAL network solution methods:
PRES()=2.0 Pressure tolerance for PBAL solution method.

RATE()=1.0 Used to improve convergence in networks with chokes in
critical flow (CHOKE=2 option).
Example:
TOLERANCE PTOL = .0003, QTOL = 2, TTOL = .0005


ACCELERATION Optional statement. Forces PIPEPHASE to interpolate from tabulated fluid
properties during intermediate iterations instead of carrying out rigorous property
calculations at every iteration in every link. Rigorous flashing is carried out on the
final iterations unless the STOP keyword is used.
Mandatory entries:
INTERPOLATION Use this keyword to switch on the interpolation

procedure.
NPRESS = 0 Number of equally spaced pressure points.
NTEMP = 0 Number of equally spaced temperature points in
the matrix. NPRESS * NTEMP must not exceed
400.
PMIN()= Minimum pressure in the matrix
PMAX()= Maximum pressure in the matrix
TMIN()= Minimum temperature in the matrix
TMAX()= Maximum temperature in the matrix
Optional Entries:
STOP When convergence is reached using the

interpolated properties, use of this keyword stops
the calculations . Without this keyword,
calculations continue until convergence is reached
using rigorous property values.
ISOTHERMAL = 1 Specifies the temperature at which properties are
looked up in the matrix. ISOTHERMAL = 1 looks
up properties at the local ambient temperature.
ISOTHERMAL = 2 looks up properties at the local
upstream node temperature. ISOTHERMAL = 3
looks up properties at TMIN.
Example:
ACCELERATION INTERPOLATION, NPRESS = 10, NTEMP = 10, &
PMIN = 1, PMAX = 100, TMIN = 10, TMAX = 500, STOP, &
ISOTHERMAL = 2


THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input
The Thermodynamic Data Category of input defines the methods
that PIPEPHASE uses to determine phase separation and transport
properties in compositional runs. You need this category only if you
have specified that the fluid is compositional on the Calculation
statement in the General Data category.
Chapter 2, SIMSCI Thermodynamic Data Input Reference, in the
SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual
describes all the features of the SIMSCI Thermodynamic Data
system. Many of these features are not used in PIPEPHASE
because they are not relevant to pressure drop through pipes and
fittings.
Of those that are relevant, the commonly used ones are described
here in detail. The rest are summarized and you should refer to
Chapter 2, SIMSCI Thermodynamic Data Input Reference, in the
SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
Table 3-15: Thermodynamic Data Category of Input
THERMODYNAMIC None 3-49
METHOD {SYSTEM()=, KVALUE()=, 3-49
ENTHALPY()=, DENSITY()=,
TRANSPORT= PURE,
VISCOSITY()=,
CONDUCTIVITY()=, SURFACE=,
SET = , DEFAULT}
WATER DECANT=, {GPSA, 3-54
SOLUBILITY=SIMSCI,
PROPERTY=SATURATED}
BWRS i, j, kij/ ... 3-55
LKP i, j, kij/ ... 3-55
PR i, j, kija, kijb, kijc/ ... 3-55
SRK i, j, kija, kijb, kijc/ ... 3-55
Other Statements For details, refer to Volume 2, of the See
SIMSCI Component and Volume...
KVALUE Used to identify non-default databanks Volume 2
ENTHALPY and methods of calculating missing
DENSITY data.


THERMODYNAMIC Data Category of Input (continued)
Other Statements For details, refer to Volume 2, of the See
SIMSCI Component and Volume...
KDATA Allows user-supplied K-value;user- Volume2
suppliedK-value data.
HEXAMER, HOCV, Allows user-supplied binary interaction Volume2
TVIRIAL, IDIMER, data for equations of state and
RK1, RK2, SRKKD, generalized correlations.
SRKM, SRKH, PRP,
PRM
NRTL, UNIQUAC, Allows user-supplied binary interaction Volume 2
WILSON, data for liquid activity methods.
VANLAAR,
MARGULES,
FLORY, IDEAL,
AZEOTROPE,
INFINITE,
MUTUAL
PHI Used to identify vapor fugacity Volume 2
databanks.
HENRY, SOLUTE, Used to identify Henrys Law Volume 2
HENDATA databanks.
UNIFAC, UNIFTn, UNIFAC methodUNIWAAL Volume 2
UNFV methodGroup contribution data for
UNIFAC and/or UNIWAALS.
PAnn, SAnn, VAnn Supplies pure component alpha Volume 2
formulations for PR, SRK and
UNIWAAL.
TC, PC, VC, ZC, Used to specify pure component data Volume 2
ACENTRIC, NBP, for use with a specific thermodynamic
MOLVOL, DIPOLE, method in place of the data input in the
RADIUS, Component Category.
SOLUPARA,
RACKETT, WDELT


THERMO - Mandatory statement for compositional fluids and mixed compositional/non-
DYNAMIC compositional fluid models such as the compositional blackoil model. Introduces
the category.
Optional entries: None
METHOD Optional statement. Defines the methods to be used for calculating thermodynamic
properties and transport properties of the flowing fluid. Choose systems with
predefined methods for all properties or choose individual methods for each
property.
If you want to use different methods to calculate properties of different sources,

use multiple METHOD statements. Identify each METHOD statement using a
SET keyword and refer to that identifier with the SET keyword on the SOURCE
statement in the Structure Category.
Mandatory entries: You must specify either SYSTEM

or KVALUE, ENTHALPY
and DENSITY.
All other entries are optional.
Optional Entries:
SYSTEM() = Select a thermodynamic system from Table 3-16 .

The SYSTEM will allocate methods for calculating
K-values, enthalpies and densities. If you select a
SYSTEM, you can still override one or more of the
individual methods by using the other keywords on
this statement.
Use a qualifier to denote which type of equilibrium
calculations are to be performed. Allowable
qualifiers are:
SYSTEM VLE vapor-liquid
VLLE vapor-liquid-liquid
KVALUE() = Select methods from Table 3-17 for calculating K-
ENTHALPY() = values, enthalpies, and densities. If you have
DENSITY() = selected a SYSTEM, you do not need these
keywords; use them if you want to override the
individual methods automatically selected as part
of the predefined SYSTEM.
Use qualifiers to denote which type of equilibrium
calculations are to be performed and the phases to
which the methods apply. Allowable qualifiers are:
KVALUE VLE (or none) vapor-liquid
LLE liquid-liquid
VLLE vapor-liquid-liquid


ENTHLPY VL (or none) both vapor and
liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
DENSITY VL (or none) both vapor and
liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
If you want to specify a different method for different phases, you may have more
than one KVALUE entry. However it is done, whether with SYSTEM or KVALUE
or a combination, you must include all phases present in the simulation.
For ENTHALPY and DENSITY you must specify methods for both vapor and
liquid either by specifying a method for VL or a method for V and a method for L.
TRANSPORT = Select a transport system from Table 3-18 .

TRANSPORT will allocate methods for calculating
viscosity, conductivity and surface tension. If you
select TRANSPORT, you can still override one or
more of the individual methods by using other
keywords on this statement.
VISCOSITY() = Select methods from Table 3-19 for calculating
CONDUCTIVITY() = conductivity, surface tension and viscosity. If you
SURFACE = have selected a TRANSPORT system, you do not
need these keywords; use them if you want to
override the individual methods automatically
selected as part of the predefined TRANSPORT
system.
Use qualifiers to denote the phases to which the
methods apply. Allowable qualifiers are:
VISCOSITY VL (or none) both vapor and
liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
CONDUCTIVITY VL (or none) both vapor and
liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
SURFACE none liquid only
For VISCOSITY and CONDUCTIVITY you must
specify methods for both vapor and liquid either by
specifying a method for VL or a method for V and
a method for L.


SET = Up to 12 alphanumeric characters. Identifies this
METHOD statement. Needed only when multiple
METHOD statements are used. Referenced using
the SET keyword on the SOURCE statement in the
Structure Category of input.
DEFAULT Identifies the default method set. When a SOURCE
statement in the Structure Category does not
explicitly specify a SET, the default method set is
used. If no METHOD statement has the DEFAULT
keyword, the first METHOD statement in the input
is used as the default set. Only one METHOD
statement may have the DEFAULT keyword.
Other entries: (For further information, refer to Chapter 2,
SIMSCI Thermodynamic Data Input Reference, in
the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data
Input Manual.)
PHI Method to be used to compute pure component and
mixture vapor fugacity coefficients for liquid
activity methods.
HENRY Used to model dissolved gases in a liquid solution
for liquid activity methods.
Examples:
METHOD SYSTEM=SRK, TRANS=HCMIX, SET=MYSET1
METHOD KVALUE=SRK, ENTHALPY=SRK, DENS(L)=API, DENS(V)=SRK, &
VISC(V)=PETRO, VISC(L)= PURE, COND=PETRO, SURFACE=PURE,&
DEFAULT, SET=MYSET2
METHOD SYSTEM=SRK, KVALUE(LLE)= NRTL, KVALUE(SLE) = VANTHOFF


Table 3-16: Methods Used by Predefined Thermodynamic Systems
System K-value Enthalpy Density (V) Density (L)

BK10 BK10 JG IDEAL API
BWRST BWRST BWRST BWRST BWRST
CS CS CP SRK API
GS GS CP SRK API
LKP LKP LKP LKP API
PR PR PR PR API
SRK SRK SRK SRK API
For other systems, refer to Chapter 2, SIMSCI Thermodynamic Data Input

Reference, in the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual,
Table 2.1.4-1.
Table 3-17: Thermodynamic Property Calculation Methods
Method Keyword K-value Enthalpy Density(L) Density(V)
API Method API Yes
BWRS-Twu BWRST Yes Yes Yes Yes
Braun K-10 BK10 Yes
Chao-Seader CS Yes*
Curl-Pitzer CP Yes
Grayson-Streed GS Yes*
Johnson- JG Yes
Grayson
Lee-Kesler LK Yes Yes Yes
Lee-Kesler- LKP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Plcker
Peng-Robinson PR Yes Yes Yes
Redlich-Kwong RK Yes
Soave-Redlich- SRK Yes Yes Yes
Kwong
*Not to be used for systems with more than a total of 5% molar carbon dioxide
and hydrogen sulfide or for fluids above their critical points.

For other methods, refer to Chapter 2 in the SIMSCI Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, Table 2.1.3-1.
Table 3-18: Methods used by Predefined TRANSPORT Systems
System Viscosity Conductivity Surface Tension
PETRO PETRO PETRO PETRO
(default)
PURE PURE PURE PURE
TRAPP TRAPP TRAPP PETRO
TACITE LBC TRAPP PARACHOR
Table 3-19: Transport Property Calculation Methods

Method Keyword Viscosity Conductivity Surface
Tension
Library Data PURE Yes Yes Yes
Hydrocarbon predictions PETRO Yes Yes Yes
TRAPP Method TRAPP Yes Yes
API Technical Data Book API Liquid
only
Woelfin Method (Tight TSWOELF Liquid
correlation using PETRO or TWOELF only
or PURE method)
Woelfin Method (Medium MSWOELF Liquid
correlation using PETRO or MWOELF only
or PURE method)
Woelfin Method (Loose LSWOELF Liquid
correlation using PETRO or LWOELF only
or PURE method)
Lohrenz-Bray-Clark LBC Liquid
only
Parachor Method PARACHOR Yes


WATER Optional statement. Defines the method to be used for calculating water and steam
properties.
Mandatory entries:
DECANT = When ON, water is treated as a special component,

its solubility in the hydrocarbon phase is calculated
and the non-dissolved water put into a separate
phase. When OFF, water is treated as being fully
soluble in the rest of the stream. When SRK, PR,
GS, CS, GSE, CSE, IGS, LKP, BK10 or BWRS
methods are used, DECANT is optional and
defaults to ON.
Optional Entries:
GPSA Used with DECANT = ON to specify that water

partial pressures are calculate using the GPSA Data
Book Figure 20-3. If this keyword is not present,
steam tables are used.
SOLUBILITY = SIMSCI Used to specify the method of computing the
solubility of water in the hydrocarbon phase.
Options are in Table 3-20 .
PROPERTY = The calculation basis of pure water properties.
SATURATED Options are in Table 3-21 .
Example:
WATER DECANT=ON, GPSA, SOLU=KERO, PROP=STEAM
Table 3-20: Water Solubility Calculation Options

SIMSCI Calculations are based on the solubility of water in a number of
common components, including hydrocarbons and non-
hydrocarbon gases. See Chapter 2, SIMSCI Thermodynamic
Data Input Reference, in the SIMSCI Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, for details.
KEROSENE Calculations are based on the solubility of water in kerosene, as
presented in the API Technical Data Book, Figure 9A1.4.
EOS Solubility is calculated from equation of state water K-values
using water-hydrocarbon interaction parameters.
Table 3-21: Water Property Calculation Options

SATURATE Properties are based on vapor/liquid curves. Adequate for most
D simulations.
STEAM Properties are calculated using the Keenan and Keyes equation
of state for water. Use this method when water is present as a
superheated vapor.


BWRS Optional statements. Define the interaction parameters for the BWRS and LKP
LKP equation of state.
Mandatory entries:
i, j, kij /... Enter component pair numbers followed by the

numerical value of the binary interaction
coefficient for the pair. Multiple entries are
separated by the “/” character.
Example:
BWRS 2,3,0.055/3,4,0.008
PR Optional statements. Define the interaction parameters for the Peng-Robinson and
SRK Soave-Redlich-Kwong equation of state.
Mandatory entries:
i, j, kija, kijb, kijc / ... Enter component pair numbers followed by the
numerical value of the binary interaction
coefficients for the pair. Multiple entries are
separated by the “/” character.
Example:
PR 2,3,0.001, 0.054, 3.8/3,4,0.0089, 0.0006, 0.5601


PVT Data Category of Input
The PVT Data Category of input defines properties of streams. This
category is mandatory for blackoil, gas condensate, gas and liquid,
and mixed compositional/non-compositional blackoil fluid models.
It is optional for steam and mandatory for a compositional fluid
only if you want to build and/or use property tables, or if you want
to override the bulk liquid viscosity.
Table 3-22: PVT Data Category of Input
PVT None 3-57
SET SETNO=, {GRAVITY()=, 3-57
CONTAMINANTS=0,0,0, COMP,
CPRATIO=1.30, VISCOSITY()=,
CP()=, FVF=, SGOR=}
{ADJUST} TRESERVOIR()=, VISCOSITY()=, 3-62
COMPRESSIBILITY()=,
PRESSURE()=
{LIFTGAS} GRAVITY()=, 3-62
CONTAMINANTS=0,0,0
{TABULAR} SETNO=, TEMPERATURE()=, 3-63
PRESSURE()=
{FVF} DATA= 3-64
{SGOR()} DATA= 3-64
{VISCOSITY()} DATA= 3-65
{GRAVITY()} DATA= 3-65
{CORRELATION} {VISCOSITY()=, 3-66
ZFACTOR=STANDING,
FVF=VAZQUEZ,
SGOR=VAZQUEZ,
BLEND=VOLUMETRIC,
INVERSION=, RATIO=}
{DIMENSION} {MAXDIM=}
{GENERATE} SOURCE=, SETNO=,TYPE=, 3-71
{TEMPERATURE()=, DT()=, NT()=,
PRESSURE()=, DP()=, NP()=,
GOR()=, PRINT=NONE,
PLOT=NONE, PVTFILE=}
{FILE} SETNO=, PVTFILE= 3-74


PVT Data Category of Input - SET (continued)
PVT Mandatory statement. Introduces the category.
SET Mandatory statement. The entries on this statement depend on the fluid type.
SET for Non- Mandatory entries:

compositional
SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set
Liquid number corresponds to a set number on one or
more SOURCE statements in the Structure Data
Category of input.
GRAVITY()= Defines the standard gravity of the fluid in gravity
units. You must include a qualifier to specify
whether the fluid is LIQUID or WATER. If you use
LIQUID, correlations for liquid hydrocarbons will
be used. If you use WATER, correlations for water
properties will be used. Additionally, if you use
WATER, you must enter a gravity value
corresponding to a specific gravity of greater than
or equal to 1.0.
Optional entries:
VISCOSITY()=Viscosity Use this entry to define a constant viscosity or a

log-log viscosity curve. You may enter either
kinematic or dynamic viscosity by specifying the
appropriate units. The format for the entry is:
either VISCOSITY()=value
or VISCOSITY()=temp1,value1/
temp2,value2
CP()= Use this entry to define a constant heat capacity for
the fluid.
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(LIQUID,LBFT3)=49.7, CP(KCKGC)=0.525,&
VISCOSITY(C,CP)=0,0.395/50,0.246
SET for Non- Mandatory entries:

Compositional
Gas number corresponds to SOURCE statements in the
GRAVITY(GAS)= Defines the standard gravity of the gas in gas
gravity units. If the unit is SPGR, it is relative to air
at 60 F and 1 atmosphere. You must use the
qualifier GAS.


Optional entries:
CONTAMINANTS=0,0,0 Defines gas contaminants, which modify the

correlated z-factor calculation. All three values are
required. The format for the entry is:
CONTAMINANTS=mole % N2, mole% CO2,
mole% H2S
CPRATIO=1.30 Ratio of Cp/Cv.
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(GAS)=1.04, CPRATIO=1.45, CONT=0,0,0.2
SET for Steam Mandatory entries:

number corresponds to SOURCE statement in the
Optional entries:
GRAVITY(WATER,SPGR) Defines the standard gravity of the liquid water in

=1.0 gravity units. You must use the qualifier WATER.
If you do not want to override the default value,
you can omit the entire PVT Data Category of
input.
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(WATER,LBFT3)=66
SET for Mandatory entries:

Compositional
Fluid number corresponds to a set number on one or
Category of input.
Optional entries:
VISCOSITY()= Use this entry to define a constant viscosity or a

log-log liquid viscosity curve.You may enter either
appropriate units. The format for the entry is:
temp2,value2


You must use a qualifier to define the phase to
which the data refer. Options are OIL, WATER and
LIQUID for the hydrocarbon phase, the free water
phase and the total liquid respectively. If multiple
sets of 2 point viscosity curves are supplied by the
user, PIPEPHASE will blend these curves when the
streams mix. If viscosity curves are specified, they
must be specified for all sets. Only one set of single
point viscosity data is allowed.
Example:
SET SETNO=1, VISCOSITY(OIL,CP,F)=100,2.6/200,0.8
SET for Mandatory entries:

Condensate
number corresponds to a set number on one or
Category of input.
GRAVITY()= Defines the standard gravities of the fluids. You
must include a qualifier to specify whether the
fluid is GAS, CONDENSATE or WATER. You
must enter data for all three phases even if one or
more is not present. Gravity units are used for
CONDENSATE and WATER and gas gravity units
for GAS. The value of the gravity of WATER must
correspond to a specific gravity of greater than or
equal to 1.0.
Optional entries:

mole% H2S
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(GAS,KGM3)=1.0, GRAVITY(WATER,SPGR)=1.03,&
GRAVITY(COND)=58, CONT=1.3, 2.1, 0.0


SET for There are two types of sets that are required for the compositional blackoil model.
Compositional The first corresponds to the standard BLACKOIL PVT Set definition (see
discussion below). The second(this set) corresponds to the compositional black oil
Blackoil source definitions.
(Compositional Mandatory entries for compositionally-defined sources:
sets only) SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set
more CSOURCE statements in the Structure Data
Category of input.
COMP This keyword indicates that the set is for a
compositionally defined source under the
compositional blackoil fluid model.
Optional entry:
VISCOSITY(OIL)= Use this entry to define a constant viscosity or a

log-log liquid viscosity curve. You may enter either
appropriate unit.The format for the entry is:
temp2,value2
You must use the OIL qualifier to define the phase
to which the data refer. If multiple sets of 2 point
viscosity curves are supplied by the user,
PIPEPHASE will blend these curves when the


SET for Blackoil This set also applies to blackoil sources in the compositional blackoil model.
Mandatory entries:

Category of input.
GRAVITY()= Defines the standard gravities of the fluids. You
must include a qualifier to specify whether the
fluid is GAS, OIL or WATER. You must enter data
for all three phases even if one or more is not
present. Gravity units are used for OIL and
WATER and gas gravity units for GAS. The value
of the gravity of WATER must correspond to a
specific gravity of greater than or equal to 1.0.
Optional entries:
VISCOSITY(OIL)= Use this entry to define a constant viscosity or a

log-log liquid viscosity curve. You may enter either
appropriate unit. The format for the entry is: either
VISCOSITY()=value or
VISCOSITY()=temp1,value1/temp2,value2
You must use the OIL qualifier to define the phase
to which the data refer. If multiple sets of 2 point
viscosity curves are supplied by the user,
PIPEPHASE will blend these curves when the
mole% H2S
FVF= This specifies the the blackoil formation volume
factor correlation. Select on option from table 4-23.
If not specified, Pipephase will use the default
correlation specified in the CORRELATION
statement.
SGOR= This specifies the the blackoil Solution gas-oil ratio
correlation. Select on option from table 4-23. . If
not specified, Pipephase will use the default
correlation specified in the CORRELATION
statement.


PVT Data Category of Input (continued)
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(OIL)=28, GRAVITY(WATER)=10.5,&
VISCOSITY(OIL)=100,10/210,1, GRAVITY(GAS)=0.75,&
CONT=1.3, 2.1, 0.0
ADJUST Optional statement. Used for blackoil only. This statement must immediately
(for Blackoil only) follow the SET statement. The measured laboratory data on this statement adjusts
the properties computed by the Standing correlation. You must specify
STANDING for all properties on the CORRELATION statement. More than one
ADJUST statement is allowed per run.
Note: Also applies to blackoil sources in the compositional blackoil model.

Mandatory entries:
TRESERVOIR()= Reservoir temperature. Corresponds to the first

PRESSURE entry given below.
VISCOSITY()= Oil viscosity at bubble point conditions.
COMPRESSIBILITY()= Oil compressibility above the bubble point. Units
are reciprocal pressure units.
PRESSURE()= Three pressures, separated by commas, in
descending order. The first must be the bubble
point pressure corresponding to TRESERVOIR.
The last should be of the order of 200 psig. The
middle value must be a value intermediate between
the other two.
SGOR()= Three values of solution gas oil ratio, separated by
commas, corresponding to the three PRESSURE
values.
FVF()= Three values of volume formation factor, separated
by commas, corresponding to the three
PRESSURE values. FVF is the ratio of in-situ
volume to stock tank volume.
Example:
ADJUST TRESERVOIR(F)=160, VISCOSITY(CP)=2.1, COMPRESS=8E-6, &
PRESSURE(PSIG)=1400,1000,400, FVF=1.23,1.21,1.17,&
SGOR=449,297,191
LIFTGAS Optional statement. Used for blackoil only. Defines lift gas properties when the
(for Blackoil only) GASLIFT calculation option is used or when a GLVALVE is present in a link.
Mandatory entries:
GRAVITY()= Defines the standard gravity of the lift gas in gas

gravity units. If the unit is SPGR, it is relative to air
at 60 F and 1 atmosphere.


PVT Data Category of Input - SET for Blackoil (continued)
CONTAMINANTS=0,0,0 Defines lift gas contaminants, which modify the
mole% H2S
Example:
LIFTGAS GRAVITY=0.75, CONTAMINANTS=1.5, 0.0, 0.25
TABULAR Optional statement. Used for blackoil only. Supplies the temperature and pressure
(for Blackoil only) coordinates for the FVF, SGOR, VISCOSITY and GRAVITY statements that
follow. The data supplied on these statements override those calculated by the
program.

Mandatory entries:

Category of input.
TEMP()= At least two and no more than five entries may be
given in ascending or descending order. The
(units) entry may optinally be used to override the
temperature units on the DIMENSION card.
PRES()= At least three and no more than ten entries may be
given in ascending or descending order. The
(units) entry may optinally be used to override the
temperature units on the DIMENSION card.
Pressures are grouped with slashes(/), with one
group to correspond to each TEMP entry. Each
pressure group must include the buble point
pressure for the TEMP entry, with at least one
pressure entry higher and one entry lower than the
buble point entry. The buuble point entry is
designed with a ‘(BP)’ - immediately after the
bubble point pressure entry.
Mandatory entries:
DATA= Up to ten sets of up to five values. Each set must

have the same number of values, separated by
commas, as the number of TEMP values entered on
the TABULAR statement. There must be the same
number of sets, separated by the slash (/) character,
as the number of PRESSURE values entered on the
TABULAR statement.


The TABULAR card is followed by cards of the form shown below where
PNAME is a property name followed by qualifiers. The property values re entered
in groups which correspond to the pressure groups.
Example:
PNAME(qualifiers)DATA = v1,v2,...v10/...
FVF Mandatory when TABULAR statement is used. Supplies Formation Volume Factor
(for Blackoil only) data for the matrix of temperatures and pressures on the TABULAR statement.
This statement must follow the TABULAR statement. The data supplied on this
statement override those calculated by the program.

Mandatory entries:

TABULAR statement.
SGOR() Mandatory when TABULAR statement is used. Supplies Solution Gas Oil Ratio
(for Blackoil only) data for the matrix of temperatures and pressures on the TABULAR statement.
This statement must follow the TABULAR statement. The data supplied on this

Mandatory entries:

TABULAR statement.


VISCOSITY() Mandatory when TABULAR statement is used. Supplies live oil Viscosity data for
(for Blackoil only) the matrix of temperatures and pressures on the TABULAR statement. This
statement must follow the TABULAR statement. The data supplied on this

Mandatory entries:

TABULAR statement.
GRAVITY() Optional. Used only with TABULAR statement. One or two statements, with OIL
(for Blackoil only) and/or GAS qualifier, supply oil and/or gas gravities data for the matrix of
temperatures and pressures on the TABULAR statement. These statements must
follow the TABULAR statement. The data supplied on these statements override
those calculated by the program.

Mandatory entries:

TABULAR statement.
Example:
GRAVITY(OIL,LBFT3) DATA= .....


CORRELATION Optional statement. Used for Blackoil and Non-compositional Liquid and Gas.
Optional entries:
VISCOSITY()= Used with Blackoil, Liquid and Gas. Specifies the

correlation for the viscosity calculations. Select an
option from Table 3-23 . You must use a qualifier to
indicate whether the phase is LIQ, GAS or OIL.
The default depends on the phase and the fluid.
With Blackoil, use VISCOSITY(LIQ) to define the
water-oil mixing rule.
ZFACTOR=STANDING Used with Blackoil and Gas. Defines the method to
be used for gas compressibility calculations. Select
an option from Table 3-23 .
FVF=VAZQUEZ Used with Blackoil only. Defines the method to be
used for formation volume factor calculation. Select
an option from Table 3-23 .
SGOR=VAZQUEZ Used with Blackoil only. Defines the method to be
used for solution gas oil ratio calculation. Select an
option from Table 3-23 .
BLEND=VOLUMETRIC Used with Blackoil and Liquid. Defines the
viscosity blending rule. Alternatives are
VOLUMETRIC and INDEX.
INVERSION= Water fraction at the inversion point on a volume
basis. Use this entry to adjust the calculation of
water-oil mixture viscosity using one of the
WOELFLIN viscosity mixing rules.
RATIO= Enter a curve of water volume fraction against
viscosity multiplier. Use this entry to adjust the
calculation of water-oil mixture viscosity using one
of the WOELFLIN viscosity mixing rules. up to ten
points may be entered. The format is:
RATIO=water_frac1, multiplier1/water_frac2,
multiplier2...
VISCOSITY (LIQ) = This keyword is required to define an user-defined
USER or DAQING viscosity correlation model. Upto 40 labels
(maximum 16 characters) and corresponding
constants can be specified. Entry of CONSTANTS
data is optional. See Table 3-24 for user defined
labels and their default values. If required, default
values can be overridden by user defined constants.
Example:
CORR VISCOSITY (LIQ)=USER, CONSTANTS = AA1, 3.383 /CC4, 34.5/…
CORRELATION VISCOSITY(GAS)=KATZ, ZFACTOR=DRY


PVT Data Category of Input - CORRELATION (continued)
Table 3-23: Property Correlations
Fluid Property Correlation Keyword
Liquid VISC(LIQ) TUFFP Vazquez/Beggs VAZQUEZ
Hydrocarbon
Beal-Standing/Chew-Conally STANDING
GLASO GLASO
Liquid Water VISC(LIQ) Beal BEAL
ASME Steam tables ASME
Gas VISC(GAS) Lee et al LEE
Katz, Carr et al KATZ
ZFACTOR Standing-Katz STANDING
Hall-Yarborough wet gas WET
Hall-Yarborough dry gas DRY
Blackoil VISC(OIL) TUFFP Vazquez/Beggs VAZQUEZ
Beal-Standing/Chew-Conally STANDING
GLASO GLASO
VISC (LIQ) Daqing DAQING
User USER
VISC(GAS) Lee et al LEE
Katz, Carr et al KATZ
Volumetric averaging AVERAGE
API Procedure 14b API
Woelflin for emulsions (tight TWOELF
correlation)
Woelflin (medium MWOELF
correlation)
Woelflin (loose correlation) LWOELF
SGOR TUFFP Vazquez/Beggs VAZQUEZ
Lasater LASATER
Standing STANDING
GLASO GLASO
FVF TUFFP Vazquez/Beggs VAZQUEZ
Standing STANDING
GLASO GLASO


Table 3-23: Property Correlations
Fluid Property Correlation Keyword
ZFACTOR Standing-Katz STANDING
Hall-Yarborough wet gas WET
Hall-Yarborough dry gas DRY
Table 3-24: Labels and Default Values used for User Defined Correlation
Labels Default Labels Default
Values Values
CUT1 0.006 CC1 1.562
CUT2 0.74 CC2 2.7183
C1 7.1546 CC3 -0.03702
C2 2.7885 CC4 35.0
C3 0.6 CC5 2.7183
C4 7.2799 CC6 3.5
C5 2.8447 CC7 35.0
C6 0.6 AA2 3.3811
C7 7.2244 CC8 0.3892
C8 2.8506 CC9 2.7183
C9 0.6 CC10 -0.02237
C10 1.0 CC11 50.0
C11 2.8461 CC12 2.7183
C12 2.7183 CC13 3.5
C13 7.0 CC14 1.0073
AA1 3.3811 CC15 35.0

DIMENSION This statement specifies the maximum number of tables and table size to be used
for the problem.
Keyword MAXDIM=label,number/ label,number/……
Optional entry. System defaults available. Must occur before the first GENERATE
statement.
Specifies the maximum number and dimensions of the Type 2 , blackoil tables -
The number of tables (TABL label), the number of pressures (PRES label), the
number of temperatures (TEMP label), and the number of variables (VARI label).
Labels: TABL, PRES,TEMP, VARI
Label Description
TABL Number of tables. Minimum and Default is 10
PRES Number of pressures. Minimum and Default is 30,
Maximum is 150
TEMP Number of temperatures. Minimum and Default is
30, Maximum is 150
VARI Number of variables. Minimum and Default is 6.
Maximum is 18
Example:
DIMENSIONS MAXDIM=TABL,20/PRES,50/TEMP,10/VARI,
GENERATE Optional statement. Used only for compositional fluids. Causes a table of fluid
(for properties to be created. This table can be used in the same run in which it is
generated or stored for use in a future run. You cannot do both.
Compositional)
If you want to create and use the table in this run, you may have only one source
and you must have a complete Structure Data Category of input. If the table is to be
stored for use in a subsequent simulation, you must use the PVTGEN entry on the
CALCULATION statement in the General Data Category of input. You can create
more than one table but the only Structure statements allowed are those required to
define a source. Refer to your platform Installation Guide for assistance on file
management procedures for your operating system and computer hardware.
Mandatory entries:
SOURCE= The name of the compositional source for which the

table is to be created.
SETNO= If you are saving tables for a future run, this entry
refers to the table number and is used on the FILE
statement in the future run. If you are not saving the
table, this entry must be the same as the set number
on the SOURCE statement.

Optional entries:
TEMPERATURE()=100, Use these entries to define the temperatures at which

DT()=10, the properties are to be calculated. The format is:
NT=10 TEMP=initial value,DT=increment,NT=number of
values
You must define at least three and not more than
twenty data points.
PRESSURE()=14.7, Use these entries to define the pressures at which the
DP()=20, properties are to be calculated. The format is:
NP=10 PRES=initial value,DP=increment,NP=number of
values
twenty data points.
PRINT=NONE Options are FULL or NONE or a list of individual
PLOT=NONE properties:
PRINT=property, property, ...
Table 3-25 shows the keywords for the properties.
PVTFILE= Use this entry to specify an eight character prefix for
the PVT data file. The extension is always .PVT and
the default is {input file name}.PVT.
Example:
GENERATE SOURCE=FEED, SETNO=1, TEMP=0,DT=30, NT=16,&
PRES=10,50,90,130,150, PRINT=LDEN,LVIS,LFRAC, PLOT=FULL

Table 3-25: Generated Properties Printed or Plotted
Property Phase Keyword
Fraction Gas GFRAC
Liquid LFRAC
Molecular Weight Gas GMW
Liquid LMW
Surface Tension Liquid LSURF
Water WSURF
Density Gas GDEN
Liquid LDEN
Water WDEN
Viscosity Gas GVIS
Liquid LVIS
Water WVIS
Enthalpy Gas GENTH
Liquid LENTH
Water WENTH
Total Stream TENTH
Thermal Conductivity Gas GCON
Liquid LCON
Water WCON
GENERATE (for Optional statement. Used for Blackoil. Causes a table of fluid properties to be
Blackoil) created. This table can be used in the same run in which it is generated or stored for
use in a future run. . Multiple black-oil GENERATE statements are allowed, one
for each PVT set. Stream mixing of blackoil tables are automatically done when
needed for network calculations. You cannot do both.o.quid and Gas. Specifies the
correlation for the viscosity calculations. Select an option from Table 3-23
pproperty. You must use a qualifier to indicate whether the phase is LIQ, GAS or
OIL. The default depends on the phase and the fluid. With Blackoil, use
VISCOSITY(LIQ) to define the water-oil mixing rule.
The properties generated are: Oil formation volume factor

Solution gas-oil ratio
Live oil viscosity
Oil gravity
Free gas gravity
If you want to create and use the table in this run, you may have only one source
and you must have a complete Structure Data Category of input. If the table is to be
stored for use in a subsequent simulation, you must use the PVTGEN entry on the
CALCULATION statement in the General Data Category of input. You can create
more than one table but the only Structure statements allowed are those required to
define a source. Refer to your platform Installation Guide for assistance on file
management procedures for your operating system and computer hardware.
Old keywords Available for TYPE=1 tables:

SETNO,TEMPERATURE()=,DT()=,NT=,PRESSURE()=,DP()=,NP=6
GOR()=

Mandatory entries:
SETNO= If you are saving tables for a future run, this entry
refers to the table number and is used on the FILE
statement in the future run. If you are not saving
the table, this entry must be the same as the set
number on the SOURCE statement.
TEMPERATURE()=100, Use these entries to define the temperatures at
DT()=10, which the properties are to be calculated. The
NT=6 format is:
TEMP=initial value,DT=increment,NT=number of
values
twenty data points.
PRESSURE()=14.7, Use these entries to define the pressures at which
DP()=20, the properties are to be calculated. The format is:
NP=6 PRES=initial value,DP=increment,NP=number of
values
GOR()= The formation GOR for which the PVT table is to
be generated.
Optional entries:
TYPE=1 Defines the type of blackoil table. Allowed values

are 1(default) for Fixed GOR type tables or 2 for
the new variable GOR PVT tables.
PLOT=NONE Use this keyword to control the output of plotted
properties. Options are FULL or NONE. Property
tables are always printed.
Example:
GENERATE SOURCE=FEED, SETNO=1, TEMP=250, 50,&
PRES=4000,1000,4, GOR=1236, PLOT=FULL
New keywords for new functionality in the GENERATE statement for TYPE=2
tables.:
Mandatory entries for Type=2:
PVEC ( units)= Specifies an array of pressures. The number of

pressures allowed depends on what was specified
for the PRES label in the MAXDIM statement.
TVEC (units )= Specifies an array of temperatures. .The number of
temperatures allowed depends on what was
specified for the PRES label in the MAXDIM
statement.


PVT Data Category of Input - DIMENSION (continued)
PRVEC=label, The type 2 blackoil table always generates/uses 6
integervalue/label,integer mandatory properties and 12 additional optional
value/…… properties. This keyword specifies through
standard labels (listed below), which optional
properties are to be added in the Table. An integer
value of 1 means that property is to be included.
An integer value of 0 means that property is not to
be included in the table. The 12 optional properties
are listed below. If an optional property label is
not specified, that optional property is not
included..
Optional entries:
PVTFIL=alpha-numeric This keyword specifies the name of the PVT file

character string to be generated for this blackoil PVT set. An
automatic extension '.PVT' will be added to this
string. The default name will be filename_setno_xx
where 'xx' denotes the PVT set number.
The PVT file will be always be generated in the same directory as the output file.
Table 3-26: The default set of properties (mandatory) -

FVFO Oil Formation Volume Factor
SGOR Solution Gas oil ratio
VISO Oil Viscosity
OILGRAV Oil Gravity
GASGRAV Oil Gravity
CO Oil Compressibility
PRVEC keyword allows the user to specify additional property tables in addition to
the default set.
Table 3-27: Additional properties - Valid labels
FVFW Water formation Volume factor
ZFAC Gas compressibility
SGWR Solution gas water ratio
VISG Gas Viscosity
VISW Water Viscosity


PVT Data Category of Input - DIMENSION (continued)
Table 3-27: Additional properties - Valid labels
CW Water Compressibility
STOG Oil-Gas surface tension
STWG Water-gas surface tension
STOW Oil-Water surface tension
CPG Gas-specific heat
CPO Oil specific heat
CPW Water specific heat
Example:
GENERATE SETNO=4, PVTFILE=TEST_PVTGB2_SET4, TYPE=2,*
TVEC=70,75,80,85,90,95,100,105,110,115,120,125,130, *
PVEC=500,750,1000,1250,1500,1750,2000,2250,2500,2750,3000,3250,3500,3750,*
PRVEC=VISW,1/CPO,1
This specification will generate a table with the following 6 mandatory properties
and 2 optional (total 8) properties:
FVFO Oil Formation Volume Factor

SGOR Solution Gas oil ratio
VISO Oil Viscosity
OILGRAV Oil Gravity
GASGRAV Gas Gravity
CO Oil Compressibility
VISW Water Viscosity
CPO Oil specific heat
The old TEMPERATURE,DT,NT,PRESSURE,DP,NP keywords can be used for

TYPE=1 tables
GOR will work only with TYPE=1 (old) PVT tables.
Old functionality: Only one black-oil GENERATE statements was allowed.
FILE Optional statement. Allows you to retrieve data which have been generated in a
previous run. You may select only one table from a previous run (i.e., only one
source composition). When this statement is used, it is the only statement in the
PVT Data Category of input. Refer to your platform Installation Guide for


PVT Data Category of Input - FILE (continued)
assistance on file management procedures for your operating system and computer
hardware.
Mandatory entry for compositional fluids:
SETNO= The set number which is to be retrieved. This

number corresponds to a SETNO entry on a
GENERATE statement in a previous run which
created the tables. It also is used by the SOURCE
statement to identify the table from which
properties are to be taken. This entry is not allowed
for blackoil calculations.
Optional entry:
PVTFILE= The 8 character prefix for the user-specified

filename. The file extension is always .PVT and
the default is {input file name}.PVT.
Example:
FILE SETNO=2, PVTFILE=SET01
FILE (for Optional statement. Each FILE statement allows the simulation to retrieve and
use a pre-generated PVT file
Blackoil)
Mandatory entry for compositional fluids:
SETNO= The PVT set number. For Type=1 pvt table the set
number must match the set number in the type 1,
PVT file.
PVTFILE = The name of the PVT table file. If file cannot
be found an error message will be printed and the
program will stop.
Example:
FILE SETNO=1, PVTFILE=xxx
Example PVT statement using both SET and GENERATE statements:

PVT
DIMENSION MAXDIM=TABL,2/PRES,20/TEMP,10
SET SETN=1, GRAV(OIL,API)=35, GRAV(GAS,SPGR)=0.65, *
GRAV(WATER)=1.03, FVF=STANDING, SGOR=LASATER
GENERATE SETN=1,TYPE=2,PVEC(PSIA)=10,14.7,100,200,300,Ö..,
TVEC(F)=50,60,70,Ö.
$
SET SETN=2, GRAV(OIL,API)=25, GRAV(GAS,SPGR)=0.6, *
GRAV(WATER)=1.03, FVF=VAZQUEZ, SGOR=VAZQUEZ
GENERATE SETN=2,TYPE=2, PVEC(PSIA)=10,14.7,100,200,300,Ö..,

TVEC(F)=50,60,70,Ö.


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input
The Structure Data Category of input defines the piping system. It
is mandatory for all types of simulation.
Table 3-28: Structure Data Category of Input
STRUCTURE None 3-83
SOURCE STREAMID= or NAME=, SETNO= 3-83
or REFSOURCE=, {PRESSURE()= ,
TEMPERATURE()=, QUALITY=,
RATE()=, SET=, ASSAY=LV or
COMPOSITION()=, NOCHECK,
GOR()=0.0, CGR()=0.0, WCUT=0.0,
WGR()=0.0, COEFFICIENT()=,
EXP()=, PRIORITY=}
CSOURCE STREAMID= or NAME=, SETNO= 3-86
or REFSOURCE=, {PRESSURE()= ,
TEMPERATURE()=, RATE()=,
SET=, ASSAY=LV or
COMPOSITION()=, NOCHECK,
PRIORITY=}
{WTEST} NAME=, TEMPERATURE()=, 3-88
PRESSURE()=, RESPRES(),
RATE()=, {PI() or VOGEL(), GOR(),
WCUT=0.0, GAS, CGR(),
WGR()=0.0}
{D86 or TBP or DATA()=percent, temp/percent, temp/ 3-89
D1160 or D2887 or ...
TBP10}
{API or SPGR or {DATA()=mid %, value/ mid %, value/ 3-92
WATSONK} ...}, AVG=
{MW} DATA=mid %, value/ mid %, value/..., 3-93
{AVG=}
{LIGHTENDS} COMPOSITION()=, RATE= or 3-94
PERCENT= or FRAC= or MATCH
or NOMATCH, STREAM=,
NORMALIZE
{SINK} {STREAMID= or NAME=}, 3-97
PRESSURE()=,
{TEMPERATURE()=, RATE(),
INJECTION, COEFFICIENT()=,
EXP()=, SET=}


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input (continued)
{JUNCTION} STREAMID= or NAME=, 3-99
{PRESSURE(ESTI)=, TROCK=},
{DETEE or STTEE, ANGLE()=0,
{PROPORTIONAL or HONG or
ORANJE or TUFFP or CHIEN or
SEEUP or SEEHOR or SEEDOWN
or USER}
{LINK} NAME=, FROM=, TO=, 3-100
{RATE(ESTI)=, DUAL, INJECT,
QMAX()=, QMIN()=0,
TOLERANCE(LOWER)=,
TOLERANCE(UPPER)=, FWATER,
FOIL, FGAS, PRINT}
{PIPE} {NAME=}, LENGTH()=, {ID()= or 3-104
NOMD=, SCHEDULE=40,
ECHG()=0.0, FCODE=,
PALMER=0.924,0.685,
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018,
ISOTHERMAL or
NONISOTHERMAL, WATER or
AIR or SOIL, VELOCITY()=10,
TAMBIENT()=80, DENSITY()=,
VISCOSITY()=,
CONDUCTIVITY()=,
FLOWEFF=100, HWCOEF()=150,
U()=1.0, HINSIDE()=0.0,
HOUTSIDE()=0.0,
HRADIANT()=0.0, BDTOP()=0.0,
THKPIPE()=0.3125, THKINS()=0.0,
CONPIPE()=29, CONINS()=0.015,
CONSOIL()=0.8, IDSPHERE()=,
DELH=, SEGM=}
{RISER} {NAME=}, LENGTH()=, {ID()= or 3-106
NOMD=, SCHEDULE=40, ELEV()=,
FCODE=, PALMER=0.924,0.685,
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018,
ISOTHERMAL or
NONISOTHERMAL,
U()=1.0, DELH=, SEGM=}


{ANNULUS} {NAME=}, LENGTH()=, {IDAN()=, 3-108
ODTUBING()=, DEPTH()=,
FCODE=, PALMER=0.924,0.685,
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018,
ISOTHERMAL or
NONISOTHERMAL,
U()=1.0, TGRADIENT()=1.0,
DELH=, SEGM=}
{TUBING} {NAME=}, LENGTH()=, {ID()= or 3-110
NOMD=, SCHEDULE=40,
DEPTH()=, FCODE=,
PALMER=0.924,0.685,
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018,
ISOTHERMAL or
NONISOTHERMAL,
U()=1.0, TGRADIENT()=1.0,
ODTUBING()=, IDCASING()=,
ODCASING()=, HOLEID(),
CONCASING()=25, EMIS()=0.95,
EMOS()=0.95, MEDIUM=,
CPANNULUS()=,
CONANNULUS()=,
BETANNULUS()=,
VISANNULUS()=,
VELANNULUS()=,
DENANNULUS()=,
DIFFEARTH=0.96, CONEARTH()=,
TIME=, DELH=, SEGM=}
{COMPLETION} {NAME=}, JONES or MCLEOD, 3-116
LENGTH()=, PERFD()=, SHOTS()=,
{TUNNEL()=, PERM()=,
PENETRATION()=, OVER or
UNDER, THICKNESS()=0.5}
Equipment Devices (No Length):
{COMPRESSOR} {NAME=}, POWER()= or PRES()= 3-117
or CURVE()=rate, head, efficiency/
rate, head, efficiency/... or
CRVn()=rate, head, efficiency/... and
RPMC= and RPM= or POWER= or
PRESSURE=, {STAGES=1,
EFFICIENCY=100}


{MCOMPRESS} {NAME=}, POWER()= or 3-119
PDISCHARGE()= or
CURVE()=stage, rate, head, efficiency/
stage, rate, head, efficiency/... or
PIN()=, {TRAINS=1, STAGES=1,
EQUALPR or INTP()=, ADEFF=100,
POLY, PEFF=100, PEXP=, INTP()=,
INTQ()= or INTT(), INTDP()=,
PERCENT()=, NOKCONV, TDIS()=,
PRSTAGE()=, STANDARD or
ACTUAL}
{COOLER} {NAME=}, TOUT()= or DUTY()=, 3-121
{DP()=0.0, COEFFICIENT=1.0,
EXP=1.0}
{DPDT} {NAME=}, CURVE()=rate,dp,dt /..., 3-122
{WELL}
{EXPANDER} {NAME=}, POWER()= or DP()= or 3-123
PRATIO= or PRES()=,
{EFFICIENCY=100,
WTOLERANCE=0.001, TEST()=}
{GLVALVE} {NAME=}, RATE()=, 3-123
{DISSOLVE=100}
{HEATER} {NAME=}, TOUT()= or DUTY()=, 3-124
{DP()=0.0, COEFFICIENT=1.0,
EXP=1.0}
{INJECTION} {NAME=}, FROM=, GAS or COND 3-124
or WATER or LIQUID,
{PRESSURE()= and
TEMPERATURE()=, WELL}
{IPR} {NAME=}, MODEL= or TYPE=, 3-125
IVAL=, RVAL=, ARRAY=,
{GROUP=}


{PUMP} {NAME=}, POWER()= or 3-136
PRESSURE()= or TYPE=0 and
CURVE()=rate,head,efficiency,power/
..., or TYPE=0 and HDCONS= and
EFFCONS= and PWRCONS= or
CRVn()=rate,head,efficiency/... and
RPMC= and RPM= or POWER= or
PRESSURE=, {STAGES=1,
EFFICIENCY=100,
AUXILLIARY()=, ALPHA=,
DEGRADATION=,
SUBMERGENCE()=, CHP()=14.7,
PGRAD=0, WELL, LENGTH()=,
DEPTH()=,}
{REGULATOR} {NAME=}, PRES()= 3-138
{SEPARATOR} {NAME=}, PERCENT()= or 3-139
RATE()=, {WELL, GIP= or
ODPUMP() and IDCASING()=}
Fitting Devices:
{BEND} {NAME=}, ID()= or NOMD=, K= or 3-142
KMUL=, {DESCRIPTION=,
SCHEDULE=40, STANDARD or
NONSTANDARD, RADIUS()=,
ANGLE()=, ROUGHNESS()=0.0018,
CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS,
LAMBDA=1.0, C2=4.35, USER=,
NUMBER=1}
{CHECK} {NAME=}, ID()=,, 3-143
{COEFFICIENT=1.0}
{CHOKE} {NAME=}, ID()=,, FN or UEDA or 3-144
ORIFICE or PERKINS,
{COEF=1.03, CPCV=1.0, WELL}
{MCHOKE} {NAME=}, PUPS()= or QRATE ()= 3-145
or PDOWN()=, {CPCV=1.4,
COEF=1.0}
{MREGULATOR} {NAME=}, PUPS()= or QRATE ()= 3-146
or PDOWN()=


{CONTRACTION} {NAME=}, IDIN()= or NOMID=, 3-147
IDOUT()= or NOMOD=,
{DESCRIPTION=, SCHEDULE=40,
ANGLE()=180, K=,
HOMOGENEOUS or CHISHOLM,
NUMBER=1}
{ENTRANCE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, 3-148
K=0.5, HOMOGENEOUS or
CHISHOLM, LAMBDA=1.0, C2=,
USER=, NUMBER=1}
{EXIT} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, 3-149
K=0.5, HOMOGENEOUS or
CHISHOLM, LAMBDA=1.0, C2=,
USER=, NUMBER=1}
{EXPANSION} {NAME=}, IDIN()= or NOMID=, 3-150
IDOUT()= or NOMOD=,
ANGLE=180, K=, CHISHOLM or
HOMOGENEOUS, LAMBDA=1.0,
C2=, USER=, NUMBER=1, COMP}
{NOZZLE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, 3-151
{SCHEDULE=40}, IDNOZZLE()=,
{COEFFICIENT=, CPCV=1.4,
NUMBER=1}
{ORIFICE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, 3-152
{SCHEDULE=40}, IDORIFICE()=,
{THIN or THICK, COEFFICIENT=,
LAMBDA=1.0, C2=0.5, CPCV=1.4,
USER=, NUMBER=1}
{TEE} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, 3-153
K= or KMUL=, {DESCRIPTION=,
SCHEDULE=40,
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018,
NUMBER=1}


{VALVE} {NAME=}, IDIN()= or NOMID=, 3-154
IDOUT()= or NOMOD=, K= or
KMUL=, {DESCRIPTION=,
SCHEDULE=40, ANGLE=180,
LAMBDA=1.0,, C2=1.5, VELCON=,
USER=, NUMBER=1}
{VENTURIMETER} {NAME=}, IDPIPE()= or NOMD=, 3-156
{SCHEDULE=40}, IDTHROAT()=,
{COEFFICIENT=, CPCV=1.4,
NUMBER=1}


STRUCTURE Mandatory statement. Introduces the category.
System Nodes
SOURCE Mandatory statement. Defines a point where fluid enters the system. There may be
more than one source in a simulation. The data required depends upon the fluid
type. A source may be defined explicitly by giving all its properties, or you may
instruct PIPEPHASE that any property not given should be copied from another
source.
Mandatory entries for all fluids:
STREAMID= Identifies the source. Up to twelve alphanumeric

or characters.
NAME= Identifies the source. Up to twelve alphanumeric
characters.
SETNO= Use one of these. SETNO must be numeric. It is
or the identifier which links the source to a set of
REFSOURCE= properties defined in the PVT data category. When
you use REFSOURCE, the temperature, pressure,
rate and composition of the referenced source are
copied into this source. You can then override any
one or more of these using entries on this
statement.
Other entries for all fluids:
PRESSURE()= Mandatory entry unless REFSOURCE is used. Use

the ESTI qualifier if the pressure is estimated.
For time-stepping, if the source drains a reservoir,
the source pressure is interpreted as the reservoir
pressure at the source location at time = 0.0. This
pressure may be different from the average
reservoir pressure. This pressure difference is
maintained throughout the time-stepping.
TEMPERATURE()= Mandatory entry, unless REFSOURCE is used or,
for a steam or single component source, QUALITY
is given. For single component source QUALITY
must be specified. If QUALITY=0 or 100%, then
TEMPERATURE must also be specified.


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - SOURCE (continued)
RATE()= Mandatory entry unless REFSOURCE is used or
unless compositional rates are specified. Use the
ESTI qualifier if the rate is estimated. The units in
which you must express the flowrate of a non-
compositional fluid depends on the fluid type:
Fluid Type Rate Basis
Non-compositional gas Gas volume units
Non-compositional liquid Liquid volume units
Steam Weight units
For a compositional fluid, you may also use a
qualifier to define the basis of the flowrate. Options
are: LV, GV, W, or M for liquid volume, gas
volume, weight, or moles. The default basis is
moles, except for ASSAY.
PRIORITY= Integer that indicates the priority of shut in for the
source under the various well control options. For
example if there are two sources, and the priority of
one is 1 and the priority of the other is 2, then
PIPEPHASE will first preferentially shut the
source with PRIORITY=1.
Other entries for Compositional Sources:
SET= Identifies the thermodynamic set name as defined

in the Thermodynamic Data Category. The defined
thermodynamic set will then be used for the link
associated with this source.
ASSAY=LV Use this with Compositional sources. ASSAY
instructs PIPEPHASE to expect source data in the
or form of an assay curve (see below). You must
define the basis of the assay. Options are LV and
WT. Cannot be used with COMPOSITION.
COMPOSITION()= The component breakdown of the SOURCE in
fractions, percents, or rates. Cannot be used with
ASSAY. Basis may be:
M Moles (Default)
W Weight
LV Standard liquid volume
GV Standard gas volume
Format for data entry is:
COMPOSITION(basis) = i, value/...


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - SOURCE (continued)
Component rates which sum to 1.0 or 100.0 are
taken as fractions or percents respectively. For
other totals, the sum is taken as the total rate and
checked against the RATE entry. If the total rate
and the RATE entry do not agree, an error is
signalled unless the NOCHECK keyword is also
used. For NOCHECK, component rates are
normalized to agree with RATE.
NOCHECK Use this keyword with COMPOSITION to request
normalization of component percentages or
fractions. Unless NOCHECK is invoked,
COMPOSITION must sum to 1.0, 100.0 or the
value defined on the RATE entry.
Other entries for Blackoil Sources:
GOR()=0.0 Optional entry. Gas-oil ratio.

WCUT=0.0 Optional entry. Volume percent of water in the
liquid phase.
Other entries for Gas Condensate Sources:
CGR()=0.0 Optional entry. Condensate gas ratio .

WGR()=0.0 Optional entry. Water gas ratio.
COEFFICIENT()= and Optional entries. Define the Inflow Performance
EXP()=I Relationship of a well source using the gas flow
equation. See IPR device for alternate
specification.
Other entries for Single Phase Gas Sources:
COEFFICIENT()= and Optional entries. Define the Inflow Performance

EXP()= Relationship of a well source using the gas flow
equation.
Other entries for Steam Sources and Single Component Sources:
QUALITY= Use instead of or in addition to TEMPERATURE.

QUALITY must be between 0 and 100 percent. If
quality is given, PIPEPHASE calculates the
corresponding temperature at the given pressure. If
quality is specified as zero or 100 percent, the
temperature must also be supplied.
Examples:
SOURCE NAME=FEED, SETNO=1, PRES=0, TEMP(C)=40, RATE=100
SOURCE NAME=13, PRESS=125, TEMP=136, RATE(W)=2000,&
COMP=0.8/0.1/0.05/0.05


SOURCE NAME=12, PRESS=115,&
RATE(W)=1000, TEMPERATURE=136, REFS=13
SOURCE NAME=W, RATE=70000, PRES(ESTI)=170, QUALITY=98
SOURCE NAME=FEED, SETNO=1, PRES=114, RATE(W)=1500000, &
TEMPERATURE=60, ASSAY=LV
SOURCE NAME=100, TEMP=150, PRES=1000, &
COMP=1,3000/2,35/3,30/4,890/5,300/6,520/7,105/8,283/&
9,100/10,133/11,165/12,303/13,560/14,930/15,300/&
16,300/17,300/18,280/19,260, RATE=8800, NOCHECK, SET=THERMO1
CSOURCE Mandatory statement for compositionally-defined sources for the compositional

blackoil model. Defines a point where fluid enters the system. There may be more
than one source in a simulation. All the statements that define a source must be
grouped together. The data required depends upon the fluid type. A source may be
defined explicitly by giving all its properties, or you may instruct PIPEPHASE that
any property not given should be copied from another source.
STREAMID= Identifies the source. Up to twelve alphanumeric

or characters.
NAME= Identifies the source. Up to twelve alphanumeric
characters.
SETNO= Use one of these. SETNO must be numeric. It is
or the identifier which links the source to a set of
REFSOURCE= properties defined in the PVT data category. When
you use REFSOURCE, the temperature, pressure,
rate and composition of the referenced source are
copied into this source. You can then override any
one or more of these using entries on this
statement.
Other entries for all fluids:
PRESSURE()= Mandatory entry unless REFSOURCE is used. Use

the ESTI qualifier if the pressure is estimated.
For time-stepping, if the source drains a reservoir,
the source pressure is interpreted as the reservoir
pressure at the source location at time = 0.0. This
pressure may be different from the average
reservoir pressure. This pressure difference is
maintained throughout the time-stepping.
TEMPERATURE()= Mandatory entry, unless REFSOURCE is used or,
for a steam or single component source, QUALITY
is given. For single component source QUALITY
must be specified. If QUALITY=0 or 100%, then
TEMPERATURE must also be specified.


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - CSOURCE (continued)
RATE()= Mandatory entry unless REFSOURCE is used or
unless compositional rates are specified. Use the
ESTI qualifier if the rate is estimated. The units in
which you must express the flowrate of a non-
compositional fluid depends on the fluid type:
Steam Weight units
For a compositional fluid, you may also use a
qualifier to define the basis of the flowrate. Options
are: LV, GV, W, or M for liquid volume, gas
volume, weight, or moles. The default basis is
moles, except for ASSAY.
PRIORITY= Integer that indicates the priority of shut in for the
source under the various well control options. For
example if there are two sources, and the priority of
one is 1 and the priority of the other is 2, then
PIPEPHASE will first preferentially shut the
source with PRIORITY=1.
Other entries for Compositional Sources:

thermodynamic set will then be used for the link
associated with this source.
ASSAY=LV Use this with Compositional sources. ASSAY
instructs PIPEPHASE to expect source data in the
form of an assay curve (see below). You must
define the basis of the assay. Options are LV and
WT. Cannot be used with COMPOSITION.
COMPOSITION()= The component breakdown of the SOURCE in
fractions, percents, or rates. Cannot be used with
ASSAY. Basis may be:
M Moles (Default)
W Weight
LV Standard liquid volume
GV Standard gas volume
Format for data entry is:
COMPOSITION(basis) = i, value/...


Component rates which sum to 1.0 or 100.0 are
taken as fractions or percents respectively. For
other totals, the sum is taken as the total rate and
checked against the RATE entry. If the total rate
and the RATE entry do not agree, an error is
signalled unless the NOCHECK keyword is also
used. For NOCHECK, component rates are
normalized to agree with RATE.
NOCHECK Use this keyword with COMPOSITION to request
normalization of component percentages or
fractions. Unless NOCHECK is invoked,
COMPOSITION must sum to 1.0, 100.0 or the
value defined on the RATE entry.
Example:
CSOURC NAME=1,RATE=100,TEMP=140,PRES(ESTI)=100, &
COMP=20/40/40,NOCHECK, SETNO=2
NAME=2,RATE=100,TEMP=100,PRES=89,REFSOURCE=2,SETNO=2
WTEST Optional statement. Defines the Inflow Performance Relationship of a well from
measured data. This statement may be used only in a SINGLE link calculation. It
must follow immediately after the SOURCE statement to which it refers.
This statement is used with Blackoil, Condensate, Liquid or Gas. The data required
depends upon the fluid type.
NAME= Identifies the test device at the outlet of which the

test measurements were taken. Up to four
alphanumeric characters.
TEMPERATURE()= Measured temperature at the test device outlet. For
a gas or condensate run two data entries must be
supplied for the two test rates.
PRESSURE()= Measured pressure at the test device outlet. For a
gas or condensate run two data entries must be
supplied for the two test rates.
RESPRES()= Reservoir pressure at the time the measurements
were taken. For a gas or condensate run two data
entries must be supplied for the two test rates.
Other entries for Blackoil:
PI()= or Mandatory entry. Defines the IPR of a well source

VOGEL()= by Productivity Index or the Vogel equation.
RATE()= Mandatory entry. Measured standard volume oil
flowrate.
GOR()= Mandatory entry. Formation gas-oil ratio measured
at testing conditions.


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input(continued)
WCUT=0.0 Optional entry. Volume percent of water in the
liquid phase.
Other entries for Gas Condensate:
GAS Mandatory entry. Specify that the gas flow

equation is to be used.
RATE()= Mandatory entry. Testing gas volumetric flowrate.
Two data points must be supplied
CGR()=0.0, 0.0 Optional entry. Condensate gas ratio.If entered,
two data points must be supplied.
WGR()=0.0, 0.0 Optional entry. Water gas ratio. If entered, two data
points must be supplied.
Other entries for Single-phase Liquid:
PI()= or Mandatory entry. Defines the IPR of a well source

VOGEL()= by Productivity Index or the Vogel equation.
RATE()= Mandatory entry. Measured liquid flowrate.
Other entries for Single-phase Gas:
GAS Mandatory entry. Specify that the gas flow

equation is to be used.
RATE()= Mandatory entry. Testing gas volumetric flowrate.
Two data points must be supplied.
Distillation Data This statement is necessary only if Assay curve is used. One of the following
statements must appear immediately after the corresponding SOURCE statement
and prior to the next SOURCE statement or THERMO statement. It supplies the
distillation data for the fluid portion of the stream. Solids are not considered in the
distillation data. The DATA entry is required; all other entries are optional.
D86 DATA= pct, value / pct, value / ...,

{TEMP= K or C or R or F, STREAM=sid,
PRES(MMHG)=760.0, CRACKING}
or
TBP or DATA= pct, value / pct, value/ ..., {TEMP= K or
D1160 C or R or F, STREAM=sid, PRES(MMHG)=
760.0}
or
D2887 DATA= pct, value / pct, value / ..., {TEMP= K or
C or R or F, STREAM= sid}


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input-Distillation Data(continued)
The FIT option on the ASSAY statement in the Component Data Category
determines the curve fitting procedure used to process the distillation data. The
default cubic SPLINE method requires a minimum of 2 data points. When only
two data points are present, PIPEPHASE uses a probability density function to fill
in the remainder of the curve. All other fitting procedures require 3 data points for
TBP curves, and 5 points for other distillation data.
By default, PIPEPHASE assumes a pressure of 760 mmHg for the supplied data.
For all distillation data options except D2887, the PRES option allows changing
the pressure at which the data were taken or to which the data were corrected.
D86 This statement supplies ASTM D86 distillation

data, normally taken at atmospheric pressure (760
or mmHg). Use the PRES entry to correct for data
measured at another pressure. Use the CRACKING
entry (below) to correct for thermal cracking.
TBP Supply true boiling point distillation data on this
or statement, using the PRES entry to indicate the
pressure at which the data were measured.
D1160 This statement supplies ASTM D1160 distillation
data, normally measured in partial vacuum
or conditions. By default, data is corrected to 1
atmosphere (760 torr). Use the PRES entry to
correct data to another pressure.
D2887 This statement allows entry of data that describes a
distillation curve simulated in accordance with the
ASTM D2887 procedure.
Note: No pressure entry appears on this

statement.
DATA This entry is required to supply the actual

distillation data points. Each data point consists of
two pieces of information: (1) the cut point,
expressed as a percentage of the cumulative
distillates and (2) the temperature of the cut. Data
must appear with the cut percentages in ascending
order, consistent with the basis declared on the
ASSAY entry of the SOURCE statement. Any data
supplied on the LIGHTENDS statement override
the corresponding portion of the distillation data.
TEMP This optional entry identifies the dimensional unit
used to supply temperature data. If omitted, the
temperature unit declared on the DIMENSION
statement in the General Data Category serves as
the default. Available arguments include C
(Celsius), K (Kelvin), F (Fahrenheit), or R
(Rankine) degrees.


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input-Distillation Data(continued)
PRES The PRES entry allows specifying the pressure at
which the distillation data were measured, or to
which the data are corrected. The default pressure
is 760 mmHg. The default dimensional unit is the
problem pressure unit.
STREAM This supplies a stream label. It is optional; but
when used, it must agree with the stream label
declared on the SOURCE statement, or an input
error occurs.
CRACKING Presence of this keyword corrects D86 data for the
effects of thermal cracking. It is available only on
the D86 statement.
Note: This correlation was removed from the

API Data Book in 1987, but remains available as
an option to provide consistency for older data.


Gravity Data Standard liquid gravity measured at 60oF (15.5oC).
API or AVERAGE= value, {STREAM= sid}, {DATA=

SPGR or pct, value / pct, value / pct, value / ...}
WATSONK
One of these statements must follow the distillation data statement after the
SOURCE statement. These statements offer alternative forms for defining the
liquid density of the assay at 60oF (15.5oC). The AVERAGE entry is required; all
other entries are optional. When the DATA entry is not supplied, PIPEPHASE
generates a gravity curve based on the distillation data and the average gravity
value.
API API gravity.

SPGR Specific gravity.
WATSONK Watson (or UOP) characterization factor data.
AVERAGE This entry defines the average value for the fluid
portion of the stream, including any lightends.
Solid components are not considered. This entry is
required.
DATA This option allows entry of user-supplied data
points that replace the PIPEPHASE generated
gravity curve. If used, at least three data points
must be provided, consistent with the basis
declared on the ASSAY entry of the SOURCE
statement.
pct Mid-volume percent or mid-weight percent
of the data point.
value The gravity or Watson characterization
value of the point associated with the pct
argument.
STREAM Stream label. It is optional, but when used, must
agree with the stream label declared on the
SOURCE statement, or an input error occurs.


Molecular The following optional statement defines the molecular weight curve for the assay
Weight stream.
MW DATA= pct, value / pct, value / pct, value / ...,

{AVERAGE= value, STREAM= sid}
If this statement is used, the DATA entry must appear, but the AVERAGE and
STREAM entries always are optional. If the MW statement is not given,
PIPEPHASE estimates the molecular weights for all assay cuts, using the method
chosen by the MW entry on the ASSAY statement, in the Component Data
Category of input.
DATA The data entry must define at least three points that
appear in the order of ascending weight
percentages. An unlimited number of points may
be supplied.
pct Mid-volume percent or mid-weight percent
of the data point.
value The gravity or Watson characterization
value of the point associated with the pct
argument.
AVERAGE Optionally, this defines the average molecular
weight of the fluid portion of the stream. Solid
components are ignored. If AVERAGE is given,
PIPEPHASE normalizes or extrapolates the
molecular weight curve, as required to satisfy the
average molecular weight of the stream. If omitted,
PIPEPHASE uses quadratic extrapolation of the
molecular weight curve, as needed, to compute an
average molecular weight.
STREAM Stream label. It is optional, but when used, must


LIGHTENDS The LIGHTEND statement defines the light hydrocarbon components in the assay
analysis.
LIGHTEND COMPOSITION(M or WT or LV or GV)= i,

value / ...,
{RATE(M or WT or LV or GV)= value or
FRACTION(WT or LV)= value or
PERCENT(WT or LV)= value or
MATCH or NOMATCH},
{STREAM= sid, NORMALIZE}
All components appearing on this statement must be defined in the Component

Data Category. The COMPOSITION entry is required, but all other entries are
optional.
COMPOSITION Required. This entry identifies the components that

constitute the lightends of the stream. The flow of
each component in the lightends may be supplied
as an actual flow rate or as a fraction or percentage
of the total stream fluid rate. Solids are not
included. The basis may be mole (M), weight
(WT), liquid volume (LV), or gas volume (GV) and
may be different from the basis used on the RATE,
FRACTION, or PERCENT entry. If i is omitted, it
defaults to the next component number in
sequence. If none of the i arguments are given, then
the first value is associated with component 1.
If RATE, PERCENT, or FRACTION is given:
value is the composition for each component i. The
sum of the values must equal 1.0 0.01, 100 1 or the
desired rate 1%. Alternatively, the NORMALIZE
keyword may be used to adjust the values to the
desired rate.
If MATCH is given:
The values are adjusted by a constant factor so that
the lightends flowrate matches the low-boiling
portion of the TBP curve.
If RATE, PERCENT, FRACTION or MATCH
is not given:
The values are the actual flowing amounts.
RATE Optional. If used, this entry defines the total
lightends rate on a mole (M), weight (WT), liquid
volume (LV), or gas volume (GV) basis. The basis
may be different from the COMPOSITION basis.
or


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - LIGHTENDS (continued)
FRACTION or Optional. This defines the total lightends rate as a
PERCENT fraction or percent of the total stream fluid rate.
The basis may be either weight (WT) or liquid
volume (LV). The basis may be different from the
COMPOSITION basis. The default basis is set by
the ASSAY entry on the SOURCE statement.
or
MATCH or The MATCH option adjusts the lightends flow rate
NOMATCH to match the TBP curve, as shown in Figure 4-1.
The adjustment ensures the mid-volume percentage
of the highest boiling lightend component (that is
available in significant quantity) and intercepts the
TBP temperature curve at the specified volume
percent. This is the default. The NOMATCH
option does not adjust the lightends flow rate to
match the TBP curve.
In the following figure, point a is the midpoint volume percent of the highest
boiling pure component. This cumulative percentage point is adjusted to intercept
the TBP curve. Point b is the volume percent of the total lightends.
Figure 3-1: Lightends Matching
STREAM Stream label. It is optional, but when used, it must



STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - LIGHTENDS (continued)
NORMALIZE Optional. When RATE, FRACTION, or
PERCENT is present, the NORMALIZE option
normalizes the total rate of the lightends to obtain
the required rate, regardless of the sum of the
values supplied for the COMPOSITION entry.
Examples:
Composition and rate given:
LIGHTEND STREAM=1, COMP=1./2./3./4.0, RATE= 10.0
Composition given and rate defined as a fraction or percent of the RATE entry
given on the SOURCE statement:
LIGHT STREAM=1, COMP(WT)= 0.1/0.2/0.3/0.4, FRAC(V)= 0.02
LIGHT STREAM=1, COMP= 10./ 20./ 30./ 40., PERCENT= 2.0
Match lightend flowrate to intercept the TBP curve:
LIGHTEND STREAM=1, COMP= 1.0 / 2.0 / 3.0 / 4.0, MATCH
COMP entries as actual flowing values:
LIGHTEND STREAM= 1, COMP(V)= 1.0/2.0/3.0/4.0
Example: SOURCES with Assay Data

Set up SOURCES input for the following three streams:
Stream Label
1 2 V6
Assay basis LV LV ASTM D1160 WT TBP
Distillation type ASTM D86
IBP 100 310 201
10% 210 360 --
30% 240 385 370
50% 260 410 390
70% 275 560 --
90% 290 -- 450
EP 310 -- --
Gravity type API Watson K SpGr
Stream average 60 12.5 0.76
Mid % 25 -- -- 0.31
37 -- -- 0.42
52 -- -- 0.65
Lightends
Total flow 50 moles -- 11% by weight
Comp. no. __ 8 12 31 42 7
1 2 --
2 10 --
3 28 --
4 7 --
5 3 --
Thermal
conditions


Stream Label
1 2 V6
Temperature 150 100 200
Pressure 50 50 75
Phase Liquid Liquid Mixed
Total rate, basis 1200, LV 1500, LV 2700, WT
PROPERTY
STREAM= 1, TEMP= 150.0, PRES= 50.0, &
RATE(LV)= 1200.0, PHASE= L, ASSAY= LV
D86
STREAM= 1, DATA= 0.0, 100./ 10., 210./ &
30., 240./ 50., 260./ 70., 275./ 90., 290./ 100., 310.
API
AVERAGE= 60.0, STREAM= 1
LIGHTENDS
STREAM= 1, RATE= 50.0, &
COMPOSITION= 1, 2./ 2, 10./ 3, 28./ 4, 7./ 5, 3.0
PROPERTY
STREAM= 2, TEMP= 100.0, PRES= 50.0, &
RATE(2)= 1500.0, PHASE= L, ASSAY= LV
D1160
STREAM= 2, DATA= 0.00, 310./ 10., 360./ 30., 385./ &
50.0, 410.0 / 70.0, 560.0
WATSONK
AVERAGE= 12.5, STREAM= 2
PROPERTY
STREAM= V6, TEMP= 200.0, PRES= 75.0, &
RATE(W)= 2700.0, PHASE= M, ASSAY= WT
TBP
STREAM= V6, DATA= 0.0, 201./ 30.0, 370.0/ &
50.0, 390.0 / 90.0, 450.0
SPGR
STREAM= V6, AVERAGE= 0.76, &
DATA= 25.0, 0.31 / 37.0, 0.42 / 52.0, 0.65
LIGHTEND
STREAM= V6, PERCENT(WT)= 11.0, &
COMP(W)= 1, 8.0 / 2, 12.0 / 3, 31.0 / 4, 42.0 / 5, 7.0
SINK Defines a point where fluid leaves the system. You may have more than one sink in
a network simulation. As demonstrated in the following table, the requirements for
entries for this statement depend on the type of simulation.
Table 3-29: Mandatory Entries for SINK
Simulation Type Mandatory Sink Data
Single Link, source rate and pressure None.
known
Single Link, rate unknown Fixed pressure .
Single Link, source pressure unknown Disallowed. Use network solution
method.
Network Stream ID or Name.
Estimated or fixed pressure.
Estimated or fixed rate.


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - SINK (continued)
Conditional entries:
STREAMID= Identifies the sink. Up to twelve alphanumeric

or characters.
NAME= Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.
PRESSURE()= Pressure at the sink. Use the ESTI qualifier if the
value is an estimated one.
TEMPERATURE()= Fixed temperature at the sink.
RATE()= Rate of outflow at the sink. Use the ESTI qualifier
if the value is an estimated one. The basis of the
rate must conform to the following rules dependent
on the fluid type:
Steam Weight units
Compositional fluid Weight units
For the Blackoil model the user has the additional
ability to specify the standard volumetric flowrates
of either gas, oil, water or liquid at the sink. The
default basis is the combined liquid flow of oil and
water at the sink. The user can also specify the unit
basis of the standard volumetric flowrate.
For the Compositional model the user has the
ability to specify in addition to the total mass rate
of flow at the sink the standard volumetric flowrate
of either gas/oil or water at the sink with
appropriate volume qualifiers. The default basis is
the mass flow at the sink. However, to specify the
mass rate with unit qualifiers, the user must specify
that the basis is weight (WT), thus the following is
appropriate syntax:
RATE(wt,weight units)=
In addition the qualifiers, WATER/GAS/OIL are
now used to allow the user to specify the
volumetric flows of the respective phases at the
sink.
Optional entries:
INJECTION Optional entry. Use this keyword to specify an

injection well.
COEFFICIENT()= and Optional entries to define the injectivity of a well
EXP()= using the gas flow equation. Can be used only for
Single-phase Gas or Gas Condensate.


II()= Optimal entries to define the injectivity index for
all fluid types.
thermodynamic set will then be used for the fluid at
the sink node.
Example:
SINK NAME=FLRB, PRESSURE=21, RATE(ESTI)=140
JUNCTION Statement cannot be used for Single Link simulations. Mandatory statement for the
network calculation method, where two or more links connect.
Mandatory entries for all network simulations:
STREAMID= Identifies the sink. Up to twelve alphanumeric

or characters.
NAME= Identifies the junction. Up to twelve alphanumeric
characters.
Optional entries for all network simulations:
PRESSURE(ESTI)= Estimate of pressure at this junction. The qualifier

ESTI must be used. If you supply a pressure
estimate, it should be consistent with the estimated
direction of flow.
TROCK()= Temperature of the rock formation at this junction.
Required entry for subsurface junctions and the
first surface junction.
Optional entry for Compositional Systems only:

in the Thermodynamic Data Category of input. The
defined thermodynamic set will then be used for
the fluid at the junction node.
Optional entries for modeling preferential splitting at a tee junction, for Steam
Systems only:.
DETEE or Junction is a dead-end tee or a straight-through tee.

STTEE
Note: The smaller diameter pipe leaving the

junction is always considered the brach link.
ANGLE()=0 Angle of branch. Limits are 90 degrees for vertical

incline; -90 degrees for vertical decline.


PROPORTIONAL or Select a method for calculating phase splitting at
HONG or the junction. HONG or TUFFP may be used with
ORANJE or ANGLE if the branch is not horizontal. Use a user-
TUFFP or defined model to calculate phase splitting at this
CHIEN or junction. When you use this entry, you must have
SEEUP or an additional PSPLIT category of data at the end of
SEEHOR or the simulation input. See the PSPLIT Data
SEEDOWN or Category of input near the end of this chapter for
USER further details. See References (97-102) for more
information on these preferential phase split
models.
Example:
JUNCTION NAME=A, PRESSURE(ESTI)=165, DETEE, ORANJE
LINK Optional statement for Single Link simulations. Mandatory for network
simulations. Defines a series of devices (flow devices, fittings and items of process
equipment). The statements defining these devices must appear immediately after
the LINK statement. Flow is assumed to be from one item to the next, in the order
in which they appear in the input and in the direction designated by the FROM and
TO entries.
Mandatory entries:
NAME= Gaslift;link Identifies the link. Up to four

alphanumeric characters. When using gas-lift, the
name of the production string must be PROD and
the name of the injection string must be GASL.
Note: In a network, there may be more than one

feasible link calculation sequence. In PIPEPHASE
the links are first ordered alphanumerically before
the feasible ordering is done. This guarantees that
the same calculation sequence is arrived at no
matter what the link input order was in the
keyword file. However if the link name is changed
the program may arrive at an alternate feasible link
calculation sequence.
FROM=, or F= Identifies the source or junction where this link

starts. Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.
TO=, or T= Identifies the sink or junction where this link ends.
Up to twelve alphanumeric characters.


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - LINK (continued)
Optional entries:
RATE(ESTI)= Estimate of the flowrate through this link. The

qualifier ESTI must be used. If a rate estimate is
supplied for one link, an estimate must be supplied
for all links. Otherwise PIPEPHASE will generate
its own estimates and ignore those estimates
supplied. The FLOWALLOC=2 keyword (see the
previous section on Network Data Category of
input) may be used to enable the mixing of user-
supplied and program-generated link flowrate
estimates.
DUAL= For detailed heat transfer in dual completions.
Specify the name of the link that forms a dual
completion with this link. Valid for Network
calculations with Blackoil, steam and
compositional fluids. Only concentric completions
are allowed with compositional fluids. The detailed
heat transfer data are entered on the TUBING
statement in the Structure Data Category of input.
INJECT To specify that a link is an injection well.
Mandatory when modeling subsurface networks
with multiple completion zones in injection wells.
QMAX()= Enter the maximum flowrate to be allowed through
the link. This maximum flow constraint will be
activated only if the following four conditions are
all met:
1. The flowrate is not fixed in the link.
2. The link is a source link with the source pres-
sure fixed and the flowrate is unknown.
3. There is at least one surface regulator with the
pressure set to a value higher than the system
pressure (e.g., 99999 psia)
4. The regulator is not the last device in the link.
Note: If the flow exceeds QMAX beyond the

upper tolerance, PIPEPHASE calculates the
regulator pressure that needs to be set in order to
meet the maximum flow constraint specified.


Two other conditions can also invoke the QMAX
logic:
2b) The link is not a source link and the link
flowrate is not fixed explicitly (e.g., a sink
link with the sink rate fixed will fix the link
flowrate) or implicitly (e.g., spur links have
fixed flowrates).
3b) The link has at least one choke or valve in the
link. In this case PIPEPHASE will keep the
flow between the upper and lower tolerance
values.
Note: PIPEPHASE varies the choke or valve

size as part of the network iterations to keep the
flow below the maximum within tolerance.
If 1 and 3b are not both true, then the maximum

flow logic will be inactivated.
If 1 and 3b are true and 2b is not true, the network
will fail to converge.
QMIN()=0 Enter the minimum flowrate to be allowed through
the link. If the flowrate falls below this value, the
PBAL convergence algorithm will shut down the
link. This logic can be used to simulate well
shutdown when the well production falls below
some minimum flowrate.
TOLERANCE(LOWER)= Specifies the lower flow tolerances as a fraction of
the QMAX value.
TOLERANCE(UPPER)= Specifies the upper flow tolerances as a fraction of
the QMAX value.
FGAS Desired gas volume fraction (in percent) of link
flow.
FWAT Desired water volume fraction (in percent) of link
flow.
FOIL Desired oil volume fraction (in percent) of link
flow.
Note: The quantities FOIL, FWAT and FGAS

can only be specified once for any and all links
that emanate from a given node. Thus, if three
links carry flow from a node, then FWAT/FGAS/
FOIL can be specified for, at most, one of the three
links.


The purpose of the FGAS/FWAT/FOIL options is
to allow the user to control the volume fractions of
fluids in a link. The FGAS, FOIL and FWAT
options can only be used with the mass based
formulation of the blackoil model.
PRINT Use this entry to generate a detailed report for the
link. This detailed report will include a phase
envelope plot if the PLOT=FULL and
DEVICE=PART or FULL options have both been
specified on the PRINT statement in the General
Data Category of input. If the PRINT option is not
specified on any link and DEVICE=PART or
FULL is in the PRINT statement, detailed reports
will be generated for every link in the simulation.
Therefore it is recommended that you use this
keyword to select only those links of interest.
Example:
LINK NAME=J, F=13, TO=JTK, RATE(ESTI)=1.E6, PRINT


Flow Devices (have length)
PIPE Any value defined on any pipe statement will override the corresponding values set
globally in the General Data Category of input.
Mandatory entries:
LENGTH()= Pipe length in long length units.
Optional entries:
NAME= Identifies the pipe. Used for cross-referencing. Up

to four alphanumeric characters.
ID()= or NOMD= Inside diameter of pipe in short length units.
Nominal inside diameter of pipes (in inches only).
Note: If neither of these keywords is specified on

the PIPE statement, either IDPIPE or NOMD must
have been specified as a General Default
SCHEDULE=40 Pipe schedule.

PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If the
40 is used. If a match cannot be found,
ECHG()=0.0 Elevation change from inlet to outlet. Positive is

uphill.
FCODE= Defines pressure drop and holdup method. Select a
code from Table 3-6 or Table 3-7 .
PALMER=0.924,0.6851 Use Palmer liquid holdup correction factors. Two
values must be supplied: uphill and downhill. The
defaults shown apply only to BB or BBM
correlations; if the default values are to be used,
only include the PALMER keyword without any
values. If different values are required, supply
those values with the PALMER keyword. If you
are using any other correlation, you must supply
values with the PALMER keyword. If you want to
correct only downhill holdup, supply a value of 1.0
for the uphill correction factor.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Pipe inside roughness in short length (special) units
(see Table 3-4 ). Use the qualifier REL to denote
roughness as a fraction of the pipe inside diameter.


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - PIPE (continued)
ISOTHERMAL or Use ISOTHERMAL to suppress heat balance
NONISOTHERMAL calculations. Use NONISOTHERMAL to override
an ISOTHERMAL entry on the CALCULATION
statement in the General Data Category of input
and thus reinstate heat balance calculations.
WATER or Use one of these to specify the medium
AIR or surrounding the pipe.
SOIL
VELOCITY()=10 Velocity of the surrounding air or water.
TAMBIENT()=80 Ambient temperature of the surrounding medium.
DENSITY()= Density of the surrounding air or water. Defaults
are specific gravity of 1.0 for air and 10.0 API for
water.
VISCOSITY()= Viscosity of the surrounding air or water. Defaults
are 0.02 cP for air and 1.0 cP for water.
CONDUCTIVITY()= Thermal conductivity of the surrounding air, water,
or soil. Defaults are 0.015 BTU/hr-ft-oF for air, 0.3
BTU/hr-ft-oF for water and 0.08 BTU/hr-ft-oF for
soil.
parameters, such as pressure drop method, pipe
roughness, heat transfer coefficient Heat transfer
coefficientvalues, etc. have been varied in order to
match field data.
HWCOEFF()=150 Hazen-Williams coefficient, for use with the
Hazen-Williams pressure drop method for single-
phase liquids.
U()=1.0 Overall heat transfer coefficient from inside a pipe
to the surroundings.
HINSIDE()=0.0 Additional heat transfer coefficient which will be
added to the inside film heat transfer coefficient
HOUTSIDE()=0.0 Additional heat transfer coefficient which will be
added to the outside film heat transfer coefficient
HRADIANT()=0.0 Additional radiant heat transfer coefficient which
will be added to the outside film heat transfer
coefficient calculated by PIPEPHASE.
BDTOP()=0.0 Depth of a buried pipe measured from the top of
the outside of the pipe, in long length units.


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - PIPE (continued)
Note: To define data for a partially buried pipe:
1) Define the surroundings as AIR or WATER
only (not SOIL). 2) Specify a negative BDTOP.
BDTOP is the distance from the surface of the soil
to the top of the pipe outermost diameter. The
magnitude of the negative burial depth however
makes sense only if it is less than the outermost
diameter of the pipe (including the insulation
thickness if any). 3) If desired, specify the value of
CONSOIL (the conductivity of the soil). In this
case PIPEPHASE will do an internal calculation
for the heat transfer coefficient for the buried
portion of the pipe. The default value of
CONSOIL will be used. 4) Additionally, if you
wish to override PIPEPHASEs internal soil heat
transfer coefficient calculation you may specify
the HOUTSIDE keyword and value for the soil
portion of the pipe. The use of the HOUTSIDE
keyword will override the comments in (3).
THKPIPE()=0.3125 Pipe thickness in short length units.

THKINS()=0.0 Insulation thickness in short length units.
CONPIPE()=29 Thermal conductivity of the pipe material,
CONINS()=0.015 insulation and soil.
CONSOIL()=0.8
IDSPHERE()= Diameter of the sphere used for pigging in short
length units.
DELH= Size of segmentation to be used in pipe/tube/
annulus. This value overrides values set as default
on the SEGMENT statement. However, the default
does not override values that are computed under
the AUTO or FAST options.
SEGM= Number of segments to be used in the current pipe/
tube/annulus. This value overrides defaults set on
the SEGMENT statement. However, this value
does not override segment sizes that are computed
under the AUTO or FAST options.
Example:
PIPE NAME=PIP1, LENGTH=30, ID=3.068
PIPE ID=3, LENGTH=5808, ECHG=140, U=0.0001
PIPE NAME=A-J, ID=8, LENGTH=170, &
WATER, VISCOSITY(CP)=1.5, VELOCITY=5, DENSITY(LBFT3)=68,&
COND=0.33, TAMB=5, CONPIPE=35, THKPIPE=0.8, THKINS=5
PIPE NAME=X1, NOMD=3, SCHE=30


RISER Define a device in which flow occurs in an upward direction. To specify a
downcomer, use a PIPE with a negative elevation change. Any value defined on a
Riser statement will override the corresponding values set globally in the General
Data Category of input.
Mandatory entries:
LENGTH()= Riser length in long length units.
Optional entries:
NAME= Identifies the riser. Used for cross-referencing. Up

to four alphanumeric characters.
ID()= or Inside diameter of riser in short length units.
NOMD= Nominal inside diameter of pipes (in inches only).

ELEV()= Elevation of the riser in long length units. This is

the distance between the surface and the bottom of
the riser.Must be positive. If omitted, a vertical
riser is assumed (elevation change = riser length).
PALMER=0.924, 0.6852 Use Palmer liquid holdup correction factors. The
uphill value must be supplied. The default shown
applies only to BB or BBM correlations; if the
default value is to be used, only include the
PALMER keyword without any value. If a different
value is required, supply that value with the
PALMER keyword. If you are using any other
correlation, you must supply a value with the
PALMER keyword.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Riser inside roughness in short length (special)
units (seeTable 3-4 secondary). Use the qualifier
REL to denote roughness as a fraction of the riser
inside diameter.


parameters, such as pressure drop method,
roughness, heat transfer coefficient values, etc.,
have been varied in order to match field data.
HWCOEFF()=150 Hazen-Williams coefficient, for use with the
phase liquids.
U()=1.0 Overall heat transfer coefficient from inside a riser
to the surroundings.
ANNULUS Define a well annulus. Any value defined on an Annulus statement will override
the corresponding values set globally in the General Data Category of input.
Mandatory entries:
LENGTH()= Distance from the top of the first annulus in the

link to the bottom of the annulus in long length
units.For an inclined well, the length will be
greater than the depth.
Optional entries:
NAME= Identifies the annulus. Used for cross-referencing.

Up to four alphanumeric characters.
IDANNULUS()= Inside diameter of annulus in short length units.
ODTUBING()= Outside diameter of the tubing inside the casing
which forms the annulus in short length units.
DEPTH()= Vertical depth from the well head to the bottom of
the casing in long length units. Must be positive.If
omitted, a vertical annulus is assumed (depth =
length).


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - ANNULUS (continued)
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Annulus inside roughness in short length (special)
units (see Table 3-4 ). Use the qualifier REL to
denote roughness as a fraction of the annulus inside
diameter.
NONISOTHERMAL calculations.Use NONISOTHERMAL to override
HWCOEF()=150 Hazen-Williams coefficient, for use with the
phase liquids.
U()=1.0 Overall heat transfer coefficient from inside an
annulus to the surroundings.
DELH = Size of segmentation to be used in pipe/tube/riser
or annulus. This value overrides values set as
default on the SEGMENT statement. However, the
default does not override values that are computed
tube/annulus/riser. This value overrides defaults set
on the SEGMENT statement. However, this value


TUBING Define the tubing in a well. Any value defined on a Tubing statement will override
the corresponding values set globally in the General Data Category of input.
Mandatory entries:
LENGTH()= Distance from the top of the first annulus in the

link to the bottom of the tubing in long length units.
For an inclined well, the length will be greater than
the depth.
Optional entries:
NAME= Identifies the tubing. Used for cross-referencing.

Up to four alphanumeric characters.
ID()= or Inside diameter of tubing in short length units.
NOMD= Nominal diameter of tubing (in inches only).
SCHEDULE=TB01 Tubing schedule.

TB01 is used. If a match cannot be found,
DEPTH()= Vertical depth from the well head to the bottom of

the tubing in long length units. Must be positive. If
omitted, a vertical tubing is assumed (depth =
length).
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Tubing inside roughness in short length (special)
units (see Table 3-4 ). Use the qualifier REL to
denote roughness as a fraction of the tubing inside
diameter.


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - TUBING (continued)
HWCOEF()=150 Hazen-Williams coefficient, for use with the
phase liquids.
U()=1.0 Overall heat transfer coefficient from inside a
tubing to the surroundings.
Entries for detailed heat transfer in wells:

These entries describe the casings between the outside of the tubing and the inside
of the hole and the annular spaces between tubing and inner casing, between the
casings and between outer casing and hole. You are allowed up to four casings. The
number of spaces must be one more than the number of casings.
ODTUBING()= Outside diameter of the tubing in short length units.

IDCASING()= Mandatory entry. Inside diameter(s) of the
casing(s) in short length units. Up to four entries,
working outward, separated by commas.
ODCASING()= Mandatory entry. Outside diameter(s) of the
casing(s) in short length units. Up to four entries,
working outward, separated by commas.
HOLEID()= Mandatory entry. Diameter of the hole in short
length units.
CONCASING()=25 Thermal conductivity of the tubing and casings. Up
to five entries, working outward, separated by
commas. The first entry is for the tubing.
EMIS()=0.95 Emissivity of the inner surfaces of casings and the
hole. Up to five entries, working outward,
separated by commas. Where the space is not filled
with a gas, just enter a comma without a value.
EMOS()=0.95 Emissivity of the outer surfaces of the tubing and
casings. Up to five entries, working outward,
separated by commas. Where the space is not filled
with a gas, just enter a comma without a value.


MEDIUM= Mandatory entry. Type of medium filling each
space. Up to five entries, working outward,
separated by commas. Media are identified by code
number:
1 = gas with natural convection
2 = gas with forced convection
3 = liquid with free convection
4 = liquid with forced convection
5 = solid
CPANNULUS() = Specific heat of the annular medium. Up to five
0.25 (for gas) entries, working outward, separated by commas.
or 0.46 (for liquid) Not required for a solid medium. Where the
medium is solid, just enter a comma without a
value.
CONANNULUS() = Thermal conductivity of the annular medium. Up
0.01875 (for gas) to five entries, working outward, separated by
or 0.12083 (for liquid) commas. A value is required for a solid medium.
BETANNULUS()=0.00141 Coefficient of thermal expansion of a gas with
natural convection. Only applies when
MEDIUM=1 for the corresponding annular space.
Up to five entries, working outward, separated by
commas. Where the space is not filled with a gas
with natural convection, just enter a comma
without a value.
VISANNULUS() = Viscosity of a gas or liquid annular medium. Up to
0.0223 (for gas) five entries, working outward, separated by
or 0.22 (for liquid) commas. Where the space is not filled with a gas or
liquid, just enter a comma without a value.
VELANNULUS()= Velocity is required for a forced convection gas or
liquid annular medium. Up to five entries, working
outward, separated by commas. Where the space is
not filled with a forced convection gas or liquid,
just enter a comma without a value.
DENANNULUS() = Density of a gas or liquid annular medium in lb/ft3
0.0559 lb/ft3 (for gas) or kg/m3. Up to five entries, working outward,
or 62.4 lb/ft3 (for liquid) separated by commas. Where the space is not filled
with a gas or liquid, just enter a comma without a
value. Gravity units, namely SPGR and API units,
are not allowed.
DIFFEARTH=0.96 Diffusivity of the earth.
CONEARTH()= Optional entry. Thermal conductivity of the earth.
TIME= Mandatory entry. Equivalent production or
injection time since the last time the temperature
gradient in the well was the geothermal gradient.
Units must be days.


DELH = Size of segmentation to be used in pipe/tube/riser
or annulus. This value overrides values set as
default on the SEGMENT statement. However, the
default does not override values that are computed
tube/annulus/riser. This value overrides defaults set
on the SEGMENT statement. However, this value
Dual Completions
Dual completions strings when modeled as separate production strings (links), do
not account for the heat transfer between the strings. If detailed heat transfer
interactions between the strings need to be calculated, the configuration of the dual
completion must be defined.
The calculation must be Network and the fluid must be Blackoil, steam or
compositional. Only concentric dual completions may be modeled if the fluid is
compositional. Dual completion strings are indicated by the keyword DUAL in the
LINK statement.
Concentric Dual Completions
This well is modeled with two links. The first
link contains the inner production or injection
string which is specified on a TUBING
statement. The second link models the outer
string as an ANNULUS. The geometry of the
annular space is defined by IDCAS and ODCAS.
To model an insulated tubing or casing, specify a
solid medium for the annular space.
All the detailed heat transfer data are entered on
the TUBING statement, including the thermal
properties of the fluid in the ANNULUS. The
ANNULUS statement does not change for
detailed heat transfer calculations.
Separate TUBING statements are required
whenever the tubing or heat transfer parameters
change. A separate ANNULUS statement must
be supplied to correspond to each length of
tubing down to the first completion. Below this
point, the annulus does not function as a flow
device and there is no ANNULUS statement for
it. It is simply a casing on the TUBING
statement.
Example:
LINK NAME=L1, FROM=S1, TO=SNK1, DUAL=L2
$ Surface to the bottom of the water filled space
TUBING ID=2.992, ODTUBING=3.5, IDCASING=5.5,8.54, &
ODCASING=5.52,9.62, HOLEID=12, CONCASING=29,29,29, &
EMIS=0.9,0.9,0.9, EMOS=0.9,0.9,0.9, MEDIUM=2,3,5, &
BETAN=1.39E-3,1.39E-6,0, DENAN(LBFT3)=0.055,63,0, &
CONAN=1,2.9,0.5, VISAN=0.5,1,0, CPAN= 1,1,0, &


VELAN=5,0,0, CONEARTH=1.0, DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, TIME=21,
LENGTH=500
$ Bottom of water filled space to first completion
TUBING ID=2.992, ODTUBING=3.5, IDCASING=5.5, ODCASING=5.52,&
HOLEID=8, CONCASING=29,29, EMIS=0.9,0.9, EMOS=0.9,0.9,&
MEDIUM=2,5, BETAN=1.39E-6,0, DENAN(LBFT3)=0.055,0, &
CONAN=1,0.5, VISAN=0.5,0, CPAN= 1,0, VELAN=5,0,&
CONEARTH=1.0, DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, TIME=21, LENGTH=1000
$ First completion down to the second completion
TUBING ID=2.992, ODTUBING=3.5, IDCASING=5.5, ODCASING=5.52,&
HOLEID=8, CONCASING=29,29, EMIS=0.9,0.9, EMOS=0.9,0.9,&
MEDIUM=1,5, BETAN=1.39E-6,0, DENAN(LBFT3)=0.63,0, &
CONAN=0.0188,0.5, VISAN=0.033,0, CPAN= 1,0, VELAN=5,0,&
CONEARTH=1.0, DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, TIME=21, LENGTH=1500
$
LINK NAME=L2, FROM=S2, TO=SNK2, DUAL=L1
ANNULUS IDAN=5.5, ODTUB=3.5, LENGTH=500
ANNULUS IDAN=5.5, ODTUB=3.5, LENGTH=1000
Parallel Dual Completions

Each of the production or injection strings is
modeled as TUBING in a separate link. The
casings around the strings are defined by the
IDCAS and ODCAS keywords on the TUBING
statements.
For insulated tubing, specify a solid medium for
the annular space such that the insulation around
each tubing is held in place by a metal sheet
which is modeled as a casing. This casing, and
the first casing which surrounds both strings,
must be defined on each TUBING statement.
Data for the other casings which surround both
strings are entered for one of the links only - the
longer link in the example below.
Whenever a change in data requires a new
TUBING statement in one link, there must also
be a new TUBING statement in the other link
down to the first completion. A separate
TUBING statement is then required in the longer
link for the remainder of the string.
Example:
LINK NAME=L1, FROM=S1, TO=SNK1, DUAL=L2 $ Longer string
TUBING ID=2.441, ODTUBING=2.875, IDCASING=4.35,9.85,12.615, &
ODCASING=4.875,10.75,13.375, HOLEID=17.5, &
CONCASING=29,29,29,29, EMIS=0.9,0.9,0.9,0.9, &
EMOS=0.9,0.9,0.9,0.9,MEDIUM=5,1,3,5, &
BETAN=0,1.39E-3,1.39E-6,0, DENAN(LBFT3)=0,0.055,63,0, &
CONAN=0.04,0.0188,1,0.5, VISAN=0,0.023,1,0, &
CPAN= 0,0.25,1,0, VELAN=0,0,0,0, CONEARTH=1.0, &
DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, TIME=21, LENGTH=500 TUBING ID=2.441, &
ODTUBING=2.875, IDCASING=9.85, ODCASING=10.75, &
HOLEID=12.5, CONCASING=29,29, EMIS=0.9,0.9, &
EMOS=0.9,0.9,MEDIUM=1,5, BETAN=1.39E-3,0, &
DENAN(LBFT3)=0.055,0, CONAN=0.0188,0.5, VISAN=0.023,0, &


CPAN= 0.25,0, VELAN=0,0, CONEARTH=1.0, DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, &
TIME=21, LENGTH=1000 TUBING ID=2.441, ODTUBING=2.875, &
IDCASING=9.85, ODCASING=10.75, HOLEID=12.5, &
CONCASING=29,29, EMIS=0.9,0.9, EMOS=0.9,0.9,MEDIUM=1,5, &
BETAN=1.39E-3,0, DENAN(LBFT3)=0.055,0, CONAN=0.0188,0.5, &
VISAN=0.023,0, CPAN= 0.25,0, VELAN=0,0, CONEARTH=1.0, &
DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, TIME=21, LENGTH=1500
$
LINK NAME=L2, FROM=S2, TO=SNK2, DUAL=L1 $ Shorter string
TUBING ID=1.995, ODTUBING=2.35, IDCASING=2.875,9.85, &
ODCASING=4.35,10.75, HOLEID=17.5, CONCASING=29,29,29, &
EMIS=0.9,0.9,0.9, EMOS=0.9,0.9,0.9,MEDIUM=5,1,5, &
BETAN=0,1.39E-3,0, DENAN(LBFT3)=0,0.055,0, &
CONAN=0.04,0.0188,0.5, VISAN=0,0.023,0, CPAN= 0,0.25,0, &
VELAN=0,0,0, CONEARTH=1.0, DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, TIME=21, &
LENGTH=500 TUBING ID=1.995, ODTUBING=2.35, IDCASING=9.85, &
ODCASING=10.75, HOLEID=12.5, CONCASING=29,29, EMIS=0.9,0.9, &
EMOS=0.9,0.9,MEDIUM=1,5, BETAN=1.39E-3,0, &
DENAN(LBFT3)=0.055,0, CONAN=0.0188,0.5, VISAN=0.023,0, &
CPAN= 0.25,0, VELAN=0,0, CONEARTH=1.0, DIFFUSIVITY=0.96, &
TIME=21, LENGTH=1000


Equipment Devices (have no length)
COMPLETION Describes a bottomhole completion, the interface between the reservoir and a well.
An IPR device should be used in addition to the completion device to account for
the pressure drop from the reservoir to the near wellbore.There are two types of
completion: gravel-packed; and open-perforated. The entries on this statement
depend on the type of completion.
Mandatory entries for both types of completion:
JONES or MCLEOD Use one of these to indicate whether the

completion is to use the Jones model for gravel-
packed completions or the McLeod open-
perforated completion model.
LENGTH()= Total length of the perforated interval in long
length units.
PERFD()= Diameter of the perforation in short length units.
SHOTS()= Perforation shot density measured as total number
of perforations per unit completion length.
Optional entries for both types of completion:
NAME= Up to four alphanumeric characters.
Mandatory entries for gravel-packed completion:
TUNNEL()= Tunnel length that is filled with gravel through

which linear flow occurs in short length units.
Optional entries for gravel-packed completion:
PERM()= 45 Permeability of the gravel.
Mandatory entries for open-perforated completion:
PENETRATION()= Distance from the end of the perforation to the

borehole radius in short length units.


PERM()= Crushed zone permeability. An additional qualifier
must be used to indicate whether the value is for
CRUSHED zone or RESERVOIR. If a reservoir
value is supplied, the crushed value is calculated
depending on whether the perforating conditions
are declared to be overbalanced or underbalanced
(see OVER and UNDER, below):
Overbalanced conditions:
Crushed permeability = 0.1 * reservoir
permeability Underbalanced conditions:
Crushed permeability = 0.4 * reservoir
permeability No declared conditions:
Crushed permeability = reservoir permeability
Optional entries for open-perforated completion:
OVER or UNDER Use this keyword to indicate that the perforating

conditions are overbalanced or underbalanced.
THICKNESS()= 0.5 Thickness of the crushed zone immediately around
the perforation in short length units.
Example:
COMPLETION JONES, TUNNEL=1.55, PERFD=0.39, SHOTS=4, LENGTH=10
COMP NAME=COMP, MCLEOD, PERM(RESE,MD)=0.65, PENE=3,&
PERFD=0.39, SHOTS=8, LENGTH=30, UNDERBALANCED
COMPRESSOR Describes a single or multi-stage compressor. This unit cannot be used for steam
systems.
Mandatory entries:
POWER()= or One of power, outlet pressure or a compressor

PRES()= or curve must be specified. Optionally, use the MAX
CURVE()= qualifier to specify a maximum power or pressure.
If power is specified, you may specify a maximum
pressure. If you specify outlet pressure or a com-
or pressor curve, you may supply a maximum power.
CRVn()= and RPMC= If a curve is entered (up to 25 entries) for a
and multistage compressor, all stages use the same
RPM= or curve. For CURVE, you can use two qualifiers to
POWER= or specify units of measurement for actual flowrate
PRES= (gas volume basis only) and/or long length. Format
of data is:
CURVE=rate,head,efficiency/rate,head,efficiency/
...


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - COMPRESSOR (continued)
For multispeed curves, CRVn, RPMC, and one of
RPM, PRESSURE, or POWER are mandatory.
One curve must be entered for each RPMC value
specified. Up to five RPMC values may be entered
in ascending or descending order:
RPMC=rpm1,rpm2,rpm3,rpm4,rpm5
Up to 25 data sets may be entered per curve:
CRVn=rate1,head1,efficiency1/.../rate25,head25,
efficiency25
Optional entries:

STAGES=1 Number of stages.
Efficiency=100 Percentage adiabatic efficiency of the compressor.
Not used if a CURVE is defined.
RPM(MAX)= For multispeed compressors, the maximum speed
in RPM.
PRES(MAX)= For multispeed compressors, the maximum
pressure.
POWER(MAX)= For multispeed compressors, the maximum power.
Note: For multispeed curves, if RPM, or PRES, or POWER is specified, you can
supply maximum values for values not specified. For example, if you specify the
RPM, then you can supply values of PRES(MAX) or POWER(MAX), but not
RPM(MAX).
Example:
COMP POWER(MAX)=55, CURVE=200,20,85/400,40,76
COMPRESS NAME=CMP2, POWER(HP)=250, PRES(MAX,PSIG)=1050, &
EFFICIENCY=85
Example: Multispeed compressor with data provided for three RPM curves.
COMP NAME = CMP1, PRES(MAX)=300, &
CRV1=200,20,100/300,40,98/ &
CRV2=400,50,100/500,60,98/ &
CRV3=600,70,100/700,80,98, &
RPMC=1000,2000,3000


MCOMPRESS Describes a single or multi-stage, multi-train compressor station. It can model the
effect of intercoolers and scrubbers. This unit cannot be used for steam systems.
You may specify the performance of a multistage compressor in one of the
following ways:
■ Total power: use the POWER keyword.
■ Discharge pressure: use the PDISCHARGE keyword.
■ Performance curve(s): use the CURVE keyword.
■ Suction pressure: use the PIN keyword.
If you specify the suction (inlet) pressure, a special subnetworking algorithm is
invoked. Note that this is true only for PBAL networks. The subnetworking
algorithm then sizes the compressor power requirements.
Mandatory entries:
POWER()= Total power available to the multi-stage

compressor. If you are using PDISCHARGE or
CURVE to specify the performance of the
or compressor, you may use the MAX qualifier to
specify a maximum power.
PDISCHARGE()= Discharge pressure. If you are using POWER or
CURVE to specify the performance of the
compressor, you may supply an estimated outlet
pressure using the ESTI qualifier. Alternatively
you may use the WARN qualifier and NETOPT
will issue a warning if the discharge pressure rises
or above the value you supply.
CURVE()= Performance curve(s) of flowrate, head and %
efficiency for each stage. Each stage may have a
separate curve. Each stage curve may have up to
ten data points. If you input only one stage curve,
each stage will use it. You can select standard or
actual conditions as the basis for the gas flow rate
measurement (standard is the default, but actual is
recommended). You can use two qualifiers to
specify units of measurement for actual gas volume
flowrate and/or long length. Format of data is:
CURVE=stage, rate, head, efficiency/stage, rate,
head, efficiency/...
or Suction pressure. Invokes a special subnetworking
PIN()= algorithm. If PIN is specified POWER, PDIS or
CURVE must not be specified.
Optional entries:

TRAINS=1 Number of identical compressor trains operating in
parallel.


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - MCOMPRESS (continued)
STAGES=1 Number of stages per train to a maximum of five.
EQUALPR or Use one of these entries to define the interstage
INTP()= compressor pressures. Use EQUALPR to specify
that the pressure ratios across all stages are to be
equal. Use INTP to set the individual interstage
pressures, in ascending order, separated by
commas. None of the efficiency keywords may be
used with CURVE.
ADEFF= 100 Adiabatic efficiency of each stage, in ascending
order, separated by commas. This keyword may
not be used with CURVE.
POLY and Use these keywords to specify that compression
PEFF= 100 and calculations are carried out using polytropic
PEXP= equations and to override the default data for
polytropic efficiency and polytropic exponent.If
you do not enter POLY, adiabatic compression
equations will be used.
Use PEFF to enter the Polytropic efficiency of each
stage, in ascending order, separated by commas.
Use PEXP to enter the Polytropic exponent of each
stage, in ascending order, separated by commas. If
you do not enter PEXP, PIPEPHASE calculates it.
INTQ() = or Interstage cooler duties or interstage temperatures.
INTT() = Up to five values, in ascending order, separated by
commas.The last value refers to the duty or exit
temperature of the cooler located after the last
stage.
INTDP() = Pressure losses associated with interstage piping
and cooler. Up to five values, in ascending order,
separated by commas. The last value refers to the
pressure losses associated with the piping and
cooler located after the last stage.
PERCENT() = Volume percent of scrubber fluids to be reinjected
downstream of the compressor station. The value is
used for all scrubbers in the compressor. Use a
qualifier to denote the phase to be reinjected.
COND refers to the condensate phase; WATER to
the free water phase. Use two entries to specify
COND and WATER separately or use LIQ to refer
to the combination of condensate and water.
NOKCONV Use this keyword to suppress repeated calculations
of gas specific heat ratio during convergence of the
compressor. Instead, PIPEPHASE will use the inlet
value throughout the compressor.


TDIS() = Warning temperature. If the calculated exit
temperature exceeds this value a warning will be
printed.
PRSTAGE() = Warning pressure ratio. If any calculated stage
pressure ratio exceeds this value a warning will be
printed.
STANDARD or Compressor data are specified at standard or actual
ACTUAL conditions. The default is to enter the data based on
standard conditions.
Example:
MCOMPRESS NAME=CMP1, STAGES=3, INTT(F)=120,120, TWARN(F)=250,&
PDIS(PSIG,WARN)=3000, POLY, PERCENT=(COND)=100,&
CURVE = 1, 50, 3000, 72/ 1, 100, 2550, 74 /&
1, 200, 2100, 75/ 1, 400, 1650, 76, ACTUAL
MCOMPRESS NAME=CMP2, STAGES=5, PDIS(PSIG)=1200, &
INTT(F)= 100,100,100,100,100, EQUALPR,&
ADEF = 80,81,80,80,82, POWER(WARN,HP)=1500
MCOMPRESS NAME=CMP3, STAGES=2, POWER(HP)=800,&
NOKCONV, ADEFF=79,79, INTP(PSIG)=350
COOLER Simulates the removal of heat from a fluid. Not available with steam systems.
Mandatory entries:
TOUT()= or Use one of these entries to define the operation of

DUTY()= the cooler. If both are used in order to bound the
outlet conditions, you must apply either the MIN
qualifier to TOUT or the MAX qualifier to DUTY.
Optional entries:

DP()=0.0 Pressure drop across the cooler.
COEFFICIENT=1.0, and Alternative method of expressing pressure drop as
EXP=1.0 a function of flowrate through the cooler, in the
form:
∆P = COEFFICIENT * RATEEXP
where the rate is always expressed in lb/sec and DP
is in units of PSI. Therefore the COEFFICIENT
entry has dimensions:
∆P / RATEEXP
Example:
COOLER NAME=C1, TOUT=120, DP=2, DUTY(MAX)=5E3
In this example, cooler C1 has 5000 duty units available to reduce the feed stream
temperature to 120F. Less duty may be used, but not more.


DPDT Describes a general equipment item to model any device that changes the pressure
and/or temperature of a fluid stream.
Mandatory entries:
CURVE()= Up to 25 entries. Describes the relationship

between the fluid flowrate and the pressure and
temperature differences across the device. A
positive difference indicates a rise in pressure or
temperature across the device. The format of the
data is:
CURVE()= rate, dp, dt / ....
CRVn() specifies a curve in the multi-curve DPDT data.
The 'n' refers to the curve number and must be a
intger between 1 and 5. Example: crv1=q1,dp1,dt1/
q2,dp2,dt2/…..upto 25 points. The units for rate,
dp and dt can be specified locally. (GUI does not
allow local units specification). This keyword not
allowed to be used with the (previously existing)
CURVE keyword which is allowed only for a
single curve..
PINC() Inlet pressure curve parameter. The number of
or values must match exactly as the number of curves
specified. (GUI does not allow local units
specification). Maximum 5 values:
POUTC() eg. PINC = 100,200,300,400,500
Outlet pressure curve parameter. The number of
values must match exactly as the number of curves
specified. (GUI does not allow local units
specification).Maximum 5 values
eg. POUTC=500,600,700,800
Qualifiers may be used to specify units of
measurement for flowrate, pressure and
temperature. The units for flowrate allowed depend
on the fluid:
Non-compositional gas Std.Gas volume units
Non-compositional liquid Std. Liq. volume units
Steam Weight units
Compositional fluid Weight units
Blackoil Std. Liq. volume units
Gas condensate Std. Gas volume units
Optional entries:

WELL Use this keyword to indicate that the device is in a
well.


Example:
DPDT NAME=E3, CURVE=1.5E6,7,35/0.5E6,15,40
EXPANDER This statement is currently available only for steam systems and models the work
generated due to expansion of steam from a high pressure to a lower pressure.
Mandatory entries:
POWER()= or Required amount of power to be produced.

DP()= or Required pressure drop.
PRATIO= or Required pressure ratio of absolute outlet pressure
to absolute inlet pressure.
PRES()= Desired outlet pressure. This entry should be used
for spur links only (see Chapter 5, Technical
Reference). The qualifier MIN may be used to set
the minimum outlet pressure.
Optional entries:

EFFICIENCY=100 Adiabatic efficiency (in percent).
WTOLERANCE=0.001 Relative tolerance used to converge the power
calculations.
TEST()= Estimate of the expander outlet temperature. Used
to assist convergence.
Example:
EXPANDER NAME=EXP1, DP(BAR)=4,EFFIC=87
GLVALVE Describes a Gaslift Valve as part of a well LINK. Used with blackoil fluids only.
The properties of the lift gas must be described in the PVT Data Section.
Mandatory entries:
RATE()= Lift gas rate in standard gas volume units.
Optional entries:

DISSOLVE=100 Volume percentage of soluble lift gas that dissolves
in the oil.
Example:
GLVALVE NAME=GLV1, RATE(CFM)=1.5, DISSOLVE=35


HEATER Simulates the addition of heat to a fluid. Not available with steam systems.
Mandatory entries:
TOUT()= or Use one of these entries to define the operation of

DUTY()= the heater. If you use both, you must apply the
MAX qualifier to one of the entries.
Optional entries:

DP()=0.0 Pressure drop across the heater.
COEFFICIENT=1.0, and Alternative method of expressing pressure drop as
EXP=1.0 a
function of flowrate through the heater, in the form:
∆P = COEFFICIENT * RATEEXP
where the rate is always expressed in lb/sec and DP
is in units of PSI. Therefore the COEFFICIENT
entry has dimensions:
∆P / RATEEXP
Example:
HEATER DUTY=5E3, TOUT(MAX)=212
In the example above, the heater has a duty of 5000 units available to it, but the
maximum outlet temperature is set at 212oF. Therefore, if 212oF is reached using
fewer than 5000 duty units, then the heater duty will be set at the calculated value.
INJECTION Describes a device for introducing an injection stream from a lateral SOURCE or
re-introducing a stream from a SEPARATOR to a point downstream. Used with
compositional fluids only.
Mandatory entries:
FROM= Identifies the SEPARATOR STREAMID from

where the injected stream was produced.
GAS or Identifies the separator effluent stream which
COND or forms the injected stream. If you want to inject
WATER or several streams from separators at the same point,
LIQUID use multiple INJECTION devices.
Optional entries:

PRESSURE()= and Specify either both or neither. If you specify
TEMPERATURE()= neither, the pressure of the injected stream will be
assumed to be the injection point pressure and its
temperature that of the separator.


WELL Use this keyword to indicate that the injection
device is in a well.
Example:
INJECT FROM=V101, GAS
IPR The Inflow Performance Relationship device models the relationship between
flowrate and reservoir pressure draw-down or pressure drop at the sand face in a
well. Several IPR models are supplied. Alternatively, user-defined IPR models
may be linked to PIPEPHASE and data for them entered through the IPR device.
The IPR device is also used to enter reservoir decline data which is required for
time-stepping.
The IPR device can also be used to shut-down sources depending upon wheter a
maximum water cut or gas oil ratio has been exceeded in any given source.
This device also allows tabular data to be entered for interpolation or regression
onto one of the PIPEPHASE models and/or for use in a time-stepping run.
Units of measurement are those chosen on the DIMENSIONS statement and
cannot be changed for individual data items in the IPR device.
Mandatory entries:
MODEL= Enter a number to define a user-supplied IPR model to be

used. The model number must be greater than 20 but less
than 30.
or TYPE= Enter the name of the IPR model to be used. The data
required depends on the model selected. Refer to tables
below:
Type Description See Table
PI Productivity Index Table 3-31
VOGEL Vogel Table 3-32
GASF Fetkovich Gas Flow Table 3-33
LIT Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent
(Jones and Blount) Table 3-34
BABUODEH The Babu-Odeh IPR model
for horizontal wells Table 3-36
TABULAR Tabular Data Model Table 3-37
IVAL= Integer data identified by Labels. These data are input in
the format:
IVAL = label, value/label, value/ ...
Refer to tables below for labels and descriptions. Labels
may be entered in full or may be truncated to four
characters. Except where stated, these data are all
mandatory.
RVAL= Real data identified by Labels. These data are input in the
format:
RVAL = label, value/label, value/ ...


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - IPR (continued)
Refer to the following tables for labels and descriptions.
Labels may be entered in full or may be truncated to four
characters. Except where stated, these data are all
mandatory.
ARRAY= Array data identified by Labels. These data are input in
the format:
Array = label, value1, value2,.../label, value1, value2/ ...
Refer to the following tables for labels and
descriptions.Labels may be entered in full or may be
truncated to four characters. Except where stated, these
data are all mandatory.
Data specified by the ARRAY keyword represents
reservoir decline data.
Optional entries:
NAME= Name of the Inflow Performance Relationship

device.
GROUP= Name of the reservoir group. You must enter this if
you want to interpolate the decline curves of a
reservoir during time-stepping. The reservoir data
you use can be entered in this IPR.
If you want to use reservoir decline data (defined
by the ARRAY keyword) entered in another IPR
device, enter the same reservoir GROUP name of
the IPR device in which the data resides; do not
enter any reservoir data in this IPR device.
Conversely, if you enter reservoir decline data in
this IPR, the data can be used by another IPR
device draining the same reservoir.
You may enter data for multiple reservoirs in one
PIPEPHASE run.
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, GROUP=RES2, MODEL=2, & IVAL=FLOW,2, &
RVAL=QMAX,0.5/VOGCON,0.3/VOGEXP,1.1/QCUM,6, &
ARRAY=PPRES,5000,4500,4000,3500/ & AQCUM 7.5,6.4,5.3,4.2


Table 3-30: Label Requirements for All Models
IVAL Labels for All Models
BASIS Deliverability (flow rate) basis
1 = gas
2 = liquid
3 = oil
4 = water
5 = weight
Flow rate units in the IPR are fixed according to the BASIS
chosen:
BASIS Flow rate units
1 (gas) Gas volume units
2 (liquid) Liquid volume units
3 (oil) Liquid volume units
4 (water) Liquid volume units
5 (weight) Weight units
Babu-Odeh does not allow a Basis of 1 or 5

FLOW Traverse direction: 1 = forward(default) 2 = backward
Optional RVAL Labels for All Models
DPMAX Maximum pressure drawdown for the IPR device. This
constraint will be activated if all three of the following
conditions are satisfied:
1. The IPR device is in a source link with the source
pressure fixed.
2. A regulator is placed on the surface (in the link) and
the regulator pressure set to a very high value (higher
than any pressure in the system, e.g., 99999.0).
3. At least one device is placed downstream of the regu-
lator.
FWMAX Maximum acceptable water cut for the well.
GORMAX GOR at which the well will shut down.
ABAN Reservoir abandonment pressure.
WABP Minimum bottomhole pressure.
OPEN Well status flag. 1 for open, 0 for close.
UPTIME Used with time stepping to define the fraction of the time
the well will be open during the time step.


Note:A request to shut wells may be made using any of the following criteria
within the IPR device:
> If the local reservoir pressure falls below the abandonment pressure (ABAN),
> If the well-produced watercut exceeds the maximum watercut (FWMAX)
when
the blackoil or condensate fluid models are used, or
> If the well produced GOR exceeds the maximum GOR (GORMAX).
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=PI, IVAL=FLOW,2/BASIS,5, RVAL=PI,0.5
If you want PIPEPHASE to automatically create a sub-surface network with

multiple sources and use a Numerical Finite Difference solution method, use
NSEG to identify a multi-source well (number of production zones = number of
segments). A typical application would be in very thick continuous formations and
horizontal well completions.
Note: The Babu-Odeh model does not support automatically generated Multi-
source well completions.
Table 3-31: Label Requirements for Automatically Generated Multi-source
Well Completions
IVAL Labels for Multi-source Well Completions
NSEG Number of segments
RVAL Labels for Multi-source Well Completions
ID Diameter of the tubing adjacent to the producing formation
LENGTH Length of the producing zone
ECHG Elevation change over the producing zone from the foot of
the well to the dog-leg. Defaults to 0.0 (horizontal)
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=PI, IVAL=NSEG,5, &
RVAL=PI,0.5/ID,5.4/LENGTH,30/ECHG,5.0
Use the labels below when you have specified TYPE = PI:
Table 3-32: Label Requirements for the Productivity Index Model
RVAL Labels for Productivity Index Model
PI Productivity index for the entire completion
or SPI Productivity index per unit of length. Use only with Multi-
source well completions (NSEG > 1)
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=PI, IVAL=FLOW,2/NSEG,5, &
RVAL=PI,0.5/ID,5.4/LENGTH,30/ECHG,5.0


Use the labels below when you have specified TYPE = VOGEL:
Table 3-33: Label Requirements for the Vogel Model
RVAL Labels for Vogel Model
QMAX Maximum flowrate or absolute open flow potential in units
corresponding to the BASIS chosen
VOGCON Constant in the Vogel equation. Must be between 0.0 and
1.0. Default is 0.2
VOGEXP Exponent in the Vogel equation. Default is 1.0
Note: Typically, other values of VOGCON and VOGEXP are used to get a
vogel IPR for horizontal wells.
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, MODEL=2, IVAL=NSEG,1, &
RVAL=QMAX,1000/VOGCON,0.3/VOGEXP,1.1
Use the labels below when you have specified TYPE = GASF:
Table 3-34: Label Requirements for the Fetkovich Gas Flow Model
RVAL Labels for Gas Flow Model
COEF Coefficient in the Fetkovich gas deliverability model
EXP Exponent in the Fetkovich gas deliverability model
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=GASF, IVAL=NSEG,1, &
RVAL=COEF,1.4/EXP,0.2
Use the labels below when you have specified TYPE = LIT:
Table 3-35: Label Requirements for the Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent Model
RVAL Labels for Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent Model
CLAMINAR Laminar coefficient in the Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent
model
CTURBULENT Turbulent coefficient in the Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent
model
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, MODEL=4, IVAL=NSEG,5, &
RVAL=CLAMINAR,0.5/CTURBULENT,0.3/ID,5.4/LENGTH,30


Use the labels below when you want to specify pseudo-pressure formulation for
the Fetkovich Gas Flow or LIT IPR model with a gas basis.
Table 3-36: Label Requirements for Pseudo-Pressure Formulation
Pseudo-pressure formulationIVAL Labels for Pseudo-Pressure Formulation
DRAWDOWN Select a type of formulation:
0 Pressure2 formulation (default)
1 M(p) formulation with integral constant = 2.01
2 M(p) formulation with integral constant = Tsc/(PscTres)
3 User defined MPCONS
NPSEG Number of pressure segments for M(p) formulation. Not
valid when DRAW = 0
RVAL Labels for Pseudo-Pressure Formulation
MPCONS Integral constant for the M(p) formulation. Valid only
when DRAW = 3
PMAX Upper pressure limit for M(p) formulation. Defaults to
reservoir pressure. Not valid when DRAW = 0
PMIN Lower pressure limits for M(p) formulation. Defaults to
PRES(MIN) on DEFAULT statement. Not valid when
DRAW = 0
1 The M(p) pressure formulation is given by the following equation:
p
p
M ( p ) Z c ∫ ------ dp
µz
po
where: c is the integral constant, z is the gas compressibility, and µ is the

gas viscosity.
Examples:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=GASF, IVAL=BASIS,1/DRAW,2/NPSEG,3 &
RVAL=COEF,0.5/EXP,0.8/PMAX,5000/PMIN,1000 IPR NAME=IPR1,&
TYPE=LIT, IVAL=BASIS,1/DRAW,3 &
RVAL=CLAMI,0.5/CTURB,0.3/MPCON,3.2
Use the labels below when you have specified TYPE=BABUODEH:

Table 3-37: Label Requirements for the Babu-Odeh Model
RVAL Labels for Babu-Odeh Model
KX Permeability in X direction (darcies)
KY Permeability in Y direction (darcies)
KZ Permeability in Z direction (darcies)
RESA Length of reservoir - perpendicular to well, i.e. X-direction
(coarse length)


Table 3-37: Label Requirements for the Babu-Odeh Model
RVAL Labels for Babu-Odeh Model
RESB Width of reservoir - parallel to well, i.e., Y-direction
(coarse length)
THICKNESS Thickness of reservoir (coarse length)
LENGTH Length of horizontal well (coarse length)
XCORD X coordinate of horizontal well (coarse length)
Y1CORD Y1 coordinate of horizontal well (coarse length)
Y2CORD Y2 coordinate of horizontal well (coarse length)
ZCORD Z coordinate of horizontal well (coarse length)
RW Well bore radius (fine length)
VISL Fluid viscosity
FVF Formation volume factor
SKIN Reservoir infinitesimal skin
Example: (See the following figure to clarify the input)
Figure 3-2: Babu-Odeh Model Example
IPR NAME=IPR1, MODEL=7, IVAL=BASIS,3, &

RVAL=KX,4/KY,5/KZ,6/RESA,7/RESB,8/THICK,9/ &
LENGTH,22/XCORD,34/Y1CORD,45/Y2CORD,56/ZCORD,67/ &
RW,6/VISL,.7/FVF,4/SKIN,2
Tabular IPR curves may be specified for a completion by inputting PWF versus QF
(flowrate) for a range of reservoir pressures or cumulative reservoir production.


The descriptions below use the generic form of Label; e.g., PRESn. Up to five IPR
curves may be entered; i.e., n may be between 1 and 5. Up to six points may be
entered on each IPR curve; i.e., m may be between 1 and 6.
Table 3-38: Label Requirements for the Tabular IPR Model
IVAL Labels for Tabular Data
IMODEL Enter a number to define the IPR model on which the
tabular data is to be regressed:
1 Productivity Index (requires 1 point on each curve)
2 Vogel (requires 1 point on each curve)
3 Fetkovich Gas Flow (requires 2 points on each
curve)
4 Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent (requires 2 points on
each curve).
If you do not enter a value for IMODEL (or enter 0),
interpolation will be by a sectionally-continuous straight
line; there will be no curve fitting and up to six points on
each IPR curve may be entered. Sufficient curve data
should be supplied to cover the ranges of flow encountered
during calculations.
RVAL Labels for Tabular Data

PRESn Reservoir pressure on the n-th IPR curve.
or TQCUMn Cumulative total reservoir production on the n-th IPR curve.
The units depend on the fluid type:
Blackoil total oil + water in liquid volume
units
Condensate or gas total gas produced in gas volume
units
Compositional liquid/
steam liquid in liquid volume units
or TQOCUMn Cumulative oil production on the n-th IPR curve in liquid
volume units
or TQLCUMn Cumulative oil + water production on the n-th IPR curve in
liquid volume units
or TQGCUMn Cumulative gas production on the n-th IPR curve in gas
volume units
or TQWCUMn Cumulative water production on the n-th IPR curve in
liquid volume units
PWFnm m-th flowing bottomhole pressure on the n-th IPR curve
QFnm m-th flow rate on the n-th IPR curve. The units correspond
to the BASIS chosen


Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1,TYPE=TABU,IVAL=BASIS,5, &
RVAL = PRES1,2500 / &
PWF11,1500 / PWF12,1250 / PWF13,1000 / &
QF11,25000 / QF12,30000 / QF13,35000
The following schematic illustrates tabular IPR curves:
Figure 3-3: Tabular IPR Curves
If cumulative production is a parameter for the tabular IPR curves the following
labels may be used to interpolate the set of curves.
Table 3-39: Additional Label Requirements for Tabular IPR Model
RVAL Labels for Tabular Data (when Cumulative Production is the
Parameter)
QCUM Cumulative total reservoir production at time=0. The default
is zero. The units depend on the fluid type:
units
units
Compositional liquid in liquid volume units
Used only if TQCUM is specified in the reservoir declining
curve.
or QOCUM Cumulative oil produced in liquid volume units at time=0.
The default is zero. Used only if TQOCUM is specified in
the reservoir declining curve.
or QLCUM Cumulative liquid (oil + water) produced in liquid volume
units at time=0. Used only if TQLCUM is specified in the
reservoir declining curve.


Table 3-39: Additional Label Requirements for Tabular IPR Model
RVAL Labels for Tabular Data (when Cumulative Production is the
Parameter)
or QGCUM Cumulative gas produced in gas volume units at time=0.
The default is zero. Used only if TQGCUM is specified in
the reservoir declining curve.
or QWCUM Cumulative water produced in liquid volume units at
time=0. The default is zero. Used only if TQWCUM is
specified in the reservoir declining curve.
Use the labels in the following table when you want to use PIPEPHASEs time-
stepping feature.
Table 3-40: Label Requirements for Time-stepping
ARRAY Labels for Reservoir Data
DECLINERAT P/Z decline rate per unit of production, in pressure per gas
E volume units. Valid for gas flow based reservoir decline.
PPRES Array of reservoir pressures on the reservoir declining
curve.
AQCUM Array of cumulative total matter produced corresponding
to the reservoir pressures array. Units correspond to the
chosen fluid type for the problem.
or AQOCUM Cumulative oil produced in units corresponding to the
liquid volume units chosen. Use with QOCUM if
necessary.
or AQLCUM Cumulative liquid (oil + water) produced in units
corresponding to the liquid volume units chosen. Used with
QLCUM iif necessary.
or AQGCUM Cumulative gas produced in units corresponding to the
BASIS chosen. Use with QGCUM if necessary.
or AQWCUM Cumulative water produced in units corresponding to the
BASIS chosen. Use with QWCUM if necessary.
The curve is required if an interpolation is to be made in an IPR device or time-

stepping is to be used in the run. Up to 50 points may be defined on the curve for a
Blackoil or Condensate run and up to 100 points for a Liquid, Compositional or
Steam run.
Alternatively, for time-stepping in Gas Reservoirs, the reservoir decline can be
represented as a straight line of P/Z against cumulative production by specifying
the decline rate.
Note: Any difference between a user-specified source pressure and the
corresponding reservoir pressure is maintained during time-stepping. A decline
in reservoir pressure (Dp) with each time-step will result in a corresponding
decline in the source pressure. This feature is useful when considering the effect
of well location in the reservoir.


Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, GROUP=RES2, ... &
RVAL=QCUM,6/ &
ARRAY=PPRES,5000,4500,4000,3500/ &
AQCUM 4.2,5.3,6.4,7.5,
Well Data for Time-stepping

For time-stepping runs, curves of reservoir pressure or cumulative production
against Gas-Oil Ratio, Condensate-Gas Ratio, Water Cut and Water-Gas ratio may
be entered for each completion.
Table 3-41: Label Requirements for Well Data
RVAL Labels for Tabular Data Used with Time-stepping
PRESn Reservoir pressure on the n-th IPR curve
or TQCUMn Cumulative total reservoir production on the n-th IPR curve.
The units depend on the fluid type:
units
units
Compositional liquid/
steam liquid in liquid volume units
or TQOCUMn Cumulative oil production on the n-th IPR curve in liquid
volume units
or TQLCUMn Cumulative oil + water production on the n-th IPR curve in
liquid volume units
or TQGCUMn Cumulative gas production on the n-th IPR curve in gas
volume units
or TQWCUMn Cumulative water production on the n-th IPR curve in
liquid volume units
GORn Gas-Oil ratio corresponding to the n-th reservoir pressure
or cumulative reservoir production. Use this label for
Blackoil runs only.
or CGRn Condensate-Gas ratio corresponding to the n-th reservoir
pressure or cumulative reservoir production. Use this label
for condensate runs only.
WCUTn Water Cut corresponding to the n-th reservoir pressure or
cumulative reservoir production. Use this label for Blackoil
runs only.
or WGRn Water-Gas ratio corresponding to the n-th reservoir
pressure or cumulative reservoir production.Use this label
for condensate runs only.
The following example illustrates the use of two wells utilizing a single reservoir
model.


Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1,TYPE=PI,RVAL=PI,50/ &
PRES1,2700/ PRES2,2500/,PRES3,2300/, &
GOR1, 100 / GOR2, 120 / GOR3, 150 /&
WCUT1, 20 / WCUT2, 21 / WCUT3, 22 &
IVAL=BASIS,2, &
ARRAY= AQCUM, 10000.0, 30000, 60000, 100000/ &
PPRES, 2700, 2500, 2300, 2300, &
GROUP=AAAA IPR NAME=IPR2,TYPE=PI,RVAL=PI,60/ &
IVAL=BASIS,2, &
RVAL= PRES1, 2700 / PRES2, 2500 / PRES3,2300/, &
GOR1, 67 / GOR2, 72 / GOR3, 81 / &
WCUT1, 8.2 / WCUT2, 9.0 / WCUT3, 10.7, &
GROUP=AAAA
PUMP Describes a single or multi-stage pump.

Mandatory entries:
POWER()= One of power, outlet pressure or a pump curve must be

specified.
or There are normally two pump curves: Q (flowrate)
PRESSURE()= against H (head) and Q against E (efficiency). If the
pump is an electric submersible pump, you may supply a
or third curve of Q against P (motor power). You can supply
TYPE=0 and these curves either in tabular form by using CURVE or as
coefficiencts of quadratic equations by using HDCONS,
CURVE()=
EFFCONS, and PWRCONS.
or Use TYPE to specify the number of curves and whether
TYPE=0 and the RILING correction for high viscosity fluids is to be
HDCONS= used:
and
EFFCONS= TYPE = 0 Two curves without RILING correction
and TYPE = 1 Three curves without RILING correction
PWRCONS= TYPE = 100 Two curves with RILING correction
TYPE = 101 Three curves with RILING correction
or
CRVn()= and If you want to input curves as a table, use the following
RPMC= format:
and
RPM= or CURVE()=Q, H, EFF, P/Q, H, EFF, P/...
POWER= or
PRESSURE=
Each group of Q, H, E, and P corresponds to one point on
the table. You can use qualifiers to specify units of
measurement for actual flowrate (liquid volume basis
only) and/or head in long length units and/or motor
power. P (motor power) may not be input when TYPE=0
or 100.


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - PUMP (continued)
If you want to input curves as equations, use the
following format:
HDCONS = hc1, hc2, hc3
EFFCONS = ec1, ec2, ec3
PWRCONS = pc1, pc2, pc3
where: hc1, hc2, hc3 are coefficients in the head/rate
equation, ec1, ec2, ec3 are coefficients in the efficiency/
rate equation and pc1, pc2, pc3 are coefficients in the
power/rate equation. The form of each equation is:
property = coefficient1 + coefficient 2*Q +
coefficient3*Q2
where Q = flowrate. You may not use qualifiers to
change the units of measurement. PWRCONS may not
be input when TYPE = 0 or 100.
If you have specified power, you may also specify a
maximum pressure using PRESSURE(MAX). If you
have specified an outlet pressure or a pump curve or
equation set, you may also supply a maximum power
using POWER(MAX).
For multispeed curves, CRVn, RPMC, and one of RPM,
PRESS, or POWER are mandatory. One curve must be
entered for each RPMC value specified. Up to 5 RPMC
values may be entered in ascending or descending order:
RPMC=rpm1,rpm2,rpm3,rpm4,rpm5
Up to 25 data sets may be entered per curve:
CRVn=rate1,head1,efficiency1/.../
rate25,head25,efficiency25
Optional entries:

STAGES=1 Number of stages. If there is more than one stage
and pump curves are entered, all stages use the
same curves.
EFFICIENCY=100 Percentage efficiency of the pump. Not used if a
CURVE is defined.
AUXILLIARY()1= Auxilliary power to be supplied to an electric
submersible pump in addition to the power
associated with the pump itself.


ALPHA1= and You may specify head degradation as a function of
DEGRADATION Gas Ingestion Percentage. ALPHA is an array of
up to five Gas Holdup Percentages;
DEGRADATION is an array of corresponding
head degradation percentages. The format is:
ALPHA = value1, value2, value3,...
DEGR = value1, value2, value3,...
Each ALPHA value must have a corresponding
DEGRADATION value.
SUBMERGENCE()1= Minimum submergence for an electric submersible
pump, in coarse length units.
CHP()1=14.7 Casing head pressure for an electric submersible
pump.
PGRAD1=0 Vertical pressure gradient in the casing tubing
annulus due to the gas column above an electric
submersible pump. Units are pressure per coarse
length.
Mandatory entries for a pump in a well:
WELL Use this keyword to indicate that the pump is in a

well.
LENGTH()= Distance from the well head to the inlet of the
pump in long length units.
DEPTH()= Vertical depth from the well head to the inlet of the
pump in long length units. Must be positive. If
omitted, a vertical well is assumed (depth =
length).
Example:
PUMP NAME=PMP1, POWER=100, PRESSURE(MAX)=300, EFFICIENCY=90
REGULATOR Describes a device used to fix the pressure immediately downstream from it if the
upstream pressure is greater.
Note: For source links with source pressure fixed, if a) the link maximum
flowrate is specified on the LINK statement or, b) the DPMAX is specified in the
IPR device in the source link, you must specify a regulator at the surface with a
very high set pressure. There must be at least one flow device downstream of this
regulator.
Mandatory entries:
PRESSURE()= Set downstream pressure.
Optional entries:


Example:
REGU NAME=R101, PRES(BAR)=2.435
In this example:
If Pinlet ≥ 2.435 bar, Poutlet = 2.435 bar
If Pinlet < 2.435 bar, Poutlet = Pinlet
SEPARATOR Describes the equipment used to split some or all of the different phases from a
multi-phase stream. Used with blackoil, gas condensate or compositional fluids.
Pipephase models separators in networks for blackoil, condensate and

compositional fluid models. There are no restrictions on the following types of
separators:
1. Gas Separator in a blackoil network
2. Condensate (oil) separator in a gas condensate network
3. Water separators in a gas condensate network
4. Liquid separators in a gas condensate network
Certain restrictions apply for the following configurations:
1. Water separators in a blackoil network
2. Any phase separator in a compositional network
3. Any component separator in a compositional network
For the restricted configurations listed above, the following rules on the placement
of the separators in the network must be followed in order to provide correct
simulation results:
1. The separator(s) may be located in ‘Source pressure specified’
source link(s).
2. The separator may be located in a ‘Sink rate specified’ sink link
(spur sink link).
3. The separator is located in a spur link.
4. The separator may be anywhere in a network if there are no spur
links in the network.
The separator in a network must not be located as described below:
1. Separators must not be located in a non-spur ‘junction to junction’
link (internal link) when the network has spur links.
2. Separator must not be located in a rate specified source link, where
the network has spur links.
To enable the modeling of networks with separators, in configurations which are
not supported currently, a work around may be available. The basic idea is to re-
configure the problem through the judicious choice of sub-network configurations
as described below ....
.... Separators are normally maintained at some design pressures. Downstream of

the separator, in the same link, specify an MREG with PUPS value set to the


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input - SEPARATOR (continued)
separator design pressure (See manual for information on how to setup sub-
networks properly). When this is an acceptable option from the modeling
viewpoint, the resulting subnetwork will yield a valid ‘separator in network’
configuration.
Mandatory entries:
PERCENT()= or Use PERCENT to define what percentage of the

RATE()= required phase is to be removed in the effluent
stream. Use RATE to define the flowrate of the
required phase to be removed in the effluent
stream. That which is not removed continues along
the link. Identify the phase and the rate units by use
of qualifiers, as in the table below. You may
operate on more than one-phase on the same
statement.
Table 3-42: Separator Options

Separator Effluent Qualifier Rate Basis
Phase
Vapor GAS1 Gas Volume
Hydrocarbon liquid COND2 Liquid
Volume
Aqueous WATER Liquid
Volume
Hydrocarbon + LIQ3 Liquid
Aqueous Volume
1
Compositional fluids and blackoil problems
2
Compositional fluids and gas condensate problems
3
Compositional fluids only
Note: You can operate on more than one phase

on a single statement.
Note: With the blackoil model, the separator can
be used to specify either the percentage or rate
separation of gas, or water through use of the
qualifiers (GAS,WATER). When rates are
specified you can also specify the units for the
volumetric flow of gas or water.
Optional entries:

WELL Use this keyword to indicate that the separator is in
a well.


STRUCTURE Data Category of Input- SEPARATOR (continued)
Optional entry for compositional fluids:
Component Specifies the percent of the component to be

separated.
Optional entries for a bottomhole separator:
GIP = or If a bottomhole separator is positioned below an

ODPUMP() = and electric submersible pump you may use GIP to
IDCASING() = specify Gas Ingestion Percentage.
If you want PIPEPHASE to calculate Gas
Ingestion Percentage, you must supply ODPUMP,
the outside diameter of the pump at the bottomhole
separator, and IDCASING, the inside diameter of
the casing containing the pump.
Example:
SEPARATOR NAME=V2, PERCENT(COND)=100, PERCENT(WATER)=95


Fitting Devices
BEND The BEND statement may be used to describe any type of bend, for example
standard elbows, mitre bends, pipe bends and flanged or butt-welded elbows. A
BEND may be standard or nonstandard.
Mandatory entries:
ID()= or Inside diameter of the bend pipe in short length

NOMD= units. Nominal diameter (in inches).
K= or Enter one of these. K is the resistance coefficient. If
KMUL= you enter KMUL, PIPEPHASE calculates the
resistance coefficient by multiplying the calculated
friction factor by KMUL. If you enter K for a
nonstandard bend, you must enter the value for a
90o bend and PIPEPHASE will calculate the
resistance coefficient for the whole bend.
Recommended values of KMUL are given in the
following table:
Table 3-43: Recommended Values of KMUL

Bend Angle Recommended
valuesof KMUL
Standard elbow: 90° 30
Standard elbow: 45° 16
Mitre bend 90° 60
Mitre bend 45° 15
Optional entries:

DESCRIPTION= Up to twenty characters of descriptive text for user
information purposes only.
SCHEDULE=40 Pipe schedule. Internal built-in table of schedule
data will be used unless the PIPSCHEDULE
keyword is specified in the DEFAULT statement in
the General Data Category of input. In the latter
case, either a default or user-defined table of pipe
schedule data will be used.

user-defined schedule in the selected table, then an
error message will be generated by PIPEPHASE.
If schedule is not defined, then the default
schedule 40 is used. If a match cannot be found,

STANDARD or Type of bend. Use STANDARD to specify a
NONSTANDARD standard mitre bend or elbow; NONSTANDARD
for any other kind of bend.
RADIUS()= Radius of curvature of the bend in short length
units. This entry is mandatory for a
NONSTANDARD bend and ignored for a
STANDARD bend.
ANGLE()= Angle of the bend. This entry is mandatory for a
NONSTANDARD bend and ignored for a
STANDARD bend.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Pipe inside roughness in short length units. Use the
qualifier REL to denote roughness as a fraction of
the pipe inside diameter.
CHISHOLM or Invokes the Chisholm or Homogeneous two-phase
HOMOGENEOUS flow model. Only applicable if the fluid is two-
phase.
LAMBDA=1.0 The first parameter in the Chisholm equation.
C2=4.35 The second parameter in the Chisholm equation.
The default is for a sharp 90° bend.
USER= Invokes a user-defined pressure drop method. A
FORTRAN subroutine must be written and linked
with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical bend, you may
use this entry to specify how many there are in the
link. Use this entry only when the properties of the
fluid do not change significantly.
Example:
BEND ID=10, KMUL=60
BEND ID=10, KMUL=60, HOMOGENEOUS
BEND ID=10, NONSTANDARD, ANGLE=60, RADIUS=30, KMUL=50
CHECK Describes a device that allows flow only in the direction defined by the FROM and
TO entries on the LINK statement.
Mandatory entries:
ID()= Check valve inside diameter in short length units.
Optional entries:

COEFFICIENT=1.0 Check valve discharge coefficient.
Example:
CHECK NAME=CHK1, ID(IN)=3.25, COEFF=0.91

CHOKE Describes a device used to restrict fluid flow.
Note: If QMAX is specified in an internal link (flow from junction to junction
or junction to sink) where the link flowrate is unknown, a Fortunati or UEDA
choke or valve must be added as part of the link. PIPEPHASE will adjust the
choke or valve size automatically as part of the network iterations in order to
meet the flow constraint.
Mandatory entries:
ID()=or Choke inside diameter in short length units.

ID64 ID is in fine length units. ID64 is in 64ths of an
inch
FN or Calculation method. You must select ORIFICE if
UEDA or you have specified that the fluid is single-phase on
ORIFICE or the CALCULATION statement in the General Data
PERKINS Category of input. The FN (Fortunati) and
PERKINS methods may only be used for
multiphase fluids. UEDA may only be used for
Blackoil. PERKINS is based on fundamental
energy and mass balance equations and models
both critical and sub-critical flow in a homogenous
mixture with no mass exchange between phases.
GILBERT or ROS Choke correlation for critical flow models
BAXENDELL or
ACHONG
Note: The ID64 keyword will allow the user to specify the Choke diameter in
terms of 64ths of an inch which is the common and typical approach in the field.
This option is available for all the chokes. However for Case study, Optimization
etc data section the diameter variable must be referenced as ID. ID64 is used only
for input and the variable is merged with ID for all subsequent processing.
Note: At least one pressure loss device before and after the choke must be
present for the GF chokes to work properly.
Optional entries:

COEF=1.03 Choke discharge coefficient. Defaults to 1.03 for
Fortunati, 1.0 for UEDA, 0.826 for Perkins and is
calculated for ORIFICE.
CPCV=1.0 Specific heat ratio for the vapor phase. Used for
UEDA and Fortunati only. Used for non-
compositional fluids.
WELL Use this keyword to indicate that the choke is in a
well.


The following keywords are applicable for the Gilber Family of choke models:
A=() The value of the A coefficient. Default values are

specified as shown in the table below, Table 3-41 .
The user can override these values
B=() The value of the B coefficient. Default values are
specified as shown in the table below, Table 3-41 .
C=() The value of the C coefficient. Default values are
specified as shown in the table below,Table 3-41 .
CPR=0.55 Critical pressure ratio at the onset of critical flow.
The default value is 0.55.
Table 3-44:
GF Model A B C
Gilbert 10.0 0.546 1.89
Ros 17.4 0.500 2
Baxendell 9.56 0.546 1.93
Achong 3.82 0650 1.88
Table 3-45: Choke models and applicable fluid types:
Fluid Models Choke Models
Orifice Fortunati Ueda Perkins GF

Gas Y N N Y Y*
Liquid Y N N Y Y*
Condensate N Y N Y Y**
Black Oil N Y Y Y Y*
Steam N Y N Y N
Compositional N Y N Y Y**
* Extended models see equation 5-75 for the choke in the Techinal reference
section. Use with caution.
**Program calculatess, uses equivalent Blackoil valus of GOR and QL.
Example:
CHOKE NAME=CHOK, ID(MM)=25.4, FN, COEF=1.05


MCHOKE This choke device allows you to specify the inlet pressure or flowrate through the
choke. PIPEPHASE solves the upstream subnetwork for the specified pressure or
flowrate. Then it solves the downstream sub-network for the same flowrate. Now
with the known inlet and outlet pressure it sizes the choke.
Use MCHOKE to specify a flow boundary condition for the upstream network.
Mandatory entries:
PUPS()= or Pressure at the upstream end of the choke.

QRATE()= or Flowrate through the choke.
PDOWN()= Pressure at the downstream end of the device. If
you specify the downstream pressure, PIPEPHASE
treats the device as a conventional device with a
specified exit pressure and solves the network
without use of the subnetwork algorithm.
Optional entries:

CPCV=1.4 Coefficient used by the Fortunati model.
COEF=1.0
FN or Models maybe specified for MCHOKE.
PERKINS or
GF Chokes
Example:
MCHOK NAME=MCH1, PUPS=2300, CPCV=1.45
MREGULATOR This device introduces a pressure discontinuity into the defined network structure.
Other devices that invoke the same algorithm are MCOMPRESSOR and
MCHOKE.
Use MREGULATOR to specify a flow boundary condition for the upstream
network.
Mandatory entries:
PUPS()= or Pressure at the upstream end of the regulator.

QRATE()= or Flowrate through the regulator. For the blackoil
model, you have the option of specifiying the
subnetwork regulator flowrate of either oil, gas,
water or liquid with appropriate unit qualifiers. The
default flow basis is oil. Thus you can specify
QRATE(GAS or WATER or LIQUID or OIL, unit
qualifiers) = for the requlator. For example, you
can select QRATE(GAS,CFD) = 10, and
PIPEPHASE will seek a solution such that 10 cfd
of gas is passed through the regulator.


PDOWN()= Pressure at the downstream end of the device. If
you specify the downstream pressure, PIPEPHASE
treats the device as a conventional regulator with a
specified exit pressure and solves the network
without use of the subnetwork algorithm.
Optional entries:
Example:
MREG NAME=MRE1, QRAT=5600
CONTRACTION Defines a contraction from a larger to a smaller diameter pipe.

Mandatory entries:
IDIN()= or Inside diameter of the inlet pipe in short length

NOMID= units. Nominal inlet pipe diameter (in inches).
IDOUT()= or Inside diameter of the outlet pipe in short length
NOMOD= units. Nominal outlet pipe diameter (in inches).
Optional entries:


ANGLE()=180 Angle of the contraction. A sudden contraction has

a 180 degree angle.
K= Resistance coefficient. If you omit this entry,
PIPEPHASE calculates a resistance coefficient.


phase.
with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical contraction,
you may use this entry to specify how many there
are in the link. Use this entry only when the
properties of the fluid do not change significantly.
Example:
CONTRACT IDIN=6, IDOUT=4, ANGLE=135, HOMOGEN
ENTRANCE Describes the entrance into a pipe from a larger volume such as a vessel.
Mandatory entries:
IDPIPE()= or Inside diameter of the downstream pipe in short

NOMD= length units. Nominal downstream pipe diameter
(in inches).
Optional entries:


K=0.5 Resistance coefficient.


phase.
C2= The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. If
you use the Chisholm model, you must supply a
value for C2.
with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical entrance, you
may use this entry to specify how many there are in
the link. Use this entry only when the properties of
the fluid do not change significantly.
Example:
ENTRANCE IDPIPE=3.068, K=0.3, LAMBDA=1.2
EXIT Describes the exit from a pipe into a larger volume such as a vessel.
Mandatory entries:
IDPIPE= or Inside diameter of the upstream pipe in short length

NOMD= units. Nominal upstream pipe diameter (in inches).
Optional entries:


K=0.5 Resistance coefficient.


phase.
you use the Chisholm model, you must supply a
value for C2.
with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical exit, you may
Example:
EXIT IDPIPE=2.15, K=0.7
EXPANSION Defines an expansion from a smaller to a larger diameter pipe.

Mandatory entries:
IDIN()= or Inside diameter of the inlet pipe in short length

NOMID= units. Nominal inlet pipe diameter (in inches).
IDOUT()= or Inside diameter of the outlet pipe in short length
NOMOD= units. Nominal outlet pipe diameter (in inches).
Optional entries:

the General Data Category of input.
In the latter case, either a default or user-defined
table of pipe schedule data will be used.



ANGLE()=180 Angle of the expansion. A sudden expansion has a
180 degree angle.
K= Resistance coefficient. If you omit this entry,
PIPEPHASE calculates a resistance coefficient.
phase.
this entry is omitted, PIPEPHASE calculates a
value.
with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical expansion you
the fluid do not change throughout the link.
COMP Invokes a compressible fluid expansion model. The
model is for homogeneous flow and is suited for
situations in which the incompressible models lead
to large pressure rises across expansion. Only valid
for compositional systems.
Example:
EXPANSION IDIN=4, IDOUT=6, ANGLE=135
NOZZLE Mandatory entries:
IDPIPE()= or Inside diameter of the upstream pipe in short length

NOMD units.
IDNOZZLE()= Inside diameter of the nozzle in short length units.
Optional entries:




COEFFICIENT= Flow coefficient. If this entry is omitted,
PIPEPHASE will calculate a flow coefficient.
CPCV=1.4 Specific heat ratio for the vapor phase.
phase.
with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical nozzle, you
Example:
NOZZLE IDPIPE=4.6, IDNOZZLE=3.1
ORIFICE Mandatory entries:

NOMD units.
IDORIFICE()= Inside diameter of the orifice in short length units.
Optional entries:


THIN or Specifies whether a thin or thick orifice plate is

THICK used.
Note: If t > 10 mm use the THICK option

If t ≤ 10 mm use the THIN option
where t is the thickness of the orifice plate
COEFFICIENT= Flow coefficient. If you omit this entry,

PIPEPHASE calculates a flow coefficient.

phase.
The default is 1.5 for a thin orifice plate or 0.5 for a
thick orifice plate.
CPCV=1.4 Specific heat ratio for vapor phase.
with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical orifice, you
Example:
ORIFICE IDPIPE=10, IDORIFICE=6, THICK, CPCV=1.5
TEE Defines a tee piece in a pipeline.

Mandatory entries:

NOMD= units. Nominal upstream pipe diameter (in inches).
resistance coefficient by multiplying the friction
factor by KMUL. Recommended values of KMUL
are 20 (through run) and 60 (through branch).
Optional entries:



ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Pipe inside roughness in short length units. Use the

qualifier REL to denote roughness as a fraction of
the pipe inside diameter.
phase.
with PIPEPHASE. See the section on user-defined
DP correlations for further information.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical tee, you may
Example:
TEE IDPIPE=12, KMUL=20, ROUGH(REL)=0.0001
VALVE Defines any type of valve gate valve, globe valve, angle valve, lift check valve,
swing check valve, stop check valve, ball valve, butterfly valve, plug valve, foot
valve, etc.
Note: If QMAX is specified in an internal link (flow from junction to junction

or junction to sink) where the link flowrate is unknown, a choke or valve must be
added as part of the link. PIPEPHASE will adjust the choke or valve size
automatically as part of the network iterations in order to meet the flow
constraint.
Mandatory entries:
IDIN()= or Inside diameter of the pipe in short length units.

NOMID= Nominal inlet pipe diameter (in inches).
IDOUT()= or Inside diameter of the valve in short length units.
NOMOD= Nominal outlet pipe diameter (in inches).
resistance coefficient by multiplying the friction
factor by KMUL. Recommended values of KMUL
are given in the following table.


Table 3-46: Recommended Values of KMUL
Valve Type Recommended Values
of KMUL
Check Valve 200-400
Butterfly Valve 25-45
Foot Valve 75-420
Ball Valve fully open 3
Globe Valve 50-350
Angle Valve 50-350
Swing Valve 50-100
Optional entries:


ANGLE=180 Angle of the valve. This entry is used for a ball or

gate valve with conical inlet and outlet.
phase.
The default is for a gate valve.
VELCON= Velocity constant. Use this entry to calculate the
minimum velocity required to keep a velocity
dependent valve open. Invokes an output warning
if the fluid velocity is not sufficient.


with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical valve you may
Example:
VALVE NAME=GAT1, IDIN=3.068, IDOUT=3, KMUL=60 $ GLOBE VALVE
VENTURIMETERMandatory entries:
NOMD= units.
IDTHROAT()= Inside diameter of the Venturimeter throat in short
length units.
Optional entries:


COEFFICIENT= Flow coefficient. If a value is not supplied,

PIPEPHASE uses built-in correlations to calculate
one.
CPCV=1.4 Specific heat ratio for the vapor phase.
phase.
a value is not entered, the C-parameter in equation
(78) in Chapter 5, Technical Reference, is set to 5.3.
with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical Venturimeter,
you may use this entry to specify how many there
are in the link. Use this entry only when the
properties of the fluid do not change significantly.

Example:
VENTURI IDPIPE=12,IDTHROAT=9.5, CPCV=1.45
Note: The Venturimeter only models the pressure loss up to the throat. If you
wish to include the pressure recovery effect of the Venturimeter outlet, then an
EXPANSION device should immediately follow downstream.


Unit Operations Data Category of Input
The Unit Operations Category of input allows unit operations to be
included in a simulation. Unit Operations differ from Fittings and
Devices in that they have more than one statement. The general
format is:
UnitKeyword NAME=
statementName keywords...
statementName keywords...

UNIT None 3-159
CALCULATOR Unit Operation
CALCULATOR ({UID=, NAME=]
DIMENSION C(50), P(50), V(200), R(200), IX(9) 3-160
CONSTANT i, j, value/ ... 3-160
DEFINE P(i) AS <device>=devid, <property>, 3-161
or
DEFINE P(i) AS SOURCE or SINK or
JUNCTION=nodeid, variable=
RESULT i, text/... 3-161
PROCEDURE None 3-161
FORTRAN Statement 3-161
{DIMENSION var(), var(),...}
{INTEGER var, var,...}
{REAL var, var,...}
{nn var = expression}
{nn GOTO mm}
{nn CONTINUE}
{nn IF (expression) conditional clause}
{nn IF (expression) THEN}
{ELSEIF (expression) THEN}
{ELSE}
{ENDIF}
{nn DO mm IXi=i, j, k}
{nn DISPLAY R(i:j), P(i:j), C(i:j), V(i:j), IX(i:j)}
{nn OPEN(FILE=field, OVERWRITE or APPEND)
{nn OUTPUT R(i:j), P(i:j), C(i:j), V(i:j), IX(i:j)}
{nn TRACE option}
{nn STOP}
HYDRATES Unit Operation
HYDRATES {NAME=} 3-165

Unit Operations Data Category of Input (continued)
EVALUATE STREAM=, {PRES()=-13.221, 3-165
MAXPRES()=5861.31 and/or POINTS=30
and/or DP()=, TESTIMATE=, ITEMP(),
MAXTEMP()=, and/or POINTS=30 and/or
DT()=, PTESTIMATE=,
INHIBITOR(type)=}
UNIT Introduces the section.

CALCULATOR Introduces the Calculator unit operation. The Calculator is a versatile utility
module offering much of the calculational power of FORTRAN. As a unit
operation module, it may be placed anywhere in the flowsheet calculation
sequence. Using a simple language based on FORTRAN 77, it computes a result or
array of results for printout, for storage in a stream vector, or for use by other unit
modules. Its usefulness is limited only by the imagination of the user. Typical
applications include:
■ Compute special stream properties for use by when optimizing the flowsheet.
■ Compute process utility or operating costs for printout, convergence control,
or optimization.
■ Compute equipment size and cost, based on calculated unit parameters, for
printout or optimization.
The CALCULATOR has two main sections:
■ Calculator Setup
and
■ Calculator Procedure.
The Calculator Setup section retrieves flowsheet variables involved in the

calculations, dimensions certain supplied arrays, defines invariant constants,
sequences streams for DO loop processing, and assigns descriptive labels to
elements of the RESULTS vector. The Calculator Procedure section contains
FORTRAN-based statements which perform calculations.

Optional entries:
UID= Unit identifier of the Calculator unit operation. Up to
four alphanumeric characters. Embedded blanks are
not permitted.
NAME= Name of the Calculator unit operation. Up to four


DIMENSION Optional statement in the Calculator Setup section of the Calculator unit. The
DIMENSION statement overrides default dimensions to declare the number of
elements in CALCULATOR supplied arrays C, P, V, R, and IX.

Optional entries:
C(index) Constant values defined in the Calculator Setup

section. Used only on the right hand side of
assignment statements
P(index) Flowsheet parameters set by DEFINE statements.
Used only on the right hand side of assignment
statements.
V(index) A floating- point work array used on either the left or
right hand side of assignment statements. These
elements are initialized to a large negative value and
are not available outside the calculator.
R(index) The array of calculator results, used on either side of
assignment statements. This results vector is
available to other flowsheet modules external to the
CALCULATOR. These elements are initialized to a
large negative value.
IX(index) An array of integer values. The form ‘’ IX( index) is
invalid on a DO statement. It may be used on either
side of assignment statements.
CONSTANT Mandatory statement only if the code in the Calculator Procedure section
references streams or cycles through a series of sinks, sources, or junctions using a
DO loop. The CONSTANT statement allows initialization of numerical values that
remain unchanged by any calculations in the procedure section. Note that integer
values are converted to floating-point numbers. All these constants are stored in
array ‘’C’’. The number of elements in this array may be defined on the
DIMENSION statement. Elements not defined on the CONSTANT statement have
large negative values.
Mandatory entries:
i, j These positive integers denote the beginning and

ending element index in the CONSTANT array.
Note: When ‘’j’’ is given, all elements of array ‘’C’’ between ‘’i’’ and ‘’j’’
assume the specified value. If ‘’j’’ is omitted, the single element specified by ‘’i’’
is used. When ‘’i’’ is missing, the next available element takes the specified
value.
value The value stored in elements ‘’i’’ through ‘’j’’ of array
C.
Integer values are stored as floating-point numbers.
Example:

To initialize elements 3 through 11 of array ‘’C’’ to zero, and elements 12 through
14 to 1.0, use:
CONSTANT 3, 11, 0.0/ 12, 14, 1.0
DEFINE Optional statement. DEFINE allows retrieval of device or source/sink/junction

values from the flowsheet, and stores them as elements of the ‘’P’’ array. Each
DEFINE statement initializes a single element. The number of elements in the ‘’P’’
array may be defined on the DIMENSION statement.
Mandatory entries:
P(i) AS <device>=devid, <property>

or
P(i) AS SOURCE or SINK or JUNCTION=nodeid, VARIABLE=<property>
Stores device or source, sink, or junction properties as elements of the “P” array.
The <property> entries available for each device or source or sink or junction are
given in Table 5- in the Optimization Data category of input section starting on
page . Choices for DEVICE type are PIPE, TUBING, RISER, ANNULUS,
CHOKE, PUMP, COMPRESSOR, COOLER, HEATER, SEPARATOR,
COMPLETION, IPR, VALVE, GLVALVE, REGULATOR, CHOKE or CHECK.
Variables accessed by the IPR device must identify the property using the
VARIABLE keyword. This allows the user to access data from user-added routines
using the first four characters of the labels provided by the user.
Note: Most CALCULATORS have as a minimum one DEFINE statement.
RESULT Optional statement. The RESULT statement allows the user to supply descriptive
labels for each CALCULATOR result.
Mandatory entries:
i, text/... Descriptive label for each calculator result. Labels may

consist of up to 12 characters of text, but must not
contain the characters = , ( ) * or &. Embedded blanks
are acceptable.
Example:
RESULT 1, RELATIVE MB
PROCEDURE The PROCEDURE statement is required.

FORTRAN Statements
Optional statements. You may supply any number of the following FORTRAN-
like statements between the required PROCEDURE and RETURN statements.
Each statement contains a maximum of 80 characters. An ampersand (&) at the end
of a line indicates continuation on the following line. Note that an asterisk ( * ) is
not valid as a continuation marker, since it signifies multiplication.

Unit Operations Data Category of Input-PROCEDURE(continued)
All lines of code except the PROCEDURE statement may be preceded by a unique
numeric label from 1 to 99999 (shown as ‘’nn’’ in this manual). A currency sign
(‘’$’’ in the United States) causes all following data on the remainder of the line to
be interpreted as a comment rather than as code.
Note: Unlike FORTRAN, a ‘’C’’ in column one does not designate a comment
statement.
Statement Description
{DIMENSION var( ), var( The DIMENSION statement is used to define one
), ...} or two-dimensional arrays. Each subscript may be
an integer constant, or two integer constants
separated by a colon to specify both the lower and
upper array bounds.
{INTEGER var, var, ...} Defines integer variables.
{REAL var, var, ...} Defines real variables.
Example:
DIMENSION A(20,20), B(20), X(20)
REAL MASS
INTEGER COUNT, TAB(100)
Example: Six real values are to be specified for the revenue (REVENU), profit
(PROFIT), and loss (LOSS) arrays corresponding to the years 1990 through 1995.
The integer constants 1990 and 1995 are used (separated by commas) to denote the
array bounds.
REAL REVENU(1990:1995), PROFIT(1990:1995), LOSS(1990:1995)
Example: A variable may only appear once on these statements. The following is
valid in standard FORTRAN, but not in the CALCULATOR:
REAL MOLWT
DIMENSION MOLWT(50)
Both standard FORTRAN and the CALCULATOR accept this equivalent form:
REAL MOLWT(50)
{nn var = expression} The ‘’expression’’ is governed by standard

FORTRAN conventions. The symbols for
mathematical operations are given in Table 3-42
below.
Table 3-47: Mathematical Operators

Symbol Description
+ addition
- subtraction
* multiplication
/ division
** exponentiate (raised to a power)


Unit Operations Data Category of Input-PROCEDURE (continued)
The operations on a given statement are executed in the following order:
1. Expressions within parentheses ( )
2. Functions
3. Exponential ( ** )
4. Multiplications and divisions ( * ,/)
5. Additions and subtractions (+,-)
For calculations with the same precedence, expressions are evaluated from right to
left for exponentials, and left to right for all others.
Note: The CALCULATOR supplied arrays C and P may not appear on the left side
of an assignment statement.
{nn GOTO mm} This is the standard FORTRAN statement that

branches to label mm uncondi-tionally. ‘’GO TO‘’
written as two words is also supported.
{nn CONTINUE} This statement serves as a branch destination or the
end of a DO loop. It performs no calculations.
{nn IF (expression) This statement allows logical branching during
conditional clause} calculations and conforms to standard FORTRAN
rules for ‘’IF’’ statements. If the parenthetic
expression is true, it executes the conditional
clause, which may be any procedure section
statement except RETURN, IF or DO. Table 3-48
below lists logical operators allowed in the
expression.
Table 3-48: Logical Operators in IF Statements

Operator Description
.EQ. equal to
.NE. not equal to
.LT. less than
.GT. greater than
.GE. greater than or equal to
.LE. less than or equal to
.AND. both true
.OR. either true
.EQV. equivalent
.NEQV. not equivalent
.NOT. true/ false toggle


Unit Operations Data Category of Input-PROCEDURE (continued)
{nn IF (expression)
THEN}
{ELSEIF (expression)
THEN}
{ELSE}
{ENDIF} The standard FORTRAN block “IF” statements are
also supported. ‘’ELSE IF’’ and ‘’END IF’’ written as
two words are also accepted. Block ‘’IF’’ constructs
may be nested.
DO mm IXi= i, j, k} This statement defines the beginning of DO loops
having a range extending through statement label mm.
IXn requires integer values for the initial and final
indices ‘’i’’ and ‘’j’’. The incremental step index ‘’k’’
is optional and defaults to 1.
{nn DISPLAY R( i : j ), The DISPLAY statement prints out array values
P( i : j ), C( i : j ), V( i : j ), during calculations. Only CALCULATOR supplied
IX( i : j )} arrays may appear in DISPLAY statements. The
position of DISPLAY statements in the procedure
section determines when values are printed. Entries
‘’i’’ and ‘’j’’ refer to the first and last elements of the
array to print. If ‘’i’’ and ‘’j’’ are absent, the entire
array is printed.
{nn OPEN(FILE=fileid, The OPEN statement opens a file for CALCULATOR
OVERWRITE or output. Only CALCULATOR supplied arrays may be
APPEND) used. For PC, VAX, and UNIX platforms, the default
output name is fileid. CAL, where fileid is the current
input file name. A unique filename, up to 12
characters long, may be specified, if necessary,
however it will have a ‘’.CAL’’ extension. Underscore
characters are not allowed (e.g., FILE_01). Any
OPEN statement automatically closes the previously
opened file.
{nn OUTPUT R( i : j ), The OUTPUT statement performs the actual write to
P( i : j ), C( i : j ), V( i : j ), files. Multiple OUTPUT statements may be supplied
IX( i : j )} and may appear at any time following an OPEN
statement. Entries ‘’i’’and ‘’j’’are defined as for the
DISPLAY statement. If ‘’i’’and ‘’j’’are absent, the
entire array is printed.
{nn TRACE option} Trace statements control printing an historical trace as
calculations proceed. This facilitates debugging the
code in the CALCULATOR procedure. Options are:
ON Prints line number, statement number, and
(action taken/ new variable value) as each
statement executes.
BRANCHPrints TRACE information only for
branching statements such as IF, GOTO or
DO.


OFF Turns off all TRACE options.
{nn STOP} This statement stops all flowsheet calculations and
proceeds directly to the output report. The solution
flag for the entire flowsheet is set according to the
user-defined value of ISOLVE.
RETURN The RETURN statement is required.

HYDRATES Introduces the Hydrates unit operation, which predicts the pressure and
temperature regime in which the fluid at a node (source, sink, or junction) is
vulnerable to hydrate formation. Different ranges of temperature and pressure can
be examined. Calculations assume the presence of free water for hydrates to form.
The effect of NaCl, methanol, ethylene glycol, di-ethylene glycol and tri-ethylene
glycol hydrate inhibitors can also be studied.
NAME= Name of the Hydrates unit operation. Up to four

EVALUATE Mandatory statement. Define one range of conditions through which hydrate
formation is to be investigated.
You may either define a range of pressures and PIPEPHASE will predict the
temperature profile which defines the incipient formation of hydrates, or you may
define a range of temperatures and PIPEPHASE will predict the pressure profile
which defines the incipient formation of hydrates. You may optionally define an
inhibitor whose effect is to be examined.
Mandatory entries:
STREAM= Name of the node SOURCE, SINK or JUNCTION

at which the fluid is to be investigated.
Optional Entries for pressure range:
IPRES()=-13.221 Specify the initial pressure at which hydrate

formation is to be investigated. The default is
equivalent to 0.1 ATM.
MAXPRES()= 5861.31 Enter two out of three of: final pressure; number of
and/or points to be evaluated between the initial and final
POINTS=30 and/or pressures (maximum is 30); pressure increment
DP() between points. The default for MAXPRES is
equivalent to 400 ATM.


TESTIMATE= Estimate of incipient hydrate formation
temperature at the initial pressure point.
Mandatory Entries for temperature range:
ITEMP()= Specify the initial temperature at which hydrate

formation is to be investigated.
MAXTEMP()= Enter two out of three of: final temperature;
and/or number of points to be evaluated between the
POINTS=30 and/or initial and final temperatures (maximum is 30);
DT()= temperature increment between points.
PESTIMATE= Estimate of incipient hydrate formation pressure at
the initial temperature point.
Optional Entries for pressure and temperature range:
INHIBITOR(type)= Weight percent concentration of inhibitor. If you

omit this entry, noinhibitor calculations are
performed. Use the qualifier to define the type of
inhibitor. Allowable types are: NACL or SALT
sodium chloride METH or MEOH methanol EG
ethylene glycol DEG di-ethylene glycol TEG tri-
ethylene glycol
Example:
UNIT OPERATIONS
HYDRATES NAME=HYD1
EVALUATE STREAM=SNK3, IPRES=50, MAXPR=500, DP=10,&
INHIB(EG)=12
EVALUATE STREAM=JCT1, ITEMP=200, MAXTEMP=2000, POINTS=20
EVALUATE STREAM=SRC2, INHIBITOR(NACL)=22.5


Gaslift Category of Input
Gaslift analysis is used to investigate the effects of lift gas on well
production. This feature is restricted to Blackoil wells where the oil
production is upward through the well tubing and the lift gas is
injected downward through the well casing.
General Problem Setup
There are four options for gaslift calculations:
1. Pressure profiles for fixed oil production rate and lift gas rate.
2. Oil production versus lift gas injection rate.
3. Location of gas injection valve to match desired tubing head
(production string) pressure.
4. Location of gas injection valve to match desired casing head
(injection string) pressure.
All gaslift options have several common factors:
■ Production fluid is restricted to blackoil.
■ PVT data sets must be provided for the blackoil and lift gas.
■ The blackoil is described as the SOURCE fluid. Well IPR data
are provided in the form of PI or Vogel coefficients. For options
1 and 2 only, well test data (on the WTEST statement) may be
used to calculate the IPR.
■ The SINK statement is used to provide the tubing (oil produc-
tion) wellhead pressure.
■ The production string LINK must be named “PROD”. This link
may include surface and some types of equipment as well as
tubing for all options except Option 4 which is restricted to
tubing only.
■ Applicable pressure drop methods should be selected for the oil
and lift gas flow devices.
■ The lift gas injection string LINK must be named “GASL”.
This link must consist of only annuli, corresponding to the well
casing. No other types of flow or point devices are allowed.
The lift gas is always injected down the casing, enters the tub-
ing at the specified valve location and then flows up the tubing

Gaslift Category of Input (continued)
with the reservoir oil and gas.
■ For all options, the lift gas rates are user-specified.
In terms of problem input, all data categories are identical for the
four Gaslift options except the GASLIFT Category. This category is
used to select the desired Gaslift option. The following input
statements are required for all Gaslift options:GASLIFT
Category Statement Description
GENERAL TITLE Introduces the Category.
CALC Used to specify the GASLIFT calculation.
PVT DATA PVT DATA Introduces the Category.
SET Used to identify the set number and to enter
gravity and other data.
LIFTGAS Used to define lift gas properties.
STRUCTUR STRUCTUR Introduces the Category.
E E
SOURCE Used to define a point where fluid enters the
system
SINK Used to define a point where fluid leaves the
system, including estimating or defining outlet
pressure and flowrate.
LINK Used to define a series of devices (flow devices,
fittings and items or process equipment).
TUBING Used to define the tubing in a well.
PIPE Used to define the pipes.
ANNULUS Used to define a well annulus.
GASLIFT GASLIFT Introduces the Category.
PCALC Used to enter data for GASLIFT option 1.
CAPACITY Used to enter data for GASLIFT option 2.
LOCATION Used to enter data for GASLIFT options 3 and 4.
Table 3-49: Gaslift Category of Input

Statement Keywords See ...
GASLIFT None Page 3-168
{PCALC} PRESSURE()=, TEMPERATURE()=, RATE()=, Page 3-169
DEPTH()=, {DISSOLVE=100}
{CAPACITY} PRESSURE()=, TEMPERATURE()=, RATE()=, Page 3-169
DEPTH()=, {DISSOLVE=100}


Table 3-49: Gaslift Category of Input
{LOCATION} PRESSURE()=, TEMPERATURE()=, RATE()=, Page 4-156
DEPTH()=, {DISSOLVE=100}, ID()=,
IDTUBING()=, COEFFICIENT=
Introduces the section.

PCALC Statement used for Gaslift Option 1 only.

Mandatory entries:
PRESSURE()= Lift gas injection pressure at casing head.

TEMPERATURE()= Lift gas injection temperature at casing head.
RATE()= Lift gas injection rate in gas volume units.
DEPTH()= Vertical depth from well head to lift gas injection
valve in long length units.
Optional entries:
DISSOLVE= 100 Percent of soluble lift gas which dissolves in the

well fluid, if conditions permit.
Example:
PCALC PRES=950, TEMP=100, DISSOLVE=0, DEPTH=5900, RATE=1.0
CAPACITY Statement used for Gaslift Option 2 only.

Mandatory entries:

RATE()= Up to nine lift gas injection rates in gas volume
units, in ascending order, separated by commas.
Zero or negative entries are not allowed.
DEPTH()= Vertical depth from well head to lift gas injection
valve in long length units.
Optional entries:

Example:


CAPACITY PRES=950, TEMP=100, DISS=0, DEPTH=5100, &
RATE=0.001/0.2/0.4/0.6/0.8/1.0/2.0/3.0/4.0
LOCATION Statement used for Gaslift Options 3 and 4.

Mandatory entries:

RATE()= Injection rate in gas volume units. Zero or negative
entry is not allowed.
DEPTH()= Up to eight vertical depths from well head to lift
gas injection valves in long length units, in
ascending or descending order, separated by
commas.
Optional entries:

Additional entries for Gaslift Option 4:
ID()= Orifice inside diameters, in short length units,

corresponding to the gas-lift injection valves.
Format is:
ID=valve number,valve ID/valve number,
valve ID/...
Inside diameters of missing valves default to the
previous value.
IDTUBING()= Inside diameters of tubing above Gaslift valves, in
short length units, corresponding to the gas-lift
injection valves. Format is:
ID=valve number,tubing ID/valve number,
tubing ID/...
Inside diameters of missing tubings default to the
previous value.
COEFFICIENT= Orifice coefficients corresponding to the gas-lift
injection valves. Format is:
ID=valve number, coefficient/valve number,
coeff./...
Coefficients of missing tubings default to the
previous value.
Example:
LOCATION PRES=750, TEMP=60, DISSOLVE=100, RATE=0.185, &


DEPTH=5500/5000/4500/4000/3000/2500/2000
LOCATION PRES=600, TEMP=80, RATE=0.4, &
DEPTH=10000/9500/9000/8500/8000/7500/7000/6500/6000, &
ID=0.125/6,0.25, IDTU=2.441/6,3.548, COEF=0.9/6,0.83


Sizing Data Category of Input
The Sizing Data Category of input sizes pipes, risers and tubing in
single link calculations. This category is optional.
Table 3-50: Sizing Category of Input
SIZING None Page 4-157
DEVICE NAME= Page 4-157
{LINE} ID()= or NOMD= Page 4-157
{MAXV} ERVELC=, VELOCITY()=, ID()= or DENSITY()= Page 4-158
or NOMD=
SIZING Introduces the category. This category is used for sizing pipes, risers and tubing.
DEVICE Identifies which pipe, risers and tubing devices are to be sized.
Mandatory entries:
NAME=name,name,... Enter the name(s) of the device(s) that you want

sized. If you want all devices to be sized, enter:
NAME=ALL
Example:
DEVICE NAME=PIP1, LIN2, PIP3
LINE Optional statement. Defines the line sizes that are to be used by PIPEPHASE in
determining a diameter which satisfies the sizing criteria. If this statement is
omitted, standard API Schedule 40 inside diameters are used. These are (in
inches):
1.049 1.610 2.067 2.469 3.068 3.548 4.026 5.074

6.065
7.981 10.020 11.938 13.124 15.000 16.876 18.814 22.626
Mandatory entries:
ID()=value,value,... Enter the inside diameters to be tried in short

or length units. Entries must be in ascending order.
NOMD=value,value... Enter the nominal sizes to be tried in inches.
Entries must be in ascending order. Default
SCHEDULE is used to get corresponding ID. If the
NOMD is not in the SCHEDULE list, it is ignored.


Example:
LINE ID(MM)=26, 30, 35, 40
MAXV Optional statement. Enter the maximum velocity criteria. If this statement is
omitted, PIPEPHASE will use the erosional maximum velocity criteria, VEM:
Mandatory entries:
ERVELC= or Enter the erosional velocity constant to replace 100

in the above erosional velocity equation.
VELOCITY()= Enter a set of maximum velocities corresponding
to a set of inside diameters or densities.
ID()= or Enter a set of inside diameters or two-phase slip
DENSITY()= or densities corresponding to the set of maximum
NOMD= velocities. Entries should be in ascending order. ID
is in short length units. NOMD is in inches and the
default SCHEDULE is used to get corresponding
ID. If the NOMD is not in the SCHEDULE list, it
is ignored.
Example:
MAXV VELOCITY=20,300,22,19,18, ID=2,5.5,10,15,25

Time-stepping Data Category of Input
The Time-stepping Data Category of input allows you to examine
how network performance is affected as reservoir pressure declines
with cumulative production and as changes are made to devices in
the network.
After the initial solution of the network, you may impose changes
and stipulate that those changes take place at different times. For
every time entered, the network is simulated incorporating the
changes you have specified up to and including that time using the
condition of the reservoir (or reservoirs) at the time of the change.
A full set of results is printed for every time step – this can result in
significant printout.
Declining reservoir condition curves are input as tables in one or
more of the IPR devices in the Structure Data Category of input.
Note: This category is also used to determine the length of time

between steps. Shorter time steps are more accurate than longer
time steps.
Table 3-51: Time-stepping Data Category of Input
TIMESTEPPIN None Page 4-158
G
CHANGE TIME = , <NODE1>=<nodeid>, Page 4-159
<DEVICE1>=<devid>,
{Link=Linkid,Network},
VARIABLE=<variable>, VALUE or FEED
CHANGE Mandatory statement. On each CHANGE statement enter the changes to be made
to one device and the times at which the changes are to be effected. More than one
change statement may be used. If you do not want to change a device but simply
want to examine the effect of declining reservoir conditions with an unchanging
network, simply enter one CHANGE statement with a series of times.
Mandatory entries:
TIME = The times, in days, at which the parameter(s) on

this CHANGE statement are to be changed. A
maximum of 20 times may be used in any one
CHANGE statement. Use multiple change
statements to specify more time steps.


Time-stepping Data Category of Input - CHANGE (continued)
Optional Entries:
NAME= Name of the device whose parameters are to be

changed. This is the name that appears on the
statement in the base case. To be used in time-
stepping, the node or device must be given a unique
name in the base case.
PARAMETER() = Enter up to 20 change values for one or more
parameters of a device. The format of input is:
parameter (UOM) = value1, value2, value3 There
must be the same number of values for each parameter

as there are TIMEs on this CHANGE statement. Each
CHANGE statement may refer to only one device but
you may enter more than one parameter on the same
CHANGE statement. You may not use qualifiers other
than to change units of measurement. The devices and
parameters that can be changed are listed in Table 3-52
. Refer to the Structure Data Category of input for
explanations of the keywords.
<NODE> = <node ID> Type and name of node. Choices for NODE type are
or SOURCE, SINK or JUNCTION).
<DEVICE> = <device Type and name of device. Choices for DEVICE type
ID> are PIPE, TUBING, RISER, ANNULUS, CHOKE,
PUMP, COMPRESSOR, COOLER, HEATER,
SEPARATOR, COMPLETION, IPR, VALVE,
GLVALVE, REGULATOR, CHOKE or CHECK.
LINK = link name Indicates that variable changes are to be for all
Devices in named link.
NETWORK Indicates that variable changes are to be for all
Devices in network.
VARIABLE = variable Indicates the variable, the values of which are to be
altered. See Table 4-47 for details. Only one variable is
allowed per CHANGE statement.
VALUE() = v1,v2,... Enter up to 20 change values in the value of the
identified variables (see Exception for Feed). The
format of input is:
Variable (UOM) = value 1, value 2, ......
or There must be the same number of values for each
variable as there are TIMES on the PARAMETER
statement.
FEED=C1,C2,... Molar composition of feed. Only one composition and
time value is supported on each PARAMETER
statement.


Time-stepping Data Category of Input - CHANGE (continued)
NOCHECK When used, the keyword stops the code from re-
normalizing Feed compositions: See Table 4-47.
SETCALC = Name of Calculator to retrieve data from.
Note: The following keywords are only applicable to the optimizer.
CONLOWER Absolute lower values for optimizer constraint
variables are canged (Applies to valid constraint
variables only.)
CONUPPER Absolute upper values for optimizer constraint
variables are changed (Applies to valid constraint
variables only).
Example:
TIMESTEPPING
CHANGE TIME=10, 20, 30, NAME=PIP1, ID=4.0, 3.5, 3.0
CHANGE TIME=15, 20, 25, NAME=PIP2, ID(IN)=8.0, 7.0, 6.0
CHANGE TIME=20,30, NAME=HTR3, DP=2, 3, DUTY=12, 10
Time-step changes will be taken as follows for this example:

TIME=10, 15, 20, 25, 30 days


Case Study Data Category of Input
The Case Study Data Category of input allows you to modify the
base case input and re-run the simulation. This category is optional.
Case Study and Time-stepping Data Categories of input are
mutually exclusive.
Table 3-52: Case Study Category of Input
CASESTUDY None Page 3-177
{DESCRIPTION} any text string Page 3-177
{RESTORE} None Page3-177
{PARAMETER} NODE=<nodeid>, DEVICE=<devid>, Page 3-177
VARIABLE=, NETWORK,
SIMULATION=, GLOBAL, LINK=,
XLINK=, VALUE or FEED or FCODE,
NOCHECK, OLD= or FCOL=, SETCALC=,
CONLOWER, CONUPPER
Note: Lower limit for rate 5 pounds/hr for compositional and 1BPD
for Blackoil.
CASESTUDY Introduces the category. Each new case is headed by a CASE statement and there
are no limits on the number of cases which can be entered in a simulation input.
DESCRIPTION Optional statement. Allows you to enter a description of the simulation. You are
restricted to one DESCRIPTION statement per case study. The information on this
statement is printed once at the start of the case study output.
Optional entries: Text string of up to 60 characters.
Example:
DESC Change pipeline id to 3 inches
RESTORE This statement discards all accumulated changes from previous cases and restores
all the data from the base case to the current. If this statement is omitted, changes
introduced in this Case Study will be added to changes made in the previous cases.
There are no further entries permitted in this statement.
PARAMETER This PARAMETER statement allows changes to be made to parameters on a node

and/or device. You may have as many PARAMETER statements as desired. The
devices and parameters that can be changed are listed in Table 4-48.


Case Study Data Category of Input - PARAMETER (continued)
Mandatory entries:
<NODE>=<nodeid> Type and name of node. Choices for NODE type

or are SOURCE, SINK, or JUNCTION.
<DEVICE>=<devid> Type and name of device. Choices for DEVICE
type are PIPE, TUBING, RISER, ANNULUS,
CHOKE, PUMP, COMPRESSOR, COOLER,
HEATER, SEPARATOR, COMPLETION, IPR,
VALVE, GLVALVE, REGULATOR, CHOKE or
CHECK.
VARIABLE= Classification of variable. Options depend on the
type of device that is specified. Refer to Table 4-48
for details.
Optional entries:
NETWORK Change to be made for all devices in network; used
with = ALL
SIMULATION = Change to be made for non-device attributes of
simulation; used with = ALL or <reservoir group>
name
GLOBAL Change to be made for all devices in the network
that meet a specified criteria; used with = ALL and
OLD = value (or FCOLD for flow code changes).
LINK = <linkid> Changes to be made for all devices in the specified
link; used with = ALL
XLINK = <linkid> Changes to be made for non-device attributes in the
specified link
VALUE= or The new value to which you want the parameter
changed.
FCODE=or The new flow code when the parameter you want
to change is FCODE.
FEED=n,v/… The new feed composition when the parameter you
want to change is source FEED.
NOCHECK Normalize the feed composition for source feed
changes.
OLD= or The old value of the parameter from which you
want to change when using a conditional global
change.
FCOLD= The old value of the flow code when the global
parameter you want to change is FCODE.
SETCALC = <calcid> Name of Calculator to retrieve data from.
Note: The following keywords are only applicable to the optimizer.

CONLOWER Absolute lower values for optimizer constraint
variables only.)
CONUPPER Absolute upper values for optimizer constraint
variables only).
Examples
Case 1. Global variable change for pipes in network to 10 inch I.D.
PARAMETER PIPE=ALL, GLOBAL, VARIABLE=ID, VALUE= 10
Case 2. Flow code changes for tubing in network using the BBM correlation to the
OLGA correlation.
PARAMETER TUBI=NAME, GLOBAL, VARIABLE=FCODE, FCOLD=BBM,
FCODE=OLGA
Table 3-53: Types and Variables for Constraint, Decision, and Objective Functions
Available as a
Type <device> Associated Variable Description Constraint Change Objective
Variables Variable Variable Parameter1
<property>
SOURCE PRES Pressure X X X
Compositional RATE(WT) Total Weight Rate X X X
RATE(WT,GAS) Gas Weight Rate X X
RATE(WT,LIQ) Liquid Weight Rate X X
RATE(WT,OIL) Liquid Hydrocarbon X X
Weight Rate
RATE(WT,WATE) Water Weight Rate
FRAC(GAS) Volumetric Gas Fraction X X
ENTH(TOTA) Total Enthalpy X X
TEMP Temperature X X X
QUAL Quality (single component) X X
SCOMP Composition X X X
NCOM Component Number for X X X
GHV/WOBBEE composition
Gross Heating Value X X
Wobbe Index
1
Also available as a DEFINE for a CALCULATOR unit.
2
The types of flowrates available in pipes, tubings, and regulators depend on the fluid type, e.g.,
RATE(WT,GAS), RATE (LV,WATE), etc. See the RATE variables associated with the SOURCE, SINK, and
JUNCTION devices for details. Gas liquid, and water phase flowrates for compositional systems depend on the
temperature and pressure and are reported at the outlet of the device. Rates are not available for devices in links
with separators.
3 For compositional systems only.
4
Use INDEX for curve point.
5 Use INDEX to indicate stage.

Available as a
<property>
Blackoil RATE(LV,LIQ) Oil/Water LV Rate X X X
RATE(LV,OIL) Oil LV Rate X X X
RATE(LV,WATE) Water LV Rate X X X
RATE (GV,GAS) Gas GV Rate X X X
TEMP Temperature X X
RATE(LV) Total Rate (oil basis) X
GRAV(OIL) Oil Gravity X X
GRAV(WATE) Water Gravity X X
GRAV(GAS) Gas Gravity X X
GOR Gas/Oil Ratio X X
WCUT Water Cut X X
SCOM,NCOM=1 Comp(m) N2 X X
SCOM,NCOM=2 Comp(m) CO2 X X
SCOM,NCOM=3 Comp(m) H2S X X
GHV Gross Heating Value X X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X X
Condensate RATE(GV,GAS) Gas GV Rate X X X
(gas) RATE(LV,COND) Condensate LV Rate X X X
RATE(LV,WATE) Water LV Rate X X X
FRAC(GAS) Volumetric Gas Fraction X X X
TEMP Temperature X
RATE(GV) Total Rate (gas basis) X
GRAV(GAS) Gas Gravity X X
GRAV(COND) Condensate Gravity X X
GRAV(WATE) Water Gravity X X
CGR Condensate Gas Ratio X X
WGR Water Gas Ratio X X
SCOM, NCOM=1 Comp(m) N2 X X
SCOM, NCOM=2 Comp(m) CO2 X X
SCOM, NCOM=3 Comp(m) H2S X X
1 Also available as a DEFINE for a CALCULATOR unit.
2 The types of flowrates available in pipes, tubings, and regulators depend on the fluid type, e.g.,
with separators.
4 Use INDEX for curve point.
5
Use INDEX to indicate stage.

Available as a
<property>
SOURCE Steam PRES Pressure X X X
TEMP Temperature X X X
QUAL Quality X X X
RATE(WT) Weight Rate X X X
STEA Steam Rate X X
BTU Total Enthalpy X X
Gas RATE(GV) Gas Volume Rate X X X
GRAV(GAS Gas Gravity X X
Liquid RATE(LV) Liquid Volume Rate X X X
GRAV(LIQ) Liquid Gravity X X
SINK PRES Pressure X X X
Compositional RATE(WT) Total Weight Rate X X X
SCOMP Composition X X
NCOM Component Number for X X
composition
with separators.
5

Available as a
<property>
Blackoil RATE(LV,LIQ) Oil/Water LV Rate X X
RATE(LV,OIL) Oil LV Rate X X
RATE(LV,WATE) Water LV Rate X X
RATE (GV,GAS) Gas GV Rate X X
RATE(LV) Total Rate (oil basis) X
Condensate RATE(GV,GAS) Gas GV Rate X X
(gas) RATE(LV,COND) Condensate LV Rate X X
RATE(GV) Total Rate (gas basis) X
Steam TEMP Temperature X X
QUAL Quality X X
RATE(WT) Weight Rate X X X
STEA Steam Rate X X
with separators.
3
For compositional systems only.

Available as a
<property>
Gas RATE(GV) Gas Volume Rate X X X
TEMP Temperature X
Liquid RATE(LV) Liquid Volume Rate X X X
JUNCTION PRES Pressure X X
Compositional RATE(WT) Total Weight Rate X X
TEMP Temperature X
SCOMP Composition X X
NCOM Component Number for X X
composition
2
with separators.
4
5

Available as a
<property>
Blackoil RATE(LV,LIQ) Oil/Water LV Rate X X
RATE(LV,OIL) Oil LV Rate X X
RATE (GV,GAS) Gas GV Rate X X
RATE(LV) Total Rate (oil basis) X X
Condensate RATE(GV,GAS) Gas GV Rate X X
(gas) RATE(LV,COND) Condensate LV Rate X X
RATE(GV) Total Rate (gas basis) X X
Steam TEMP Temperature X X
QUAL Quality X X
RATE(WT) Weight Rate X X
STEA Steam Rate X X
with separators.
3

Available as a
<property>
JUNCTION Gas PRES Pressure X X
RATE(GV) Gas Volume Rate X X
TEMP Temperature X
Liquid RATE(LV) Liquid Volume Rate X X
PIPE DP Pressure Drop X X
U U Value X X X
LENG Length X X
ECHG Elevation Change X X
ID Inside Diameter X X
ROUG Absolute Roughness X X
TAMB Ambient Temperature X X
CONP Pipe Conductivity X X
THKP Pipe Thickness X X
BDTO Pipe Buried Depth X X
CONS Soil Conductivity X X
CONI Insulation Conductivity X X
THKI Insulation Thickness X X
HINS Inside U X X
HOUT Effective Outside U X X
FLOW Flow Efficiency X X
RATE Flowrate X X
PLM1 Palmer Uphill Factor X X
PLM2 Palmer Downhill Factor X X
CPRE Outlet Pressure X X
CTEM Outlet Temperature X X
with separators.
3

Available as a
<property>
RISER DP Pressure Drop X X
U U Value X X X
LENG Length X X
ELEV Elevation Change X X
TUBING DP Pressure Drop X X X
U U Value X X X
LENG Measured Wireline Depth X
SLEN Scaled Tubing Depth
DEPT True Vertical Depth
ID Inside Diameter
ROUG Absolute Roughness
TGRA Temperature Gradient
FLOW Flow Efficiency
RATE2 Flowrate X
THXD Hydrate Formation X
Temperature3
DTHX Hydrate Formation ∆T3 X
PHXT Hydrate Formation X
Pressure3
DPHY Hydrate Formation ∆P3 X
1
2
with separators.
3
5

Available as a
<property>
ANNULUS DP Pressure Drop X X
U U Value X X X
LENG Measured Wireline Depth X X
DEPT True Vertical Depth X X
IDAN Annulus Inner Diameter X X
ODTU Tubing Outer Diameter X X
TGRA Temperature Gradient X X
1
with separators.

Available as a
<property>
IPR Models:
DPMA Maximum Pressure Drop X

WABP Well Abandonment X
ABAN Pressure X
Reservoir Abandonment
FWMA Pressure X
GORM Maximum Water Cut X
OPEN Maximum GOR X
Open Well (1 for open; 0
for
UPTIME closed)
Productivity PI On-line Factor X X X

Index DP X X
Productivity Index
Vogel QMAX Pressure Drop X X
VOGC X X
VOGE Open Flow Potential X X
DP Vogel Constant X X
Vogel Exponent
Fetkovitch COEF Pressure Drop X X
EXP X X
DP Fetkovitch Constant X
Fetkovitch Exponent
Laminar- CLAM Pressure Drop X X
Inertial- CTUR X X
Turbulent DP Laminar Coefficient X X
Turbulent Coefficient
Babu DP Pressure Drop X X
Pressure Drop
2
with separators.
3
4

Available as a
<property>
COMPRESSOR RPOW Required Power X X
RPM Rotary Speed X X X
RPM(MAX) Maximum Rotary Speed X X
POWE Set Power X X
POWE(MAX) Maximum Power X X
PRES Set Outlet Pressure X X
PRES(MAX) Maximum Pressure X X
EFF Efficiency X X
PUMP RPOW Required Power X X
RPM Rotary Speed X X X
RPM(MAX) Maximum Rotary Speed X X
POWE Set Power X X
EFF Efficiency X X
ESP PUMP RPOW Required Power X X
POWE Set Power X X
EFF Efficiency X X
2
with separators.
5

Available as a
<property>
HEATER - RDUT Required Duty X X
COOLER CTOU Outlet Temperature X X
DUTY Set Duty X X
TOUT Set Outlet Temperature X X
DP Fixed Pressure Drop X X
COEF DP Correlation Coefficient X X
EXP DP Correlation Exponent X X
COMPLETION DP Pressure Drop X X
Gravel SHOT Shot Density X X
PERF Perforation Diameter X X
TUNN Tunnel Length X X
COMPLETION DP Pressure Drop X X
Open-hole SHOT Shot Density X X
PERF Perforation Diameter X X
PENE Penetration Depth X X
GAS LIFT RATE Rate X X X
VALVE CPRE Outlet Pressure X X
CHOKE DP Pressure Drop X X
COEF Resistance Coefficient X X
2
with separators.
4

Available as a
<property>
SEPARATOR CRATE(GAS) Gas Removal Rate X X
Compositional CRATE(LIQ) Liquid Removal Rate X X
CRATE(COND) Oil Removal Rate X X
CRATE(WATE) Water Removal Rate X X
RATE(GAS) Set Gas Removal Rate X X
RATE(LIQ) Set Liquid Removal Rate X X
RATE(COND) Set Oil Removal Rate X X
RATE(WATE) Set Water Removal Rate X X
PERC(GAS) Pct Gas Removed X
PERC(LIQ) Pct Liquid Removed X
PERC(COND) Pct Oil Removed X
PERC(WATE) Pct Water Removed X
CPRES Outlet Pressure X X
SEPARATOR CRATE(GAS) Set Gas Removal Rate X X
Blackoil RATE(GAS) Gas Removal Rate X X
PERC(GAS) Pct Gas Removed X X
CRATE(WATE) Set Water Removal Rate X X
RATE(WATE) Water Removal Rate X X
PERC(WATE) Pct Water Removed X X
SEPARATOR CRAT(COND) Condensate Removal Rate X X
Condensate CRAT(WATE) Water Removal Rate X X
(gas) RATE(COND) Set Condensate Rate X X
RATE(WATE) Set Water Rate X X
PERC(COND) Pct Condensate Removed X
PERC(WATE) Pct Water Removed X
2
with separators.
4

Available as a
<property>
REGULATOR DP Pressure Drop X X
RATE2 Set Flowrate X X
PUPS Upstream Pressure X X
PRES Downstream Pressure X X
EXPANDER CPRE Outlet Pressure X X
VALVE DP Pressure Drop X X
K Resistance Coefficient X X
KMUL Resistance Multiplier X X
IDIN Inlet Diameter X X
IDOUT Outlet Diameter X X
CTEMP Outlet Temperature X X
INJECTION FROM Injected from Separator X
CPRE Injection Pressure X X
CTEM Injection Temperature X X
DP Pressure Drop X X
TEMP Set Injection Temperature X X
DPDT DP Pressure Drop X X
DT Temperature Drop X X
DQCV Set Curve DT 4 X X
DPCV Set Curve DT 4 X X
DTCV Set Curve DT 4 X X
1
2
with separators.
3
4

Available as a
<property>
MCOMP POWE Set Power X X X
PIN Set Inlet Pressure X X
PDIS Set Outlet Pressure X X
STAGE Number of Stages X X
INTP Set Stage Outlet Pressure 5 X X
INTT Set Stage Outlet X X
Temperature 5
INTQ Set Stage Duty 5 X X
INTDP Set Stage DP 5 X X
PEFF Stage Polytropic Efficiency X X
5
ADEF X X
DP Stage Adiabatic Efficiency X X
5
RPOW Compressor Pressure X

RDUT Increase X X
CPRE Required Power X X
CTEM Required Duty X X
Outlet Pressure
Outlet Temperature
5 uses INDEX to indicate
stage
with separators.
3
4

Available as a
<property>
CALCULATOR R(1) Result Variable R(1) X X
R(2) Result Variable R(2) X X
Network OBJE Objective Function X
Variables BEST Best Objective Function X
TIME Production Time X
CUMP Cumulative Production X
with separators.
3
4

Available as a
<property>
SIMULATION PDAMP Pressure Damping Factor X X
OR QDAMP Flow Rate Damping Factor X X
SIMU=RESGR HALVE PBAL Interval Halving X X
MXITER Maximum PBAL iterations X X
PTOL PressureTolerance for X X
DAMP PBAL X X
Damping factor for
RESET MBALmodel X X
Recalculate initial
estimates
0 use previous estimates
1 estimates based on
diameters
2 estimates based on flow
resistance
VG(MAX) 3 estimates using nodal X X
VL(MAX) mass balance X X
VSG(MAX) Max Gas Velocity X X
VSL(MAX) Max Liquid Velocity X X
Max Superficial Gas
VM(MAX) Velocity X X
HL(MAX) Max Superficial Liquid X X
VG(MIN) Velocity X X
VL(MIN) Max Liquid Holdup X X
VSG(MIN) Max Mixture Velocity X X
VSL(MIN) Min Gas Velocity X X
Min Liquid Velocity
VM(MIN) Min Superficial Gas X X
HL (MIN) Velocity X X
CUMP Min Superficial Liquid X X
Velocity
Min Mixture Velocity
Min Liquid Holdup
Cumulative Production
Requires reservoir group

2
with separators.
3
5

Available as a
<property>
XLINK SCOM, NCOM=i Comp(m) (comp) X X
SCOM, NCOM=1 Comp(m) N2 (gas,cond,bo) X X
(gas,cond,bo)
(gas,cond,bo)
GHV Gross Heating X X
Value(gas,cond.bo)
WOBBE Wobbe Index (gas,cond,bo) X X
RATE Flow Rate X X
RATE(MAX) Max Flow Rate Limit X X
RATE(MIN) Min Flow Rate Limit X X
VG(MAX) Max Gas Velocity X X
VL(MAX) Max Liquid Velocity X X
VSG(MAX) Max Superficial Gas X X
VSL(MAX) Velocity X X
Max Superficial Liquid
VM(MAX) Velocity X X
HL(MX) Max Liquid Holdup X X
VG(MIN) Max Mixture Velocity X X
VL(MIN) Min Gas Velocity X X
VSG(MIN) Min Liquid Velocity X X
VSL(MIN) Min Superficial Gas X X
Velocity
VM(MIN) Min Superficial Liquid X X
HL (MIN) Velocity X X
Min Mixture Velocity
Min Liquid Holdup
2
with separators.
3
4
5

Sensitivity Analysis Data Category of Input
The Sensitivity Analysis Data Category of input allows you to study
the overall performance of wells, pipelines and other single link
systems as a function of one or two parameters (or combinations of
parameters) in the system. Multiple flow rates and parameter
variations can be simulated in a single Sensitivity Analysis run.
This category is optional.
Note: Before using this data section please read the section in
Chapter 2 on Sensitivity Analysis.
Note: In the base case, both SOURCE and SINK pressures must
be supplied and the SOURCE RATE must be estimated.
Table 3-54: Sensitivity Category of Input
SENSITIVITY None Page 3-198
NODE NAME= or BOTTOMHOLE or SINK Page 3-198
{DESCRIPTION} INFLOW= or OUTFLOW= Page 3-198
{INFLOW} CGR()=, COEFFICIENT()=, Page 3-198
COMPOSITIONAL()=, DISSOLVE()=,
DP()=, DUTY()=, EFF()=, EXP()=,
FLOWEFF()=, GOR()=, ID()=,
IDANNULUS()=, II()=, NAME=,
NODE=, ODTUBING()=,
PENETRATION()=, PERCENT()=,
PERFD()=, PI()=, POWER()=,
PRESSURE()=, QUALITY()=, RATE()=,
ROUGHNESS()=, SHOTS()=,
STAGES()=, TEMPERATURE()=,
TOUT()=, TUNNEL()=, U()=,
VOGEL()=, WCUT()=, WGR()=,
COMB=MULTI
{OUTFLOW} CGR()=, COEFFICIENT()=, Page 3-201
COMPOSITIONAL()=, DISSOLVE()=,
DP()=, DUTY()=, EFF()=, EXP()=,
FLOWEFF()=, GOR()=, ID()=,
IDANNULUS()=, II()=, NAME()=,
ODTUBING()=, PENETRATION()=,
PERCENT()=, PERFD()=, PI()=,
POWER()=, PRESSURE()=,
QUALITY()=, RATE()=,
ROUGHNESS()=, SHOTS()=,
STAGES()=, TEMPERATURE()=,
TOUT()=, TUNNEL()=, U()=,
VOGEL()=, WCUT()=, WGR()=,
COMB=MULTI
FLOW RATE()= Page 3-202

Sensitivity Analysis Data Category of Input (continues)
SENSITIVITY Introduces the category.

NODE Mandatory statement. Defines the Solution Node.

Mandatory entries:
NAME= or Enter the name of the node between the Inflow and
BOTTOMHOLE or Outflow sections of the link. If this is the name of a
SINK device, the Solution Node is at the inlet of that
device. Alternatively, use BOTTOMHOLE to
place the Solution Node at the flowing bottomhole
of an injection well. Use SINK to locate the
Solution Node at the outlet of the last device, in
which case the sink pressure can be used as a
Sensitivity Parameter.
Example:
NODE NAME=TUB1
DESCRIPTION Optional statements. Allow you to enter descriptions of the inflow and outflow
sensitivity analysis parameters. You need separate DESCRIPTION statements for
Inflow and Outflow.
Optional entries:
INFLOW= Descriptions of the Inflow sensitivity parameter

sets. Up to five strings of up to twelve characters
each, separated by commas. Each string
corresponds to an inflow parameter setting. This
keyword cannot appear on the same statement as
OUTFLOW.
OUTFLOW= Descriptions of the Outflow sensitivity parameter
sets. Up to five strings of up to twelve characters
each, separated by commas. Each string
corresponds to an outflow parameter setting. This
keyword cannot appear on the same statement as
INFLOW.
Example:
DESC INFLOW=RP2500, RP3000, RP3500
DESC OUTFLOW=ID2.0, ID2.5, ID3.0
INFLOW Optional statement. Enter the details of the Inflow parameter and the values you
wish to use in the sensitivity analysis. You must supply either INFLOW or
OUTFLOW or both.

Sensitivity Analysis Data Category of Input (continues)
The parameters that are accessible to the Sensitivity Analysis are divided into
seven categories, as defined in the table below. If you want to define a sensitivity
parameter as a group of variables, you may combine up to ten variables within one
Category. You may not combine variables in different categories.
Category 1: Source
NODE=or STREAMID of the Source.

NAME= Name of the Source. This is the name that appears on
the statement in the base case. To be available to
Sensitivity Analysis, the Source must be given a
unique name in the base case.
PRESSURE()= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a SOURCE,
PI()= separated by commas. You may not use qualifiers other
VOGEL()= than to change units of measurement. Refer to the
COEFFICIENT()= Structure Data Category of input for explanations of
EXP= the keywords.
COMB=MULTI This multiple combination option calculates all

possible combinations of up to five specified inflow
and/or outflow parameters and performs a sensitivity
analysis on all combinations.
Category 2: Sink
NODE=or STREAMID of the Sink.

NAME= Name of the Sink. This is the name that appears on the
statement in the base case. To be available to
Sensitivity Analysis, the Sink must be given a unique
name in the base case.
PRESSURE()= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a SINK,
II()= separated by commas. You may not use qualifiers other
COEFFICIENT()= than to change units of measurement. Refer to the
EXP= Structure Data Category of input for explanations of
the keywords.
Category 3: Devices
NAME= Name of the Device. This is the name that appears on

the statement in the base case. To be available to
Sensitivity Analysis, the Device must be given a
unique name in the base case. The NAME entry on this
statement must immediately precede the data entries
for the corresponding Device.

IDANNULUS()= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for an
ODTUBING()= ANNULUS, separated by commas. You may not use
ROUGHNESS()= qualifiers other than to change units of measurement.
U()= Refer to the Structure Data Category of input for
FLOWEFF= explanations of the keywords.
COEFFICIENT= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a CHOKE,

ID()= separated by commas. You may not use qualifiers
other than to change units of measurement. Refer to
the Structure Data Category of input for explanations
of the keywords.
PENETRATION()= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a
PERFD()= COMPLETION, separated by commas. You may not
SHOTS()= use qualifiers other than to change units of
TUNNEL()= measurement. Refer to the Structure Data Category of
input for explanations of the keywords.
DP()= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a HEATER
DUTY()= or COOLER, separated by commas. You may not use
TOUT()= qualifiers other than to change units of measurement.
Refer to the Structure Data Category of input for
TEMPERATURE()= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for an
PRESSURE()= INJECTION, separated by commas. You may not use
qualifiers other than to change units of measurement.
DISSOLVE= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a
RATE()= GLVALVE, separated by commas. You may not use
ID()= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a PIPE,
ROUGHNESS()= separated by commas. You may not use qualifiers
U()= other than to change units of measurement. Refer to
FLOWEFF= the Structure Data Category of input for explanations
of the keywords.
EFF= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a
POWER()= COMPRESSOR or PUMP, separated by commas. You
PRESSURE()= may not use qualifiers other than to change units of
STAGES= measurement. Refer to the Structure Data Category of
input for explanations of the keywords.
ID()= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a RISER,
of the keywords.
RATE()= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a
PERCENT= SEPARATOR, separated by commas. You may not use

ID()= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a TUBING,
of the keywords.
Category 4: Non-compositional Source Properties
GOR()= Enter up to five values of PVT parameter(s), separated

WCUT= by commas. You may not use qualifiers other than to
CGR()= change units of measurement. Refer to the Structure
WGR()= Data Category of input for explanations of the
QUALITY= keywords.

Category 5: Main Source Composition
COMPOSITION()= Enter up to five values of COMPOSITION

parameter(s), separated by commas. You may not use
qualifiers other than to change the basis. Refer to the
Structure Data Category of input for explanations of
the keyword.
Example:
INFLOW NAME=PMP1, PRES=250,260,270,280,290
OUTFLOW Optional statement. Enter the details of the Outflow parameter and the values you
wish to use in the sensitivity analysis. The OUTFLOW statement is formatted
exactly the same as the INFLOW statement. See INFLOW above for details. You
must supply either INFLOW or OUTFLOW or both.

FLOW Mandatory statement. Defines the flowrates for which the Sensitivity Analysis is
to be performed.
Mandatory entries:
RATE()= Enter up to ten values of flowrate.

The flow basis is limited based on the fluid type as follows:
Blackoil Liquid LV basis
Condensate Gas GV basis
Steam WT basis
Compositional LV, GV, WT basis
Sensitivity Examples:
SENSITIVITY
NODE SINK
DESC INFLOW=RESP2500,RESP2400,RESP2300,RESP2200,RESP2100
INFLOW NAME=RES, PRES=2500,2400,2300,2200,2100
DESC OUTFLOW=SINK500,SINK400,SINK300,SINK200
OUTFLOW NAME=SNK1, PRES=500,400,300,200
FLOW RATE=1000,2000,3000,4000,5000,5000,7000,8000
In this example, the reservoir pressure is the inflow parameter and the sink pressure
is the outflow parameter. In order to use the sink pressure, the Solution Node is
defined as SINK rather than NAME=SNK1.
SENSITIVITY
NODE NAME=SNK
INFLOW NAME=HTR1, DUTY=0,100,150, &
NAME=PIP1, U=0.025,0.05,1.5, &
NAME=PIP2, U=0.03,0.05,1.5
FLOW RATE=10000,12000,14000,16000,18000,20000
This example has an inflow parameter but no outflow. The inflow parameter is
made up of three variables - the heater duty and the heat transfer coefficients of the
two pipes.

PSPLIT Data Category of Input
The PSPLIT Data Category of input allows you to define a phase
split table for the preferential phase split at junctions in steam
systems. This category must be supplied if the USER model is
specified on any JUNCTION statement. Only one table may be
defined for all junctions within the steam network.
Table 3-55: PSPLIT Category of Input
PSPLIT None Page 3-203
TABLE LIQP=liquid %/...,GASR=gas Reynolds No./ Page 3-203
..., GASP=gas %,gas %/...
PSPLIT Introduces the category.
TABLE Mandatory statement. Defines the table for the user defined phase split.
Mandatory entries:
LIQP= Up to 10 liquid weight percent values for the

stream entering the junction, separated by the slash
(/) character.
GASR= Up to 10 values for gas Reynolds Number for the
stream entering the junction, separated by the slash
(/) character.
GASP= Up to 10 sets of up to 10 gas weight percent values
for the stream leaving the junction and entering the
outflowing link which has the smaller pipe inside
diameter for the first pipe in the link. The
remainder of the flow goes into the other link.
Each set must have the same number of entries,
separated by commas, as the number of LIQP
values entered. There must be the same number of
sets, separated by the slash (/) character, as the
number of GASR values entered.
Example:
TABLE LIQP=10/20/30/40/50, GASR=10000,20000, &
GASP=88,78,67,57,46/ 87,77,66,56,46

User-defined DP Correlations
PIPEPHASE provides users with the facility to incorporate up to
four of their own pressure drop correlation methods: two for pipes
and two for well flow devices (tubings, annulus, and riser). The user
methods may be designed for single or multiphase fluid flow and
may be used in the same simulation input as PIPEPHASE supplied
methods.
The user-written methods are selected in the same manner as the
PIPEPHASE supplied methods. The FCODE statement in General
Data may be used to set user methods as system defaults (see the
General Data Category of input) or the user methods may be
individually selected on the PIPE statement via the FCODE
keyword. User methods are selected with the method codes UDP1
and UDP2.
User-defined DP correlations must be written in FORTRAN 77 and
follow the naming and interface conventions described in this
category. The subroutines are compiled with and linked to the
PIPEPHASE program, replacing dummy subroutines with the same
names.
The mechanics of program compilation and linking varies between
computing platforms and are outside the scope of this manual. Your
SIMSCI representative can provide you with specific information
regarding your particular system configuration.
User-defined correlations may also be used with any of the fittings
available in PIPEPHASE. Please contact SIMSCI for support in
adding user-defined fitting correlations. It is strongly recommended
that user-written subroutines be thoroughly tested before
incorporation into PIPEPHASE, since erroneous pressure drops
will typically cause solution failure for the iterative calculation
methods used in PIPEPHASE. After incorporation into
PIPEPHASE, user methods may be tested for reliability by
comparison with results from similar PIPEPHASE pressure drop
methods.

FORTRAN Standards
FORTRAN 77 coding standards should be observed to avoid any
possible conflicts with the PIPEPHASE program, which is written
according to these standards.
Standard calls are provided to the PIPEPHASE Moody friction
factor function and the PIPEPHASE compositional equilibrium
flash subroutine. The latter may be used to determine physical,
transport and thermodynamic properties for compositional fluids, as
well as the phase splits for these fluids. No user access is provided
to the non-compositional fluid property routines used in
PIPEPHASE.
Standard naming conventions must be used for the user-written
pressure drop correlations. All transfer of information between
these subroutines and PIPEPHASE is accomplished through the
subroutine argument lists.
The following good coding practices should also be observed when
developing user-defined correlations:
■ Local variables should always be initialized, since many oper-
ating systems do not perform this function.
■ As appropriate, user subroutines should test for calculation
error conditions, i.e., zero divides, exponent overflows, etc.
■ User-computed results should be range tested as needed, with
calculated results reset to upper and lower bounds when neces-
sary.
■ Efficient coding practices should be observed, since the pres-
sure drop subroutines are called repetitively during the iterative
calculations. Inefficient coding will greatly increase the com-
puting time.
■ Only one RETURN statement should be used in the subroutine.
■ No STOP statements should be used in the subroutine. Control
must always be returned to the PIPEPHASE calling routines.
■ COMMENT lines should be used generously to simplify later
analyses of the subroutine and to assist SIMSCI support per-
sonnel should assistance be required.

User Subroutine Specifications
For pipes (horizontal device) the following subroutine names must
be used:
HUSER1 - Pressure Drop Correlation Number 1
HUSER2 - Pressure Drop Correlation Number 2
VUSER1 - Pressure Drop Correlation Number 1 for vertical devices
(TUBINGS, ANNULUS, RISERS)
VUSER2 - Pressure Drop Correlation Number 2 for vertical devices
(TUBINGS, ANNULUS, RISERS)
The following argument list must be used for all user pressure drop
correlations, where HUSER1or HUSER2 is substituted for NAME,
as appropriate:
SUBROUTINE NAME (PIN, TIN, POUT, TOUT, PAVG, TAVG,
ICOMP,IFLU,
DIR, IBOT, IFLO, IVH, Z, DENO, DENG, DENW, DENL, VISO,
VISW, VISL, VISG, SFTO, SFTW, SFTL, QOPIP, QWPIP,
GPIP, QTPIP, VELSL, VELSG, VELT, SPGG, SPGO,
SPGW, DIAM, AREA, RUFF, AINCL, EFF, DELX, NOACC,
DELP, DEN2, DPDLF, DPDLW, NREG, HL, CMW)
The entries DELP, DEN2, DPDLF, DPDLW and NREG must be

determined in the user subroutine and passed back to . NREG
defaults to zero. All other arguments are data passed from the user
subroutine. Note that the arguments “Z” and “CMW” are vectors
and a local DIMENSION statement should be placed in the user
subroutine as follows:
COMMON/TOTBIN/BINRLI(16)
DIMENSION Z(50), CMW(50)
The arguments are described below in Table 3-56 . Note that the
units given below always apply, regardless of the DIMENSION
statement units used for the problem. The user-defined DP
correlation is called for each calculation segment.
Table 3-56: Pressure Drop Subroutine Arguments
Argument Description
PIN Segment Inlet Pressure, psia
TIN Segment Inlet Temperature, °F
POUT Estimated Segment Outlet Pressure, psia
TOUT Estimated Segment Outlet Temperature, °F
PAVG Segment Average Pressure, psia
TAVG Segment Average Temperature, °F
ICOMP Compositional Flag:
0 = Non-compositional
1 = Compositional

IFLU Fluid Type Flag:
0 = Single Phase Oil
1 = Single Phase Gas
2 = Single Phase Liquid
3 = Blackoil
4 = Condensate
5 = Steam or Compositional
IDIR Calculation Direction: -1 = Forward; +1 =
Backward
IBOT = 0 when no IPR specified at source
= 1 for producing well with IPR specified at
source
= 2 for injection wells
IVH = 1 for “vertical” devices. The pressure gradient
returned is in the vertical direction for vertical
devices. Tubing, annulus, and risers are considered
vertical devices.
= 0 for “horizontal” devices. The pressure gradient
returned is along the device. Pipes are considered
horizontal devices.
IFLO Flow Direction: +1 = FROM to TO nodes, -1 = TO
to FROM nodes
Z Composition of Link, mol fractions, vector of 50
DENO Oil Density, lb/ft3
DENG Gas Density, lb/ft3
DENW Water Density, lb/ft3
DENL Total Liquid Density, lb/ft3
VISO Oil Viscosity, cp
VISW Water Viscosity, cp
VISL Total Liquid Viscosity, cp
VISG Gas Viscosity, cp
SFTO Oil Surface Tension, Dynes/cm
SFTW Water Surface Tension, Dynes/cm
SFTL Total Liquid Surface Tension, Dynes/cm
QOPIP Oil Rate, ft3/sec
QWPIP Water Rate, ft3/sec
QGPIP Gas Rate, ft3/sec
QTPIP Total Flow Rate, ft3/sec
VELSL Superficial Liquid velocity, ft/sec
VELSG Superficial Gas velocity, ft/sec
VELT Total Velocity, ft/sec
SPGG Gas Specific Gravity (Dry Air = 1.0)
SPGO Oil Specific Gravity
SPGW Water Specific Gravity

DIAM Pipe Inside Diameter, ft
AREA Pipe Cross Sectional Area, ft2
RUFF Pipe Roughness, inches
AINCL Pipe Inclination angle, radians (+ ive upward flow,
EFF - ive downward flow)
DELX Flow Efficiency, fraction
NOACC Segment Length, ft
Acceleration term flag:
0 = include acceleration term
1 = exclude acceleration term
DELP Total Pressure Change across Segment, psi, where
a negative sign indicates pressure decrease
DEN2 In-situ Multiphase Density, used for calculating
elevation pressure drop, lb/ft3
DPDLF Friction Gradient, psi/ft
DPDLW Elevation Gradient, psi/ft
NREG Flow Regime Code for Output Reports:

NREG Flow Regime Output
Abbreviation
0 ——————- Blank
1 Single Phase 1-PH
2 Gas 1-PH
3 Single Phase SEGR
4 Segregated STRT
5 Stratified WAVE
6 Wavy ANNU
7 Annular INTR
8 Intermittent PLUG
9 Plug SLUG
10 Slug DIST
11 Distributed BUBL
12 Bubble MIST
13 Mist TRAN
Transition
HL Liquid Holdup
CMW Component Molecular Weights, Vector of 50
Saving Data for Output

Certain data, calculated in the DP routine, need to be saved in the
BINRL1 array for output. These are listed below in Table 4-50. The
BINRL1 array enters the subroutine through the TOTBIN labeled
common. If data are not saved properly, these data will be missing
in the output report.

Table 3-57: Saving Data for Output
Output Description Units
Variable
BINRL1(1) SLIP DENSITY (LB/FT3)
BINRL1(2) NO-SLIP DENSITY (LB/FT3)
BINRL1(3) FRICTION VISCOSITY (CENTI-POISE)
BINRL1(4) FRICTION DENSITY (LB/FT3)
BINRL1(5) SUPERFICIAL GAS (FT/S)
VELOCITY
BINRL1(6) SUPERFICIAL LIQUID (FT/SEC)
VELOCITY
BINRL1(7) FRICTION MIXTURE (FT/SEC)
VELOCITY
BINRL1(8) NO-SLIP HOLDUP (DIMENSIONLESS
FRACTION)
BINRL1(9) FRICTION REYNOLDS (DIMENSIONLESS)
NUMBER
BINRL1(10) FRICTION FACTOR (DIMENSIONLESS)
BINRL1(11) ACCELERATION (PSI/FT)
GRADIENT
BINRL1(12) TOTAL PRESSURE (PSI/FT)
GRADIENT
BINRL1(13) FRICTION PRESSURE (PSI)
DROP
BINRL1(14) ELEVATION PRESSURE (PSI)
DROP
BINRL1(15) TOTAL PRESSURE DROP (PSI)
BINRL1(16) FRICTION ID (IN)
Moody Friction Factor Interface

The user may retrieve Moody friction factors from PIPEPHASE 9.0
through interface function FMOOD. Friction factors are retrieved
with the following calling sequence:
FF = FMOOD (REYN, ROUGH)
where:
FF = Moody Friction Factor
REYN = Reynolds Number

ROUGH = Pipe Relative Roughness
Example
An example of user-defined DP correlations is given in this
category. The FORTRAN code is listed below. Note that this
example was developed for illustrative purposes and SIMSCI
therefore makes no guarantee as to its accuracy or applicability.
This example is for the calculation of two phase pressure drops
using the correlation of Fancher and Brown. This routine is
designed for use with non-compositional fluids.
Example 1 - Fancher and Brown Pressure Drop
SUBROUTINE HUSER2
1 (PIN, TIN, POUT, TOUT, PAVG, TAVG, ICOMP, IFLU, IDIR, IFLOW,
2 Z, DENO, DENG, DENW, DENL, VISO, VISW, VISL,
3 VISG, SFTO, SFTW, SFTL, QOPIP, QWPIP, QGPIP,
4 QTPIP, VELSL, VELSG, VELT, SPGG, SPGO, SPGW,
5 DIAM, AREA, RUFF, AINCL, EFF, DELX, NOACC,
6 DELP, DEN2, DPDLF, DPDLW, NREG, HL, CMW)
C
C PURPOSE: DEMONSTRATE THE USE OF THE USER-ADDED
C SUBROUTINE BY CALCULATING THE TWO-PHASE PRESSURE
C DROP USING THE CORRELATION OF FANCHER AND BROWN.
C
C AUTHOR(S): SIMSCI
C
C COMPLETION DATE: 15 SEPTEMBER 1989
C
C- LOCAL DECLARATIONS
C
DIMENSION Z(50),CMW(50)
DIMENSION X(50),Y(50),W(50)
REAL MWGAS, MOLGAS, LOGF
C
C- CODE STARTS HERE
C
C COMPUTE THE NO-SLIP HOLDUP AND TWO-PHASE DENSITY
C
HLNS = (QOPIP + QWPIP) / QTPIP
WLR = QWPIP / (QOPIP + QWPIP)
DENL = WLR * DENW + (1. - WLR) * DENO
DEN2 = HLNS * DENL + (1. - HLNS) * DENG
C
WRITE (1,*) ëDENO,DENW,WLR,DENL,DEN2 = ë
C
C SINCE HOLDUP IS NOT CALCULATED BY FANCHER-BROWN, SET THE LIQD
C HOLDUP TO THE NO-SLIP HOLDUP
C
HL = HLNS
C
C CALCULATE THE GAS-LIQUID RATIO
C
GLR = 0.0
IF (QGPIP .EQ. 0.0) GO TO 1000
MWGAS = SPGG * 28.972
WTGAS = QGPIP * DENG

MOLGAS = WTGAS / MWGAS
VOLGAS = MOLGAS * 379.5
QLPIP = QOPIP + QWPIP

VOLLIQ = QLPIP / 5.615
GLR = VOLGAS / VOLLIQ
1000 CONTINUE
C
C COMPUTE THE FANCHER-BROWN FRICTION FACTOR
C FRICTION FACTOR IS BASED ON THE GAS-LIQUID RATIO
C
RVD = DEN2 * VELT * DIAM
C
IF (GLR .GT. 1500) GO TO 1100
C
IF (RVD .GT. 15) GO TO 1050
LOGF = 11.96044 * (ALOG(RVD))**(-1.83104)
GO TO 2000
1050 CONTINUE
LOGF = 0.09992 - 0.00106 * RVD
GO TO 2000
1100 IF (GLR .GE. 3000) GO TO 1150
LOGF = 0.37028 - 0.01151 * RVD
GO TO 2000
1150 CONTINUE
LOGF = 0.215 - 0.01 * RVD
2000 CONTINUE
FF = 10**LOGF
C
C COMPUTE THE TOTAL FRICTION GRADIENT
C
DPDLF = -1. * (FF * DEN2 * VELT**2.) / (2. * 32.2 * DIAM)
C
C COMPUTE THE ELEVATION GRADIENT
C
DPDLW = -1. * DEN2 * SIN(AINCL) / 144.
C
C COMPUTE THE TOTAL GRADIENT AND TOTAL PRESSURE DROP
C NO ACCELERATION TERM IS CALCULATED HERE
C
DELP = DELX * (DPDLF + DPDLW)
C
C ALL DONE - RETURN TO
C
RETURN
END

User Defined Viscosity Correlation
The User Defined Viscosity Correlation allows the user to define a
user added liquid viscosity of a black-oil model. This method is
applicable only for Blackoil fluid models.
Note: See page 3-67 and 3-68 for keyword inputs.
Implementing user defined viscosity correlation

The user- written method is selected in the same manner as the
normal viscosity method such as API, Daqing, Twoelflin etc.
User-defined viscosity correlations must be written in FORTRAN
77 and follow the naming and interface conventions described in
this category. The subroutines are compiled and linked to the
PIPEPHASE program.
The mechanics of program compilation and linking varies between
computing platforms and are outside the scope of this manual. It is
described in the installation manual for each platform.
Your SIMSCI representative can provide you with specific
information regarding your particular system configuration. It is
strongly recommended that user-written subroutines be thoroughly
tested before incorporating into PIPEPHASE.
User Subroutine Specifications

The following argument list must be used for the user added
viscosity correlation.
SUBROUTINE USRLIQVIS (QOPIP, QWPIP, DENO, DENW,
SPGO, SPGW, PRES, TEMP, VISL, QOSTD, QWSTD)
The following input variables are modified through the process of
defining a user-defined viscosity.
Input Variable Description Units
QOPIP In - Situ oil flow rate ft3/sec
QWPIP In - Situ water flow rate ft3/sec
DENO In - Situ oil Density lb/ft3
DENW In - Situ water density lb/ft3
SPGO Oil standard specific gravity
SPGW Water standard specific gravity

Input Variable Description Units
PRES Pressure psia
TEMP Temperature F
VISO Oil Viscosity cp
VISW Water Viscosity cp
QOSTD Oil standard flow rate ft3/sec
QWSTD Water Standard flow rate ft3/sec
User Added Viscosity Subroutine - Output Arguments

Output Description Units
Variable
VISL Liquid viscosity cp
Common Blocks
The following internal common blocks must be included in the
order presented.
PARAM.CMN - System- wide parameters
PRECIS.CMN - Double precision statement
KCONS.CMN - Dimensioning statement
USRVIS.CMN - User defined viscosity
The variable names /parameters used in USRVIS.CMN file are
documented below
VISLCON (J) - The Jth Constant for user defined Viscosity.
VISLABL (J) - The Jth character label (16 characters) to
describe VISLCON
VISLMTH - Method label (16 characters)
NVISCONS - Number of constants specified
User is allowed to use a maximum limit of 40 user-defined
constants in designing a user-defined liquid Viscosity correlation to
be used in PIPEPHASE.
Note: New Method Name is stored in variable VISLMTH.

The USERVIS.CMN file contains the following. This file should
never be changed.
PARAMETER (MX_CONS=40)
CHARACTER*16 VISLABL, VISLMTH
COMMON /USRVIS1/VISLCON (MX_CONS), NVISCONS,
VISLABL (MX_CONS), VISLMTH
Example Implementation
The following is an example on how a user-added viscosity is
implemented in PIPEPHASE . The FORTRAN code is listed below.
Note that this example was developed for illustrative propose and
SIMSCI therefore makes no guarantee as to its applicability.
Example - Daqing Viscosity Correlation
SUBROUTINE USRLIQVIS
1(QOPIP, QWPIP, DENO, DENW, SPGO, SPGW, VISO, VISW,
2PRES, TEMP, QOSTD, QWSTD, VISL)
CPURPOSE: DEMONSTRATE THE USE OF THE USER-ADDED SUBROUTINE IN
C CALCULATING THE VISCOSITY USING DAQING CORRELATION.
C AUTHOR (S): SIMSCI
C INPUT ARGUMENT
C QOPIP-In - Situ oil flow rate, ft3/sec
C QWPIP-In - Situ water flow rate, ft3/sec
C DENO-In - Situ oil Density, lb/ft3
C DENW-In - Situ water density, lb/ft3
CSPGO-Oil standard specific gravity
C SPGW-Water standard specific gravity
C PRES-Pressure, psia
C TEMP-Temperature, F
C VISO-Oil Viscosity, cp
C VISW-Water Viscosity, cp
C QOSTD-Oil standard flow rate, ft3/sec
C QWSTD-Water Standard flow rate, ft3/sec
C OUTPUT ARGUMENTS
C VISL-Liquid viscosity, cp
CMANDATED PIPEPHASE INCLUDE FILES
INCLUDE 'PARAM.CMN'
INCLUDE 'PRECIS.CMN'
INCLUDE 'KCONS.CMN'
INCLUDE 'USRVIS.CMN'
C SPECIFY DEFAULT EQUATION CONSTANTS

CUT1 = 0.006

CUT2 = 0.74
C
C1 = 7.1546
C2 = 2.7885
C3 = 0.6
C
C4 = 7.2799
C5 = 2.8447
C6 = 0.6
C
C7 = 7.2244
C8 = 2.8506
C9 = 0.6
C
C10 = 1.0
C11 = 2.8461
C
C12 = 2.7183
C13 = 7.0
C
AA1 = 3.3811
CC1 = 1.562
CC2 = 2.7183
CC3 = -0.03702
CC4 = 35.0
C
CC5 = 2.7183
CC6 = 3.5
CC7 = 35.0
C
AA2 = 3.3811
CC8 = 0.3892
CC9 = 2.7183
CC10= -0.02237
CC11= 50.0
C
CC12 = 2.7183
CC13 = 3.5
CC14 = 1.0073
CC15 = 35.0
IF (NVISCONS.GT.0) THEN
C
C- CHECK FOR THE USER-DEFINED CONSTANT AND LABELS DECLARED
C
DO 100 J = 1, NVISCONS
IF (VISLABL (J). EQ.'CUT1') THEN
CUT1 = VISLCON (J)
ELSEIF (VISLABL (J). EQ.'CUT2') THEN
CUT2 = VISLCON (J)
ELSEIF (VISLABL (J). EQ.'C1') THEN

C1 = VISLCON (J)
C2 = VISLCON (J)
C3 = VISLCON (J)
C4 = VISLCON (J)
C5 = VISLCON(J)
ELSEIF(VISLABL(J).EQ.'C6') THEN
C6 = VISLCON(J)
C7 = VISLCON(J)
C8 = VISLCON(J)
C9 = VISLCON(J)
C10 = VISLCON(J)
C11 = VISLCON(J)
C12 = VISLCON(J)
C13 = VISLCON(J)
ELSEIF(VISLABL(J).EQ.'AA1') THEN
AA1 = VISLCON(J)
ELSEIF(VISLABL(J).EQ.'CC1') THEN
CC1 = VISLCON(J)
CC2 = VISLCON(J)
CC3 = VISLCON(J)
CC4 = VISLCON(J)
CC5 = VISLCON(J)
CC6 = VISLCON(J)
CC7 = VISLCON(J)
CC8 = VISLCON(J)
ELSEIF(VISLABL(J).EQ.'AA2') THEN
AA2 = VISLCON(J)
CC9 = VISLCON(J)
CC10 = VISLCON(J)

CC11 = VISLCON(J)
CC12 = VISLCON(J)
CC13 = VISLCON(J)
CC14 = VISLCON(J)
CC15 = VISLCON(J)
ENDIF
100 CONTINUE
ENDIF
C
WTWAT = DENW * QWPIP
WTOIL = DENO * QOPIP
WATCUT = WTWAT / (WTWAT + WTOIL)
C
C When weight water cut is less than 0.006 use pure oil viscosity
C correlation
IF (WATCUT.LT. CUT1) THEN
C Absolute temperature Kelvin conversion
TAVGC = (TEMP - 32.0)/1.8 +273.15
SPLL = DENO/62.4
VIS1 = 10.0**(10**(C1 - C2*LOG10 (TAVGC))) - C3
C
VIS2 = 10.0**(10**(C4 - C5*LOG10 (TAVGC))) - C6
C
VIS3 = 10.0**(10**(C7 - C8*LOG10 (TAVGC))) - C9
C
VISL = (VIS1 + VIS2 + VIS3)/3.0
VISL = SPLL * VISL
C
ELSEIF (WATCUT.GT. CUT2) THEN
PHIO = QOPIP / (QOPIP + QWPIP)
C
PHI = PHIO * (C10 + C11)
C
VISL = VISW * C12 ** (C13 * PHI)
ELSE
C
C Temperature to centigrade conversion
C
TAVGC = (TEMP - 32.0)/1.8
IF (TAVGC.LE. 50.0) THEN
AA1 = 3.3811
C
CC = CC1 * CC2 ** (CC3 * (CC4 + TAVGC))
C
VISL = CC5 ** (AA1 + CC6 * WATCUT + CC * (CC7 - TAVGC))
ELSE

AA2 = 3.3811
C
CC = CC8 * CC9 ** (CC10 * (CC11 + TAVGC))
C
VISL = CC12 ** (AA2 + CC13 * WATCUT - CC14
1 + CC * (CC15 - TAVGC))
ENDIF
ENDIF
C ----------------------------------------------------------------
C ---------------- END OF ROUTINE USRLIQVIS----------------------
C ----------------------------------------------------------------
RETURN
END

Inflow Performance Relationship (IPR)
The inflow performance represents the production rate from the
petroleum reservoir as a function of the drawdown, which is the
difference in pressure between the reservoir and the flowing well.
User-defined Inflow Performance Relationship

The inflow performance relationship (IPR) for a completion zone
within a well is a relationship defining the production rate from the
formation as a function of the drawdown. The drawdown is a
measure of the driving force represented by the pressure differential
between the undisturbed reservoir and the flowing well (usually at
the sand-face).
The IPR Model is defined as a type of PIPEPHASE device (other
examples: PIPE, PUMP, COMPLETION). Structurally, an IPR
device should be configured downstream of a pressure-boundary
source. It will be the first (or upstream-most) element in a link
representing the connection between the well source and the surface
gathering system (the exception will be an injection sink where it
will be the last device before the downstream sink). Like any other
device, an IPR device is a subprogram where the inlet flow
conditions of pressure, temperature and enthalpy, are processed as a
function of the flow rate through the device to calculate the outlet
pressure.
The output from the IPR device model are the downstream or outlet
conditions of pressure, temperature and enthalpy. For most IPR
devices, where temperature and enthalpy variations can be ignored,
the only relevant output from the IPR model is the outlet pressure.
In certain instances, the value of one or more of the internal process
variables are of significance to the end-user (e.g., breakthrough
time from a coning model). These variables are the secondary
output from an IPR device model.
Built-in Variable List
A comprehensive set of “built-in IPR variables” have been made
available for use as labels in a user-defined IPR. This set, created
for the internally-supported IPR models, represents most of the
commonly-used variables in defining IPRs. Note that the set of
available real variables are further subdivided by defining a
separate “indexed” category of variables, to be used for defining

tabular data related to time-stepping and production planning. Table
3-58 ,Table 3-59 , Table 3-60 and Table 3-61 show the lists of
available variables.
Keyword Input
The keywords required for input to any user-defined model have
been described elsewhere. These keywords are required for two
purposes:
➤ To add to the list of in-built variables as needed for a specific
IPR; and
➤ To define the IPR characteristics for each of the completion
zones associated with an IPR device.
Subprogram Structure
A model number is selected from the available slots (numbers 1-20
are reserved for internal development). The model number will be
the basis for the corresponding subroutine name: IPRnn, where nn
represents the model number in I2.2 format (e.g., SUBROUTINE
IPR06, or SUBROUTINE IPR99). The calling arguments to the
standard IPRnn subroutine will be:
SUBROUTINE IPRnn (P, T, H, WT, QOSTD, QGSTD, QWSTD,
IPRERR)
The following input variables are modified through the process of

the IPR device from inlet (upstream) to outlet (downstream)
conditions:
P - pressure, psia
T - temperature, deg F
H - enthalpy, Btu/lb
Note that for isenthalpic, isothermal IPR models, the pressure is the
only variable that changes.
The input variables are defined as:
WT - mass flowrate, lb/sec
QOSTD - oil flowrate at standard conditions, ft3/sec
QGSTD - gas flowrate at standard conditions, ft3/sec
QWSTD - water flowrate at standard conditions, ft3/sec

Note: The mass flowrate is applicable for composition and
steam models.
The corresponding output variable:

IPRERR - error code (0 - no error)
Common Blocks
The following internal common blocksmust must be included:
PARAMS.CMN - system-wide parameters
PRECIS.CMN - double precision statement
KCONS.CMN - dimensioning statement
PRMIPR.CMN - IPR-related parameters
CUNIT.CMN - unit conversions
IPRCON.CMN - in situ density values (lb/ft3) for IPR calculation;
these variables may be used to develop user-
added IPRs:
CONGDN - gas density
CONODN - oil density
CONWDN - water density
The following common block will be needed for IPR models that
use the pseudo-pressure function utility:
MFPCMN.CMN - common block for pseudo-pressure utility
The following local character declarations are needed to support the

internal utility modules and data handling facilities:
CHARACTER LABEL *(MXCHAR), IFOUND*1
CHARACTER*(MXCHAR) RLABEL(3), ILABEL(1)
Data Extraction
The input data specific to an IPR defined through the keywords
RVAL, IVAL and ARRAY will be extracted through the following
utility modules:
SUBROUTINE RXTRCT (LABEL, NCHAR, IFOUND, RVAL)
for extracting real values; and

SUBROUTINE IXTRCT (LABEL, NCHAR, IFOUND, RVAL)

for extracting integer values (note that an extract utility will not be
provided for ARRAY data in the initial release).
The variables in the calling arguments are:
LABEL - variable label defined in the keyword input
NCHAR - number of unique identifying characters in the label
IFOUND - character flag (Y/N) indicating whether label was
found
RVAL/IVAL - specific real/integer value
Units Conversion Utility

The units conversion utility is described in a later section.
Calculation Utilities
The function of utility modules is to provide the developer of the
user-added IPR with a set of common tools that can reduce the
development effort, provide consistency across models, and
eliminate the duplication of code. For the initial release, the
calculation utility modules provided have been restricted to a set of
subroutines representing coning calculations in horizontal wells. In
particular, these are:
■ The Giger coning model for determining the critical rate, and
■ The Papatzakos method for calculating the time for break-
through.
In addition this model will also determine the optimal well
placement for dual (water table and gas cap) drive reservoirs.
The Giger et al coning model calculates the critical oil production
rate at which coning occurs:
SUBROUTINE GIGER (KCAP, RKH, VISO, FVF, DENO, DENW,
DENG, WSPA, THICK, RLENG, QCRIT)
The output variable is:

QCRIT - critical oil production rate, STB/D
The input variables are:

KCAP - drive mechanism (1-bottom water, 2-gas cap, 3-dual)
RKH - horizontal permeability, mD
VISO - oil viscosity, cp

FVF - oil formation volume factor, reservoir volume per unit stock
tank volume
DENO - oil density, lb/ft3
DENW - water density, lb/ft3
DENG - gas density, lb/ft3
WSPA - spacing between horizontal wells (or drainage length), ft
THICK - thickness of oil producing zone, ft
RLENG - length of horizontal well, ft
The Papatzakos et al. coning model calculates the breakthrough

time for coning in a horizontal well. For a dual cone model, when
both gas cap and bottom water drive exist, it also determines the
optimal well placement in terms of the distance to the oil-water
contact in a vertical plane.
SUBROUTINE PAPAT (KCAP, RKH, RKZ, VISO, FVF, DENO,
DENW, DENG, RLENG, THICK, PHI, QO, TBT, OPT)
The output variables are:

TBT - time to breakthrough, days
OPT - optimal placement (distance to oil/water contact in a vertical plane),
ft
The input variables are:

KCAP - drive mechanism (1-bottom water, 2-gas cap, 3-both)
RKH - horizontal permeability, mD
RKZ - vertical permeability, mD
VISO - oil viscosity, cp
FVF - oil formation volume factor, reservoir volume per unit stock
tank volume
DENO - oil density, lb/ft3
DENW - water density, lb/ft3
DENG - gas density, lb/ft3
RLENG - length of horizontal well, ft
THICK - thickness of oil producing zone, ft
PHI - reservoir porosity
QO - oil production rate, STB/D

Secondary Output Utility
An output utility module has been developed to report (both output
report and Results Access) internal variables of interest (e.g., results
from coning model):
SUBROUTINE RINSRT (RVAL, NREAL, IVAL, NINT, RLABEL,
ILABEL, MREAL, MINT)
All of the calling arguments are input variables:

RVAL - array of real values
NREAL - number of variables in RVAL array
IVAL - array of integer values
NINT - number of integers in IVAL array
RLABEL - 20-character label array corresponding to RVAL
ILABEL - 20-character label array corresponding to IVAL
MREAL - maximum number of variables in RVAL array
(20)
MINT - maximum number of variables in IVAL array (5)
Example Implementation
The following is an example for a user-added IPR in slot 21 (slot
numbers 1-20 reserved for internal models). This is a simple PI
model for an oil producing formation.

SUBROUTINE IPR21 (P,T,H,WT,QOSTD,QGSTD,QWSTD,IPRERR)
C This subprogram determines the flowing well pressure in an oil (or water) well
C from the reservoir pressure and the production rates. For injection wells,it
C computes the pressure in the reservoir from the incoming flowing well pressure.
C Note: this algorithm is not valid for gas-basis deliverability calculations.
C Input Arguments:
C P pressure, psia
C QOSTD oil flowrate, std.ft3/sec
C QWSTD water flowrate, std.ft3/sec
C Output Arguments:
C P pressure, psia
C IPERerror flag (0 - no error)
C Unused:
C WT mass flowrate, lb/sec
C QGSTD gas flowrate, std.ft3/sec
C Mandated PIPEPHASE include Files

INCLUDE ëPARAM.CMNí
INCLUDE ëPRECIS.CMNí
INCLUDE ëKCONS.CMNí
INCLUDE ëPRMIPR.CMNí
INCLUDE ëCUNIT.CMNí
INCLUDE ëMFPCMN.CMNí
C Mandated Declaration
CHARACTER LABEL *(MXCHAR), IFOUND*1
CHARACTER*(MXCHAR) RLABEL(3), ILABEL(1)
C Declarations for Output Utility
PARAMETER (MREAL = 20)
PARAMETER (MINT = 5)
DIMENSION RXVAL(MREAL), IXVAL(MINT)
C Initialize
IPRERR = 0
LABEL(1:4) = ë ë
C Extract Deliverability Basis
LABEL(1:5) = ëBASISí
CALL IXTRCT (LABEL,4,IFOUND,IVAL)
IF (IFOUND. EQ. ëYí) THEN
IBASIS = IVAL
ELSE
IPRERR = 1
GO TO 999
ENDIF
C Extract Productivity Index
LABEL(1:2) = ëPIí
CALL RXTRCT (LABEL,2,IFOUND,RVAL)
IF (IFOUND.EQ.íYí) THEN
PI = RVAL
ELSE
IPRERR = 2
GO TO 999
ENDIF

C Extract Traverse Direction Flag
LABEL(1:2) = ëFLOWí
C Default traverse: pressure drop
ISIGN = - 1
CALL IXTRCT (LABEL,2,IFOUND,IVAL)
IF ((IFOUND .EQ. ëYí) .AND. (IVAL .EQ. 2)) ISIGN = + 1
C Note: this is just an illustration of the use of this flag (the only
C practical examples of pressure gain across a device would be a pump
C or a compressor model).
C Convert flowrate from internal units to user (keyword) units
ININDX = 2
INTCLS = 3
IOTNDX = IUTVEC (1, INTCLS, 1)
Q1 = TOBU (Q, INTCLS, ININDX)
Q = FROMBU (Q1, INTCLS, IOTNDX)
C Deliverability Basis
C Basis = liquid (oil & water)
IF (IBASIS .EQ. 2) THEN
Q = QOSTD + QWSTD
C Basis = oil
ELSEIF (IBASIS .EQ. 3) THEN
Q = QOSTD
ELSEIF (IBASIS .EQ. 4) THEN
C Basis = water
Q = QWSTD
C Unsupported basis
ELSE
IPRERR = 3
GO TO 999
ENDIF
C Calculate Drawdown
DD = PI * Q
C Secondary Output
RXVAL(1) = DD
RLABEL(1) = Pressure Drawdown =
CALL RINSRT (RXVAL, 1, IXVAL, 0, RLABEL, ILABEL, MREAL, MINT)
C Convert drawdown from user units to internal () units
INTCLS = 10
ININDX = IUTVEC (1, INTCLS, 1)
IOTNDX = 1
DD = TOBU (DD, INTCLS, ININDX)
C Calculate Downstream Pressure from Drawdown
P = P + ISIGN * DD
999 CONTINUE
RETURN
END

Table 3-58: Available Real Variables
(Usage: RVAL=LABEL1,X1/LABEL2,X2....)
CLAMINAR laminar flow coefficient in LIT formulation
COEF coefficient of gas deliverability equation
CPSS constant in pseudo steady-state equation
CTURBULENT turbulent flow coefficient in LIT formulation (default=0.0)
CUMVOL cumulative volume produced (default=0.0)
ECHG elevation change
EXP exponent of gas deliverability equation (default=0.5)
FVF liquid formation volume factor
ID diameter of tubular at sand-face through which significant
pressure drop occurs (used when NSEG1)
KX permeability in x-direction
KY permeability in y-direction
KZ permeability in z-direction (vertical permeability)
LENGTH length of horizontal well, or producing zone thickness for
vertical wells
MPCONS constant in pseudo-pressure integral (default=2.0)
PDEPTH depth of measurement point (default=sandface)
PMIN minimum pressure limit (also reference) for pseudo-pressure
calc.
PMAX maximum pressure limit for pseudo-pressure calculation
(default=reservoir pressure)
PI productivity index
PITURB coefficient of turbulent flow term in PI equation (default=0.0)
PRES reservoir pressure
QMAX maximum flowrate or absolute open flow potential (AOFP) in
Vogels equation
RESA length (coarse) of reservoir in x-direction (perpendicular to
well)
RESB width (coarse length) of reservoir in y-direction (parallel to
well)
RW wellbore radius
SKIN dimensionless reservoir infinitesimal skin (default=0.0)
SPI specific productivity index, PI per unit length (used when
NSEG1)
THICKNESS average formation thickness

Table 3-58: Available Real Variables
(Usage: RVAL=LABEL1,X1/LABEL2,X2....)
VISL liquid phase viscosity
VOGCONS constant in Vogels equation (default=0.2)
VOGEXP exponent in Vogels equation
XCORD x-coordinate of the horizontal well
Y1CORD y1-coordinate of the horizontal well
Y2CORD y2-coordinate of the horizontal well
ZCORD z-coordinate of the horizontal well
Table 3-59: Available Indexed Real Variables (used for TABULAR)

(Usage: RVAL=LABEL“ij”,X1/LABEL”ij”,X2....)
PRESi reservoir pressure at i-th” cumulative production volume
TQCUMi “i-th” cumulative (default fluid) production volume (for i=1,..,5);
based on fluid model:
liquid - liquid volume
gas - gas volume
blackoil - oil and water volume
condensate - gas volume
compositional - mass
steam - mass
TQGCUMi “i-th” cumulative gas production volume (for i=1,..,5)
TQLCUMi “i-th” cumulative liquid production volume
TQOCUMi “i-th” cumulative oil production volume
TQWCUMi “i-th” cumulative water production volume
PWFij flowing well pressure at “i-th” cumulative production (or
reservoir pressure), for the j-th” point on the IPR curve (for
j=1,...6)
QFij “j-th” flowrate on the IPR curve for the “i-th” cumulative
production (or reservoir pressure)
Table 3-60: Available Integer Variables

(Usage: IVAL=LABEL1,I1/LABEL2,I2....)
BASIS deliverability basis:
1- gas
2- liquid
3- oil
4- water
5- mass

Table 3-60: Available Integer Variables
(Usage: IVAL=LABEL1,I1/LABEL2,I2....)
DRAWDOWN basis for drawdown calculation:
0- conventional (default): difference of squares of pressures
for gas; difference in actual pressures for liquid basis
1- difference in pseudo-pressure function m(p) for gasbasis,

with the integration constant equal to 2
2- difference in pseudo-pressure function m(p) for gas basis

with integration constant calculated from
T sc
Cons tan t = -----------------
-
P sc T res
Tsc = standard temperature (519.67 °R)
Psc = standard pressure (14.7 psia)
Tres = reservoir temperature
3- difference in m(p) for gas basis, with user-specified const

IMODEL model used for curve fitting (default = linear interpolation)
1- productivity index (straight line)
2- Vogel
3- Fetkovich
4- LIT
FLOW traverse direction:
1- forward (default)
2- reverse
NPSEG number of segments for pseudo-pressure calculations
(default=50)
NSEG number of equal IPR segments; when NSEG 1, PIPEPHASE
internally creates sub-surface sources. This feature is useful in
modeling horizontal wells or excessively thick vertical pay
zones
Note: For user defined IPR, each user has the freedom to define
their own labels and interpret the data in anyway. The RXTRCT
and IXTRCT utility extracts the real and integer data by label.

Table 3-61: Available Arrays
(Usage: ARRAY=LABEL1,X1,X2,X3.../
LABEL2,Y1,Y2,Y3...)
AQCUM cumulative reservoir fluid production; based on fluid model:
liquid - liquid volume
gas - gas volume
blackoil - oil and water volume
condensate - gas volume
compositional - mass
steam - mass
AQGCUM cumulative reservoir gas production
AQLCUM cumulative reservoir liquid production
AQOCUM cumulative reservoir oil production
AQWCUM cumulative reservoir water production
PPRES reservoir pressure (as a function of cumulative production)
DECLINERATE pressure-compressibility (p/z) decline rate for gas reservoirs
Unit Conversion Utilities

PIPEPHASE uses a set of units to define internal variables. User-
added modules (IPR’s and correlations) may be coded in user-
defined units or in PIPEPHASE internal units. In the former case,
all of the PIPEPHASE variables being used or updated (those in the
calling argument list as well as any transferred through common
blocks) should be appropriately converted to intermediate variables
in user-specified units. In the latter case, when a user-added module
is coded in PIPEPHASE internal units, all of the user-specified
variables being extracted should be converted to PIPEPHASE units.
Dimensional units are identified by a unit class and a unit index.
The class refers to the general type of unit, such as temperature,
pressure, length, and so on. The index identifies the specific unit
within the class, such as PSIA, ATM, KPA, etc. for class pressure.
All unit classes, and most units they contain, are listed in Table 3-61
Synonyms exist for some units, but are not listed in the table.
The utility modules FROMBU (from base units to user-specified
units) and TOBU (to base units) have been provided for unit
conversion facilities in PIPEPHASE user-added code:

FUNCTION FROMBU (VALUE, IUNTCLS, IOTNDX)
and
FUNCTION TOBU (VALUE, IUNTCLS, IOTNDX)
where the input arguments are:
VALUE - value (pre-conversion) of variable being
converted
IUNTCLS - unit class
IOTNDX - unit index
Example Conversion: Refer to Table 3-61 .

To convert pressure from bar to kPa:
PI = TOBU(PRES,9,6) converts to base unit (psia from bars)
PKPA = FROMBU(P1,9,8) converts from base units (psia) to kPa
Table 3-61: Available Unit Classes and Indices

UNIT UNIT MODIFIER COMMENTS
CLASS INDEX KEYWORD
B1
1 Molar rate MOLHR mole/hr
2 MOLS mole/sec
3 MOLM mole/min
4 MOLD mole/day
B
2 Weight rate 1 LBHR lb/hr
2 LBS lb/sec
3 LBM lb/min
4 LBD lb/day
*5 MLBHR 1000 lb/hr
6 MLBS 1000 lb/sec
7 MLBM 1000 lb/min
8 MLBD 1000 lb/day
9 KGHR kg/hr
10 KGS kg/sec
11 KGM kg/min
12 KGD kg/day
13 THRM tonnes/hr
14 TSM tonnes/sec
15 TMM tonnes/min

CLASS INDEX KEYWORD
16 TDM tonnes/day
B
3 Standard liquid volume rate 1 CFHR ft3/hr
2 CFS ft3/sec
3 CFM ft3/min
4 CFD ft3/day
5 CMHR m3/hr
6 CMS m3/sec
7 CMM m3/min
8 CMD m3/day
9 LHR liter/hr
10 LS liter/sec
11 LM liter/min
12 LD liter/day
* 13 BPD barrel/day
14 BPH barrel/hr
15 GPM gallon/min
B
4 Standard gas volume rate 1 CFHR 106 ft3 /hr
(1)
2 CFS 106 ft3/sec
3 CFM 106 ft3/min
4 CFD 106 ft3/day
5 CMHR 106 m3/hr
6 CMS 106 m3/sec
7 CMM 106 m3/min
8 CMD 106 m3/day
9 (CFM) ft3/min
* 10 (MCFD) 103 ft3/day
5 Actual liquid volume rate Same as standard
6 Actual gas volume rate (1) Same as standard
B
7 Temperature *1 F deg F
2 R deg R
3 C deg C
4 K K
8 Temperature change Same as
temperature
B
9 Pressure *1 PSIA lb/in2 (absolute)

CLASS INDEX KEYWORD
2 PSF lb/ft2
3 ATM atmosphere
4 MMHG mm of mercury
5 ATA atmosphere
6 BAR bar
7 PA Pascal
8 KPA kiloPascal
9 KGCM2 kg/cm2
10 PSIG lb/in2 (gauge)
11 ATE Technical
atmosphere
10 Pressure change Same as pressure
B
11 Length (coarse) 1 IN inch
*2 FT foot
3 MM milimeter
4 CM centimeter
5 MI mile
6 M meter
7 KM kilometer
12 Length (fine) Same as coarse
length
13 Density / Gravity
(liquid B1 SPGR specific gravity
only) (water=1)
2 API degree API
3 KGM3 kg/m3
*4 LBFT3 lb/ ft3
B
14 Duty *1 BTUHR BTU/hr
2 KCHR kcal/hr
3 CALS cal/sec
4 KJHR kJ/hr
5 KW kilowatt
15 Thermal conductivity B*1 BTUFTF BTU/ft-°F
2 BTUINF BTU/in-°F
3 KCMC kcal/m-°C
4 CALCMC cal/m-°C

CLASS INDEX KEYWORD
5 KJMC kJ/m3
6 WMC Watt/m3
16 Viscosity B*1 CP centipoise
2 PAS Pascal-sec
3 KGMHR kg/m-hr
4 LBFTHR lb/ft-hr
5 CST centistoke
6 SSU Saybolt-sec
7 FT2HR ft2/hr
8 M2HR m2/ hr
B
17 Specific heat *1 BTULBF BTU/(lb-°F)
2 KCKGC kcal/(kg-°C)
3 CALGC cal/(gm-°C)
4 KJKGC kJ/(kg-°C)
B*1
18 Heat transfer coefficient BTUFTF BTU/(hr-ft2-°F)
2 BTUINF BTU/(hr-in2-°F)
3 KCMC kcal/(hr-m2-°C)
4 CALCMC cal/(hr-cm2-°C)
5 KJMC kJ/hr-m2-°C
6 WMC Watt/(m2-°C)
B*1
19 Work HP Horsepower
2 FTLBS ft-lb/sec
3 KW kilowatt
B
20 Roughness *1 IN inch
2 FT foot
3 MM milimeter
4 CM centimeter
5 REL
21 Differential head B*1 FTHD foot head
2 MHD meter head
B
22 Permeability *1 D Darcy
2 MD milidarcy
B
23 Gas-oil ratio *1 CFTBBL ft3/bbl
2 CFTCFT ft3/ft3
3 BBLBBL bbl/bbl

CLASS INDEX KEYWORD
4 M3M3 m3/m3
B
24 Liquid-gas ratio *1 BBLMMSCF bbl/106 ft3
2 M3MMM3 m3/106 m3
B
25 Formation volume factor *1 BBLBBL barrels/st. barrels
2 M3M3 m3/st. m3
26 N/A
B
27 Heating value *1 BTUSCF BTU/st. ft3
2 KCM3 kcal/m3
28 N/A
B*1
29 Fraction (3) FRAC fraction
2 PC percent
3 REL relative
B
30 Percent (3) *1 PC percent
2 FRAC fraction
3 REL relative
31 Inverse pressure Same as pressure
32 Inverse length Same as length
B1
33 Phase angle DEG degrees
2 RAD radians
B*1
34 Geothermal gradient F100FT °F/100 feet
2 C100M °/100 meters
3 FMI °F/mile
4 CKM °C /km
B
35 Vapor gravity *1 SPGR
2 API
3 KGM3 kg/m3
4 LBFT3 lb/ft3
B
36 Area 1 IN2 inch2
2 FT2 feet2
3 CM2 cm2
4 MI2 mile2
5 M2 meter2
6 KM2 km2
7 ACRE acre
8 HECT Hectare

CLASS INDEX KEYWORD
37 - - - -
38 - - - -
39 Velocity B1 MPH mile/hour
2 FPS feet/sec
3 KMPH km/hr
4 MPS meters/sec
B
40 Standard liquid vol. units 1 CF (SCF) ft3
2 CM (SCM) cm3
3 LITRES (SL)
4 BARRELS
(STB)
5 GALLONS
(SGAL)
B
41 Standard gas vol. units 1 MMCF million ft3
2 MMCM million m3
3 MCF thousand ft3
4 MCM thousand m3
B
42 Actual vol. units 1 CF ft3
2 CM m3
3 LITRES
4 BARRELS
5 GALLONS
B1
43 Actual vol. units (gas) MMCF
2 MMCM
3 MCF
4 MCM
B
44 Pressure gradient 1 PSIAFT psia/ft
2 PSFFT lb/(ft2-ft)
3 ATMFT atmos/ ft
4 MMHGM mm mercury/m
5 ATAFT tech atmos/ft
6 BARM bar/meter
7 PAM Pascal/meter
8 KPAM kPa/meter
9 KGCMM kg/(cm2-meter)
B
45 Surface tension 1 DYNESCM dynes/cm

CLASS INDEX KEYWORD
2 GCM gram force/cm
3 PNDLIN poundal/in
4 NM Newton/meter
B
46 Heat transfer resistance 1 BTUFTF hr-ft2-ft2-°F/BTU
2 BTUINF hr-in2-°F/BTU
3 KCMC sec-cm2-°C/kcal
4 CALCMC sec-cm2-°C/kcal
5 KJMC hr-m2-°C/kJ
6 WMC m2-°C/W
B1
47 Heat content BTULB BTU/lb
2 KCKG kcal/kg
3 KJKG kJ/kg
4 CALG cal/g
5 JG J/g
B indicates base unit * indicates internal PIPEPHASE unit

Application Program Interface
An Application Program Interface(API) has been created to allow
PIPEPHASE functions to be executed from other programs. This
facilitates the custom integration of PIPEPHASE with other
simulators.
You pass information to and from PIPEPHASE using the following
API calls. You may make more than one call of each type.
API Call See ...
Call FF_VALS (iPutGet, cCommand, iValue, rValue, cValue) Page 3-238
Call FF_EXEC (cCommand, cOption, iReturnCode) Page 3-239
Call PPDATR (iPutGet, cClass, cName, cItem, iItemID, Page 3-241
cComponentName, rBuff, iBuff, KUOM, IUOM,
iReturnCode)
Call PPDATI (iPutGet, cClass, cName, cItem, iBuff, iCount, Page 3-242
KUOM, IUOM, iReturnCode)
Call PPDATC (iPutGet, cClass, cName, cItem, cBuff, iSize, Page 3-244
iCount, iReturnCode)
FF_VALS This routine is used to set and get runtime control values
Call FF_VALS (iPutGet, cCommand, iValue, rValue, cValue)
iPutGet Integer. Determines whether the data are put to PIPEPHASE

or got from PIPEPHASE
Value Meaning
-1 Not Required (neither putting nor
getting)
1 Get data.
2 Put data.
cCommand Character string. The command you want to pass to
PIPEPHASE or attribute you want to work on
Value Meaning
Quiet Do not echo "FF_VALS"
commands to the screen
UNQuiet Resume echoing of "FF_VALS"
Main Control FORTRAN Indicates API is being called from
a FORTRAN main and will
therefore not throw exceptions.

Main Control C Indicates API is being called from
a C++ main and will therefore
throw exceptions when necessary.
Activate Standard Code If a non-standard version of
PIPEPHASE has been selected,
this will revert back to the
standard version. Most users will
never need to use this option.
Minimize Output Output to screen is suppressed.
Standard Output Output to screen is the standard
PIPEPHASE output.
Automatic Termination Program will terminate normally
when finished.
Manual Termination Program will return to calling
routine when finished.
Input File Name Sets the input file name you wish
to run. Put desired name into
cValue.
Input File Directory Sets the input file directory where
the input file exists. Put desired
path name into cValue.
Configuration File Name Sets the configuration file name
you wish to use. Put desired
name into cValue.
Status Window Handle Indicates output should go to the
Window handle specified by the
argument iValue instead of the
FORTRAN standard output
which is usually unit 6. Only for
PCs.
Next Time Step Get or Put the next time step that
will be used in the calculations
using the argument rValue.
iValue Integer. Value to Put or Get. Set to -1 if not used.
rValue Real. Value to Put or Get. Set to -1.0 if not used.
cValue Character String. Value to Put or Get. Set to a single blank
character if not used.
FF_EXEC This routine executes a PIPEPHASE function.
Call FF_EXEC (cCommand, cOption, iReturnCode)
cCommand Character string. The command you want to pass to

PIPEPHASE
Value Meaning

Quiet Do not echo "FF_EXEC"
UNQuiet Resume echoing of "FF_EXEC"
Initialize Required initializations before
running.
Clean Start Cleans up files from previous
runs and sets up current files.
Run Preprocessor Runs keyword scanning
preprocessor.
Run Thermo Module Runs thermodynamic
preprocessor.
Run Cross Checker Runs network cross checking and
input reprint.
Run Calculations Runs and solves simulation.
New Case Increment case number.
Increment Time Step Moves the simulation control
variables to the next time step.
Rerun Preprocessor Reruns preprocessor if input file
needed changing.
Rerun Calculations Reruns calculations with user
modified data via PPDATR call.
Run Time Step Zero Runs time step zero or the first
time step. This allows you to
query and modify the next time
step using an FF_VALS call with
"Next Time Step".
Run Curent Time Step Runs the current time step only,
except for time step zero for
which you must use "Run Time
Step Zero".
Write to Display Write a userline (cOption) to the
display.
Write to File Write a userline (cOption) to the
output file.
Write to Display and File Write a userline (cOption) to
both the display and the output
file.
Write Reservoir Generate a reservoir report.
Write Report Generate all PIPEPHASE
network reports.
Clean End Cleanup temporary files and
generate final output file.

End Close files, free FORTRAN 90
allocated memory, and stop with
return code 10.
End Error Same as End but stopping with an
error code set to 79.
Stop If manual termination was
specified, call this to stop your
process when you are ready to
end the run.
cOption Character string. If the command requires input, this
argument is used to pass the value. OtherwiseI,enter a null
string.
iReturnCode Integer. Code returned by PIPEPHASE.
Value Meaning
3 The final time step converged
2 The last executed time step
converged
0 Successful Execution
-1 Simulation did not converge
-2 The last executed time step did
not converge
-3 The final time step did not
converge
-300 Invalid argument passed to
FF_EXEC
-301 Preprocessor errors detected
-302 Cross checking errors detected
Other General simulation failure
PPDATR This routine passes simulation data of type real to and from PIPEPHASE.
Call PPDATR (iPutGet, cClass, cName, cItem, iItemID, cComponentName,

rBuff, iBuff, KUOM, IUOM, iReturnCode)
Data are divided into cClasses corresponding to keyword statements -

NETWORK, NODE, etc . Each class has cNames corresponding to entries on the
statements - TEMP, PRES, etc. cItem identifies a specific item, such as a source or
sink. cComponentName identifies a component.

Value Meaning
1 Get data.
2 Put data.

cClass Character string. The class of the data Corrsponding to
keyword statements - eg NETWORK, NODE, etc .
See Table No - 4-55 .
cName Character string. The name of the data item. Corresponds to
entries on the statements - eg TEMP, PRES, etc.
See Table No - 4-55.
cItem Character string. The character identifier of an item to which
the data applies - eg the identifier of the source, sink,
junction, device, etc.
iItemID Integer. The integer identifier of an item - source, sink,
junction, device, etc. - to which the data applies. This
corresponds to the position in an array of names for that item
which has been previously retrieved using PPDATC.
iItemID is an alternative to cItem. If you use cItem, enter 0
for iItemID
cComponentNam Character string. Component name when cName =
e “COMP(M)” or cName = “COMP(WT)”. Otherwise, set to
null string.
rBuff Array containing value(s) of the real data item(s) that you are
putting or getting.
iBuff Array containing value(s) of the integer data item(s) that you
are putting or getting. For example, component numbers or
compressor stage numbers.
KUOM Integer code indicating the UOM base. Corresponds to Unit
Class in Table 5-12 in Chapter 5: PIPEPHASE Technical
Reference.
IUOM Integer code indicating the UOM type of data. Corresponds
to Unit Index in Table 5-12 in Chapter 5: PIPEPHASE
Technical Reference.
Value Meaning
0 Successful call to routine
PPDATR.
-100 Invalid iPutGet flag.
-200 Invalid cClass.
-300 Invalid cName for cClass.
-400 Node/Device/Link not found.
Other Error.
PPDATI This routine passes simulation data of type integer to and from PIPEPHASE.
Call PPDATI (iPutGet, cClass, cName, cItem, iBuff, iCount, KUOM, IUOM,
iReturnCode)

Data are divided into cClasses corrsponding to keyword statements - NETWORK,
NODE, etc . Each class has cNames corresponding to entries on the statements -
Temperature, Pressure, etc. Where you need to identify a specific item - such as
the source or sink - use its identifying character string - cItem - or its identifying
ID number - iItemID. If you need to identify a component, use
cComponentName.

Value Meaning
1 Get data.
2 Put data.
cClass Character string. The class of the data.
Value Meaning
NETWORK General Network simulation
IPR Inflow performance relationship
cName Character string. The name of the data item to get or set.
Value Meaning
NENODE Number of wells linked to a
reservoir simulator. Use with
cCLass NETWORK
NUMNOD Number of nodes in network.
Use with cCLass NETWORK.
NUMLINK Number of links in network. Use
with cCLass NETWORK.
NUMDEVICE Number of devices in network.
Use with cCLass NETWORK.
NOC Number of components in
network. Use with cCLass
NETWORK.
cItem Character string. The character identifier of an Inflow
Performance Relationship. Only used with cClass IPR.
iBuff Array containing values of the integer data items that you are
putting or getting.
iCount Integer. This argument is for future use. Use 0.
KUOM Integer code indicating the UOM base. Corresponds to Unit
Class in Table 5-12 in Chapter 5: PIPEPHASE Technical
Reference. This entry has been included for future use. Use
0.
IUOM Integer code indicating the UOM type of data. Corresponds
to Unit Index in Table 5-12 in Chapter 5: PIPEPHASE
Technical Reference. This entry has been included for future
use. Use 0.

Value Meaning
PPDATI.
Other Error.
PPDATC This routine passes simulation data of type character to and from PIPEPHASE.
Call PPDATC (iPutGet, cClass, cName, cItem, cBuff, iSize, iCount, iReturnCode)
Data are divided into cClasses . Each class has cNames . Where you need to
identify a specific item - such as the source or sink - use its identifying character
string - cItem.

Value Meaning
1 Get data.
2 Put data.
cClass Character string. The class of the data.
Value Meaning
NAMES List of names for the cName
specified
NETWORK Simulation general data
LINK Data associated with one specific
link
cName Character string. The name of the data item to get or set.
Value Meaning
NODE Returns a complete list of node
names. Use with cClass
NAMES.
DEVICE Returns a complete list of device
names when used with
cClass=NAMES. When used
with cClass=LINK, it returns
only the device names for the link
specified by name in the
argument cItem.

DEVTYP When used with cClass=LINK,
this will return the device types
for the link in sequential order in
the cBuff array.
STATUS When used with cClass=LINK,
this will get or set the status of the
link, which can be either “OPEN”
or “SHUT”. The value to set or
get will be returned or passed in
element one of the cBuff array.
LINK Returns a complete list of link
NAMES.
FROM NODES Returns a list of names for all the
nodes that are connected to the
beginning of a link. Use with
cClass NAMES.
Note that duplicates may exist in
this list since multiple links can
start at the same junction node.
TO NODES Returns a list of names for all the
nodes that are connected to the
end of a link. Use with cClass
NAMES.
Note that duplicates may exist in
this list since multiple links can
end at the same junction node.
SOURCE NODES Returns a complete list of source
NAMES.
WELL IPR Returns the IPR name associated
with the source node name
provided in the cItem argument.
Use with cClass NAMES.
<device type> Returns a complete list of device
Use an entry marked (*) names in the simulation for the
in the cClass column in device type specified.
Table 4-55 on page 213 Use with cClass NAMES.
FLUID TYPE Returns the fluid type selected for
the current simulation. Use with
cClass NETWORK.
Return values are BLACKOIL,
CONDENSATE, GAS, LIQUID,
STEAM or COMPOSITIONAL.
cItem Character string. The character identifier of an item - source,
sink, etc
cBuff Array containing values of the character data items that you
are putting or getting.
iSize Integer. Number of bytes in each item returned.

iCount Integer. Number of items in the array iBuff.
Value Meaning
PPDATC.
Other Error.
Table 3-62: Items in Call to PPDATR and PPDATC(*)
cClass cName Description Set Get Spec

ANNU Annulus
(*) ANNULUS DP Pressure drop X X
ANNULUS ID Inside diameter X X
BTM HOLE P Bottom hole pressure X X
FLOW CODE Flow code X X
FLOW EFF Flow efficiency X X
GEO TGRAD Geothermal temperature gradient X X
MWD (LENGTH) Measured wireline depth to X X
bottom of annulusH)
MWD (TO TOP) Measured wireline depth to top X X
of annulusP)
OD TUBE Tube outside diameter X X
OUTLET PRES Outlet pressure X X
OUTLET TEMP Outlet temperature X X
PLM DOWNHILL Palmer downhill liquid holdup X
correction factorLL X
PLM UPHILL Palmer uphill liquid holdup X X
correction factor
ROUGHNESS Roughness X X
Format All keywords must be in UPPER CASE and must include the embedded spaces
exactly as shown.
(*) Can be used in calls to PPDATC


TVD (DEPTH) Vertical depth to bottom of X X
annulus)
TVD (TO TOP) Vertical depth to top of annulus) X
U ANNULUS U-value X X X
BEND Bend
(*) (No entries for PPDATR)
CALCULATOR Calculator Unit
R(0001) Calculator Result 1 X X X
R(nnnn) Calculator Result nnnn, where X X X
nnnn is an integer value
CHEC Check Valve
(*) CHECK DP Pressure drop X X
CHECK ID Orifice diameter X X
COEF Discharge Coefficient X X
CHOK Choke
(*) CHK GAS RATE Gas flow rate X X X
CHK H2O RATE Water flow rate X X X
CHK LIQ RATE Liquid flow rate X X X
CHK OIL RATE Oil flow rate X X X
CHK RATE(GV) Gas volume flow rate X X X
CHK RATE(LV) Liquid volume flow rate X X X
CHK RATE(M) Mass flow rate X X X
CHK RATE(WT) Weight flow rate X X X
CHOKE DP Pressure drop X X X
CHOKE ID Inside diameter X X
COEF Resistance Coefficient X X
COEFF: A Gilbert Coefficient A X X
COEFF: B Gilbert Coefficient B X X
COEFF: C Gilbert Coefficient C X X
CRIT PRATIO Critical pressure ratio X X
exactly as shown.


SET PRES IN Set inlet pressure X X
SET PRES OUT Set outlet pressure X X
COMPL Completion
(*) COMPL DP Pressure drop X X
LENGTH Length X X
PENE Penetration X X
PERF DIA Perforation diameter X X
PERM-CRSH ZN Crushed zone permeability X X
PERM-RESERV Reservoir zone permeability X X
SHOT DENSITY Shot density X X
THICKNESS Thickness X X
TUNNEL LNGTH Tunnel length X X
COMPR Compressor
(*) COMPR DP Pressure drop X X X
COMPR EFF Efficiency X X
MAX POWER Maximum power X X
MAX PRESSURE Maximum pressure X X
MAX RPM Maximum RPM X X
REQ POWER Required power X X
RPM RPM X X
SET POWER Power X X
SET PRESSURE Pressure X X
STAGES Number of stages X X
exactly as shown.


CONSTRAINT Optimization constraint
variable
ABS TOLE Absolute error allowed for X X
constraint variable
ACTIVE Status of constraint variable (set X X
to 1 to include variable)
ALOWER Absolute lower limit X X
AUPPER Absolute upper limit X X
ERROR Relative error of constraint X
MLOWER Mechanical lower limit X X
MUPPER Mechanical upper limit X X
RLOWER Relative lower limit X X
RUPPER Relative upper limit X X
TIME Time for constraint for X X
optimization over time
VALUE Current value of constraint X
CONT Contraction
COOL Cooler
(*) COEF Pressure drop correlation X X
coefficient
COOLER DP Pressure drop X X
EXP Pressure drop correlation X X
exponent
REQ DUTY Required duty X X
SET DUTY Duty X X
SET TEMP OUT Set Outlet temperature X X
DECISION Optimization decision variable
ACTIVE Status of decision variable (set to X X
1 to include variable)
exactly as shown.


ALOWER Absolute lower limit X X
AUPPER Absolute upper limit X X
CAP COST Capital cost for optimization X X
over time
MLOWER Mechanical lower limit X X
MUPPER Mechanical upper limit X X
PERT Relative perturbation X X
RLOWER Relative lower limit X X
RUPPER Relative upper limit X X
TIME Time for variable change for X X
optimization over time
VALUE Current value of decision X X
variable
DPDT DPDT device
(*) DP CV PT VAL Array of pressure difference X X
values
DP IN DPDT Pressure difference X X
DT CV PT VAL Array of temperature difference X X
values
DT IN DPDT Temperature difference X X
Q CV PT VAL Array of Flowrate values X X
ENTR Entrance
EXIT Exit
EXPS Expansion
EXPD Expander
exactly as shown.


GLV Gas Lift Valve
(*) DISSOLVE Volume percent of soluble lift X X
gas dissolved in oil
GV RATE Lift gas rate X X
MWD LOCATION Lift valve location X X
DQ GAS Change in gaslift rate X X
DQ LIQUID Change in liquid rate X X
DQLIQ/DQGAS Change in rate ratio X X
EQUAL SLOPE Equal Slope Ratio X X
HEAT Heater
(*) COEF Pressure drop correlation X X
coefficient
EXP Pressure drop correlation X X
exponent
HEATER DP Pressure drop X X
OUTLET PRES Outlet temperature X X
OUTLET TEMP Outlet pressure X X
SET DUTY Duty X X
SET TEMP OUT Outlet temperature X X
INJE Injection
(*) FROM DEVICE Identifier where injected stream X X
was produced
INJ PRES Calculated Injection Pressure X X
INJ TEMP Calculated Injection temperature X X
INJECT DP Pressure drop X X X
SET INJ PRES Set Injection Pressure X X
SET INJ TEMP Set Injection Temperature X X
exactly as shown.


IPR Inflow Performance
Relationship
(*) CLAMINAR Laminar coefficient in the X X
Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent
model
COEF Fetkovitch coefficient X X
CTURBULENT Turbulent coefficient in the X X
Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent
model
DP Pressure drop X X
DRADIUS Radius of the reservoir X X
DRAINAREA Reservoir drain area X X
EXP Fetkovitch exponent X X
FLOWEFF Flow efficiency X X
FWMAX Maximum acceptable water cut X X
for the well.
ID Inside diameter X X
LENGTH Length X X
PI Productivity Index X X
PRES Pressure X X
SPI Specific Productivity Index X X
VOGEL CONST Vogel constant X X
VOGEL EXP Vogel exponent X X
VOGEL QMAX Absolute open flow potential X X
**** Any 4 character label for real X X
data specified by the user
JUNC Junction - See NODE
LINK Link
FLOW RATE Flow rate X X
exactly as shown.


Substitute x PRES Pressure X X
for x as
follows:
I = at inlet
O = at
outlet
x TEMP Temperature X X
x ENTHALPY Enthalpy X X
EXIT PRES Synonym of "O PRES" X X
EXIT TEMP Synonym of "O TEMP" X X
FEED(MW) Component Molecular Weights X X
per component
COMP(M) Component Mole Fraction X X
Substitute x FEED(M) Feed Mole Fraction per X X
for y as component
follows:
A = actual
conditions
S=
standard
conditions
x FEED(WT) Composition, Weight fraction X X
per component
x GAS DENS y Gas density X X
x OIL DENS y Oil density X X
x WAT DENS y Water density X X
x GAS GRAV Synonym of "x GAS DENS S" X X
x OIL GRAV Synonym of "x OIL DENS S" X X
x WAT GRAV Synonym of "x WAT DENS S" X X
x GRATE GV y Gas Volumetric Rate X X
x ORATE LV y Oil Liquid Volumetric Rate X X
x WRATE LV y Water Liquid Volumetric Rate X X
x GRATE WT y Gas Weight Rate X X
x ORATE WT y Oil Weight Rate X X
exactly as shown.


x WRATE WT y Water Weight Rate X X
x GHV Gross heating value X X
x WOBBE Wobbe index X X
MAX HL Maximum liquid holdup X X
MAX MIX VEL Maximum mixture velocity X X
MAX VEL GAS Maximum gas velocity X X X
MAX VEL LIQ Maximum liquid velocity X X X
MAX VSG Maximum superficial gas X X
velocity
MAX VSL Maximum superficial liquid X X
velocity
MIN HL Minimum liquid holdup X X
MIN MIX VEL Minimum mixture velocity X X
MIN VEL GAS Minimum gas velocity X X
MIN VEL LIQ Minimum liquid velocity X X
MIN VSG Minimum superficial gas X X
velocity
MIN VSL Minimum superficial liquid X X
velocity
SET MAX RATE Set maximum Flow rate X X
SET MIN RATE Set minimum Flow rate X X
MCHOK M Choke
(*) (See choke)
MCOMP Multistage Compressor
(*) COMPR DP Pressure drop X X
DP STG Stage pressure drop X X
DUTY STG Stage duty X X
MAX POWER Maximum Power X X
MAX PRES OUT Maximum Outlet pressure X X
NO. STAGES Number of stages X X
exactly as shown.


POUT STG Stage outlet pressure X X X
SET POWER Power X X
SET PRES IN Set inlet pressure X X
SET PRES OUT Set outlet pressure X X
STG ADIA EFF Adiabatic efficiency per stage X X
STG POLY EFF Polytropic efficiency per stage X X
TEMP STG Stage outlet temperature X X X
MREG M Regulator
(*) (See Regulator)
NETW General Network Simulation
BEST OBJ FNC Best objective function X X
CUM PROD Cumulative Production X X
HALVING Interval halvings X X
MAX HL Maximum liquid holdup X X
MAX MIX VEL Maximum mixture velocity X X
MAX VEL GAS Maximum gas velocity X X X
MAX VEL LIQ Maximum liquid velocity X X
MAX VSG Maximum superficial gas X X
velocity
MAX VSL Maximum superficial liquid X X
velocity
MAXITER Maximum number of iterations X X
MIN HL Minimum liquid holdup X X
MIN MIX VEL Minimum mixture velocity X X
MIN VEL GAS Minimum gas velocity X X
MIN VEL LIQ Minimum liquid velocity X X
MIN VSG Minimum superficial gas X X
velocity
exactly as shown.


MIN VSL Minimum superficial liquid X X
velocity
NETWORK PIMB Network pressure imbalance X X
OBJ FUNC Objective function X X
PDAMP Pressure damping X X
PRES TOLER Pressure tolerance X X
PROD TIME Production Time X X
QDAMP Flowrate damping X X
RESET Recalculate initial estimates X X
SCALE FACTOR Scale factor X X
NODE Node - Source, Sink or
Junction
AVG MW Average molecular weight X X
AVG MW S Average molecular weight at X X
standard conditions
BO GAS RATE Blackoil gas rate X X X
BO H2O RATE Blackoil water rate X X X
BO LIQ RATE Blackoil liquid rate X X X
BO OIL RATE Blackoil oil rate X X X
CGR Condensate Gas Ratio X X
CND GAS RATE Condensate gas rate X X X
CND H2O RATE Condensate water rate X X X
CND LIQ RATE Condensate liquid rate X X X
CND OIL RATE Condensate oil rate X X X
COEF Constant in the Vogel equation. X X
COMP II Compositional Injectivity Index X X
COMP PI Compositional Productivity X X
Index
COND DENSITY Condensate density X X
COND GRAVITY Condensate gravity X X
COND II Condensate Injectivity Index X X
exactly as shown.


EXP Exponent in the Vogel equation. X X
FEED(WT) Weight fraction in feed of X X
specified component
FEED(M) Mole fraction in feed of X X
specified component
(compositional) or contaminant
(non-compositional); N2, CO2,
H2S
FEED(MW) Molecular weight of specified X X
component (compositional) or
contaminant (non-
compositional); N2, CO2, H2S
COMP(M) Same as FEED(M) X X
COMP(WT) Same as FEED(WT) X X
FVFO Oil formation volume factor X X
GAS DENSITY Gas density X X
GAS FRACTION Gas fraction X X X
GAS GRAVITY Gas gravity X X
GAS MW Gas molecular weight X X
GAS MW S Gas molecular weight at X X
standard conditions
GAS VISC Gas viscosity X X
GHV Gross heating value X X
GOR Gas Oil Ratio X X
GRATE GV Gas volume rate X X X
GRATE WT Gas weight rate X X X
LIQ DENSITY Liquid density X X
LIQ FRACTION Liquid fraction X X
LIQ RATE CMP Compositional Liquid Weight X X
Rate.
LIQ SHEAT Liquid specific heat X X
NCOMP II Non-compositional Injectivity X X
Index
exactly as shown.


NCOMP PI Non-compositional Productivity X X
Index
OIL DENSITY Oil density X X
OIL GRAVITY Oil gravity X X
OIL MW Oil molecular weight X X
OIL MW S Oil molecular weight at standard X X
conditions
OIL VISC Oil viscosity X X
ORATE LV Oil volume rate X X X
ORATE WT Oil weight rate X X X
PRESSURE Pressure X X X
QUALITY Quality (Steam only) X X X
RATE(WT) Total weight rate - If non X X X
compositional, then weight rate
is at standard conditions.
RATE WT S Same as RATE(WT) X X X
RATE(GV) Total gas volume flow rate. X X X
RATE(LV) Total liquid volume flow rate X X X
RATE(M) Total molar flow rate X X X
SGOR Solution gas oil ratio calculation X
method
STEAM RATE Steam rate X X X
TEMPERATURE Temperature X X X
TOTAL ENTH Total enthalpy X X X
VOGEL QMAX Maximum flowrate for the Vogel X X
model
WAT DENSITY Water density X X
WAT MW Water molecular weight X X
WAT MW S Water molecular weight at X X
standard conditions
WAT VISC Water viscosity X X
WATER CUT Water cut X X
exactly as shown.


WATER GRAV Water gravity X X
WGR Water Gas Ratio X X
WOBBE Wobbe index X X
WRATE LV Water volume rate X X X
WRATE WT Water weight rate X X X
NOZZ Nozzle
(*) (No entries for
PPDATR)
OBJECTIVE Optimization objective
parameter
ACTIVE Status of objective parameter X X
(set to 1 to include variable)
CAPCOST Capital cost associated with X X
parameter for optimization over
time
COEF Multiplication coefficient for X X
objective function
DISCOUNT Discount parameter in X X
optimization over time (set to 1)
ERROR Relative error in objective X X
parameter for tuning simulations
REPLACEMENT Use replacement value for X X
parameter in optimization over
time
TARGET Target value for tuning X X
simulations
VALUE Current value of objective X X
parameter
OPTIMIZATION Optimization Data
BEST OBJ FNC Best value found for objective X
function
DAMPING Number of cycles with damping X X
DEF ERR TOL Minimum relative error in X X
constraint
exactly as shown.


DEFPERT Default relative perturbation in X X
decision variable
DFACTOR Variable damping denominator X X
DISABLE OPT Turn optimization off (set to 1 to X X
select)
ITERATION Maximum number of Iterations X X
MAXIMIZE Maximize objective function (1 X X
to maximize or 0 to minimize)
OBJ FUNC Value of objective function X
OBJTOL Minimum relative change in X X
objective function
OPTIMIZATION Perform network optimization X X
(set to 1 to select)
SCALING Use scaling algorithm in X X
optimization (set to 1 to select)
TUNING Perform network tuning (set to 1 X X
to select)
VARTOL Minimum relative change in X X
decision variable
ORIF Orifice
(*) (No entries for
PPDATR)
PIPE Pipe
(*) AMBIENT TEMP Ambient temperature X X
BURIAL DEPTH Burial depth X X
DP HYDRATE Pressure difference for hydrate X X
formation
DT HYDRATE Temperature difference for X X
hydrate formation
GAS FLOWRATE Gas flowrate X X
H INSIDE Inside Film heat transfer X X
coefficient
exactly as shown.


H OUTSIDE Outside Film heat transfer X X
coefficient
INS COND Insulation conductivity X X
INS THICKNS Insulation thicknesss X X
OIL FLOWRATE Oil flowrate X X
P HYDRATE Pressure for hydrate formation X X
PIPE COND Wall Conductivity X X
PIPE DP Pressure drop X X X
PIPE ELEV Elevation X X
PIPE ID Inside diameter X X
PIPE LENGTH Length X X
PIPE THICKNS Wall thicknesss X X
PLM DOWNHILL Palmer downhill liquid holdup X X
correction factor
correction factor
ROUGHNESS Wall Roughness X X
SOIL COND Soil conductivity X X
T HYDRATE Temperature for hydrate X X X
formation
TOT FLOWRATE Total flowrate X X
U PIPE U-value X X X
WAT FLOWRATE Water flowrate X X
PUMP Pump
(*) MAX POWER Maximum power X X
MAX PRESSURE Maximum pressure X X
MAX RPM Maximum RPM X X
MEAS DEPTH Measured depth X X
exactly as shown.


PUMP DP Pressure drop X X X
PUMP EFF Efficiency X X
RPM RPM X X X
SET POWER Power X X
SET PRESSURE Pressure X X
STAGES Number of stages X X
VERT DEPTH Vertical depth X X
REGU Regulator
(*) OUTLET PRES Outlet pressure X X
REG DP Pressure drop X X X
REG GAS RATE Gas flow rate X X X
REG H2O RATE Water flow rate X X X
REG LIQ RATE Liquid flow rate X X X
REG OIL RATE Oil flow rate X X X
REG PRESSURE Pressure X X
REG PSUCTION Upstream pressure X X
REG RATE(GV) Total Gas volume flowrate X X
REG RATE(LV) Total Liquid volume flowrate X X
REG RATE(M) Total Molar flowrate X X
REG RATE(WT) Total Weight flow rate X X
RESE Reservoir Interface
CUM PROD Cumulative production X X
RES PRESS Reservoir pressure X X
corresponding to CUM PROD
RISE Riser
(*) FLOW AREA Flow area X X
exactly as shown.


correction factor
correction factor
RISER DP Pressure drop X X X
RISER ELEV Elevation X X
RISER ID Inside diameter X X
RISER LENGTH Length X X
U RISER U-value X X X
SEPA Separator
(*) COND PERC Condensate percent X X
COND RATE Condensate rate X X
GAS PERCENT Gas percent X X X
GAS RATE Gas rate X X X
GAS RATE(WT) Gas weight flow rate X X X
H2O PERCENT Water percent X X X
H2O RATE Water rate X X X
H2O RATE(WT) Water weight flow rate X X X
LIQ PERCENT Liquid percent X X X
LIQ RATE Liquid rate X X X
OIL PERCENT Oil percent X X X
OIL RATE Oil rate X X X
OIL RATE(WT) Oil weight flow rate X X X
SET GAS RATE Set Gas rate X X
exactly as shown.


SET H2O RATE Water rate X X
SET LIQ RATE Set Liquid rate X X
SET OIL RATE Set Oil rate X X
SIMU General Network Simulation -
See NETW
SINK Sink - See NODE
SOUR Source - See NODE
TEE Tee
(No entries for
PPDATR)
TUBI Tubing
(*) BTM HOLE P Bottom Hole Pressure X X
DP HYDRATE Hydrate pressure difference X X
DT HYDRATE Hydrate temperature difference X X
FLOW AREA Flow area X X
GAS FLOWRATE Gas flowrate X X
GEO TGRAD Geothermal temperature gradient X X
MWD (LENGTH) Measured wireline depth to X X
bottom of tubing
MWD (TO TOP) Measured wireline depth to top X X
of tubing
OIL FLOWRATE Oil flowrate X X
P HYDRATE Hydrate pressure X X
correction factor
correction factor
exactly as shown.


T HYDRATE Hydrate temperature X X
TOT FLOWRATE Total flowrate X X
TUBE ID Inside diameter X X
TUBING DP Pressure drop X X X
TVD (DEPTH) Vertical depth to bottom of X X
tubing
TVD (TO TOP) Vertical depth to top of tubing X
U TUBE U-value X X X
WAT FLOWRATE Water flowrate r X
VALV Valve
(*) OUTLET PRES Outlet pressure X X
VALVE ANGLE Angle X X
VALVE DP Pressure drop X X X
VALVE ID IN Inside diameter atr inlet X X
VALVE ID OUT Inside diameter at outlet X X
VALVE K Resistance coefficient X X
VALVE KMUL K-value multiplier X X
VENT Venturi
(*) (No entries for
PPDATR)
exactly as shown.

Type 2 Blackoil PVT Table
The PVT file consists of 2 main sections.
The first section consists of PVT table set up information.
■ All data in the file is comma separated (delimited), so that the
file can be viewed clearly in EXCEL using the CSV format.
■ If a line starts with a '$' sign it is simply a comment. The con-
tents of that line has no effect when the file is read by Pipep-
hase. Comments in Pipephase generated TYPE 2 PVT file is
for better readability.
■ A data line begins with a key-character-string. This string
should be exactly what is indicated(including spaces). The
order of the data should also be preserved. The required charac-
ter strings are set in bold below. The string case can be upper-
case or lowercase or mixed-case.
■ Numeric (integer or real) or character data follows each charac-
ter string. The data is indicated by Italics in the sample example
below.
The start of the second section is indicated by the string "DATA".
This statement is followed by actual numeric table data that is used
by PIPEPHASE.
All units are specified by unit classes and unit index integers. Please
refer to the API manual or the keyword input manual (see Unit
Conversion Utilities) for more details.
Explanation of key-character-strings for the sample table is given
below:
# key-character-strings Example Description
1 TYPE 2 This specifies the type of table.

Currently the type supported is 2 only
2 NUMBER OF 6 Upto 18 properties can be supported.
PROPERTIES See manual for list of table supported
properties.

3 Property List FVFO,SGOR,VISO,OILGR The character string data lists the
AV,GASGRAV,CO properties that this table will support.
The number of properties shall match
with the NUMBER OF PROPERTIES
specified in the previous line.See the
keyword manual for a complete list and
the label-string required for each
property.
4 Property Dimension 25,23,16,13,35,31, Each integer defines the unit class of
class each property. The dimensions and the
corresponding integer values can be
found in the API manual or the keyword
manual (see Unit Conversion Utilities)
5 Property Dimension 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 10, Each integer defines the unit index of
Index each property. The index and the
corresponding integer values can be
found in the API manual or the keyword
manual (see Unit Conversion Utilities)
6 Standard Gravity-unit 35, 13, 13 The unit class of the gravities used in the
class table. The order is Gas, Oil and Water
7 Standard Gravity-unit 1, 2, 2 The unit index of the gravities used in
index the table. The order is Gas, Oil and
Water
8 Gravities 0.6000, 35.0000,8.5990 The gravity data in units specified above
9 CONTAMINANTS 0.0000, 0.0000, The contaminant mole percent of CO2
0.0000 H2S and N2 in the gas
10 Number of temperature 4 Number of temperatures used in the

points table
11 Temperature unit Index 1 Temperature unit index on the table
12 Temperature Points 60.00000, 100.00000, The temperature points in dimensions
150.00000, 200.00000 indicated above. The number of
temperatures must match as previously
indicated above.
13 Number of Pressure 8 Number of pressure points used on the
points table
14 Pressure unit Index 10 Pressure unit index defines the pressure
units used on the table.
15 Pressure Points 0.00000, 100.00000, All the pressure points separated by a
200.00000, 300.00000, comma needs to be listed in one line.
500.00000, 1000.00000,
2000.00000, 3000.00000
16 Temperature Index Temperature Index, Pressure This line essentially forms the heading
Index, FVFO, SGOR, VISO, of the table. The first 2 strings are
OILGRAV, GASGRAV,CO always temperature index and pressure
index. The remaining property character
strings must be in the order listed above
in the Property List line.

17 DATA This indicates the next line is the start of
the table data. Note that the properties
for each combination of temperature and
pressure must be specified.
Example of Type 2 PVT file

TYPE, 2
NUMBER OF PROPERTIES, 6
$COMMENT,GENERATED BY PIPEPHASE
$COMMENT,1,2,3,4,5,6
Property List, FVFO,SGOR,VISO,OILGRAV,GASGRAV,CO
Property Dimension class,25,23,16,13,35,31,
$Property Class description
Property Dimension Index, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 10,
$Property units description,(BBLBBL),(CFBBL),(CP),(API),() ,(/PSIG),
$COMMENT, Standard Gas Gravity, Standard Oil Gravity, Standard Water Gravity
Standard Gravity-unit class , 35, 13, 13
Standard Gravity-unit index, 1, 2, 2
Gravities, 0.6000, 35.0000, 8.5990
CONTAMINANTS , 0.0000, 0.0000, 0.0000
Number of temperature points, 4
Temperature unit Index, 1
$TEMPERATURE NUMBER,1,2,3,4
$Temperature Unit description,(F)
Temperature Points, 60.00000, 100.00000, 150.00000, 200.00000
Number of Pressure points, 8
Pressure unit Index, 10
$PRESSURE NUMBER,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8
$Pressure Unit description,(PSIG)
Pressure
Points,0.00000,100.00000,200.00000,300.00000,500.00000,1000.00000,2000.00000,3000.00000
Temperature Index, Pressure Index, FVFO,SGOR,VISO,OILGRAV,GASGRAV,CO
DATA
1,1, 995.77932E-03, 1.00000E+00, 9.59802E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 6.01292E-06,
1,2, 998.65176E-03, 10.19931E+00, 9.22509E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 6.08552E-06,
1,3, 1.00664E+00, 35.07369E+00, 8.31399E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 6.28812E-06,
1,4, 1.01274E+00, 53.47426E+00, 7.72087E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 6.44350E-06,
1,5, 1.02988E+00, 103.17409E+00, 6.39747E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 6.88480E-06,
1,6, 1.06878E+00, 208.80165E+00, 4.52468E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 7.92339E-06,
1,7, 1.15266E+00, 417.73572E+00, 2.72349E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 10.39893E-06,
1,8, 1.26112E+00, 667.21273E+00, 1.83089E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 14.12459E-06,
2,1, 1.01511E+00, 1.00000E+00, 4.91022E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 6.50406E-06,
2,2, 1.01730E+00, 7.45021E+00, 4.79856E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 6.56016E-06,
2,3, 1.02577E+00, 31.97329E+00, 4.40612E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 6.77821E-06,
2,4, 1.03158E+00, 48.47550E+00, 4.16806E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 6.92912E-06,
2,5, 1.04841E+00, 94.98630E+00, 3.59212E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 7.37231E-06,
2,6, 1.08548E+00, 192.52328E+00, 2.72473E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 8.38851E-06,
2,7, 1.16536E+00, 388.38713E+00, 1.77449E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 10.80474E-06,
2,8, 1.25695E+00, 598.40659E+00, 1.28878E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 13.97101E-06,
3,1, 1.04124E+00, 1.00000E+00, 2.75229E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 7.18230E-06,
3,2, 1.04245E+00, 4.32430E+00, 2.72568E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 7.21419E-06,
3,3, 1.05131E+00, 28.45115E+00, 2.54346E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 7.44969E-06,
3,4, 1.05735E+00, 44.67354E+00, 2.43098E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 7.61205E-06,
3,5, 1.07298E+00, 85.86916E+00, 2.17717E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 8.03904E-06,

3,6, 1.10792E+00, 174.80476E+00, 1.75367E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 9.03477E-06,
3,7, 1.18369E+00, 357.06318E+00, 1.22570E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 11.40566E-06,
3,8, 1.26048E+00, 531.90803E+00, 950.09601E-03, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 14.10116E-06,
4,1, 1.06896E+00, 1.00000E+00, 1.81387E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 7.92834E-06,
4,2, 1.06915E+00, 1.48802E+00, 1.81170E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 7.93346E-06,
4,3, 1.07829E+00, 25.25831E+00, 1.71031E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 8.18656E-06,
4,4, 1.08449E+00, 41.22919E+00, 1.64687E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 8.36066E-06,
4,5, 1.09888E+00, 77.76900E+00, 1.51449E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 8.77137E-06,
4,6, 1.13189E+00, 159.41114E+00, 1.27290E+00, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 9.75280E-06,
4,7, 1.20428E+00, 330.36019E+00, 937.76336E-03, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 12.10045E-06,
4,8, 1.27583E+00, 491.57481E+00, 750.10247E-03, 35.00001E+00, 600.00000E-03, 14.67213E-06,

Chapter 4
Results
About This Chapter

This chapter contains information about the reports which
PIPEPHASE produces. It describes which reports are available and
gives examples of each type.
The chapter first gives a full list of the reports available, along with
brief descriptions. The list is in the order in which the reports will
appear in your output. If you want to know what reports you must
produce in order to get any specific information, this is where to
look. This chapter also tells you which reports are always produced,
which are produced by default, and which are produced only by
specific request. The options to request or suppress each report are
also described.
The chapter then goes on to give examples of the reports. The
examples are presented in the same order as the list of reports. For
clarity, the output shown is not the complete output from a specific
run. Also, in order to illustrate the different features, parts of the
outputs are taken from examples given in PIPEPHASE Application
Briefs.
Report Options
The PIPEPHASE output is designed to provide concise information
within 80 columns. The main PRINT statement in the General Data
Category of input (see the PRINT statement in Chapter 3, Input
Reference) controls the overall level of printout. A number of
printout options are available to enable you to select the amount of
information that you require.For example, if additional information
for only some of the links is required, you need only set the PRINT
option on the LINK statements for the ones you want. If the PRINT
option is entered on any link, detail reports will not be produced for
links which do not also have the PRINT option.
If stream property tables are being generated, tables and plots of the
properties against temperature and pressure can be produced by
using the PRINT and PLOT options on the GENERATE statement.
The output is normally produced in the units of measurement you
defined globally as input units. Instead of this output, or in addition
to it, you can request an output in a different set of units using the
OUTDIMENSION statement in the General Data Category of the
input.
Description of Reports
The output from a PIPEPHASE simulation is in three main sections
which correspond to the three phases of the PIPEPHASE simulation
run. These are the input check and input data reprint; intermediate
solution history and output; and the final results output.
PIPEPHASE will only continue from one section to the next if no
errors are detected. If errors are found, either in the users input data
or during the solution procedure itself, self explanatory messages
will be printed and the simulation will either terminate or, in the
case of a solution procedure error, PIPEPHASE will try to resolve
the problem and continue with the simulation.
Input Reprint
A reprint of your keyword input data file will always be created
showing any syntax errors you have made. If there are no syntax
errors, PIPEPHASE then cross-checks the data for logic and
consistency. By default, it also prints out the full set of input data
which shows all the default values used, as well as the user-supplied
data. All, or part, of this full input data reprint can be suppressed if
desired.
The full input data reprint shows the data for all the data sections in
the simulation. All the possible categories of input are as follows:
1 Thermodynamic Data
2 Component Data
3 General Data
4-2 Results
4 PVT Data
5 Network Data
6 Source Data
7 Structure Data
8 Network Connectivity
9 Case Study
10 Nodal Analysis
11 PVTGEN Results
A single simulation run cannot include all these data sections. See
the Print section of Chapter 4 for PRINT options.
Intermediate Printout
During solution of a network, PIPEPHASE iterates until it
converges to within the error tolerance you set, or that which is set
by default. A summary of any errors or warnings encountered
during that iteration will be produced at the end of each iteration.
The ITER option on the PRINT statement can be used to request
additional printout which shows flowrates and pressures at each
iteration of the solution path. This can be particularly useful if you
have inadvertently given conflicting specifications in the problem
setup and the program has failed to resolve the inconsistencies.
If well test data have been specified, the inflow performance
coefficient is calculated before the solution calculations and the
report appears in the intermediate output.
Solution Output
The solution output is made up of a number of sections as shown
below. These sections are listed in the order they appear in the
output report, although not all of PIPEPHASE’s simulation modes
will produce all sections (see Chapter 2, Using PIPEPHASE).

Flash Report A flash report is produced by default for each node 3-27 PRINT
in a compositional run unless property tables are
being used. This report contains the temperature,
pressure, composition, flowrate, and properties for
each phase present at each node. The flash report
can be suppressed by the FLASH=NONE option on
the PRINT statement.
Separator Report A separator report is produced for each separator in 3-27 PRINT
a compositional run unless property tables are being
used. This report contains the temperature, pressure,
composition, flowrate, and properties for each
separator product.
Link Summary The link summary is produced by default for all 3-27 PRINT
PIPEPHASE simulations and shows the flowrates,
pressure, temperature, and holdups for each link in a
tabular format. The flowrates displayed are the
volumetric rates at actual flowing conditions for
each phase. This report can be suppressed by the
SUMM=NEW option on the PRINT statement.
Node Summary The node summary is produced by default and 3-27 PRINT
shows the flowrates, pressure, and temperature at
each node in a tabular format. The flowrate is shown
for each phase, but the flow basis depends on the
fluid type. For a single-phase liquid or gas, standard
volumetric rates are shown. If the non-
compositional fluid is steam, weight flowrates and
quality are printed. For a compositional fluid, weight
flowrates and gravity are also given. This report can
be suppressed by the SUMM=NEW option on the
PRINT statement.
Device Summary The device summary is produced by default and 3-27 PRINT
summarizes each device (pipe, fitting, or item of
process equipment) in the order in which they were
defined in the link. The table shows the correlation
used, inside diameter, length, elevation change,
liquid holdup and the outlet temperature, pressure
and liquid fraction. The device summary can be
suppressed by the DEVICE=NONE or
SUMM=NEW options on the PRINT statement.
Structure Data The structure data summary is produced by default 3-27 PRINT
Summary and contains information for link devices including
length, elevation change and K-factor. This report
can be suppressed by the SUMM=OLD option on
the PRINT statement.
4-4 Results
Velocity Summary The velocity summary is produced by default and 3-27 PRINT
contains link fluid velocity-related information such
as inlet and outlet velocities, critical velocity,
pressure gradient and the pressure drop per device.
This report can be suppressed by the SUMM=OLD
option on the PRINT statement.
Results Summary The results summary is produced by default and 3-27 PRINT
contains flow, pressure, temperature and quality
information for device inlet and outlet points. This
report can be suppressed by the SUMM=OLD
option on the PRINT statement.
Link Device Detail The DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL option on 3-27 PRINT
Report the PRINT statement generates a link device detail 3-100 LINK
report for every link in the simulation. The PRINT
option on the LINK statements can be used to
restrict the report to specific links. The report for
each link is in several sections:
Pressure and Temperature Report - For pipes and
fittings, this shows the dimensions, pressure,
temperature, heat transfer coefficient, and ambient
temperature. For items of process equipment, the
calculated parameters, such as pump power or valve
resistance coefficient, are shown.
Pressure and Temperature Plots - If the
PLOT=FULL option is specified on the PRINT
statement, the pressure and temperature profiles
along the link are plotted.
Phase Envelope - For compositional fluids, a phase
envelope is produced when the PLOT=FULL option
is specified. A phase envelope plot and tabular data
are both shown.
Holdup and Velocity Detail Report - The liquid
holdup, liquid, gas and mixed phase fluid velocities,
flow regime, and sonic velocity are shown for each
calculation segment in the link.
Pressure Gradient Detail Report - This report is
only produced if the DEVICE=FULL option is
invoked on the PRINT statement. It shows the
pressure gradient and pressure drop in each
calculation segment and identifies the frictional and
elevation contributions of this value.
Taitel-Dukler Flow Regime Map - This is
produced for two-phase flow in links by specifying
the MAP=TAITEL option on the PRINT statement
along with DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL.

Link Property The PROPERTY=PART or PROPERTY=FULL 3-27 PRINT
Detail Report option on the PRINT statement generates a link 3-100 LINK
property detail report for every link in the
simulation. The PRINT option on the LINK
statements can be used to restrict the report to
specific links. The report for each link is in several
sections:
Viscosity and Density Results - This report shows
the viscosity and density at actual flowing
conditions for each phase at each calculation
segment.
Friction and Surface Tension Results - In addition
to the friction factor and surface tension, this report
shows the Reynolds number and the other properties
from which the friction factor is calculated.
Heat Transfer Calculations - This report is
produced only if the PROPERTY=FULL option is
specified on the PRINT statement. The report shows
fluid thermal conductivity and the thermal
resistances for each calculation segment. For
compositional or steam simulations, the phase
enthalpies are also shown. Hydrate formation is
flagged for compositional runs.
Slug Report The SLUG option is used to create a Statistical Slug 3-27 PRINT
Model report. DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL
must be specified on the PRINT statement and the
report is only produced for single link calculations
with two-phase flow at the outlet.
Case Summary This report is produced for all simulations which use
the case study feature. The report summarizes the
node pressures, temperatures and flowrates for each
case study to allow easy comparisons of the cases.
Reservoir Link This report includes information on wells modeled
Report by PIPEPHASE and the reservoir simulator. Reports
are produced at times specified in the
TIMESTEPPING data section. Reservoir reports are
produced at each reservoir time step.
Sensitivity When the sensitivity analysis feature is used, none 4-16 SENSITIVITY
Analysis of the standard link, node, or device reports are
produced. Instead, a special sensitivity analysis
output is generated. It compares the node pressures,
temperatures, and flowrates for each of the specified
inflow and outflow parameters. Results are
presented in tabular and graphical form.
Sphering Report This report is produced for all sphering calculation 4-39
runs. It shows the pressure, temperature, and
flowrate in the zones in front of, and behind, the
sphere as it proceeds along the pipeline. It also
shows the slug delivery time and rate and the time
required for the pipeline to re-establish steady state.
4-6 Results
Input Reprint Examples
The input data reprint can be lengthy for large networks and can be
partially or fully suppressed by entering INPUT=PART or
INPUT=NONE on the PRINT statement in the General Data
Category of input. It is generally best to use the default
(INPUT=FULL) when first running a simulation and only reduce
the amount of reprint when the data are known to be correct. Even
with INPUT=NONE, the keyword data file is always printed to the
output.
Thermodynamic
Data
DATA FOR SET 'SET01'

The following data GRAYSON STREED PURE COMPONENT DATA
section appears at the
COMP CRITICAL CRITICAL ACENTRIC MOLAR SOLUBILITY
front of the data reprint TEMPERATURE PRESSURE FACTOR VOLUME PARAMETER
when INPUT=FULL is DEG F PSIG BBL/LB-MOL
entered on the PRINT ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 90.14 693.65 0.1064 0.1940 6.0500
statement. Component 2 206.01 601.65 0.1538 0.2397 6.4000
properties for the 3
4
274.96
305.60
514.36
536.40
0.1825
0.1953
0.3010
0.2893
6.7300
6.7300
thermodynamic set are 5 369.03 475.71 0.2104 0.3349 7.0200
reprinted first 6 385.70 473.94 0.2387 0.3312 7.0200
7 423.16 547.27 0.2348 0.2944 7.6741
8 454.42 518.46 0.2548 0.3159 7.7260
9 483.27 493.03 0.2750 0.3367 7.7673
10 511.30 469.34 0.2961 0.3577 7.8024
Note - The above report is an extract from Example 3 of Applib files.
This is followed by the THERMODYNAMIC SETS USED FOR EACH UNIT OPERATION
thermodynamic method DEFAULT METHOD IS SET01
for each unit operation
THERMODYNAMIC SET UNIT OPERATIONS
(usually the same). ----------------- ---------------
SET01
A list of the methods THERMODYNAMIC METHODS USED FOR EACH SET

used for each THERMODYNAMIC SET SET01 (DEFAULT)
thermodynamic
PROPERTY METHOD
property is then shown. -------- ------
KVALUE(VLE) GRAYSON-STREED
KVALUE(LLE) UNSPECIFIED
KVALUE(SLE) UNSPECIFIED
LIQUID ENTHALPY LEE-KESLER
VAPOR ENTHALPY LEE-KESLER
LIQUID DENSITY API
VAPOR DENSITY LEE-KESLER
LIQUID ENTROPY CURL-PITZER
VAPOR ENTROPY CURL-PITZER
LIQUID VISCOSITY PETROLEUM
VAPOR VISCOSITY PETROLEUM
LIQUID CONDUCTIVITY PETROLEUM
VAPOR CONDUCTIVITY PETROLEUM
SURFACE TENSION PETROLEUM
LIQUID DIFFUSIVITY UNSPECIFIED

Component Data
By default, fixed COMPONENT COMP. TYPE PHASE MOL. WEIGHT API

properties are listed for --------------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
1 C2 LIBRARY VAP/LIQ 30.070 265.526
all components in the 2 C3 LIBRARY VAP/LIQ 44.097 147.208
simulation. This 3 IC4 LIBRARY VAP/LIQ 58.124 119.788
includes, library 4 NC4
5 IC5
LIBRARY
LIBRARY
VAP/LIQ
VAP/LIQ
58.124
72.151
110.629
95.727
components, defined 6 NC5 LIBRARY VAP/LIQ 72.151 92.747
petroleum components 7 NBP 111
8 NBP 138
ASSAY CUT
ASSAY CUT
VAP/LIQ
VAP/LIQ
72.781
79.282
68.931
65.928
and assay derived 9 NBP 163 ASSAY CUT VAP/LIQ 85.654 63.249
pseudocomponents. 10 NBP 188 ASSAY CUT VAP/LIQ 92.207 60.727
In this example, the COMPONENT NBP

F
CRIT. TEMP. CRIT. PRES. CRIT. VOLM.
F PSIG BBL/LB-MOL
first four components --------------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
are from the library and 1 C2 -127.534 90.140 693.648 0.4222
2 C3 -43.726 206.006 601.652 0.5792
the rest are from an 3 IC4 10.886 274.964 514.358 0.7503
assay. 4 NC4 31.100 305.600 536.402 0.7275
5 IC5 82.130 369.032 475.707 0.8730
6 NC5 96.933 385.700 473.945 0.8673
7 NBP 111 111.803 423.164 547.267 0.8123
8 NBP 138 138.274 454.420 518.464 0.8810
9 NBP 163 163.294 483.268 493.027 0.9482
10 NBP 188 188.139 511.305 469.336 1.0173
COMPONENT ACEN. FACT. HEAT FORM. G FORM.

BTU/LB-MOL BTU/LB-MOL
--------------------- ----------- ----------- -----------
1 C2 0.09860 -36120.21 -13810.45
2 C3 0.15290 -44650.04 -10139.64
3 IC4 0.17720 -57870.16 -9121.45
4 NC4 0.20130 -54072.23 -7169.22
5 IC5 0.22900 -66411.44 -6372.53
6 NC5 0.25060 -62968.62 -3672.87
7 NBP 111 0.23478 -13716.71 MISSING
8 NBP 138 0.25480 -30070.22 MISSING
9 NBP 163 0.27497 -35014.72 MISSING
10 NBP 188 0.29608 -40097.76 MISSING
4-8 Results
General Data
This includes all the CALCULATION OPTIONS

RUN TYPE........ NETWORK
dimensional units, FLUID TYPE...... LIQUID
global default values, HEAT BALANCE WILL BE TURNED OFF
DIMENSIONAL UNITS - ENGLISH
flow codes and print TEMPERATURE..... DEG F PRESSURE........ PSIG
options. MOLAR RATE...... MOLE/HR WEIGHT RATE..... LB/HR
LIQUID RATE..... GAL/MIN VAPOR RATE...... MM FT3/HR
COARSE LENGTH... FT FINE LENGTH..... IN
DENSITY/GRAVITY. DEG API VISCOSITY....... CP
DUTY............ MM BTU/HR POWER........... HP
VELOCITY........ FT/SEC
ADDITIONAL OUTPUT UNITS - SI

DEFAULTS
FLOW EFFICIENCY............ 100.00 PERCENT
HAZEN-WILLIAMS COEFF....... 150.00
ROUGHNESS.................. 0.00180 IN
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE........ 80.00 DEG F
TEMPERATURE GRADIENT....... 1.00 DEG F/100 FT
RISER U-FACTOR............. 1.000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
TUBING U-FACTOR............ 1.000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
ANNULUS U-FACTOR........... 1.000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
INSIDE FILM COEFFICIENT.... 0.000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
OUTSIDE FILM COEFFICIENT... 0.000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
RADIANT COEFFICIENT........ 0.000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
INSIDE DIAMETER - PIPE..... 4.026 IN
INSIDE DIAMETER - RISER.... 4.026 IN
INSIDE DIAMETER - TUBING... 4.026 IN
INSIDE DIAMETER - ANNULUS.. 6.065 IN
THICKNESS - PIPE........... 0.200 IN
CONDUCTIVITY - PIPE........ 29.000 BTU/HR-FT-F
THICKNESS - INSULATION -
LAYER 1.................. 0.000 IN
LAYER 2.................. 0.000 IN
LAYER 3.................. 0.000 IN
LAYER 4.................. 0.000 IN
LAYER 5.................. 0.000 IN
CONDUCTIVITY - INSULATION -
LAYER 1.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 2.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 3.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 4.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 5.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
FLOW CODES
PIPE FLOW CODE IS HAZEN-WILLIAMS

REYNOLDS NUMBER(LAMINAR)..... 3000.0000
RISER FLOW CODE IS MOODY
TUBING FLOW CODE IS MOODY
ANNULUS FLOW CODE IS MOODY
BASE CONDITIONS
STANDARD TEMPERATURE....... 60.00 DEG F

STANDARD PRESSURE.......... 0.000 PSIG
PRINT OPTIONS
INPUT........... GENERAL ASSAY COMPONENT

PVT FLOW TABLE METHOD
SOURCE STRUCTURE W ANALYSIS
GAS LIFT CASE STUDY
CONNECT......... FULL
PVTGEN.......... NONE
SUMMARY......... BOTH
DEVICE.......... PART
MAP............. TAITEL-DUKLER-BARNEA
PROPERTY........ FULL
SEGMENTATION OPTIONS
LENGTH CHANGE - HORIZONTAL....... 2000.0 FT

VERTICAL......... 500.0 FT
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SEGMENTS....... 50
AUTOSEGMENT OPTION IS ................ ON
TARGET SEGMENT PRESSURE CHANGE........ 2.0000E+01 PSIG
TARGET SEGMENT TEMPERATURE CHANGE..... 5.0000E+00 DEG F
SEGMENT PRESSURE ERROR ............... 2.0000E-01 PSIG
SEGMENT ENTHALPY ERROR ............... 5.0000E-02 BTU/LB
NUMBER OF INTERNAL SEGMENT ITERATIONS. 25

PVT Data
The gravity, viscosity, PVT DATA SUMMARY

and specific heat have 1 CORRELATION DATA SETS 0 ERRORS 0 WARNINGS
been entered for a non-
DEFAULT PVT METHODS OPTIONS
compositional run. The
default options are also Z FACTOR METHOD.......... STANDING
LIQUID VISCOSITY METHOD.. FOR OIL VAZQUEZ (TUFFP)
shown. FOR WATER BEAL
CORRELATION SET DATA
CORRELATION SET NUMBER 1
GRAVITY OF LIQUID......... 46.0620 DEG API
VISCOSITY OF LIQUID
32.00 DEG F ........ 0.3950 CP
122.00 DEG F ........ 0.2460 CP
SPECIFIC HEAT OF OIL...... 0.5250 BTU/LB-F
In this example, PVT DATA SUMMARY

1 CORRELATION DATA SETS 0 ERRORS 0 WARNINGS
property tables have
been requested for a CORRELATION SET DATA
CORRELATION SET NUMBER 1
compositional run.
PVT TABLE GENERATION DATA
SET NUMBER 1
TABLE TYPE.............. 1
NO. PRESSURE POINTS..... 4

INITIAL PRESSURE........ 10.0000 PSIG
PRESSURE DIFFERENCE..... 40.0000 PSIG
NO. TEMPERATURE POINTS.. 16

INITIAL TEMPERATURE..... 0.0000 DEG F
TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE.. 30.0000 DEG F
PRESSURE TEMPERATURE
NO PSIG DEG F
-- -------- -----------
1 10.000 0.00
2 50.000 30.00
3 90.000 60.00
4 130.000 90.00
5 120.00
6 150.00
7 180.00
8 210.00
9 240.00
10 270.00
11 300.00
12 330.00
13 360.00
14 390.00
15 420.00
16 450.00
TABLES OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTIES WILL BE PRINTED
LIQ DENS
4-10 Results
Network Data
The Solution Methods/ SOLUTION METHODS/TOLERANCES

Tolerances are shown NETWORK SOLUTION METHOD IS PBAL
for network MAXIMUM ITERATIONS..................... 40
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF INTERVAL HALVINGS.... 3
calculations only. CLOSED LOOP PREVENTION OPTION IS ...... ON
ABSOLUTE PRESSURE TOLERANCE............ 0.250 PSIG
RATE PERTURBATION...................... 0.010000
METHOD OF INITIAL SOLUTION ESTIMATION.. FLOW = 2
ZERO FLOW IN CHECK VALVES.............. OFF
CHOKE CRITICAL FLOW MODEL (FORTUNATI) . EXPONENTIAL
NEW ACCELERATION OPTION IS............. OFF
Source Data
Compositional source SOURCE FEED
- the composition of
PHASE IS MIXED
defined components as THIS SOURCE IS ON
well as pressure, PVT SET NUMBER............ 1
RATE...................... 1500000.0000 LB/HR
temperature and rate PRESSURE.................. 114.0001 PSIG
are shown. TEMPERATURE............... 60.00 DEG F
Blackoil source - SOURCE RES

characterized by gas/oil
THIS SOURCE IS ON
ratio and water cut. A PVT SET NUMBER............ 1
rate estimate was ESTIMATED OIL RATE........ 50.0001 M3/HR
WATER CUT................. 5.00 PERCENT
entered for this source. GAS/OIL RATIO............. 320.0008 M3/M3
The Vogel Index is only PRESSURE.................. 400.0000 BAR
shown when a value TEMPERATURE............... 110.00 DEG C
has been entered. Note - The above report is an extract from Example 2 of Applib files.
Condensate source - SOURCE 1

condensate/gas ratio
THIS SOURCE IS ON
and water /gas ratio RATE...................... 85.0000 MM FT3/DAY
characterize the fluid. WATER/GAS RATIO........... 0.0000 BBL/MM FT3
CONDENSATE/GAS RATIO...... 0.0000 BBL/MM FT3
The pressure was ESTIMATED PRESSURE........ 263.0001 PSIG
estimated for this TEMPERATURE............... 85.00 DEG F
source. Note - The above report is an extract from Example 9 of Applib files.
Non-compositional SOURCE S1
liquid or gas - no
THIS SOURCE IS ON
phase change data may ESTIMATED RATE............ 499.9988 MM FT3/DAY
be entered. PRESSURE.................. 375.0001 PSIG
TEMPERATURE............... 97.00 DEG F

Steam source - either SOURCE STM
temperature or quality
THIS SOURCE IS ON
must be supplied. PVT SET NUMBER............ 1
RATE...................... 33000.0000 LB/HR
QUALITY................... 97.00 PERCENT VAPOR
PRESSURE.................. 170.0001 PSIG
Structure Data
All information, LINK 4
including defaulted
LINK IS FROM "J2 " TO "PROD "
parameters, is shown
for each flow device DEVICE SA025, Z025, IS A PIPE
FLOW CODE IS BEGGS-BRILL (MOODY)
and equipment item INSIDE DIAMETER.............. 10.0000 IN
along each link in the LENGTH....................... 5.0 FT
ELEVATION CHANGE............. 0.0 FT
simulation. Estimated FLOW EFFICIENCY.............. 100.00 PERCENT
parameters at each HEAT LOSS COEFFICIENT........ 1.00000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
junction and sink are ROUGHNESS....................
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE..........
0.00180 IN
80.00 DEG F
also listed.
DEVICE WA026, Z026, IS A EXPANSION
FLOW CODE IS CHISHOLM
UPSTREAM INSIDE DIAMETER..... 10.00 IN
DOWNSTREAM INSIDE DIAMETER... 12.00 IN
EXPANSION ANGLE ANGLE...... 135.00 DEG
LAMDA (CHISHOLM PARAMETER)... 1.00000
C2 (CHISHOLM PARAMETER)...... CALCULATED
NUMBER OF DEVICES............ 1.
DEVICE SA027, Z027, IS A PIPE

INSIDE DIAMETER.............. 12.0000 IN
LENGTH....................... 40.0 FT
FLOW EFFICIENCY.............. 100.00 PERCENT
HEAT LOSS COEFFICIENT........ 1.00000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
ROUGHNESS.................... 0.00180 IN
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.......... 80.00 DEG F
DEVICE SA028, E4 , IS A DPDT

THIS IS A SURFACE DEVICE
PRESSURE DROP CURVE
FLOWRATE, DELTA P DELTA T
LB/HR PSIG DEG F
----------- ----------- -----------
1 0.500E+06 -10.00 50.00
2 0.150E+07 -5.00 40.00
DEVICE SA029, Z029, IS A PIPE

INSIDE DIAMETER.............. 12.0000 IN
LENGTH....................... 40.0 FT
FLOW EFFICIENCY.............. 100.00 PERCENT
HEAT LOSS COEFFICIENT........ 1.00000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
ROUGHNESS.................... 0.00180 IN
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.......... 80.00 DEG F
4-12 Results
Network
Connectivity
The connectivity shows NODE CONNECTIONS
the sources, junctions,
---- CONNECTIONS ----
and sinks. It does not NODE NODE NAME NODE TYPE TO NODE VIA LINK
show any of the flow ---- --------- --------- --------- ---------
FEED FEED SOURCE J1 1
devices within the PROD PROD SINK J2 4
links. J1 J1 JUNCTION FEED 1
J2 2
J2 3
J2 J2 JUNCTION J1 2
J1 3
PROD 4
LINK CONNECTIONS
LINK LINK NAME FROM NODE TO NODE
---- --------- --------- ----------
1 1 FEED J1
2 2 J1 J2
3 3 J1 J2
4 4 J2 PROD
+----------------------------------------+
| |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| |FEED|----|J1..|----|J2..|----|PROD| |
| |SRCE| |....| |....| |SINK| |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| | | |
| | | |
| +---------+ |
| |
| |
| |
+----------------------------------------+

Case Study
All the case studies are CASE NUMBER 1
summarized on this -----------------
NEW OLD
report. NUM DEVICE NAME VARIABLE UNITS VALUE VALUE
=========================================================================
1 RISER GLOBAL ROUGHNESS IN 0.00200 0.00100
2 PIPE GLOBAL ROUGHNESS IN 0.00200 0.00100
CASE NUMBER 2
-----------------
NEW OLD
NUM DEVICE NAME VARIABLE UNITS VALUE VALUE
=========================================================================
CASE NUMBER 3
-----------------
NEW OLD
=========================================================================
CASE NUMBER 4
-----------------
NEW OLD
=========================================================================
CASE NUMBER 5
-----------------
NEW OLD
=========================================================================
4-14 Results
Sizing Data
The pipe sizes which LINE DATA
may be used during the =========
sizing calculations are PIPE
listed. If no sizes were DIAMETER
IN
entered by the user, the =========
standard Schedule 40 1.049
sizes shown here are 1.610
2.067
used. 2.469
3.068
3.548
4.026
5.074
6.065
7.981
10.020
11.938
13.124
15.000
16.876
18.814
22.626
All the devices on this DEVICES TO BE SIZED
list will be sized. ===================
NAME DEVICE TYPE

==== ===========
Z001 PIPE
Z002 PIPE
Z003 PIPE
Z004 PIPE
Z005 PIPE
Z006 PIPE
Z007 PIPE

Nodal Analysis
(sensitivity)
This example shows SOLUTION NODE IS AT NODE C008 (INLET OF DEVICE IF IT IS A DEVICE NAME)
both an inflow and an
outflow section. The FLOW RATES, BBL/DAY 500.00 1500.00 2500.00 4000.00
inflow section has 5 6000.02 7000.01 8000.01 9000.00
10000.00 11999.99
source pressures and
the outflow has 4 INFLOW SECTION SENSITIVITY TO SOURCE
different pipe PARAMETERS
diameters. DESCRIPTION
-----------
CASE 1 DEPLETED
CASE 2 3YEARSPRES
CASE 3 LOWPRES
CASE 4 CURRENTPRES
CASE 5 HIGHPRESS
CASE 1 CASE 2 CASE 3 CASE 4 CASE 5

SOURCE ,S001
PRESSURE
PSIG 4000.00410 4500.00410 5000.00410 5500.00410 6000.00410
CASE 1 CASE 2 CASE 3 CASE 4

CASE 5
OUTFLOW SECTION SENSITIVITY TO STRUCTURE PARAMETERS
OUTFLOW SECTION NODAL ANALYSIS VARIABLES ARE CALCULATED IN

ONE TO ONE COMBINATION
DESCRIPTION
-----------
CASE 1 3INCH
CASE 2 35INCH
CASE 3 4INCH
CASE 4 5INCH
CASE 5 6INCH

PIPE ,P009
ID
IN 3.00000 3.50000 4.00000 5.00000 6.00000
PIPE ,P010
ID
IN 3.00000 3.50000 4.00000 5.00000 6.00000
PIPE ,P011
ID
IN 3.00000 3.50000 4.00000 5.00000 6.00000
4-16 Results
Lift Gas Data
This report shows the
input data for the WELL CAPACITY CALCULATION
LIFT GAS INPUT PRESSURE... 950.0001 PSIG
selected gaslift option. LIFT GAS INPUT TEMPERATURE 100.00 DEG F
GAS ALLOWED TO DISSOLVE... 100.00 PERCENT
GASLIFT VALVE DEPTH....... 5900.0 FT
RATE,
CASE MM FT3/DAY
---- ----------
1 0.0010
2 0.2000
3 0.4000
4 0.6000
5 0.8000
6 1.0000
7 2.0000
8 3.0000
9 4.0000
PVTGEN Results
The stream is flashed SET NUMBER 1
and properties are
PRESSURE TEMPERATURE COMPOSITION
calculated, at each of NO PSIG PSIA DEG F DEG F MOLE FRACT.
the specified __ _____ _____ _____ _____ ______
1 0.0000 14.6959 0.00 0.00 0.003116
temperature/pressure 2 10.0000 24.6959 30.00 30.00 0.006055
pairs. This example has 3 50.0000 64.6959 60.00 60.00 0.007642
5 pressures and 16 4
5
90.0000
130.0000
104.6959
144.6959
90.00
120.00
90.00
120.00
0.018506
0.011347
temperatures and so 80 6 150.00 150.00 0.027595
flashes are required. 7
8
180.00
210.00
180.00
210.00
0.022891
0.027509
9 240.00 240.00 0.037115
10 270.00 270.00 0.050918
11 300.00 300.00 0.049701
12 330.00 330.00 0.040284
13 360.00 360.00 0.035045
14 390.00 390.00 0.031831
15 420.00 420.00 0.029831
16 450.00 450.00 0.028681
80 POINTS FLASHED
STREAM MOLECULAR WEIGHT... 228.96

CRITICAL TEMPERATURE...... 789.97 DEG F
CRITICAL PRESSURE......... 310.16 PSIG

Tables and plots may LIQUID DENSITY DEG API
be requested for any of
TEMPERATURE DEG F
the fluid properties. PRESSURE -------------------------------------------------------------
The Vapor Viscosity PSIG 0.00 30.00 60.00 90.00 120.00 150.00 180.00
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
tables are shown here. 0.00 26.735 28.859 30.999 33.172 35.394 37.684 39.912
10.00 26.721 28.843 30.982 33.153 35.374 37.662 40.038
50.00 26.666 28.779 30.911 33.076 35.291 37.573 39.942
90.00 26.611 28.716 30.841 33.000 35.209 37.485 39.847
130.00 26.557 28.655 30.773 32.926 35.129 37.399 39.754
TEMPERATURE DEG F
PRESSURE -------------------------------------------------------------
PSIG 210.00 240.00 270.00 300.00 330.00 360.00 390.00
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
0.00 41.603 42.901 43.919 44.803 45.668 46.572 47.537
10.00 42.524 44.677 46.205 47.384 48.373 49.307 50.267
50.00 42.419 45.030 47.800 50.760 53.944 56.214 57.708
90.00 42.316 44.916 47.673 50.616 53.778 57.196 60.913
130.00 42.214 44.804 47.547 50.472 53.612 57.002 60.683
TEMPERATURE DEG F
PRESSURE --------------------
PSIG 420.00 450.00
-------- ------- -------
0.00 48.565 49.657
10.00 51.287 52.377
50.00 58.977 60.179
90.00 64.248 65.998
130.00 64.703 69.117
4-18 Results
Intermediate PRINTOUT Example
For network calculations, the intermediate printout details the path
that the program took to get to the final solution.
Network
Directory
If the ITER option is CONVERGENCE TOLERANCE 1.00 PSI PRESSURE IMBALANCE AT SELECTED NODES
not specified on the (RMS VALUE USED FOR STEP-SIZE SELECTION)
PRINT statement, then
only the maximum and ITERATION NUMBER 0. 0
MAX PRESSURE IMBALANCE = 1.281 PSI AT NODE J2
RMS (root mean RMS AVERAGE PRESSURE IMBALANCE = 1.281 PSI
square) average
pressure imbalances are
printed.Spur links are ITERATION NUMBER 1. 0
printed after the MAX PRESSURE IMBALANCE =
RMS AVERAGE PRESSURE IMBALANCE =
0.291 PSI AT NODE J2
0.291 PSI
network has converged.
********************************************
PBAL SOLUTION CONVERGED AFTER 1 ITERATIONS
********************************************
***** PROBLEM SOLUTION REACHED *****
Inflow
Performance
The IPR coefficient is INFLOW PERFORMANCE CALCULATION RESULTS
calculated from well --------------------------------------
test data and used in all
subsequent WELL NAME PROD
IPR TYPE PI
calculations. TEST DATA TEST 1
FLOW RATE 421.1(BPD)
GOR 500.(CFBBL)
OUTLET PRESSURE 142.0(PSIG)
OUTLET TEMPERATURE 109.0(F)
CALCULATED RESULTS
FLOWING BOTTOMHOLE PRESS 1739.1(PSIG)

HEAT TRANSFER COEFFICIENT 1.843(BTU/HRFT2F)
IPR COEFFICIENTS (CALCULATED)

Solution Output Examples
The solution output for PIPEPHASE can be very brief or extremely
lengthy, depending on the problem and the level of output selected.
In general, it is best to start with the default output and only request
additional information where required. In large network runs, put
the PRINT keyword on only those links where specific information
is desired.
Flash Report
By default, flash NODE SINK AT 6.7 DEG C AND 87.0 BAR
reports are produced
for every node in a --------------------MOLE FRACTION-------------------
compositional run
----HYDROCARBON---- COMBINED TOTAL
unless property tables COMPONENT VAPOR LIQUID1 VAP+LIQ1 LIQUID2 STREAM
are being used. The ----------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
reports can be N2
CO2
0.004003
0.004121
0.000442
0.003518
0.004000
0.004120
0.000000
0.000000
0.004000
0.004120
suppressed by C1 0.957304 0.384112 0.956800 0.000000 0.956800
specifying C2
C3
0.033951
0.000289
0.055872
0.001288
0.033970
0.000290
0.000000
0.000000
0.033970
0.000290
FLASH=NONE on the NC4 0.000099 0.001172 0.000100 0.000000 0.000100
PRINT statement. NC5
NC6
0.000019
0.000009
0.000588
0.000697
0.000020
0.000010
0.000000
0.000000
0.000020
0.000010
C7PLUS 0.000204 0.552312 0.000690 0.000000 0.000690
TOTAL RATE (INLET TO NODE IF JUNCTION)

KG/HR 8.5815E5 4117.44 8.6226E5 0.00 8.6226E5
KG-M/HR 5.1313E4 45.197 5.1358E4 0.000 5.1358E4
WT FRAC LIQ 0.004775 0.004775
PHASE PROPERTIES
----------------
MASS FRACTION 0.995225 0.004775 1.000000 0.000000 1.000000
VOLUME FRAC 0.999487 0.000513 1.000000 0.000000 1.000000
DENSITY LB/FT3 4.76 44.41 0.00
ACTUAL SPGR 0.577239 0.712141 0.000000
VISCOSITY CP 0.0132 0.2573 0.0000
ENTHALPY KCAL/KG 26.474 2.178 0.000 26.358
SURF TENS NEWTON/M 0.016 0.000
MOLECULAR WT 16.7238 91.1003 16.7892 0.0000 16.7892
4-20 Results
Separator Report
A report is produced SEPARATOR S016 AT 20.6 DEG C AND 103.5 BAR
for every separator
----------- MOLE FRACTION ------------
present in a
compositional run FLUID FLUID
COMPONENT FEED REMAINING REMOVED
unless property tables --------- ---------- ---------- ----------
are being used. CO2 0.009900 0.009900 0.000000
C1 0.200000 0.200000 0.000000
C2 0.210000 0.210000 0.000000
C3 0.520000 0.520000 0.000000
IC4 0.021100 0.021100 0.000000
NC4 0.014000 0.014000 0.000000
NC5 0.007500 0.007500 0.000000
NC6 0.007500 0.007500 0.000000
NC7 0.005000 0.005000 0.000000
NC10 0.005000 0.005000 0.000000
PHASE LIQUID LIQUID VAPOR
TOTAL, 10**3 KG/HR 111.82 111.82 0.00

WT PCT TOTAL LIQUID 100.00 100.00 0.00
ENTHALPY KCALKG 13.84 13.84 0.00
MOLECULAR WEIGHT 37.33 37.33 0.00
VAPOR PHASE
-----------
GAS MM M3/HR 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
DENSITY KG/M3 0.00 0.00 0.00
VISCOSITY CP 0.000 0.000 0.000
LIQUID PHASE
------------
LIQUID M3/HR 259.62 259.62 0.00
DENSITY KG/M3 430.70 430.70 0.00
VISCOSITY CP 0.066 0.066 0.000

Link Summary
This report shows the BASE CASE
rate, pressure, and LINK SUMMARY
temperature at each RATE, PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE SUMMARY
end of every link. By --------------------------------------
default, the report
FROM(F)
appears on every AND
PIPEPHASE output. TO(T) ----ACTUAL FLOW RATES***-- PRESS: ---HOLDUP**---
You may suppress it by LINK NODE GAS OIL WATER PRESS: DROP TEMP: GAS LIQ
(MMCFD) (BPH) (BPH) (PSIG) (PSIG) (F) (MM (ABBL)
specifying the SCF)
SUMM=NEW option ---- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ----- ------- -------
on the PRINT 1 FEED(F) 0.0000 4913.45 0.00 114.0* 60.0
J1 (T) 0.0000 5001.67 0.00 106.3 7.7 100.2 0.0000 8.0
statement. SPHERE GENERATED VOLUME (BASED ON HL) = 0.0
SPHERE GENERATED VOLUME (BASED ON (HL-HLNS))= 0.0
2 J1 (F) 0.0000 1942.03 0.00 106.3 100.2
J2 (T) 0.0000 1985.71 0.00 92.6 13.6 149.4 0.0000 9.7
SPHERE GENERATED VOLUME (BASED ON HL) = 0.0
3 J1 (F) 0.0000 3059.65 0.00 106.3 100.2
J2 (T) 0.0000 3112.53 0.00 92.6 13.6 138.1 0.0000 9.7
4 J2 (F) 0.0000 5098.21 0.00 92.6 142.5
PROD(T) 0.0000 5193.55 0.00 87.4 5.3 182.4 0.0000 11.7
* - INDICATES KNOWN PRESSURE

** GAS VOLUME REPORTED AT USER STANDARD CONDITIONS
*** RATE REPORTED AT ACTUAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE CONDITIONS
Node Summary
rate, pressure, and NODE SUMMARY
temperature at each NODE PRES. -------GAS---- ------OIL------ ----WATER------ TOTAL TEMP
source, sink and RATE GRAV RATE GRAV RATE GRAV RATE
junction. By default, (PSIG) (LBHR) (LBHR) (LBHR) (LBHR) (F)
---- ------- -------- ------ -------- ------ -------- ----- -------- -------
the report appears on FEED 114.0 * 0. 0.000 1500000. 0.870 0. 0.000 1500000. *60.0000
every PIPEPHASE 0.0000(MMCFD) 4919.48(BPH) 0.00(BPH)
output. You may J1 106.3 0. 0.000 0. 0.870 0. 0.000 0. *1.002E2
0.0000(MMCFD) 0.00(BPH) 0.00(BPH)
suppress it by J2 92.6 0. 0.000 0. 0.870 0. 0.000 0. *1.424E2
specifying the 0.0000(MMCFD) 0.00(BPH) 0.00(BPH)
SUMM=NEW option PROD 87.4 0. 0.000 -1.500E6 0.870 0. 0.000 -1.500E6 1.824E2
0.0000(MMCFD) -4919.48(BPH) 0.00(BPH)
on the PRINT
statement. * INDICATES KNOWN PRESSURE OR FLOW
** FLOW RATES REPORTED AT USER STANDARD CONDITIONS
4-22 Results
Device Summary
This report gives DEVICE SUMMARY
summary information
C
about each flow device, O ------- OUTLET ------ AVG.
fitting, and equipment LINK DEVI DEVI R INSIDE MEAS ELEV INSITU LIQ
NAME NAME TYPE R DIAM LENGTH CHNG PRESS: TEMP: GLR HOLDUP
item in the simulation. (IN) (FT) (FT) (PSIG) (F) (CFBBL)---
It appears by default on - ---- ---- ---- -------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------
every output. You may A-B **JUNCTION** RATE= 33632.8 (BPD)
A
287.0 214.4 GLR=
287.0 214.4
617.
suppress it by Z016 PIPE BB 19.000 70000.0 -100.0 242.5 145.4 35. 0.31
specifying B **JUNCTION** PRES= 242.5 (PSIG) TEMP= 159.0 (F)
DEVICE=NONE or
SUMM=NEW on the A1-A ***SOURCE*** RATE= 6827.4 (BPD)
A1
2000.0 220.0 GLR=
2000.0 220.0
617.
PRINT statement. IPR1 IPR 0.000 0.0 0.0 1513.4 220.0 0. 0.00
Z002 TBNG HB 3.476 5000.0 5000.0 418.0 216.1 19. 0.45
Z003 PIPE BB 3.476 1000.0 0.0 287.0 214.5 30. 0.30
This example shows a A **JUNCTION** PRES= 287.0 (PSIG) TEMP= 214.4 (F)
well with an IPR
device, tubing, and a -A ***SOURCE*** RATE= 6598.0 (BPD) 2000.0 220.0 GLR= 617.
surface pipeline. A2
IPR2 IPR 0.000 0.0
2000.0 220.0
0.0 1520.1 220.0 0. 0.00
Z005 TBNG HB 3.476 5500.0 5200.0 388.4 215.4 22. 0.45
Z006 PIPE BB 3.476 800.0 -5.0 287.0 214.1 31. 0.29
A **JUNCTION** PRES= 287.0 (PSIG) TEMP= 214.4 (F)
A3-A ***SOURCE*** RATE= 6676.0 (BPD) 2000.0 220.0 GLR= 617.

A3 2000.0 220.0
IPR3 IPR 0.000 0.0 0.0 1497.8 220.0 0. 0.00
Z008 TBNG HB 3.476 5000.0 4950.0 424.7 216.0 19. 0.45
Z009 PIPE BB 3.476 1100.0 5.0 287.0 214.3 30. 0.30

A4 2000.0 220.0
IPR4 IPR 0.000 0.0 0.0 1548.8 220.0 0. 0.00
Z011 TBNG HB 3.476 5500.0 5300.0 394.4 215.3 21. 0.45
Z012 PIPE BB 3.476 850.0 0.0 287.0 213.9 31. 0.29

A5 2000.0 220.0
IPR5 IPR 0.000 0.0 0.0 1495.2 220.0 0. 0.00
Z014 TBNG HB 3.476 5440.0 5100.0 360.2 215.7 24. 0.44
Z015 PIPE BB 3.476 500.0 0.0 287.0 214.9 31. 0.27
B-C **JUNCTION** RATE= 43087.0 (BPD) 242.5 159.0 GLR= 617.

B 242.5 159.0
Z022 PIPE BB 19.000 3000.0 0.0 238.4 157.3 36. 0.28
C **JUNCTION** PRES= 238.4 (PSIG) TEMP= 160.0 (F)

Structure Data
Summary
major parameters for
STRUCTURE DATA SUMMARY
each item in the
simulation. By default, DEVICE DEVICE INLET DIA OUTLET DIA ELEVATION KMUL OR
LINK NAME TYPE (NOM/ID) (NOM/ID) LENGTH CHANGE K FACTOR
the report appears on (IN) (IN) (FT) (FT)
every PIPEPHASE ---- ------ ------ --------------- --------------- --------- --------- -
output. You may -------
LINK EN1 ENTR 3.068 3.068 0.0 0.0 0.5
suppress it by LINK PIP0 PIPE 3.068 3.068 4.0 0.0
specifying the LINK PMP1
LINK PIP1
PUMP
PIPE 3.068 3.068 30.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
SUMM=OLD option LINK GAT1 VALV 3.068 3.000 0.0 0.0 13.0
on the PRINT LINK BEN1
LINK PIP2
BEND
PIPE
3.000
3.068 3.068 10.0
0.0 0.0
10.0
30.0
statement. LINK BEN2 BEND 3.000 0.0 0.0 30.0
LINK PIP3 PIPE 3.068 3.068 70.0 0.0
LINK BEN3 BEND 3.000 0.0 0.0 30.0
LINK PIP4 PIPE 3.068 3.068 30.0 30.0
LINK BEN4 BEND 3.000 0.0 0.0 30.0
LINK EX1 EXIT 3.068 3.068 0.0 0.0 1.0
Velocity
Summary
This report shows BASE CASE
velocities and pressure
VELOCITY SUMMARY
drops for all flow
devices. By default, the PRESSURE
DEVICE DEVICE MIXTURE VELOCITY CRITICAL GRADIENT PRESSURE
report appears on every LINK NAME TYPE (INLET/OUTLET) VELOCITY (INLET/OUTLET) DROP
PIPEPHASE output. (FPS) (FPS) (PSIFT) (PSIG)
You may suppress it by ----
LINK
------
EN1
------
ENTR
---------------- -------- -------------- --------
specifying the LINK PIP0 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -7.3E-3 -7.3E-3 -2.932E-2
SUMM=OLD option LINK
LINK
PMP1
PIP1
PUMP
PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -7.3E-3 -7.3E-3 -0.2
on the PRINT LINK GAT1 VALV
statement. LINK
LINK
BEN1
PIP2
BEND
PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -0.35 -0.35 -3.5
LINK BEN2 BEND
LINK PIP3 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -7.3E-3 -7.3E-3 -0.5
LINK BEN3 BEND
LINK PIP4 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -0.35 -0.35 -10.4
LINK BEN4 BEND
LINK EX1 EXIT
4-24 Results
Results Summary
rate, pressure, and
temperature for each RESULTS SUMMARY
flow device. By
default, the report DEVICE DEVICE MIXTURE PRESSURE TEMPERATURE QUALITY
appears on every LINK NAME TYPE FLOW RATE INLET/OUTLET INLET/OUTLET INLET/OUTLET
PIPEPHASE output. (GPM) (PSIG)
--- ------ ------ --------- -----------------
(F) (FRAC)-
----------------- --------
You may suppress it by ----
specifying the LINK EN1
LINK PIP0
ENTR
PIPE 101.68 -4.72E-2 -7.66E-2 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
SUMM=OLD option LINK PMP1 PUMP
on the PRINT LINK PIP1
LINK GAT1
PIPE
VALV
101.68 30.0 29.8 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
statement. LINK BEN1 BEND
LINK PIP2 PIPE 101.68 29.7 26.2 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
LINK BEN2 BEND
LINK PIP3 PIPE 101.68 26.2 25.6 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
LINK BEN3 BEND
LINK PIP4 PIPE 101.68 25.6 15.2 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
LINK BEN4 BEND
LINK EX1 EXIT
Link Device Detail Report

Invoking DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL on the PRINT
statement in the General Data Category of input produces a series of
detailed link reports. If the user specifies the PRINT option on any
individual LINK statements, detailed reports will be produced for
those links only.

Pressure and
Temperature
Report
This report is produced BASE CASE
with the LINK "LINK" DEVICE DETAIL REPORT
DEVICE=PART or PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE REPORT

-------------------------------
DEVICE=FULL DEVICE MWD OR TVD
option. NAME LENGTH I OR
AND SEGM INSIDE FROM & ELEV CALC CALC OVERALL AMB
TYPE NO DIAM. INLET O CHNG PRESS TEMP U-FACT TEMP
(IN) (FT) (FT) (PSIG) (F) (BTU/ (F)
For some fittings, you HRFT2F)
will see the entries ------
EN1
---- ------ --------- - -------- ------- ------
0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 4.10E-3 104.0
------- ------
RES COEF 2PHASE MULT FL
RES COEFF, which is (ENTR) 0.0 O 0.0 -4.7E-2 104.0 0.5000 1.0000 SU
the resistance PIP0
(PIPE)
0000 3.068
0001
0.0 I
1.0
0.0 -4.7E-2 104.0
0.0 -5.5E-2 104.0 287.596
80.0
80.0
coefficient and 0002 2.0 0.0 -6.2E-2 104.0 287.596 80.0
0003 3.0 0.0 -6.9E-2 104.0 287.596 80.0
2PHASE MULT, 0004 4.0 O 0.0 -7.7E-2 104.0 287.596 80.0
which is the two-phase PMP1 0000 0.0 I 0.0 -7.7E-2 104.0 AVG.POWER/STAGE HP
(PUMP) AVAILABLE 4.1
multiplier applied to REQUIRED 2.0
the resistance 0.0 O 0.0 30.0 104.0
SPEED(RPM)
EFFICIENCY
0.0000
0.90
coefficient. The entry PIP1 0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 30.0 104.0 80.0
FL is an abbreviation (PIPE) 0001
0002
7.5
15.0
0.0
0.0
29.9
29.9
104.0
104.0
287.596
287.596
80.0
80.0
for flow and has the 0003 22.5 0.0 29.8 104.0 287.596 80.0
0004 30.0 O 0.0 29.8 104.0 287.596 80.0
associated entry SU for GAT1 0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 29.8 104.0 RES COEF 2PHASE MULT FL
subcritical or CR for (VALV)
BEN1 0000
3.000
3.000
0.0
0.0
O
I
0.0
0.0
29.8
29.8
104.0
104.0
0.2905 1.0000 SU
RES COEF 2PHASE MULT FL
critical. (BEND) 0.0 O 0.0 29.7 104.0 0.5355 1.0000 SU
PIP2 0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 29.7 104.0 80.0
(PIPE) 0001 2.5 2.5 28.8 104.0 287.596 80.0
0002 5.0 2.5 28.0 104.0 287.596 80.0
0003 7.5 2.5 27.1 104.0 287.596 80.0
0004 10.0 O 2.5 26.2 104.0 287.596 80.0
BEN2 0000 3.000 0.0 I 0.0 26.2 104.0 RES COEF 2PHASE MULT FL
(BEND) 0.0 O 0.0 26.2 104.0 0.5355 1.0000 SU
PIP3 0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 26.2 104.0 80.0
(PIPE) 0001 17.5 0.0 26.0 104.0 287.596 80.0
0002 35.0 0.0 25.9 104.0 287.596 80.0
0003 52.5 0.0 25.8 104.0 287.596 80.0
0004 70.0 O 0.0 25.6 104.0 287.596 80.0
(BEND) 0.0 O 0.0 25.6 104.0 0.5355 1.0000 SU
PIP4 0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 25.6 104.0 80.0
(PIPE) 0001 7.5 7.5 23.0 104.0 287.596 80.0
0002 15.0 7.5 20.4 104.0 287.596 80.0
0003 22.5 7.5 17.8 104.0 287.596 80.0
0004 30.0 O 7.5 15.2 104.0 287.596 80.0
(BEND) 0.0 O 0.0 15.1 104.0 0.5355 1.0000 SU
EX1 0000 3.068 0.0 I 0.0 15.1 104.0 RES COEF 2PHASE MULT FL
(EXIT) 0.0 O 0.0 15.0 104.0 1.0000 1.0000 SU
4-26 Results
Pressure and
Temperature
Plots
Plots are produced for SURFACE PRESSURE PLOT FOR LINK
each link when
30.0 +-PPPPPPPPPPPPP---+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
PLOT=FULL is present | P | P | | | |
on the PRINT statement. | P | P | | | |
| P | P | | | |
A temperature plot is 27.0 + P | P | | | +
also generated (not | P | PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP| | |
shown here). The plots | P
| P
|
|
|
|
PPPPPPPPPPP |
| P|
|
|
are produced with the 24.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------P-----------+
DEVICE=PART and | P
| P
|
|
|
|
|
|
|P
| P
|
|
DEVICE=FULL | P | | | | P |
options. P
R
21.0 + P
| P
|
|
|
|
|
|
| P
| P
+
|
E | P | | | | P |
S | P | | | | P |
S 18.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------P----+
U | P | | | | P |
R | P | | | | P |
E | P | | | | P |
15.0 + P | | | | P +
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
P 12.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
S | P | | | | |
I | P | | | | |
G | P | | | | |
9.0 + P | | | | +
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
6.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
3.0 + P | | | | +
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
0.0 PPP---+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
0.0 30.0 60.0 90.0 120.0 150.0
DIST. FROM 1ST SURFACE DEVICE INLET FT

Phase Envelope
Summary
This report is produced PHASE ENVELOPE SUMMARY (USING SRK)
for compositional fluids ----------------------------------
when the PLOT=FULL TEMPERATURE PRESSURE
option is present on the F PSIG DESCRIPTION
--- ----------- ----------- ----------------------------------------
PRINT statement. The 1 846.01 0.000 DEW POINT
report is produced with 2 882.53 9.534 DEW POINT
3 913.32 21.450 DEW POINT
the DEVICE=PART and 4 945.27 39.228 DEW POINT
DEVICE=FULL options. 5 977.91 65.749 DEW POINT
6 1010.23 105.313 DEW POINT
7 1010.86 106.263 INTERPOLATED FROM SPECIFIED TEMP OR PRES
9 1040.28 164.337 DEW POINT
10 1063.78 252.390 DEW POINT
11 1071.09 339.714 CRICONDENTHERM
12 1069.31 383.749 DEW POINT
13 1053.24 471.965 DEW POINT
14 1034.19 517.456 DEW POINT
15 1023.02 534.712 CRITICAL POINT
16 1011.92 547.550 BUBBLE POINT
17 982.98 567.154 BUBBLE POINT
18 953.39 572.792 CRICONDENBAR
19 894.20 556.061 BUBBLE POINT
20 834.90 515.069 BUBBLE POINT
21 777.18 460.866 BUBBLE POINT
22 725.73 405.645 BUBBLE POINT
23 679.63 353.606 BUBBLE POINT
24 637.97 306.327 BUBBLE POINT
25 599.99 264.189 BUBBLE POINT
26 565.08 227.043 BUBBLE POINT
27 532.78 194.523 BUBBLE POINT
28 502.72 166.185 BUBBLE POINT
29 474.63 141.573 BUBBLE POINT
30 448.28 120.252 BUBBLE POINT
33 400.12 85.907 BUBBLE POINT
34 378.03 72.189 BUBBLE POINT
35 357.12 60.372 BUBBLE POINT
36 337.29 50.201 BUBBLE POINT
37 318.48 41.449 BUBBLE POINT
38 300.59 33.920 BUBBLE POINT
39 283.58 27.442 BUBBLE POINT
40 267.37 21.869 BUBBLE POINT
41 237.18 12.937 BUBBLE POINT
42 209.63 6.302 BUBBLE POINT
43 172.61 -0.632 BUBBLE POINT
4-28 Results
Phase Envelope
Plot
This plot is produced P H A S E E N V E L O P E
for compositional fluids
P 750.+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
when the PLOT=FULL : : : : : :
option is present on the R : : : : : :
: : : : : :
PRINT statement. The E 675.+ : : : : +
plot is produced with : : : : : :
the DEVICE=PART S :
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
and DEVICE=FULL S 600.+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
options. U
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: B
P :
B:
:
:
: : : : :C :
R 525.+ : : : : D +
: : : : B : :
E : : : : : :
: : : :B : D :
450.+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
P : : : : : :
S : : : B: : :
I : : : : : :
G 375.+ : : : : D +
: : : B : : :
: : : : : T :
: : : : : :
300.+-----------+-----------+------B----+-----------+-----------+
: : : : : :
: : : B : : :
: : : : : D :
225.+ : : B : : +
: : : : : :
: : : B : : :
: : B : : D :
150.+-----------+----------B+-----------+-----------+-----------+
: : : : : :
: X X : IB : : DI :
: : B : : : :
75.+ : B : : D: +
: : BB : : : :
: : BB : : D : :
: B:BB : : D D : :
0.+-----+-B-B-+-----+-----+-----+-----+----D+-----+-----+-----+
0. 125. 250. 375. 500. 625. 750. 875. 1000. 1125. 1250.
T E M P E R A T U R E F
I = INTERPOLATED B = BUBBLE D = DEW

X = TRAVERSE T = T EXTREMUM P = P EXTREMUM
C = CRITICAL
Note - The above report is an extract from Example 3 of Applib files

Holdup and
Velocity Report
The T-D FLOW REGM HOLDUP AND VELOCITY DETAIL REPORT
column heading refers to ---------------------------------
DEVICE
the Taitel-Dukler-Barnea NAME ---LIQUID HOLDUP--- SUPERFICIAL T-D
flow regime. The report AND SEG. NO LIQ GAS MIX . FLOW FLOW SONIC
TYPE NO. SLIP SLIP TOTAL VEL VEL VEL REGM REGM VEL
is produced with the (AGAL) (FPS) (FPS) (FPS) (FPS)
DEVICE=PART and ------ ---- ----- ----- -------- ------- ------- ------- ---- ---- -------
DEVICE=FULL options (ENTR)EN1
0000
0001
PIP0 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.00 1.00 3.840E-1 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0002 1.00 1.00 7.681E-1 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0003 1.00 1.00 1. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0004 1.00 1.00 2. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
(PUMP) 0000
PMP1 0001
PIP1 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.00 1.00 4. 4.41 0.00 4.41 ---- 1-PH 0.00
0002 1.00 1.00 7. 4.41 0.00 4.41 ---- 1-PH 0.00
0003 1.00 1.00 10. 4.41 0.00 4.41 ---- 1-PH 0.00
0004 1.00 1.00 13. 4.41 0.00 4.41 ---- 1-PH 0.00
(VALV) 0000
GAT1 0001
(BEND) 0000
BEN1 0001
PIP2 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.00 1.00 14. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0002 1.00 1.00 15. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0003 1.00 1.00 16. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0004 1.00 1.00 17. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
(BEND) 0000
BEN2 0001
PIP3 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.00 1.00 24. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0002 1.00 1.00 30. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0003 1.00 1.00 37. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0004 1.00 1.00 44. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
(BEND) 0000
BEN3 0001
PIP4 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.00 1.00 47. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0002 1.00 1.00 50. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0003 1.00 1.00 52. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
0004 1.00 1.00 55. 4.41 0.00 4.41 DIST 1-PH 0.00
(BEND) 0000
4-30 Results
Pressure
Gradient Detail
Report
DEVICE=FULL is PRESSURE GRADIENT DETAIL REPORT
required to produce this -------------------------------
DEVICE
report. NAME
AND SEGM. --PRESSURE GRADIENT---- ---PRESSURE DROP---
TYPE NO: FRIC ELEV TOTAL FRIC ELEV
(PSIFT) (PSIFT) (PSIFT) (PSIG) (PSIG)
------ ---- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
EN1 0000
(ENTR) 0001
PIP0 0000
(PIPE) 0001 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
0002 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
0003 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
0004 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
(PUMP) 0000
PMP1 0001
PIP1 0000
(PIPE) 0001 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
0002 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
0003 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
0004 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
(VALV) 0000
GAT1 0001
(BEND) 0000
BEN1 0001
PIP2 0000
(PIPE) 0001 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
0002 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
0003 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
0004 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
(BEND) 0000
BEN2 0001
PIP3 0000

Taitel-Dukler-
Barnea Flow
Regime Map
The DEVICE=PART or !+----------------+-----------------+----------------+-------+!
DEVICE=FULL entry 20.00+ DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD AAAAAAAAA+
! DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD AAAAAAAAAA!
is required together ! DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD AAAAAAAAAAA!
with the ! DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD AAAAAAAAAAAAA!
10.00+ DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAA+
MAP=TAITEL option ! DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
to produce this report. ! DDDDDDDDDDD IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! DDDDD IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
The characters on the ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
report indicate the type ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
of flow as follows: ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
I = intermittent flow ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA+AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
A = annular flow ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
D = dispersed bubble ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
W = stratified wavy ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
1.00+ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA+
S = stratified smooth ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
VSL ! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
0.10+ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA+
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA W AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WWW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
! IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WWW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!
0.01+ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII AAA WWW AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA+
!+----------------+-----------------+----------------+-------+!
0.1 1.0 10.0 100.0 300.0
VSG
VSL = SUPERFICIAL LIQUID VELOCITY (MPS)

VSG = SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY (MPS)
+ = OPERATING POINT
PRESSURE= 25.0061(BAR)
TEMP: = 101.1447(C)
ANGLE = 0.6878(DEG)
Note - The above report is an extract from Example 2 of Applib files
4-32 Results
Link Property Detail Report
Note: This option can generate very large output files.
Viscosity and
Density Results
Detailed property BASE CASE
tables for any or all LINK "1 " PROPERTY DETAIL REPORT
links are produced by VISCOSITY AND DENSITY RESULTS
specifying the -----------------------------
DEVICE
PROPERTY=PART or NAME
PROPERTY=FULL AND SEGM ----------VISCOSITY---------- ------------DENSITY------------
options. TYPE NO OIL
(CP)
LIQ
(CP)
VAP
(CP)
LIQ VAP SLIP NO-SLIP
(LB/CF) (LB/CF) (LB/CF) (LB/CF)
------ ---- --------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Z001 0000
(PIPE) 0001 2.305 2.305 0.000 54.372 0.000 54.372 54.372
Z002 0000
(TEE ) 0001
Z003 0000
(PIPE) 0001 2.303 2.303 0.000 54.370 0.000 54.370 54.370
E1 0000
(DPDT) 0001
Z005 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.583 1.583 0.000 53.416 0.000 53.416 53.416
Z006 0000
(VENT) 0001
Z007 0000
(CONT) 0001
Z008 0000
(PIPE) 0001 1.582 1.582 0.000 53.415 0.000 53.415 53.415
Friction and
Surface Tension
Results
This report shows the FRICTION AND SURFACE TENSION RESULTS
friction factor and the ------------------------------------
DEVICE
parameters used to NAME LIQ
calculate it. The report AND SEGM --------------FRICTION------------ FRIC. REYNOLDS SURFACE
TYPE NUM. DENSITY VELO ID. VISCOSITY FACTOR NUMBER TENSION
is produced by (LB/CF) (FPS) (IN) (CP) (DN/CM)
specifying the ------ ---- ------- ------- -------- --------- -------- -------- --------
PROPERTY=PART or Z001 0000
(PIPE) 0001 54.372 9.76 12.000 2.305 0.0156 3.4248E5 29.83
PROPERTY=FULL Z002 0000
options. (TEE ) 0001
Z003 0000
(PIPE) 0001 54.370 14.05 10.000 2.303 0.0155 4.1134E5 29.83
E1 0000
(DPDT) 0001
Z005 0000
(PIPE) 0001 53.416 9.93 12.000 1.583 0.0150 4.9879E5 27.87
Z006 0000
(VENT) 0001
Z007 0000
(CONT) 0001
Z008 0000
(PIPE) 0001 53.415 14.30 10.000 1.582 0.0150 5.9868E5 27.87

Heat Transfer
Calculations
HEAT TRANSFER CALCULATIONS
PROPERTY=FULL must --------------------------
be specified to produce DEVICE FLUID
NAME THERMAL ---------THERMAL RESISTANCE------- ----ENTHALPY---- HYD
this report. AND SEGM CONDUCT- INSIDE INSULAT- SURROUN-
The HYD column (TYPE) NO: IVITY FILM PIPE ION DING LIQ VAP
(KCMC) (HR-M2- (HR-M2- (HR-M2- (HR-M2- (KCALKG) (KCALKG)
indicates whether or not C/KCAL) C/KCAL) C/KCAL) C/KCAL)
hydrates can form: ------ ---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -
-
N - not in hydrate region (PIPE) 0001 0.045 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.000 55.712 N
I - type I hydrates formed 0002
0003
0.045
0.045
0.0005
0.0005
0.0002
0.0002
0.0000
0.0000
0.0534
0.0534
0.000
0.000
53.112 N
50.225 N
II - type II hydrates 0003 0.045 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.000 50.225 N
0004 0.046 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 0.000 47.785 N
formed 0005 0.046 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 0.000 44.759 N
U - unable to predict 0006 0.046 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 29.174 42.169 N
0007 0.047 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 27.765 39.939 N
HW - in hydrate region 0008 0.048 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 26.494 37.990 N
but not enough free water 0009 0.048 0.0005 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 25.338 36.305 N
0010 0.049 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 24.271 34.866 N
present 0011 0.050 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 23.274 33.658 N
P - Hydrate region but 0012 0.051 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 22.774 33.099 N
0012 0.051 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 22.774 33.099 N
insufficient free water 0013 0.052 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 22.331 32.633 N
PW - Water & Hydrates 0014
0015
0.053
0.054
0.0004
0.0004
0.0002
0.0002
0.0000
0.0000
0.0534
0.0534
21.480
20.663
31.815 N
31.160 N
but not enough water 0016 0.055 0.0004 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 19.878 30.660 N
NW - Water & Hydrate 0017
0018
0.056
0.056
0.0004
0.0004
0.0002
0.0002
0.0000
0.0000
0.0534
0.0534
19.122
18.603
30.296 N
30.106 N
formation 0018 0.056 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 18.603 30.106 N
HW - Water & Hydrate 0019
0020
0.056
0.057
0.0003
0.0003
0.0002
0.0002
0.0000
0.0000
0.0534
0.0534
18.026
17.234
30.051 P
30.077 P
P011 0000
(PIPE) 0001 0.057 0.0003 0.0002 0.0000 0.0534 16.819 30.112 P
S013 0000
(SEPR) 0001
4-34 Results
Slug Report
SLUG is specified with SLUG SIZING AND SLUG DELIVERY MODEL (BRILL ET AL)
DEVICE=PART or ------------------------------------
PREDICTED MEAN SLUG LENGTH = 635.4 M
DEVICE=FULL to THE PREDICTED MAX SLUG LENGTH FROM CORRELATION IS TOO LARGE
produce these reports.
ADJUSTED MEAN SLUG LENGTH = 312.5 M
The Brill, Norris or 84.1300 PERCENT PROBABILITY THAT SLUG LENGTH IS .LE. 515.2 M
Scott method may be 97.7200 PERCENT PROBABILITY THAT SLUG LENGTH IS .LE. 849.3 M
used for the slug 99.8600
99.9900
PERCENT PROBABILITY
PERCENT PROBABILITY
THAT
THAT
SLUG
SLUG
LENGTH IS
LENGTH IS
.LE.
.LE.
1393.1
2006.7
M
M
calculations. 99.9999 PERCENT PROBABILITY THAT SLUG LENGTH IS .LE. 3365.5 M
The report will not SLUG DELIVERY
appear if the flow is not -------------
two-phase or if THE GAS BUBBLE VELOCITY IS
THE LIQUID FILM VELOCITY IS
=
=
7.2 M/SEC
0.9 M/SEC
conditions are outside THE GAS VELOCITY IS = 6.7 M/SEC
the range of the 50.0000 PERCENTILE SLUG
correlation. --------------------------
THE LIQUID SLUG DELIVERY TIME IS= 43.38 SECS
SLUG DELIVERY MODEL NOT APPLICABLE
Note: With
84.1300 PERCENTILE SLUG
DEVICE=FULL, you --------------------------
will get output for the THE LIQUID SLUG DELIVERY TIME IS= 71.51 SECS
total liquid in slug unit. SLUG DELIVERY MODEL NOT APPLICABLE
This is equal to the 97.7200 PERCENTILE SLUG

Slug volume + Tail --------------------------
Volume + Total holdup SLUG DELIVERY MODEL NOT APPLICABLE
associated with the 99.8600 PERCENTILE SLUG
slug. --------------------------

--------------------------

--------------------------
*** NOTE: THE STATISTICAL SLUG MODEL IS APPLICABLE

IF THE DOWN STREAM END OF THE PIPELINE
IS HORIZONTAL OR NEAR HORIZONTAL AND
IF UPSTREAM TERRAIN EFFECTS ARE NOT FELT
AT THE DELIVERY POINT (END OF THE PIPELINE)
IF SLUG OCCURRING REGION IS LESS THAN 4300.182 M

SLUG LENGTHS WILL BE SMALLER THAN PREDICTED
BY MODEL
SEVERE SLUGGING CALCULATIONS

----------------------------
SEVERE SLUGGING GROUP NUMBER = 6.370
EXPECTED SLUG LENGTH = 32.967 M
*** NOTE: SEVERE SLUGGING GROUP NUMBER ANALYSIS

IS VALID ONLY IF A PREDOMINANTLY
DOWNWARD SLOPING PIPELINE IS FOLLOWED
BY A VERTICAL UPWARD PIPE AT THE END
OF THE LINK

Case Summary
This report is always BASE CASE
produced to summarize
case study results. It PRESSURE TEMPERATURE FLOW RATE
shows the node NODE PSIG DEG F LB/HR
---- -------- ----------- ---------
pressures, FEED 114.0 60.0 1500000.00
temperatures, and J1 0.106E+03 0.100E+03 0.00000E+00
flowrates for each case. J2
PROD
0.926E+02
87.4
0.142E+03
182.4
0.00000E+00
-1500000.00
CASE STUDY 1
PRESSURE TEMPERATURE FLOW RATE

NODE PSIG DEG F LB/HR
---- -------- ----------- ---------
FEED 125.0 60.0 1500000.00
J1 0.117E+03 0.100E+03 0.00000E+00
J2 0.104E+03 0.142E+03 0.00000E+00
PROD 98.4 182.4 -1500000.00
CASE STUDY 2
PRESSURE TEMPERATURE FLOW RATE

NODE PSIG DEG F LB/HR
---- -------- ----------- ---------
FEED 114.0 60.0 1500000.00
J1 0.107E+03 0.100E+03 0.00000E+00
J2 0.932E+02 0.142E+03 0.00000E+00
PROD 88.0 182.4 -1500000.00
4-36 Results
Nodal Analysis
(sensitivity)
The only output SOLUTION NODE IS AT INLET OF DEVICE CHK1

produced when the
NODAL ANALYSIS
nodal analysis feature
is used shows 600.0 +----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+
| | | | | | AA
comparisons of | | | | | | AAA |
pressure, temperature, | | | | | | AAA |
and flowrate at the 540.0 +
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AAA
AA|
+
|
defined node for the | | | | | AAA | |
combinations of inflow | | | | | AAA |
480.0 +---------+---------+---------+--------AAA--------+---------+
|
and outflow | | | | AAAA | | |
parameters. Plots are |
|
|
|
|
|
| AAA
AAA
|
|
|
|
|
|
produced for pressure 420.0 + | | AAAA | | | +
and temperature (only | | | AAA | | | |
P | | AAA | | | |
pressure is shown R | | AAAA | | | | BBB
here). E 360.0 +---------+-AAA-----+---------+---------+---------+--BBBBB--+
S 111111111***1111111111111111111 | BBBBB |
S | AAAA | | |111111111111*****1111111111111
If a well completion U
R
| AAA | | |
300.0 **2222222222222222222222222222*BBBBBB
BBBBBB
|
|
|
|
+
zone is included in the E | | | BBBBBB|222222222222222222222222222222
analysis, the pressure | |
33333333333 BBBBB |
BBBBBB |
|
|
|
|
CCCCCCC
CCCC
|
drop across it is also B 240.0 +-------BBB**3333333333333333333333333333333******33333333333
produced. A | BBBBB | | | CCCCCCCCC | |
R BBB | | CCCCCCCCCC | | |
| | CCCCCCCC | | DDDDDDDDDDD
180.0 + CCCCCCC | | DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD| +
| CCCCCC| | DDDDDDDDDD | | |
CCCC | DDDDDDDDDD | | | |
| DDDDDDDDDD | | | | |
120.0 DDDDD-----+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
60.0 + | | | | | +
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
0.0 +----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+
40.0 45.0 50.0 55.0 60.0 65.0 70.0
FLOW RATE (M3/HR)
KEY... 1 - 450 BAR 2 - 400 BAR 3 - 350 BAR

A - 3 1/2 IN DIA B - 4 IN DIA C - 4 1/2 IN DIA
D - 5 IN DIA

Pressure and SOLUTION NODE IS AT INLET OF DEVICE CHK1
temperature tabular
NODE PRESSURES FOR INFLOW VARIABLES (BAR)
reports are also -----------------------------------
produced for both
INFLOW VARIABLE
inflow and outflow RATE ---------------
variables. Only the (M3/HR) 450 BAR 400 BAR 350 BAR
pressure table is shown ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
40.00 345.55 298.31 252.33
here. 50.00 340.58 293.29 247.17
60.00 334.56 287.18 240.86
If a well completion 70.00 327.46 279.96 233.36
zone is included in the
analysis, tabular data NODE PRESSURES FOR OUTFLOW VARIABLES (BAR)
------------------------------------
for the pressure drop
across it are also RATE
OUTFLOW VARIABLE
----------------
shown. (M3/HR) 3 1/2 IN DIA 4 IN DIA 4 1/2 IN DIA 5 IN DIA
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
40.00 305.95 210.59 154.65 119.39
50.00 390.88 264.47 191.75 146.16
60.00 482.32 320.82 230.05 173.69
70.00 582.13 379.92 269.56 201.94
The final nodal SOLUTION NODE IS AT INLET OF DEVICE CHK1

analysis report lists the
INFLOW-OUTFLOW CURVE INTERSECTION POINTS
pressure and flowrate ----------------------------------------
at the inter- sections of
INFLOW OUTFLOW RATE PRESSURE
the inflow and outflow CASE CASE (M3/HR) (BAR)
curves - i.e., the ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
operating points of the 450 BAR 3 1/2 IN DIA
4 IN DIA
44.41
62.08
343.36
333.08
system. 400 BAR 4 IN DIA 54.61 290.47
350 BAR 4 IN DIA 47.07 248.68
4 1/2 IN DIA 62.30 239.13
4-38 Results
Sphering Report
The sphering report is BASE CASE
produced when sphering
*******************
calculations are * SPHERING REPORT *
performed and *******************
DEVICE=PART, or
greater, is specified in the INLET ----RE-EST: FLOW ZONE-- ----------------SPHERE-----------------
print options. The effect -----BEHIND SPHERE----
PRESS: FLOW
of the sphere is followed TIME PRES: DISTANCE PRESS: TEMP: DISTANCE DROP PRESS: TEMP: RATE
along the length of the (SECS) (PSIA) (FT) (PSIA) (F) (FT) (PSIA) (PSIA) (F) (LBHR)
------- ------- -------- ------- ------ -------- ------- ------- ------ ----
pipeline.
SPHERE NUMBER 1 LAUNCHED FROM STATION 1
This report shows the 19.0 360.4 32.1 360.3 119.9 494.3 8.5 359.5 118.4 41370.
38.0 361.7 64.1 361.5 119.8 984.7 8.5 359.8 116.7 41370.
conditions at the inlet, at 57.0 361.7 96.2 361.4 119.7 1475.1 8.5 358.8 115.1 41370.
the re-established two- 76.0 363.0 128.1 362.6 119.6 1959.5 8.5 359.2 113.5 41370.
phase flow zone, and at 95.0
114.0
363.0
364.2
160.2
191.9
362.5
363.7
119.5
119.4
2449.5
2928.8
8.5
8.5
358.2
358.6
112.0
110.6
41370.
41370.
the sphere. 133.0 364.2 224.0 363.6 119.3 3417.1 8.5 357.6 109.2 41370.
152.0 365.4 255.6 364.7 119.1 3891.6 8.5 357.9 107.8 41370.
171.0 367.1 286.9 366.3 119.0 4356.4 8.5 358.7 106.5 41370.
190.0 368.5 318.3 367.6 118.9 4819.6 8.5 359.2 105.3 41370.
209.0 369.8 349.6 368.8 118.8 5280.9 8.5 359.6 104.2 41370.
228.0 371.0 380.8 370.0 118.7 5740.0 8.5 359.9 103.1 41370.
This report follows the ----------------SLUG ZONE------------------

liquid slug in front of SLUG SLUG
SLUG SLUG EDGE PRESS: EDGE
the sphere. TIME VELO: LENGTH PRESS: DROP DISTANCE
(SECS) (FPS) (FT) (PSIA) (PSIA) (FT)
------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ---------
19.0 26.20 20.1 346.5 4.5 514.4
38.0 26.09 40.0 345.6 5.7 1024.7
57.0 26.10 59.8 343.4 6.9 1534.9
76.0 25.99 79.4 342.6 8.1 2038.9
95.0 25.99 99.6 340.4 9.4 2549.1
The slug delivery report SLUG DELIVERY

starts when the front of -------------
PRESS:
the slug reaches the end SLUG SPHERE BEHIND
of the pipeline. TIME VELOCITY VELOCITY SPHERE
(SECS) (FPS) (FPS) (PSIA)
------- -------- -------- -------
9.8 13.89 13.89 274.9
19.6 13.89 13.89 273.6
29.4 13.89 13.89 272.4
39.2 13.93 13.93 271.3
48.9 13.99 13.99 270.6
58.6 14.05 14.05 269.6
68.3 14.10 14.10 268.6
77.9 14.16 14.16 267.5
87.5 14.21 14.21 266.5
97.1 14.26 14.26 265.4
SLUG DELIVERY TAKES 181.3 SECS.
Finally, the time STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30329.94 SECS.
required for the STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30492.76 SECS.
STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30655.57 SECS.
pipeline to return to STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30818.38 SECS.
steady state is shown. STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30981.19 SECS.
STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 31144.01 SECS.
STEADY STATE FLOW IS RE-ESTABLISHED AFTER 31306.8 SECS


Results Access
System
Specifying
DATA=FULL on the
PRINT statement
creates a binary file
which can be used by
the GUI to produce
graphical and tabular
reports.
This example shows

where the selected link
lies on the phase
envelope. The hydrate
and water saturation
curves are also shown.
Note: For PC GUI

users only.
4-40 Results
4-42 Results
4-44 Results
Chapter 5
Technical Reference
About This Chapter

This chapter provides detailed information regarding the calculation
procedures used for all aspects of the PIPEPHASE program. The
chapter is not intended to be a complete work on multiphase flow or
thermodynamic theory. Instead, it aims to provide sufficient
background theory and simulation guidelines so that a user can be
more confident in using the program and making better engineering
decisions prior to executing the task.
An Introduction to Fluid Flow

Basic Fluid Flow Theory
Except where specified otherwise, the term “fluid” is used in this
chapter to denote either a single-phase gas, single-phase liquid, or a
multiphase stream comprising a gas phase and one or more liquid
phases.
As with any field of scientific analysis, it is worthwhile to take time
to understand the fundamentals behind the basic pressure drop
equation. This pressure drop equation, which is derived from the
general energy equation, is given in its simplest form in equation
(5-1):
P TOT Z ∆P ELEV H ∆P FRIC H ∆P ACCE (5-1)
A summary of this derivation procedure is provided here for

reference purposes.

The Steady State Flow Process — Single-phase Fluids
A fluid passing from point 1 to point 2, in Figure 5-1 below, must be
subject to the general principle of the conservation of energy. This
states that, at steady state, the enthalpy of the fluid at point 1, plus
any work performed on or by the fluid, plus any heat taken from or
added to the fluid, must equal the enthalpy of the fluid at point 2.
Figure 5-1: Conservation of Energy - Fluid Flow In A Simple System
The steady state energy balance equation is shown in equations

(5-2a)-(5-2c):
Energy input to system = Energy output from system (5-2a)
(Heat Exchange + Shaft Work Exchange + Internal Energy +

Fluid Work + Kinetic Energy + Potential Energy) in = (5-2a)
(Internal Energy + Fluid Work + Kinetic Energy + Potential Energy) out
2 2
mv 1 g mv 2 g (5-2c)
Q + Ws + U 1 + p 1 V 1 + ---------- + mZ 1 ----- = U 2 + p 2 V 2 + ---------- + mZ 2 -----
2g c gc 2g c gc
where:
Q= the heat added to, or taken away from, the fluid
(e.g., by a heat exchanger, or by transfer to or from
the surroundings)
Ws = the shaft work done on or by the fluid (e.g., by a
pump, or in a turbine)
5-2 Technical Reference

Note: The subscript S is used to differentiate work exchanged by
the fluid through a shaft, from that work done by the fluid itself on
the system in entering and leaving the control volume under study.
This is the pV component of equation (2c).
U= the fluid internal energy
p= the fluid pressure
V= the fluid specific volume
m= the fluid mass flowrate
1/gc = the proportionality/dimension constant
g= the gravitational constant
v= the fluid velocity
Z= the elevation of the fluid, referenced to
one (arbitrary) datum level
Changing the basis of equation (2c) to that of unit mass, and

looking at differential changes rather than macro-system changes
results in equation (3):
p
du + d  --- + vdv g
--------- + -----dZ + dq + dw s = 0 (5-3)
ρ gc gc
where:
u= specific internal energy of the fluid
q= specific heat exchanged
ws = specific shaft work
r= fluid density
The volume term, V, has been replaced by the density reciprocal,

1/ρ in equation (3). The only problematical term in this equation is
the specific internal energy differential change, du. The internal
energy refers to the energy of the molecules which make up the
fluid, and is not in any way connected to the energy the fluid has by
virtue of its position (elevation) or movement (kinetics) as a whole.
Internal energy is believed to result from the three motion
components of all molecules - kinetic energy of rotation, translation
and internal vibration. These quantities are impossible to measure
as an absolute quantity, and therefore it is only the changes in
internal energy which are used in any thermodynamic analysis of
flowing systems. The internal energy term in equation (3) is,
however, usually converted to its mechanical form before a
practical version of this energy balance relationship can be derived,
using other basic thermodynamic relationships.

The specific enthalpy change, dh, in a system is defined as:
dh = du + d ( pV ) (5-4a)
Equation (4a) can also be written as:

p
dh = du + d  --- (5-4b)
ρ
1 1
Z du +  --- dp + pd  ---
 ρ  ρ
For a reversible system:
du = dq rev Ó dw rev (5-5)
from the Second Law of Thermodynamics, for reversible work,

wREV, and heat, qREV:
dw rev = pdV
1 (5-6)
Z pd  ---
ρ
and
dq rev = Ó TdS (5-7)
where:
ds = the differential specific entropy change in a system
T= the absolute temperature value at which q is exchanged.
Therefore, equation (4a) may be rearranged to make du the subject

and equations (6) and (7) can be substituted into relationship (5).
The resultant expression may then be directly substituted into
equation (3), to create equation (8):
p p vdv
Tds + dp g
------ Ó d  --- + d  --- +  --------- + -----dZ + dq + dw s = 0 (5-8)
ρ  ρ  ρ  g  g
c c
Equation (7) is valid for a truly reversible process. In reality, due to

irreversibilities such as friction, there will always be losses inherent
in any process. Equation (7) for irreversible processes then
becomes:
dq + dL w = Ó TdS (5-9)
where:
Lw = lost friction work

If the assumption is made that there is no shaft work performed by,
or on, the fluid (ws=0), then expression (9) becomes:
dp
------ + vdv g
--------- + -----dZ + dL w = 0 (5-10)
ρ gc gc
Figure 5-2: Schematic Representation of Piping Inclination
A pipe, inclined at an angle θ to the horizontal, as shown in Figure

5-2, will effect a change to the vertical dZ term in equation (10).
Since dZ = dL sin θ, multiplying equation (10) through by ρ/dL
gives:
----- ρ vdv + -----
dp- + ------------ g ρ sin θ + ρ dL w = 0
---------- (5-11)
dL g c dL g c dL
Equation (11) can then be rearranged and integrated over a pipe

length ∆L to give the familiar steady state pressure drop equation
(12). The resulting equation is known as Bernoulli’s equation for
the case of integrating for fluids of constant density, or as Euler’s
equation when used for an ideal fluid, where the loss term, ∆(ρLw),
is set to zero.
2
g- ∆ L ρ sin θ + ∆ ( ρ L ) + ∆ ( ρν -)
Ó ∆ p = ---- w ----------------- (5-12)
gc 2g c
When computing the total pressure drop, Dp, the lost work due to
friction must be expressed in more common terms. The loss
component from equation (11), r(dLw/dL), can be more explicitly
defined by performing a simple force balance on a section of
circular pipe between the wall shear stress (which accounts for the
frictional losses) and pressure forces (Figure 5-3).

Figure 5-3: Force Balance on Circular Pipe Section
2
dp-dL π g c d i = τ ( π d )dL
p 1 Ó  p 1 Ó ----- ---------------
- (5-13)
dL  4 w i
where:
tw = the shear stress, or shear resistance to flow
di = the internal pipe diameter
Equation (13) can be written as:

dp- 4g c τ w dL w
 ----- - = ρ  ----------
= --------------- (5-14)
 dL FRICTION di  dL 
Subsituting for dLw into equation (11) gives:

ρ vdv + -----
dp- + ------------
----- g ρ sin θ + 4g c τ w- = 0
--------------- (5-15)
dL g c dL g c di
For both laminar (streamline) and turbulent flow, a dimensionless

friction factor, f, is defined as the ratio of shear stress to the fluid
kinetic energy per unit volume:
τw 2 τw
f FANNING = --------------- = ---------
- (5-16)
2 2
ρv ⁄ 2 ρv
Equation (16) represents one of the original friction factor

formulations as defined by Fanning. The Darcy-Weisbach (or
Moody1) friction factor, fd, is used in PIPEPHASE, and is defined
as being four times larger than the Fanning factor:
τw 8 τw (5-17)
f d = --------------- = ---------
-
2 2
ρv ⁄ 8 ρv

Note: The superscripts given in the text in this chapter
refer to the appropriate references in Appendix D.
Substituting equation (17) into the pressure loss component of

equation (15), gives:
2 2
dp-
 -----
π di  fd ρ v   π di  fd ρ v
 dL FRICTION = τ -----------
wg A =  --------------  ---------------- = -------------
- (5-18)
c i  8g c   πd 2 ⁄ 4 2g c d i
i
The general pressure drop expression for a single-phase fluid can

then be re-written as:
2
dp- g ρ sin θ f d ρ v ρ vdv
Ó ----- Z ----- + -------------- + ------------ (5-19)
dL g c 2g c d g c dL
i
Note: Users of SI or Metric units of measure: The unit of force in

SI and Metric unit sets is the Newton. The Newton is defined so
as to make the proportionality constant, gc, unity, thus eliminating
it from equation (19).
Laminar and Turbulent Single-phase Flow

Laminar Flow
At low velocities, a single-phase fluid in pipes flows in one
direction, and the velocity within the pipe changes across the plane
perpendicular to its axis, from a maximum in the center of the pipe,
to zero at the pipe wall. For a circular pipe, the velocity profile is a
parabola (see Figure 5-4), where the fluid particles move in straight,
parallel paths in layers, or laminae. The term laminar flow is
therefore used to describe this condition. In laminar flow systems,
analytical laws relating shear stress (and hence friction) to the rate
of angular deformation may be applied. Since the viscosity of the
fluid is dominant in laminar flow, this suppresses any tendency
toward turbulent conditions (see below).

Figure 5-4: Laminar Flow in a Circular Pipe
For a laminar flowing fluid, the following equation for the Darcy-
Weisbach friction factor can be derived analytically from
Poiseuille’s equation:
64 µ-
f d = ---------- (5-20)
ρvd i
where:
µ= the fluid viscosity
Laminar and Transitional Flow Inside Pipes

PIPEPHASE incorporates the unified correlation developed by
Churchill74 for heat transfer calculations. This correlation spans the
laminar and turbulent regions, and it calculates a constant Nusselt
number of 4.36 when the Reynolds number falls below 2300.
Therefore, the user has no control over the critical Reynolds
number below which laminar conditions are applied. In other
words, the keyword entry of “LAMINAR=value” has no influence
in calculating the heat-transfer coefficient.
However, the Churchill correlation has not been implemented for
calculating the friction factor. Therefore, the keyword entry of
“LAMINAR=value” will still be used to influence the friction
pressure drop calculations.
Reynolds Number
For the benefit of fluid flow studies, a dimensionless value
representing the ratio of a fluid’s inertia forces to its viscous forces
has been defined. This is known as the Reynolds number, Re, and is
commonly utilized as an indication of the turbulence of the fluid.

For circular pipes, the Reynolds number is defined as:
ρ vd
Re = -----------i (5-21)
µ
This number is used as a basis for many pressure drop- and heat
transfer-related correlations.
Turbulent Flow
As the flowrate of a fluid is increased from laminar flow conditions,
the fluid particles begin to move randomly in all directions of flow,
and in a more haphazard fashion as velocities increase. As the
flowrate increases even further, the fluctuations in the behavior of
the particles becomes more significant, and the flow is termed
turbulent.
Typically, the transition between laminar flow and full turbulent
flow occurs over a region between Reynolds numbers of 2000 and
3000.
Figure 5-5: Turbulent Flow in a Circular Pipe
It then becomes impossible to track the movement of an individual

particle, and the velocity profile of the fluid becomes
correspondingly more uniform, or flat, in the plane perpendicular to
the axis of the pipe (see Figure 5-5). It is not possible to predict the
friction factor associated with turbulent flow using the same
analytical methods as for laminar conditions. To better predict
friction factors under turbulent conditions, experimental
observations are combined with the previous theoretical fluid flow
relationships. Friction factors for turbulent flow are then defined
empirically – usually in terms of the Reynolds number, Re.

The Darcy-Weisbach friction factor, fd, has been found to be a
function of Reynolds number alone in the case of smooth pipe
walls, and for rough pipe walls as a function of both Reynolds
number and the relative roughness of the pipe inside wall. Relative
roughness is a dimensionless quantity, and is thought to be more
indicative than absolute pipe roughness on the effect on pressure
gradient.
The relative roughness is usually abbreviated in its equation form,
ε/d, where ε is the absolute pipe mean roughness, and d is the
(smooth) pipe inside diameter. An example of a friction factor
expression for single-phase flow in circular pipes with rough walls
is shown in equation (22), which was developed by Colebrook2:
1 - = 1.74 Ó 2log  2-----ε + ---------------
18.7 -
-------- 10   (5-22)
fd d
 i Re f 
d
To solve these types of equations usually requires an iterative

procedure to determine fd. In standard texts these equations are
represented as graphs of friction factor versus Reynolds number,
containing lines of constant ε/d (see Figure 5-6).
Figure 5-6: Friction Factor Chart (Semi-Log Plot) – by Moody

Non-Newtonian Flow
All previous and subsequent discussions in this chapter refer to so-
called “Newtonian” fluids (where shear stresses are postulated to be
directly proportional to the time rate of deformation of a fluid
element). Non-Newtonian fluids do not obey newtonian flow
dynamics, and include common fluids such as some oil/water
mixtures, mud, cement, and a variety of plant-processed slurry
streams. Non-Newtonian fluids can behave in different ways in
response to a constant shear force - such as decreasing viscosity (so-
called pseudoplastic or thixotropic [for time-dependent responses]
fluids) or increasing viscosity (so-called dilatant or rheopectic [for
time-dependent responses] fluids). Non-Newtonian fluids can be
modeled in PIPEPHASE currently only by specifying an
appropriate user-defined pressure drop method (see Chapter 3,
Input Reference).
Two-phase Fluid Flow in Pipes
Up until this point in our discussion of fluid flow, all assumptions
have been for single-phase fluids. In the topics covering laminar
and turbulent flow, it was seen that fluid flow theory can take us
only as far as single-phase, laminar flow. Once the laminar to
turbulent flow transition is made for single-phase fluids, modeling
the flow becomes complex. Fluid flow theory then enters a gray
area where empirical correlations and experimental observation
account for a large portion of key areas in the prediction of pressure
drop. All salient equations describing two-phase flow build on
existing single-phase equation forms. However, they are far more
empirical than their single-phase equivalents due to the complex
nature of multiphase flow.
In single-phase laminar flow, fluid properties such as density, ρ, and
viscosity, µ, must be known prior to any pressure drop formulation
being applied (see equations (19) and (20)). This concept is
relatively simple for a single-phase fluid – simple temperature- and
pressure-dependent correlations and mixing rules can be applied
with confidence for all but the heaviest and non-ideal of fluids.
However, the definition and meaning of two-phase fluid physical
properties such as density or viscosity requires further discussion.
Clearly some type of viscosity and density must be used in the
overall pressure drop expression, and since the only physical data
available to the researcher and engineer are viscosities of both
phases in isolation, a suitable mixing rule for the two-phases must
be formulated. Before this can be accomplished, there must be a
knowledge of the relative amounts of both phases existing at the
point of interest in the pipe. The term holdup is commonly used to
describe this quantity.
Liquid Holdup and Superficial Velocities
Two quantities are used extensively in two-phase flow analyses, the
superficial velocity of each phase, and the liquid or gas holdup.
The superficial velocity is defined as the velocity at which one-
phase would travel if it alone occupied the whole pipe, and can be
calculated from volumetric flowrates:
q
v s L = -----L for the liquid (5-23)a
A
q
v s G = -----G- for the gas (5-23b)
A
where:
q= the volumetric flowrate of the phase
A= the cross-sectional area of the pipe
νs = the superficial velocity of the phase
subscripts G and L refer to the gas (vapor) and liquid

phase respectively
The fluid mixture velocity is then defined as the velocity of the total
mixture, and can be shown to be equal to the sum of the component
superficial velocities:
L q +q G
ν M = ------------------
- (5-24a)
A
νM = νs L + νs G (5-24b)
where:
subscript M refers to the mixture
Liquid & Gas Holdup - Slip & No-Slip
Liquid holdup, HL, is defined as the fraction of the pipe’s cross-
sectional area occupied by liquid (see Figure 5-7):
A
H L = -----L- (5-25)
A

For the complementary gas holdup:
AG
H G = ------
- (5-26)
A
For a given steady-state “snapshot” of a two-phase fluid flowing in

a pipe, there can be two feasible liquid holdup scenarios – slip
liquid holdup (where the gas and liquid are traveling at different
velocities) and no-slip liquid holdup (where both phases are
actually traveling at the same speed). These concepts are important
in the study of two-phase flow systems, and will be utilized fully
when describing two-phase pressure drop correlations. In either
scenario the liquid holdup varies from a value of one for all liquid
flow, to zero for all gas flow. The term positive slip is used to
describe situations where the gas is traveling faster than the liquid,
and negative slip for the reverse situation.
Figure 5-7: Liquid and Vapor Holdup
The slip velocity is defined as the difference between the actual gas
and liquid velocities:
νs = νG Ó νL (5-27)
Now,
qG
ν G = ------
- (5-28a)
AG
q
ν L = -----L- (5-28b)
AL

Then from equations (23) and (25)-(26) it is simple to show that, for
cases of no-slip w here νG = νL:
νs L
λ L = H L, NO Ó SLIP = -------
- (5-29)
νM
where:
λL = no-slip liquid holdup
Therefore, the no-slip liquid holdup can be shown to be a function

only of the superficial velocities of each phase, and is thus simple to
calculate if the volumetric flowrate of each phase is known.
In a majority of two-phase flow situations, however, the no-slip
assumption is false, and should not be used for reasonable pressure
drop predictions. This is typically because of the flow pattern, and/
or the topology of the piping system (which can encourage slip
conditions through inclined and vertical pipe sections). In these
cases, liquid holdups must be calculated from empirical
correlations.
Once the liquid holdup value has been determined for the segment
of piping under study, then its first use is in calculating actual gas
and liquid velocities from their corresponding superficial values
(from equations (26) and (28a-b)):
q L
ν L = ----------
- (5-30)
AH L
Two-phase Mixture Properties

A two-phase fluid mixture density, ρm, can be defined using the
holdup as the weighting factor between both phases. Although
some researchers use different formulations, equation (31)
represents one of the most common relationships for density used to
calculate the elevation term in the pressure drop equation (in this
equation HL refers to either the slip or no-slip liquid holdup):
ρM = ρL HL + ( 1 Ó HL ) ρG (5-31)
The viscosity of a fluid is used in all pressure drop correlations, at

least in the determination of the friction factor, fd, via the Reynolds
number, Re. It is also typically used within correlating parameters
in more empirically-based methods. This can be seen in the two-
phase pressure drop correlations given in Appendix A. The types of
equation formulated for two-phase viscosities are more varied than

those developed for density (above), since the concept of a mixture
viscosity is more difficult to comprehend. A typical formulation for
mixture viscosity is shown in equation (32):
HL HG
µM = µL µG (5-32)
In dealing with two-phase flow, surface tension is another physical

property which affects pressure drop. It is typically used as a
correlating property in determining slip liquid holdup, as well as in
determining the different flow regimes (described later).
In systems involving a wet hydrocarbon mixture, there will often be
enough water present to form a separate, second liquid phase. A
majority of the current, accredited industry-standard methods are
available in PIPEPHASE. In each method only one liquid phase is
considered to be present. Therefore, when two liquid phases
actually exist, they are bulked together to form one liquid phase.
The physical transport properties required by the pressure drop
method for the bulk liquid are then calculated by weighting the
relative amounts of each phase present. Liquid viscosity, density
and surface tension are all calculated in this fashion. In equation
(33), any of these properties can substituted for x:
x L = x HC VOLFR HC + x WAT VOLFR WAT (5-33)
where:
x= liquid viscosity, density, or surface tension
VOLFR = volume fraction
subscripts HC and WAT refer to the hydrocarbon
and aqueous phase respectively
Other viscosity mixing rules, e.g., the API methods and the
Woelflin procedure (for cases involving water-in-oil emulsions) are
also available in PIPEPHASE.
Two-phase Flow Pressure Drop
The formula for calculating the pressure drop for two-phase fluids
in pipes is analogous to the equivalent single-phase flow version
shown in equation (19), except that the friction factor and physical
properties are replaced by their two-phase equivalents:
2
fM ρM νM ρM νM d νM
Ó dP g ρ sin θ + --------------------
------- = ----- M - + ------------------------- (5-34)
dL gc 2g c d i gc dL

Note: The definitions of the mixture density (ρM) and mixture
friction factor (fM) terms are specific to the correlation in which
they are employed.
The pressure loss term in equation (34) includes a two-phase
friction factor, fM. In the past, researchers have spent a majority of
effort in developing predictive correlations for the two-phase
friction factor, as well as the slip liquid holdup term.
Flow Regimes
When two fluids with different physical properties flow together in
the same pipe, there will be a wide range of possible flow regimes.
A flow regime (or flow pattern) is essentially a description of the
flow structure, or distribution of one fluid phase relative to the
other. For example, for upward flow of air and water in an inclined
pipe, the dominant flow regime is generally described as either mist
flow or slug flow. Different inclinations of pipe, together with the
direction of flow, both have a major effect on the actual flow
regime. Several correlations have been developed specifically for
one type of topology and flow direction (see Appendix A). The
types of flow regime encountered include, but are not limited to,
those shown in Figure 5-8. Depending on the researcher, categories
of flow regime may be labeled differently.
Figure 5-8: Flow Regimes in Two-phase Flow (using Beggs & Brill Terminology)
A flow regime map is generally included as a “front-end” to most

modern two-phase pressure drop calculation methods. The Taitel-
Dukler-Barnea map, for example, is a graphical representation of
flow regime correlated against superficial gas and superficial liquid
velocities. Once the respective superficial velocities are known (for
example, calculated from equations (23a-b)), the flow regime can
be easily read off the graph. Depending on which flow regime is
suggested for those superficial velocities, a regime-specific
correlation for liquid holdup is then invoked. It must be noted at this
point that different pressure drop correlations begin with a different
flow map, since the link between resultant pressure drop and flow
regime has typically been made by regression during the
experimental phase of the research.
Note: The flow regime predicted by an individual pressure drop

correlation may not reflect the actual regime encountered in
reality, but the use of this regime in that particular correlation will
produce the results as correlated and expected by the researchers.
Knowledge of the two-phase flow patterns and holdup behavior
allow the engineer to make better decisions, whether mechanically
retrofitting an existing system, or in developing a new design.
In the holdup and velocity detail report section of the output to
PIPEPHASE, both the flow regime (FLOW REGM) as predicted by
the pressure drop correlation, and the flow regime (T-D FLOW
REGM) predicted by the Taitel-Dukler map are presented to the
user for reference (PRINT DEVICE=FULL must be selected in the
General Data Category of input).
For an example of a flow regime map, see Figure 5-9.
Figure 5-9: A Simplified Example of a Two-phase Flow Regime Map (Mandhane)

Critical Flow - A Qualitative Description
It can be shown that when a single-phase, compressible fluid flows
in a pipe of constant diameter the velocity of the fluid cannot
physically exceed the velocity of sound in the fluid medium. The
term sonic velocity is used to describe the velocity of sound in the
medium.
Critical or choked flow may be described by an example.
Consider a compressible fluid flowing in a horizontal pipe of
uniform diameter and fixed inlet pressure. As the outlet pressure is
gradually decreased, the flowrate will gradually increase. This trend
will continue until the mass flux (i.e., velocity) reaches a maximum
possible value at the outlet. Further lowering of the outlet pressure
does not increase the flowrate. This flow condition is called critical,
or choked flow. The outlet pressure at which critical flow is
initiated is called the critical pressure.
Figure 5-10: Relationship Between Critical Velocity and Liquid Holdup
This phenomena of critical flow is observed for single-phase gas as

well as two-phase gas-liquid flow. For single-phase gas, the critical
flow is reached when the velocity reaches sonic velocity. For
multiphase flow situations, sonic velocity and critical flow velocity
are not equal in magnitude.
A plot of critical velocity versus the liquid holdup generates an
unusual U-shaped curve (see Figure 5-11). This indicates that the
critical velocity for two-phase flow (HL > 0.0) may be much less
than the critical velocity for gas only flow (HL = 0.0). The
minimum critical velocity is reached at a liquid holdup value of
approximately 0.5.

The Pressure Discontinuity
When the critical, or choked flow condition has been reached,
further lowering of the outlet pressure does not increase the
flowrate. In reality, a pressure (and temperature) discontinuity
occurs at the outlet of the pipe. Referring to Figure 5-11, to the left
of the discontinuity, the velocity is critical and the pressure is
critical pressure. To the right of the discontinuity, the flow is
subcritical and the pressure is set pressure, which is less than the
critical pressure.
For flow in a pipe of uniform cross sectional area, a pressure
discontinuity and critical flow can normally occur only at the outlet
of the pipe. This implies that critical flow can potentially occur
where the flow area changes to a higher value (such as expansions).
In reality, the pressure discontinuity manifests itself as a shock
wave. Critical flow is therefore often accompanied by an intense
rhythmic dissipation of energy and vibrations. A localized increase
in the rate of heat transfer may also be observed.
Note: Currently, PIPEPHASE solves for critical flow in chokes

only.
Figure 5-11: Pressure Discontinuity
Single-phase Flow
Table 5-1 lists recommendations for the single-phase pressure drop
correlations available in PIPEPHASE. The recommendations are
provided to help the user choose the most appropriate correlation
for a given application. For users who need more information, see
Appendix A, Pressure Drop Correlations

.
Note: The original Panhandle B and Weymouth correlations for

gas flow were reformulated to separate the pressure losses due to
friction, elevation, and acceleration. Equivalent friction factors
were also derived.
Table 5-1: Recommendations for the Single-phase Pressure Drop

Correlations
Correlation Recommendations
Gases
Panhandle B Good for long and/or large diameter pipes.
Weymouth Good for short and/or small diameter pipes.
Moody (default) Applicable for all diameters and lengths. Especially
good for high velocity lines since acceleration losses
are considered.
American Gas Recommended by the American Gas Association.
Association
Liquids
Hazen-Williams Appllicable for low viscosity fluids like water and
gasoline. Should not be used for high viscosity
fluids.
Moody (default) Applicable for fluids over a wide range of
conditions.
Two-phase Flow
Table 5-2 lists the available two-phase empirical correlations in
PIPEPHASE for vertical flow. For horizontal or inclined flow, the
available correlations are listed in Table 5-3. In addition,
PIPEPHASE offers several hybrid correlations, see Table A-3 in
Appendix A.
While the extensive selection of correlations available in
PIPEPHASE offers a variety of methods for predicting two-phase
fluid flow behavior, it also presents the typical user, who is not
necessarily an expert in fluid flow methods, with a problem in
selecting the appropriate correlation. Table A-2 in Appendix A
presents a set of recommendations for selecting the appropriate
correlation from the range of available choices.
Mechanistic Models
PIPEPHASE supports the following mechanistic two-phase flow
correlations:
■ The Ansari model for vertical flow
■ The Xiao model for horizontal and near-horizontal flow
■ The comprehensive TACITE hydrodynamic model, and
■ The comprehensive OLGA hydrodynamic model.
Note: TACITE and OLGA are steady-state implementations of

commercial transient codes.
A brief description for each of these methods is provided in the
following sections.
Ansari
The Ansari75 method, developed at the Tulsa University Fluid Flow

Projects (TUFFP) is a comprehensive mechanistic model for
upward two-phase flow, covering each of the flow patterns
encountered as well as the corresponding transitions.
The model first determines the existing flow pattern from the
transition relationships. These transitional relationships are based
primarily on the work of Taitel et al.76 and Barnea77.
When dispersed bubble flow is predicted, the flow characteristics
are modeled on the basis of a homogeneous, no-slip model. At
lower liquid velocities, the bubble flow model, based on an analysis
of the bubble rise velocity, is an extension of the work by
Caetano78. The slug flow model is characterized by a series of
Taylor bubbles separated by liquid slugs. Separate models have
been formulated for both developing and fully developed slug flow,
depending on the nature of the Taylor bubble. The analysis is based
on the work of Fernandes79, Caetano78, and Sylvester80. Annular
flow is characterized by a liquid film surrounding a gas core,
comprising of both gas and entrained liquid droplets. The annular
flow model is based on Barneas analysis, originally developed for
flow pattern prediction.
The acceleration component of the pressure drop has been ignored
for all flow regime models.
Experimental validation of the Ansari model was achieved by
comparing predictions against the data available for vertical wells
in the TUFFP Databank. This included some of the recent data
obtained from Arco’s operations in the Prudhoe Bay field in Alaska.

Xiao
Like the Ansari work, the Xiao81 model was also developed at
TUFFP. It is a comprehensive mechanistic model developed for
horizontal and near-horizontal pipelines. Flow pattern prediction,
which forms the basis of the analysis, were based on the pioneering
work of Taitel and Dukler82 and its subsequent extensions.
The Taitel and Dukler two-fluid formulation has been used as the
basis for the stratified flow model. Interfacial shear has been
addressed through a combination of the separate approaches by
Andritsos and Hanratty83, and Baker et al.84 The treatment of the
annular flow geometry, under the assumption that flow in the gas
core is homogeneous, is similar to the two-fluid stratified flow
model. The Oliemans et al.85 model, originally developed for
vertical annular flow, was used to represent interfacial friction and
liquid entrainment.
Intermittent flow was characterized by alternating liquid slugs and
gas pockets, with a stratified layer flowing along the bottom of the
pipe. The Taitel and Barnea86 approach was used to develop the
fundamental slug flow model, with the Taitel and Dukler approach
to shear stress modified for the specific flow geometry.
Field validation was based on the American Gas Association
(AGA) database, as well as field data presented by Mcleod et al. A
majority of the validation was based on comparison of model
predictions against small-scale laboratory data.
TACITE
The TACITE hydrodynamic model is the steady-state basis for a
comprehensive transient simulator. The details of the model are
outlined in the work of Pauchon et al.87
TACITE, which is applicable for any pipe inclination, is based on
the concept of characterizing any flow pattern as a combination of
two basic geometries: separated and dispersed. Slug flow, for
example, may be described as a combination of the stratified and
dispersed flow patterns.
The bases for the formulation are the transport equations for
multiphase flow. These include separate mass conservation
equations for each of the two phases, and combined momentum and
energy balances. The remaining equation, defining closure, is
obtained from the prevailing flow pattern.

For dispersed flow, the closure equation is the drift flux relationship
for the gas velocity as a function of the mixture velocity, where the
bubble diameter is obtained by balancing the work of surface
tension with turbulent dissipation.
For stratified flow, the pressure gradient term in the separate gas
and liquid momentum balance equations are equated. The
interfacial shear stress term is approximated from the law proposed
by Andritsos and Hanratty88.
The intermittent flow regime is treated as a periodic structure of
dispersed and separated flows. The slug velocity is determined from
an extension to relationship proposed by Nicklin et al.89, using
Andreussi and Bendiksens90 void fraction model for the liquid slug.
Validation of TACITE is based on data collected from a variety of
sources, including the Boussens databank, stratified flow data
obtained by TUFFP, and data obtained from the MPE project of
BHRG. It has also been validated with field data collected by ELF
Aquitaine and TOTAL. Two of these applications have been for gas
condensate lines (NE Frigg, Zuidvaal), while the third was an oil
(black) and gas line (Alwyn). TACITE is presently being tested
against the database developed by a consortium of oil companies
and research organizations for the MIRANDA project.
OLGA
The OLGA model has been described by Bendiksen et al.91 The

physical model, valid across the range of inclination angles, is
based on separate conservation of mass relationships for the gas and
liquid phases, as well as for the entrained liquid droplets. The
additional equations in the formulation are momentum balances for
each of the two phases, and a combined mixture energy balance.
As with any other mechanistic approach, the application of the
conservation equations is flow pattern-dependent. In particular, the
friction factor and wetted perimeter terms are based on the
predicted geometry of the flow distribution. As such, the first step
in the algorithm is the determination of the flow pattern, based on
the local distribution of two-phase parameters.
OLGA has been compared with data from various experimental
facilities, covering a wide range of pipe sizes, fluids, inclination
angles and operating conditions. The bulk of this data was obtained
from experiments at the SINTEF Two-Phase Flow Laboratory in
Norway. The model was also tested with good agreement against a
number of oil field facilities.
Two-phase Pressure Drop Correlations
DUNS & ROSS

Bubble and slug flow
Holdup (Hl )
2
( V m Ó V s ) + 4V s + V sl
H l = V s Ó V m + ------------------------------------------------------------
-
2V s
V s calculated from correlation
Friction (dp/dL)
dp-
 ----- f m ρ l V sl V m
= -------------------------
 dL f 2g c d 144
f m from correlation
Elevation (dp/dL)
dp-
 ----- ρ tp V sl g sin ϕ
= -----------------------------
-
 dL e g c 144
ρ tp = ρ l H l + ρ g H g
Acceleration (dp/dL)
dp-
 -----
 dL acc = 0
Mist flow
Holdup (HL)
V sl
H l = λ l = ----------------------
V sl + V sg
Friction (dp/dL)
2 2
dp-
 ----- f ρ g V °sg V sg d
= -----------------------
-V °sg = ------------------
-
 dL f 2g c d 144 2
(d Ó ε)
f calculated from Moody diagram
ε = roughness from pipe and liquid film
Elevation (dp/dL)
Same as bubble and slug flow
dp-
 ----- V m V sg ρ n  dp
- ------
= ---------------------
 dL acc g c P 144  dL T
ρn = λl ρl + ( 1 Ó λl ) ρg

Transition flow
Holdup (HL)
H l = A 1 ( H l ) slug + B 1 ( H l ) slug
A 1 = f(dimensionless numbers), 0 ≤ A1 ≤ 1
B1 = 1 Ó A1
Friction (dp/dL)
dp-
 ----- dp-
 ----- dp-
 -----
 dL f = A 1  dL f, slug + B 1  dL f, mist
Elevation (dp/dL)
dp-
 ----- dp
= A 1  ------
 dL e  dL e, slug
dp-
 ----- dp-
 ----- dp-
 -----
 dL acc = A 1  dL acc, slug + B 1  dL acc, mist
Hagedorn and Brown

Holdup (Hl )
H l = f (dimensionless numbers), calculated from correlation
Friction (dp/dL) 2
dp- f ρt Vm
 ----- = -----------------------
-
 dL f 2g c d 144
2
ρ
ρ t = -----n-
ρs
ρs = ρl Hl + ρg Hg
1488 ρ n V m d
µ s = µ l H l + µ g H g = ----------------------------
-
N Re
Elevation (dp/dL)
dp-
 ----- ρ s g sin ϕ
= -------------------
-
 dL e g c 144
dp-
 ----- V m V sg ρ n  dp
- ------
= ---------------------
 dL acc g c P 144  dL T

Orkiszewski
Bubble flow
Holdup (Hl )
Vm V m 2 V sg
H l = 1 Ó 1--- 1 + ------
- Ó  1 + ------
- Ó 4 -------
- V s = 0.8ft ⁄ s
2 Vs  Vs  Vs
Friction (dp/dL)
V sl 2
f ρ l  -------
dp-
 ----- Hl
= -----------------------
-
 dL f 2g c d 144
Elevation (dp/dL)
Same as Hagedorn & Brown elevation
Same as Duns & Ross bubble flow acceleration
Slug flow
Holdup (HL)
ρs Ó ρg
H l = ----------------
-
ρl Ó ρg
ρ s = ρ l ( V sl + V b ) + ρ s V sg + ρ l δ
V b = f ( N Re ) N Re = f ( V b ) (calculation is iterative)
δ = Distribution coefficient based on the continuous phase and mixture velocity.
The liquid phase is oil continuous for water cuts < 50% and water continuous
for water cuts >50%.
Friction (dp/dL) 2
dp-
 ----- f ρt Vm
= -----------------------
-
 dL f 2g c d 144
Elevation (dp/dL), Acceleration (dp/dL)

Same as bubble flow.
Mist flow
Holdup (HL), Friction (dp/dL)
Same as Duns & Ross.
Elevation (dp/dL)
Same a bubble flow.
dp-
 ----- V m V sg ρ m  dp
- ------ .
 dL acc = ----------------------
g c P 144  dL T

Transition flow
Holdup (HL)
Same as Duns & Ross transition flow holdup.
Friction (dp/dL)
Same as Duns & Ross transition flow friction.
Elevation (dp/dL)
Same as bubble flow elevation.
Same as Duns & Ross transition flow acceleration.
Angel-Welchon-Ross
Holdup (HL)
Hl = λl (no-slip holdup)
Friction (dp/dL) 2
dp-
 ----- f tp ρ n V m
= -----------------------
-
 dL f 2g c d 144
Elevation (dp/dL)
Same as Orkiszewski or Hagedorn & Brown.
Same as Orkiszewski bubble flow or Hagedorn & Brown elevation.
Aziz
Bubble flow
Holdup (Hl )
V sg
H l = 1 Ó -------
- V bf = 1.2V m + V bs
V bf
Friction (dp/dL)
2
dp-
 ----- f ρs Vm
1488 ρ l V m d
 dL f = 2g
-----------------------
-
N Re = ---------------------------
-
c d 144 µl
f from Moody diagram

Elevation (dp/dL)
dp-
 ----- ρ s g sin ϕ
 dL e = -------------------
g c 144
-
Same as Duns & Ross
Slug flow
Holdup (HL)
V sg
H l = 1 Ó -------
- V bfsl = 1.2V m + V bsl
V bf
dg ( ρ l Ó ρ g )
V bsl = C ---------------------------
-
ρl
Friction (dp/dL)
2
dp-
 ----- f ρl Vm Hl 1488 ρ l V m d
= -----------------------
- N Re = ---------------------------
-
 dL f 2g c d 144 µl

Mist flow
Holdup (HL), Friction (dp/dL)
Same as Duns & Ross.
Elevation (dp/dL).0
Same as Hagedorn & Brown.
Transition flow
Holdup (HL)
H l = A s ( H l ) slug + B 3 ( H l )slug
A 3 = f (dimensionless numbers) 0 ≤ A3 ≤ 1
B3 = 1 Ó A3
Friction (dp/dL)
dp-
 ----- dp-
 ----- dp-
 -----
 dL f = A 4  dL f, slug + B 4  dL f, mist

Elevation (dp/dL)
dp-
 ----- dp dp
= A 3  ------ + B 3  ------
 dL acc  dL acc, slug  dL acc, mist
Beggs & Brill

Segregated, intermittent, distributed flow
Holdup (HL)
b
 a λl 
- Ψ
H l =  --------
c
 N Fr 
ϕ = 0 ψ = 0
when
ϕ ¼ 0 ψ = 1 + C [ sin ( 1.8 ϕ ) Ó 0.33 sin ( 1.8 ϕ ) ]
1 f g
C = ( 1 Ó λ l ) ln ( d λ l eN lv N Fr )
a ,b ,c ,d ,e ,f ,g = constants, f ( flow pattern )
Friction (dp/dL)
2
dp-
 ----- f ρs Vm s 1488 ρ l V m d
= -----------------------
- f tp = e f n N Re = ---------------------------
-
 dL f 2g c d 144 µl
f n from Moody diagram for smooth pipe
y
S = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 4
Ó 0.0523 + 3.182y Ó 0.8725y Ó 0.01863y
y y
S = ln ( 2.2e Ó 1.2 ) if 1 < e < 1.2
 λl 
y = ln  -----2-
 µl 
Elevation (dp/dL)
Same as Aziz.
Transition flow
Holdup (HL)
H l = A 4 ( H l ) seg + B 4 ( H l ) int
A 4 = f(dimensionless numbers) 0 ≤ A4 ≤ 1
B4 = 1 Ó A4

Friction (dp/dL)
dp-
 ----- dp dp
= A 4  ------ + B 4  ------
 dL f  dL f, seg  dL f, int
Same as segregated flow.
Gray
Holdup (HL)
1
A
Hl = 1 Ó Hg 1Óe -
H g = ----------------
R+1
1
205- B
A = Ó 2.314 N v  1 + --------
1
 Nd 
B = 0.0814 1 Ó 0.05554 ln  1 + 0.730R

-----------------
1
 R+1
2 2 2
V sl ρ m V sm g ( ρ l Ó ρ g )D
R = -------
- N v = -----------------------------
- N d = -------------------------------
-
V sg g σl ( ρl Ó ρg ) σl
σ o q o + 0.617 σ w q w
σ l = ---------------------------------------------
- σ = surface tension
q o + 0.617q w
Friction (dp/dL)
2
dp-
 ----- f tp ρ s V m 1488 ρ n V m d
 dL f = -----------------------
- N Re = ----------------------------
-
2g c d 144 µ nl
f n from Moody diagram
Elevation (dp/dL)
Same as Beggs & Brill.
Flannigan
Holdup (HL)
1
H l = --------------------------------------
-
1.05
1 + 0.3264V sg

Lockhart & Martinelli
Holdup (HL)
Hl = f ( x ) calculated from correlation
2
dp- s 1
--- dp- s
 ----- f l ρ l V sl 1488 ρ l V sl d
 -----
 dL l
2
 dL l = 2g
-----------------------
- N Re , l = ---------------------------
µl
-
c d 144
x = --------------s
dp-
 ----- s
2
f l ρ g V sg 1488 ρ g V sg d
 dL g dp-
 ----- = ------------------------ N Re ,g = -----------------------------
-
 dL g 2g c d 144 µl
Friction (dp/dL)
dp s 2 dp s
φ g  ------ + φ l  ------
2
dp- dL g dL l φ g = f ( X 1 ,N Re ,g )
 ----- = -----------------------------------------------
-
 dL f 2 φ l = f ( X 1 ,N Re ,l )
Elevation (dp/dL)
Same as Aziz.
Same as Duns & Ross bubble flow.
Eaton
Holdup (HL)
H l = f (dimensionless numbers), calculated from correlation
Friction (dp/dL)
2
dp-
 ----- f tp ρ n V m
 dL f = -----------------------
2g c d 144
-
f tp calculated from correlation

Elevation (dp/dL)
Same as Aziz.
2 2
dp-
 ----- W l DV l + W g DV g
= ------------------------------------------
-
 dL acc 2g c q m DP L 144

Dukler
Holdup (HL)
H l = calculated from correlation iteratively
H l = f ( λ l ,N Rek ) N Rek = f ( H l )
2 2
1488 ρ k V m d ρl λl ρg λg
N Rek = ---------------------------- ρ k = ----------
- + ------------
µn Hl Hg
Friction (dp/dL)
2
dp-
 ----- f ρk vm
= -----------------------
-
 dL f 2g c d 144
---f- = 1 + ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y -
fn 1.261 + ( Ó 0.478y ) + 0.444y Ó 0.094y + 0.0084y
2 3 4
y = ln ( λ l ) f n = 0.0056 + 0.5N Rek
Elevation (dp/dL)
Same as Aziz.
2 2
dp-
 ----- 1  ρ g V eg ρ l V sl
- D --------------
= ------------------------------- + ------------
 dL acc 2g c DP L 144  H g Hl 
Mukherjee & Brill

Bubble, slug, mist flow: φ < 0
Holdup (HL)
0.371771
H
2  N gV 
HL = e H 2 = H 1  --------------------
0.393952
-
 N lV 
2
H 1 = Ó 0.51664 + 0.789805 sin φ Ó 0.551627 sin 2 φ + 15.519214N l
Friction (dp/dL)
2
dp-
 ----- f ρm Vm
1488 ρ nV m d
 dL f = -----------------------
2g c d 144
-
N Re = -----------------------------
-
µg
Elevation (dp/dL)
Same as Aziz.

Slug flow: φ < 0

Holdup (HL), Friction (dp/dL), Elevation (dp/dL), Acceleration (dp/dL)
Mist flow: φ < 0

Holdup (HL)
Friction (dp/dL)
Same as bubble flow, but use mn in Reynolds number.
Stratified flow: f < 0

Holdup (HL)
0.079951
H2  N gV 
HL = e H 2 = H 1  --------------------
0.504887 
-
 N lV 
Friction (dp/dL)
2
dp-
 ----- f ρg Vg 1488 ρ g V g d h
 dL f = --------------------------
- N Re = -----------------------------
-
2g c d h 144 µg
d h = hydraulic diameter of gas phase
Elevation (dp/dL)
Same as bubble flow, but rs = rg.

An Introduction to Oil and Gas Production Practices
Petroleum production engineering covers the range of operations,
starting from the sand face, where the well completion interacts
with the producing reservoir, to the separation and treatment
facilities at the downstream end, where the plant processing begins.
Between these two extremes are a variety of processes that
transport, treat, and add energy to the flowing multiphase (or
occasionally, single-phase) production stream. The simulation of
most of these processes, which are invariably unique to oil and gas
field operations, have been integrated under the PIPEPHASE
umbrella with the intent of providing a comprehensive field-wide
simulation tool for the oil and gas production engineer. These
processes include:
■ Well-Reservoir Interaction
■ Wellbore Modeling
■ Modeling Surface Flowlines and Facilities
■ Production Planning
Interaction with the Reservoir
At the upstream end of the oil and gas production operation is the
petroleum reservoir. Although PIPEPHASE does not simulate the
behavior of a reservoir, it can be used to model a reservoir’s
interaction with producing (and injecting) wells in the surface
network through specific performance characteristics. These
characteristics, which define the production rate as a function of the
pressure differential between the reservoir and the bottomhole, are
commonly termed Inflow Performance Relationships (IPRs). IPRs
are typically defined through curves (generated by reservoir
simulators), or by equations whose coefficients describe the
performance of a particular well. In addition to supporting the
frequently-used IPR methods, PIPEPHASE also supports a “user-
added” IPR capability. This feature is particularly useful in
simulating the performance of horizontal wells, where the existing
technology is still in its infancy. Operating companies may develop
proprietary methods that are applicable to particular geographic
locations.
Another component of the flow stream at the sand face is the
bottomhole completion. Oil and gas flow into the wellbore through
several perforations in the casing string that extend into the

formation. Such a completion may be gravel-packed to prevent
excessive sand production. Completion effects may be modeled
separately or incorporated into the overall IPR.
Wellbore Modeling
Flow through the tubing string follows fundamental multiphase
flow behavior for vertical (or near-vertical) upward flow. In
wellbores, the holdup-dependent elevation gradient is the dominant
component of the overall pressure drop at lower flowrates. As the
flowrate increases, the frictional component becomes more
significant due to the increased velocity, while the elevation
gradient becomes less significant due to the decreased holdup.
Heading occurs when a well is operating at a relatively low flowrate
when elevation effects dominate, and where the overall gradient
decreases as a consequence of a rate increase. A well will shut in
under such circumstances.
When the bottomhole pressure is inadequate for a well to produce
oil and gas at the surface, artificial lift methods are employed to
provide additional head to the fluid. One of the more common such
methods is gaslift, where available gas is injected into the
production tubing string in a continuous or intermittent manner.
Other common artificial lift methods include the installation of
sucker rod (or beam) pumps at the surface, or Electrical
Submersible Pumps (ESPs) downhole.
The prediction of wellbore heat transfer is of particular importance
in evaluating the viability of hot-fluid (e.g., steam) injection for
well stimulation or enhanced oil recovery operations. In addition to
the usual steady-state conduction and convection effects in the
wellbore, the time-dependent heat transfer to the formation is
significant for the accurate estimation of the bottomhole
temperature, which in turn is critical for evaluating injection
performance.
Surface Flowlines & Facilities
The flowrate in a well is usually controlled manually with a choke
assembly at the wellhead. Flow through such chokes is often at
critical velocity. Modeling the effect of the choke is necessary to
evaluate the effect of the well on the overall surface network.
The surface network connecting the wells to the processing
facilities is simulated with the standard multiphase flow prediction
methods for horizontal and inclined lines. Of particular importance
is the phenomenon of slugging. Slugs may either be generated on
account of the prevailing hydraulics in the line, or due to the terrain
of the pipeline. Terrain-induced slugs are of particular significance
in offshore pipelines, where downstream processing facilities such
as slug catchers and separators are limited due to economic and
spacial constraints.
Production Planning
With the passage of time, the average pressure in a producing
reservoir falls, typically as a function of the cumulative production
from the wells in the field. Sometimes this phenomena is slowed
down through an active pressure maintenance effort such as a water
injection program. Typically, in the initial stages of the
development of a field, the overall production is constrained by
limited investment in capital-intensive surface facilities. In later
years, the constraining factor is the depleted capacity of the
reservoir itself.
The problem may be further complicated by the drilling of new
wells or the abandonment of existing wells during the producing
life of the field. Production planning involves the evaluation of
alternative strategies in the use of available facilities and resources,
with the target of improving the overall benefit to the operating
company over the producing life of a field.
Solution Algorithms Used in PIPEPHASE

The Calculation Segment and Iteration Methodology
The Calculation Segment
PIPEPHASE works in segments to determine the pressure,

temperature, holdup, and flow pattern distribution in all flow
devices: pipe, riser, tubing string or annulus. A segment is the
smallest calculation increment of a larger length of pipe as shown in
Figure 5-12. Segment-specific results can be seen in the detailed
report for flow devices in the PIPEPHASE output file.
Separate segment sizes can be specified for all horizontal (pipe) and
vertical (tubing, annulus, riser) flow devices, either as segment
length or the number of segments per device, through the General
Data Category of input. These options should be considered prior to
any simulation involving significant changes in fluid density.

Almost all multiphase and single-phase gas applications, as well as
single-phase liquid models with sharp thermal gradients fall under
this classification.
For blackoil, condensate and single-phase systems, the segment
length is defaulted to a value equal to the length of the flow device
(i.e., no segmentation). For compositional or steam systems, a flow
device may be internally divided, automatically by PIPEPHASE,
into several compositional segments based on a maximum limit to
the enthalpy change per segment.
Figure 5-12: The Calculation Segment
Note: In Figure 5-12, m represents the total mass flowrate of fluid.
A shorter segment size will increase the accuracy of the simulation

at the expense of computation time. If you are unsure of an optimal
segment size, the simulation should be run first with default
segmenting. In subsequent runs, you should adjust segment sizes on
the basis of the results of the prior simulations until the optimal
point is identified.
Default Segment Calculation Procedure
Figure 5-13 outlines the segment calculation procedure for every
pipe, tubing, annulus, and riser for compositional or steam systems.
The procedure for implementing the pressure drop equations for
flow devices described in the section titled, An Introduction to
Fluid Flow, is iterative, since average conditions of pressure and
temperature are required to calculate the phase equilibria and
physical properties that are required by the pressure drop and
energy balance calculations. To achieve this, PIPEPHASE employs
an inner loop for the convergence on pressure, and an outer loop for
enthalpy convergence.
For blackoil or single-phase fluids where there are no enthalpy
calculations, the segment calculation procedure reduces to a single
iteration loop.
Figure 5-13: Default Segment Pressure and Temperature Calculation Procedure

The Single Link Calculation Method
This method simulates the single link algorithm which is used for
line sizing, nodal analysis, and other simulation models that focus
on a single link in the system. There are two possible solution
scenarios for this method as shown in Figure 5-14.
Figure 5-14: Single Link Calculation Method Options
PIPEPHASE divides the pipe sections into segments as defined by

the user in the input, and then uses a “marching” algorithm to
achieve pressure drop and heat transfer results. The term
“marching” is used to describe the step-by-step process by which
PIPEPHASE solves calculation segments sequentially.
Scenario A:
This is the simplest request of the single link method, and is a
straightforward once-only pass from source to sink.
Note: The flowrate in this scenario can be fixed at either the

source or sink node.
Scenario B:
With the pressure drop fixed over the link, the single link pro-
cedure must iterate on flowrate until an outlet pressure is
achieved which matches that specified by the user.

The Network Calculation Method
A typical network which can be solved using PIPEPHASE’s
network solution algorithm is shown in Figure 5-15.
Figure 5-15: A Typical Network
Definition of a Network
A PIPEPHASE network is defined as a system of two or more links
joined together. A link is defined as a connection between two
nodes. A node can be a sink (where fluid leaves the system), a
source (where fluid enters the system), or a junction (where two
links join together).
The network solution algorithm can be used to solve any type of
pipeline network, from complex, multiphase looped systems to
single-phase gas transmission lines.
Internally, PIPEPHASE generates a set of material and pressure
balance equations from the input data, and proceeds to solve these
equations simultaneously using a Newton-Raphson scheme and a
matrix solver. As will be seen in the following section, almost any
combination of flow and pressure node conditions can be solved,
which gives you tremendous flexibility in solving a wide variety of
problems.
Note: PIPEPHASE’s network algorithm works in a forward

marching mode only, and is thus suited to simulation scenerios
where a source pressure is to be calculated for “single links.” The
network solution algorithm may therefore be used in
configurations involving only two nodes.

Pressure Balance Method
The methodology for determining the pressure and flow distribution
in a pipeline network is based on a pressure balance (PBAL)
solution algorithm.
From a network flow balance, the PBAL algorithm first identifies
the set of starting link flows which is the minimum set of link flow
rates that completely define the network flow distribution. Spur
links, which are flowrate-specified isolated sections that do not
affect the rest of the solution, are identified and solved,
independently of the general network solution.
The primary variables for the solution matrix are the starting link
flowrates and all unknown pressure values at source boundaries.
Pressure imbalances are computed at all fixed pressure sink or
junction node boundaries, as well as at nodes with two or more
incoming flows.
Newton-Raphson iterations are employed to solve the non-linear
equation set. The elements of the solution Jacobian can be
determined from the partial derivative of the node pressures with
respect to the incoming link flowrates and the corresponding
upstream pressures.
Mass Balance Method
The mass balance (MBAL) solution method is used to provide
PBAL with a good initial estimate of the flow and pressure
distribution in the network. The algorithm is based on the principle
that the sum of all flows into (and out of) all nodes in a network must
equal zero. Mathematically, the sum of all junction flows can be
expressed as non-linear functions of the nodal pressure and
temperature distribution in the network. The MBAL algorithm
solves the non-linear set of equations by decoupling the network
temperature field from the pressure field. Newton-Raphson
iterations are used to solve the non-linear set of equations for nodal
pressures. The solution for the decoupled temperature field follows
from the conservation of energy at the junction nodes.
How to Set up a Network Problem
There are some basic rules common to any type of simulation which
are listed below along with the rules which must be followed in
setting up a network problem in PIPEPHASE.

➤ Before the PIPEPHASE program is used, you should write
down the objective of the simulation, i.e., list which answers
you want from the program output. This step provides a focus
which saves time and effort in entering data into the program.
➤ The network that is to be simulated should then be translated
into a network diagram, similar to the one shown in Figure
5-15. Here the diagram consists only of nodes (sources,
junctions and sinks), links, and alphanumeric names for each
node, which can be up to four characters. Importantly, the
network diagram includes arrows on each link to denote
assumed input flow direction, and also marks the location and
label of major items of process equipment, if relevant.
➤ The number of nodes in the system should then be counted, and
next to each node a pressure (P) and flowrate (Q) annotation
should be added.
➤ In a direct analogy with Kirchoff’s Laws in electrical
engineering theory, any network must be configured such that
the total number of pressures (P’s) and flowrates (Q’s) that are
fixed by the user must equal the number of nodes present in the
system, or
Σ ( P + Q )FIXED = Σ Nodes = Σ ( P + Q )TO BE CALCULATED (5-35)
To assist in setting up networks and to follow good simulation

practice:
● Each boundary node should have one fixed value and one
estimated value.
● At least one boundary node pressure must be fixed.
In Figure 5-15, there are 7 nodes, and hence the number of P’s and
Q’s to be fixed must equal 7 (i.e., the total number of P = and
Q = ). All other P’s and Q’s are to be calculated by the program.
The P’s and Q’s to be calculated by PIPEPHASE must be given an
estimated value, either by the user in the input data, or automatically
allocated by the program itself (denoted by P = ⌧ and Q = ⌧). With
this equality rule in mind, the user has full flexibility in which node
P and Q values are to be fixed, and which are to be calculated. The
flowrate, Q, at a junction is zero, and is therefore always a fixed
value. This is because at steady state, the net flow at the junction
point is given by:
Q in = Q out (5-36)

Therefore,
Q net = 0 (5-37)
● You may then specify the details of the structure within the
links. The devices appearing in each link should be ordered
sequentially in the direction dictated by the FROM=/TO=
statement (see Chapter 3, Input Reference), or, in the case
of loop links, the expected direction of flow.
● Assuming all other categories of input are satisfied, you
are then ready to run the simulation. When problems are
encountered, a printed iteration history can assist in diag-
nosing which course of action to take to produce a solu-
tion. To do this, use the ITER keyword in the PRINT
statement prior to executing the run.
There are several additional tips on the setting up of networks, and
these are given in a later section on Converging Network
Simulations.
Fluid Models Used in PIPEPHASE

PIPEPHASE allows you to choose between two different categories
of fluid models:
■ Non-compositional fluid,
and
■ Compositional fluid
All heat transfer and pressure drop calculations performed by the
program use certain fluid physical properties. The accuracy of these
fluid properties is therefore of primary importance in system
modeling. This section of the technical reference will enable you to
choose the most appropriate method(s) for fluid properties, and to
be conversant with the program default methods as detailed in the
main manual text.
Non-compositional Fluid Models

There are five fluid types under this category:
■ Single-phase gas
■ Single-phase liquid

■ Blackoil
■ Condensate
■ Steam
These fluid models predict bulk fluid properties from the gas or
liquid gravities (or densities) alone, and thus are useful in systems
where there is little information known concerning stream
compositions.
Single-phase Gas
This fluid model is used when there is no liquid phase present
throughout the simulation. The gas specific gravity is used to
calculate required physical properties.
Gas Compressibility, z:
You have the choice between the Standing-Katz7 (default) and Hall-
Yarborough7 (for wet or dry gases) correlations to calculate the gas
compressibility (z-factor). Standing-Katz data were taken from
experiments with natural gas only, and the resultant z-factor
accuracies are strongly reliant on a precise specific gravity entry.
Standing-Katz is also able to correct for the existence of
contaminants such as nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or hydrogen sulfide.
The Hall-Yarborough methods for dry and wet gases result from
curve-fitting original Standing-Katz data, and are also able to
correct for the existence of contaminants. Both methods correlate z-
factor as a function of specific gravity, temperature and pressure.
Gas Density, ρG
This is calculated from:
PM-
ρ G = --------- (5-38)
zRT
Gas Viscosity, µG
You have the choice between the Lee8 (default, shown below) and
the Katz9 correlations. Both correlations calculate the gas viscosity
as a function of specific gas gravity, temperature, and pressure. The
Katz method uses experimental data in the range 40-400ºF and
1<Pr<20.
Lee (default)
P-
µ G = 0.0001K exp  0.0433X ργ G ----- (5-39)
zT

1.5
( 9.4 + 0.02M )T A
K = --------------------------------------------
- (5-40)
( 209 + 19M + T A )
986- + 0.01M
X = 3.5 + -------- (5-41)
TA
where:
TA = Temperature in Rankine
Gas Specific Heat Capacity, CpG

Specific heat is calculated as a function of temperature (degrees F)
using the correlation:
C pG = 0.39 + 0.00085 ( T Ó 100 ) (5-42)
where:
T= temperature in ºF
CpG = heat capacity in BTU/lb
Single-phase Liquid
The single liquid phase fluid model is used when there is no gas
phase present throughout the simulation. The liquid specific gravity
is used to calculate required physical properties. With the non-
compositional single-phase fluid model the you are able to specify
the liquid as water or hydrocarbon, and in doing so activate the
relevant default physical property correlations.
Hydrocarbon Liquid Viscosity, µL
You have the choice between the TUFFP (Vazquez/Beggs)10
(default, described below) and Beal-Standing/Chew-Conally11
correlations for hydrocarbon liquid viscosity calculations. The latter
method is based on an API gravity of 60 or lower, and a temperature
of 300ºF or lower. Also, PIPEPHASE sets a minimum viscosity of
0.2 cP and a maximum of 10,000 cP for the Beal-Standing/Chew-
Conally method.
The TUFFP (Vazquez/Beggs) correlation is based on gravities in
the range 16 < API < 58, temperatures in the range 70 < T (ºF) <
295, and pressures in the range 0 < P (psig) < 5250.
x
µ L = 10 Ó 1 (5-43)
3.0324 Ó 0.02023API
X = 10
----------------------------------------------- (5-44)
1.163
T
Water Viscosity, µw
You have the choice between the Beal (default) and ASME12 steam
table methods.
Specific Heat Capacity, Cp
The specific heat capacity is evaluated as a function of oil gravity
(degree API) and temperature (degree F):
C p ( BTU / lb ) = 0.33 + 0.0022 ⋅ API + 0.00055 ⋅ T (5-45)
Oil-water Viscosity, µL
Oil-water mixture viscosity may be determined from volumetric
mixing, or by the following API Procedure 14B.
q (5-46)
R = -----o-
qw
For R > 1,
µL = µ1 + µ2 µ3 (5-47)
For R < 1,
µ L = µ 2 ( 1 + 2.5R ) (5-48)
When oil-water emulsions are formed, the viscosity is calculated

from the Woelflin correlation for tight, medium, or loose emulsions
(Figure 5-16), or from a user-specified curve of viscosity ratio
versus water cut.
Figure 5-16: Emulsion Viscosity Ratio (Woelflin)

Blackoil (and Other Empirical Methods)

The blackoil model refers to a multiphase fluid model commonly
used in industry. This model predicts fluid properties from the
specific gravities of the produced gas and oil, and the corresponding
volumetric phase ratio at reference conditions (gas-oil or gas-liquid
ratio). The phase split at in situ conditions is determined from
empirical correlations. The corresponding single-phase properties
are then evaluated from their respective fluid models.
The blackoil model assumes that the liquid at stock tank (i.e., at
reference conditions of pressure and temperature) remains in the
liquid phase under all conditions. The separated gas (at stock tank
conditions), however is assumed to exist both as free gas in the
vapor phase, as well as dissolved gas in the liquid phase. This
approximation is usually valid for a crude oil that is heavier than 45
degrees API.
Note: In PIPEPHASE, the reference conditions for pressure and

temperature are 14.70 psia and 60 degrees Farenheit, respectively.
Solution Gas-Oil Ratio
The solution gas-oil ratio is the volume of dissolved gas, expressed
at standard conditions, per unit volume of stock tank oil, at a given
condition of pressure and temperature. This ratio increases with
pressure until all of the gas dissolves at the bubble point pressure.
Table 5-2 details the solution gas-oil ratio correlations available in
PIPEPHASE.

Table 5-2: Notes and References for the SOLUTION GAS/OIL RATIO
CORRELATIONS
Name Correlation Notes References
LASATE For R ≤ R p , Use for API > 15 69
R
s
Use with VAZQUEZ FVF
( 379.3 ) ( 35 ) γ o, sc yg
R Z ----------------------------------------------- ---------------
Based on blackoils from
s [ Mo ] 1 Ó yg
Canada, the Western and
For yg, PIPEPHASE does a Mid-Continental US, and
piecewise curve fit South America
P γg
y g vs. --------------------
- data
( T + 460 ) Experimental accuracy
was 7%
STANDI For = ~ 1000 Use for API < 15 70

NG 1.20482
γ g ( Px )
R s = ------------------------------ Based on California gas-
1.20482
( 18 ) crude systems
For P < 1000,
Experimental accuracy
1.20482
P 0.93023
R s = γ g  x  -------------
was 10%
  13.46 
where
( 0.0125API Ó 0.000917 )
x = 10
VAZQUE For API ≤ 30 , Newer and more general 71

Z than the Lasater and
1.0937 11.172A
( SG ) ( P ) 10 Standing correlations
R s = ------------------------------------------------------
27.64
For API > 30 ,

1.187 10.393A
( SG ) ( P ) 10
R s = ----------------------------------------------------
56.06
where
API
A = ---------------------
( T + 460 )
Symbol Definition Units Subscript Definition

API gravity degrees API b bubble point
B formation volume factor bbl/stb o oil
g specific gravity (60 F/60F) dimensionless s solution
M molecular weight dimensionless p produced
P pressure psia sc standard conditions
R gas/oil ratio scf/stb g gas
SG specific gravity at 100 psig dimensionless
T temperature F
y gas mole fraction dimensionless

Solution Gas-Water Ratio
The solution gas-water ratio is the volume of dissolved gas,
expressed at standard conditions, per unit volume of stock tank
water, at a given condition of pressure and temperature.
PIPEPHASE uses the Culbertson and McKetta correlation for
calculating the solution gas-water ratio. This correlation was
developed for pure methane, which is the predominant component
in natural gases. It also assumes that the bubble point pressure for
the water is the same as that for the associated oil. In general, the
accuracy of this prediction is within five percent for natural gases.
Oil Formation Volume Factor
The oil formation volume factor is the in situ volume of the oil
phase, comprising of both oil and dissolved gas, that is occupied by
a unit volume of oil at stock tank conditions. The formation volume
factor is influenced by the amount of dissolved gas as well as the
compressibility of the oil. Below the bubble point pressure, the oil
formation volume factor increases as more gas dissolves with
increasing pressure. Above the bubble point pressure, the formation
volume factor decreases with pressure due to compressibility
effects.
Table 5-3 details the formation volume factor correlations available
in PIPEPHASE.

Table 5-3: Notes and References for the OIL FORMATION VOLUME
FACTOR CORRELATIONS
Name Correlation Notes References
VAZQUE For P < P b and API ≤ 30 , Use for API> 15 71
Z
Ó4
B 0 = 1 + 4.67x10 ( R s + 0.175Dx )
Ó4 Ó8
10 Ó 1.8106R s Dx10
For P < P b and API ≤ 30 ,

Ó4
B 0 = 1 + 4.67x10 ( R s + 0.11Dx )
Ó4 Ó8
10 Ó 0.1337R s Dx10
Where D = (------------------------------
T Ó 60 )API
SG
For P > Pb, see oil compressibility
(discussed under Blackoil Physical
Properties).
STANDIN For P < P b , Experimental 70
G accuracy was 5%
1.175
B 0 = 0.972 + 0.000147F
Where 0.5
g γ
F = R s ----------
- + 1.25T
γ osc
For P > Pb, see oil compressibility
(discussed under Blackoil Physical
Properties).
Symbo Definition Units Subscript Definition

l
API gravity degrees API b bubble point
B formation volume factor bbl/stb o oil
g specific gravity (60 F/60F) dimensionless s solution
M molecular weight dimensionless p produced
P pressure psia sc standard conditions
R gas/oil ratio scf/stb g gas
SG specific gravity at 100 psig dimensionless
T temperature F
y gas mole fraction dimensionless

Water Formation Volume Factor
The water formation volume factor is the in situ volume of water
occupied by a unit volume of water at stock tank conditions. Since
the solubility of gas in the water is negligible when compared to oil,
its effect on the water formation volume factor is ignored in
PIPEPHASE. Water formation volume factors are computed from
water densities, using the 1967 ASTM formulations.
Surface Tension
Surface tension is an important parameter in flow pattern
prediction. Oil surface tension is computed as a function of oil and
gas gravity as well as pressure and temperature from the empirical
work of Baker and Swerdloff. Gas-water surface tension is
calculated as a function of pressure and temperature, using the
method proposed for Katz et al for methane. The overall gas-liquid
surface tension is obtained from volumetric averaging.
Condensate
PIPEPHASE simulates gas condensate systems using the API
Procedure 14B model. For these systems, gas may or may not
condense depending on the in situ pressure and temperature. This
model assumes no liquid is present below the dew point pressure. In
situ condensate flowrate is calculated by multiplying the standard
volumetric flowrate by a pseudoformation volume factor (pseudo-
FVF).
The pseudo-FVF is the ratio of in situ condensate mass to the mass
of condensate at stock tank conditions. The model assumes the
condensate density is constant and equal to the density at stock tank
conditions. (Since densities are assumed constant, the definition is
based on mass.) The pseudo-FVF is a function of condensate
specific gravity, dew point pressure, pressure, and temperature.
Dew point pressure, mass phase split (mass distribution between the
liquid and vapor phases), and surface tensions of condensate and
water are calculated from empirical relationships. Dew point
pressure is a function of condensate specific gravity and
temperature.

Steam Model
Although the methods used are actually compositional, the steam
fluid model is listed in this category because its use is activated by a
statement which does not fall under the compositional fluid model
category. This model involves a pressure-enthalpy formulation in
order to calculate a pressure and temperature traverse. For water
systems modeled with the steam method, PIPEPHASE uses the
methods given in Table 5-4 for calculating fluid properties:
Table 5-4: Steam Property Calculation Methods
Property Method
Steam quality and enthalpy SimSci steam package53
Steam viscosity SimSci component library
Water enthalpy SimSci steam package
Water viscosity Bingham & Jackson32 data
Steam and water densities ASME steam tables (1967)
Compositional Fluid Models

Compositional Fluid Modeling is a method for describing a flow
stream based on its pure and other pseudocomponents. Equilibrium
phase splits and homogeneous phase properties are determined by
blending the properties of the stream constituents.
Accuracy of Compositional Modeling
The accuracy of a compositional fluid model depends on the
accuracy of the pure component properties, the accuracy and
applicability of the thermodynamic property (phase split, enthalpy,
density) generator selected, and the accuracy of the mixing
correlations used in stream transport property calculations.
The compositional fluid model in PIPEPHASE is based on stream
composition data input by the user. Pure component properties are
taken directly from the PIPEPHASE component data library
(Appendix A). For petroleum (pseudo-) components, the equivalent
“pure properties” are calculated using industry standard
characterization methods based on gravity, normal boiling point,
and molecular weight.

Properties Calculated Using the Compositional Fluid Model
The following properties are determined for each component:
■ Equilibrium K-values (phase split)
■ Gas and liquid enthalpies
■ Gas and liquid densities
■ Gas and liquid viscosities
■ Surface tension
■ Gas and liquid thermal conductivities
Heat Transfer in Flow Devices

The effect of heat transfer in flow devices can significantly alter the
overall accuracy of the simulation. The addition or removal of a
small amount of heat to or from a system may alter the physical
properties of the fluid enough to cause a significant change in the
pressure drop across a device. Therefore, in certain systems, the
accurate simulation of heat transfer is important for the reliable
prediction of pressure drop.
The heat transfer to a flow device is calculated in two ways
depending on whether the fluid model is non-compositional or
compositional.
Note: See Chapter 2, Using PIPEPHASE, and later on in this

chapter, for a discussion of the calculation segment and the logic
for enthalpy balancing.
Heat Transfer for Non-compositional Fluids

For non-compositionally (empirically) defined fluids, PIPEPHASE
assumes that the heat transferred from the fluid to its surroundings
is equal to the heat change in the fluid itself. In differential form, the
heat transferred from the fluid to the surroundings is given by:
dq = U ∆ TdA (5-49)

where:
dq = the rate of heat transfer from the fluid to the surroundings
U= the overall heat transfer coefficient
∆T = the temperature difference between fluid and the
surroundings
dA = the area through which heat flows and on which U is
based = πd dL
d= the diameter
L= the length
The change in the fluid temperature due to heat transfer from the
fluid is given in differential form as:
dq· = mC p dT· (5-50)
where:
dq· = the rate of heat change in the fluid (superscript to denote
difference with equation (49))
m= the mass flowrate
Cp = the specific heat capacity of the fluid
dT· = the differential change in fluid temperature (superscript
to denote difference with equation (49))
In order to calculate the fluid temperature changes, equations (49)

and (50) are set equal, and integrated over the segment length L.
A special numerical integration yields an approach to an
exponential curve, where the fluid temperature approaches the
ambient temperature.
Heat Transfer for Compositional Fluids (including the

steam fluid model)
Heat transfer for compositionally-defined fluids or PIPEPHASE’s
steam fluid model is calculated using an enthalpy balance. Over
each calculation segment, a change in enthalpy may result from a
change in fluid kinetic energy, a change in fluid potential energy, or
energy lost to or gained from the surrounding medium. This
enthalpy balance is given by equation (51).
∆ H = ∆ HKE + ∆ H PE + Q out (5-51)

where:
∆H = overall change in enthalpy
∆HKE = change in enthalpy due to kinetic energy
∆HPE = change in enthalpy due to potential energy
Qout = energy change with surrounding medium
Equation (51) can be further expressed as:

Ó ν m ν sG ∆ P U π d ( T avg Ó T G ) ∆ L
∆ z Ó -----------------------------------------------
∆ H = ----------------------------------
- + ------------- - (5-52)
( 778 ) ( 3217 )P ( 778 ) ( 3600 ) ( m )
where:
∆P = the estimated change in pressure over the segment (psia)
P= the average pressure in the segment (psia)
∆z = the vertical elevation change over the segment (ft)
∆L = the length of the segment (ft)
d= the reference diameter on which U is based (usually di or
do)
Tavg = the estimated average temperature in the segment (ºF)
TG = the ambient temperature at the middle of the segment (ºF) =
TGa - (Tgrad)(∆z)
TGa = the ambient temperature at the middle of the previous
segment (ºF)
Tgrad = the temperature gradient (ºF per ft. elevation)
vm = mixture velocity
vsG = superficial gas velocity
Figure 5-17: Heat Transfer for Compositional Fluid Models and Steam

Figure 5-17 (a) represents the analytical solution of equation (52).
This would be the result if PIPEPHASE were able to compute an
infinite number of segments. Instead, PIPEPHASE uses numerical
integration techniques. Therefore, as shown in Figure 5-17 (b) and
(c), the approach to reality (Figure 5-17 (a)) becomes closer with
the more calculation segments you specify.
The Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (U-value)

For pipes in PIPEPHASE, the U-value defaults to a value of 1.0
BTU/hr-ft2-ºF unless you specify otherwise in the input.
PIPEPHASE is able to rigorously calculate the U-value and also
allows you to override individual heat transfer coefficients, if
desired.
Figure 5-18 shows a cross-section of a pipe, including each “layer”
through which heat must pass to be transferred from the fluid to the
surroundings, or vice-versa. These layers have an overall resistance
comprised of the sum of the resistances of the individual layers.
Figure 5-18: Pipe Heat Transfer Resistances
The U-value for a pipe is calculated from:

1
U = -------------------------------------- (5-53)
Σ
Resis tan ces
The overall resistance is given by:

(5-54)
Σ Resis tan ces = Rinside, film + Rpipe + Rinsulation + Rsurr + Rinside + Routside + Rrad

where:
Rinside, film = boundary layer on the inside of the pipe
Rpipe = material from which the pipe is made
Rinsulation = insulation (up to five concentric layers)
Rsurr = surroundings (soil, air, water or user-defined)
Rinside = an additional resistance inside the pipe (optional)
Routside = an additional resistance outside the pipe (optional)
Rrad = radiation (optional)
Equations used in PIPEPHASE for Calculation of Resistances

Inside film resistance, Rinside film
d
R inside, film = ---------------------------
- (5-55)
0.8
0.27k f Re
where:
d= pipe inside diameter
kf = thermal conductivity of the film
Re = Reynolds number
The Reynolds number is given by equation (56):

( ρ L λ L + ρ G λ G ) ( ν L + ν G ) ( d i ) ( 124.016 )
Re = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- (5-56)
λL µL + λG µG
Pipe resistance, Rpipe

dlog e ( d o ⁄ d i )
R pipe = -------------------------------
- (5-57)
24k p
where:
di = pipe inside diameter
do = pipe outside diameter
kp = thermal conductivity of pipe
Insulation resistance, Rinsulation
 n dj 
1 1
R insulation = ------  d ∑ ---- log e ----------- (5-58)
24  k d j Ó 1
 j=1 j 

where:
subscript J refers to the Jth layer of insulation (1≤J≤ 5), and

as applied to the diameter, d, subscript J refers to the outer
diameter of the Jth layer, and J-1 refers to the inside diameter
of the Jth layer.
Buried surroundings (e.g., soil) resistance, Rsurr
2 2 0.5
dlog e [ ( 2D + ( 4D Ó D t ) ) ⁄ D t ]
R surr = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- (5-59)
24k surr
where:
D= depth from top of soil to pipe center line
Dt = diameter of pipe plus insulation
ksurr = thermal conductivity of surroundings
Fluid surroundings (e.g., air, water), Rsurr

do
R surr = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (5-60)
0.333
12k surr 10 [ log ( Re surr )1.3681 ]Pr
The Reynolds number in equation (60) is given by:

181.89 ρ surr ν surr D t
Re surr = -----------------------------------------------
- (5-61)
µ surr
Additional inside / outside resistance, R inside/outside
R inside = 1 ⁄ H inside (5-62)
R outside = 1 ⁄ H outside (5-63)
where:
Hinside = the additional inside heat transfer
coefficient (BTU/hr-ft2-ºF)
Houtside = the additional outside heat transfer
coefficient (BTU/hr-ft2-ºF)
Note: The inside and outside heat transfer coefficients can be

user-supplied by using the HINSIDE and HOUTSIDE
keywords respectively.
Radiation film resistance, Rrad
R rad = 1 ⁄ H rad (5-64)

where:
Hrad = the radiative heat transfer coefficient (BTU/hr-ft2
ºF)
Note: You can supply the radiative heat transfer coefficient

by using the HRAD keyword.
Partially Buried Pipes
It is possible for pipes to transfer heat to two different media (air
and soil, for example) simultaneously. To achieve this, PIPEPHASE
allows negative values for the keyword BDTOP. For example,
values of BDTOP < 0 and |BDTOP| < OD indicates a partially
buried pipe.
For this situation, the program calculates two different values for
the heat-transfer coefficient: one for the buried portion and the other
for the exposed portion. Then, an area-weighted equivalent value is
calculated to represent the outside heat-transfer coefficient. The
calculations do not take into consideration any variation in the wall
temperature between these two portions of the pipe.
Heat Transfer in Wellbores93
Heat transfer in the wellbore is of particular importance in the
simulation of hot fluid injection. Heat losses in the wellbore never
reach a steady state. They attain a quasi-steady state in which the
rate of heat loss is a monotonic decreasing function of time,
dependent on the rate at which heat is lost to the formation. The
time-dependent term in the overall heat transfer coefficient which
reflects the thermal resistance92 of the formation as defined by
Ramey has been included in PIPEPHASE.
Additional PIPEPHASE capability in this area includes the ability
to simulate heat transfer effects in concentric and parallel tubing
strings
Laminar Flow Heat Transfer
Laminar flow conditions typically exist in situations where viscous
fluids are being transported. The need for the accurate prediction of
heat transfer effects becomes critical on account of the temperature
dependency of viscosity under such conditions. PIPEPHASE uses
Churchill’s approach for determining the heat transfer coefficient
for both the laminar and transition regimes. Note that the friction

factor derived from this method is used solely for the purpose of
calculating the heat transfer coefficient and does not affect the
hydraulic calculations in PIPEPHASE.
Equipment & Fittings Flow Devices

In addition to modeling pipes, PIPEPHASE also enables you to
model items of process equipment and pipe fittings inside links.
These items are viewed as flow devices, and are therefore treated in
an analagous fashion to the pipe device available in the program.
The accurate modeling of process equipment, such as heaters,
coolers and pumps, is especially important in systems where
pressure changes are largely due to these items, rather than the
piping runs.
The calculations associated with the equipment flow devices given
in Table 5-5 are discussed in this section.
Note: PIPEPHASE does not consider any length or elevation

pressure drop effects within these equipment types.
Table 5-5: Equipment Devices Modeled by PIPEPHASE
Pump Compressor
DPDT device Choke
Check Valve Heaters and Coolers
Separators
A discussion of the available fittings devices is presented later in

this section.
Pump
The pump device should only be used for incompressible fluids. If
the fluid is compressible then the compressor unit should be used
instead.
PIPEPHASE uses the standard GPSA pump equation to relate
power and pressure increase:
Qν ∆ P
Power = --------------- (5-65)
1715 η
where:
Qv= the volumetric flowrate (gpm)
η= the percentage pump efficiency
In equation (65), power is measured in horsepower, hp.

Lost work (through pump inefficiency) is converted to heat, which
may cause the fluid temperature to rise. The resulting fluid
temperature is given by equation (66).
T inlet + ( 2.31 ∆ P ⁄ α ) ( 1 ⁄ η Ó 1 )
T outlet = -------------------------------------------------------------------------- (5-66)
780C P
where:
α= the specific gravity of the fluid
T= the temperature in degrees Rankine (R)
Cp = the fluid specific heat capacity at constant pressure, and
for compositional fluids is equal to dH/dT, which is
computed rigorously through flash calculations.
Subscripts inlet and outlet refer to the pump inlet and
outlet conditions respectively.
Electrical Submersible Pump (ESP)

The ESP model in PIPEPHASE is an extension of the basic pump
model. ESPs are a common method of artificial lift applicable to
wells producing at rates ranging from a few hundred barrels to
thousands of barrels per day. The application of ESPs is limited by
excessive free gas and high temperatures associated with deep
wells.
In addition to the head and efficiency curves required for the
standard pump model in PIPEPHASE, the performance of an ESP
is characterized by a horsepower curve, defined as a function of the
flowrate. The effect of viscous fluids is modeled through the Riling
correction factor to the performance curves. PIPEPHASE also
supports user-specified data on the effect of free gas on pump
performance.
In order to reduce the gas injection rate, ESPs are sometimes
configured with upstream separators. PIPEPHASE will allow you
to specify the gas injection percentage into the pump based on this
separator. The separated gas may be reinjected back into the
production stream or vented to the atmosphere.
Compressor
PIPEPHASE uses the standard GPSA equation to relate compressor
power and outlet pressure:
Ó 1-
k----------
k
1545mz avg T inlet ( P 2 ⁄ P 1 ) Ó1
Power = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (5-67)
550M η adia [ ( k Ó 1 ) ⁄ k ]

where:
zavg = the compressibility at average temperature and
pressure
ηadia = the adiabatic compressor efficiency
Cr = fluid specific heat capacity and constant volume
m= mass flowrate
M= average molecular weight of fluid
P2 = outlet pressure
P1 = inlet pressure
Lost work (through inefficiency) is assumed to be converted to heat

which may cause the temperature of the fluid to rise:
Ó 1-
k----------
k
T inlet ( P 2 ⁄ P 1 ) Ó1
T outlet = T inlet + --------------------------------------------------- (5-68)
η adia
DPDT Devices
DPDT devices simulate equipment for which no standard
PIPEPHASE model exists. These devices are typically used to
model the performance of specially designed valves and fittings.
For these devices, you supply data relating the fluid flowrate, the
pressure change and temperature change in tabular form.
PIPEPHASE linearly interpolates this table during calculations, and
therefore you should ensure that data entered covers the whole
range of anticipated equipment process conditions. If the entered
range of data is exceeded at any point in during the simulation,
PIPEPHASE uses the last tabular data point. Therefore if you are
unsure as to the likely simulation range, then a dummy high or low
value should be entered in this device in order that a reasonable
value is selected by PIPEPHASE in any possible simulation
condition.
Chokes
The fluid model type you have chosen dictates which correlations
are used for calculating the pressure drop across a choke
Single-phase Gas and Single-phase Liquid Models
For these fluid models, the choke pressure drop is calculated from
equations (69-73) based on a square-edged orifice (shown in Figure
5-19).

Figure 5-19: Choke Model in PIPEPHASE — Schematic
∆ P = ∆ P1 Ó ∆ P2 (5-69)
2
( ν o ρ o ⁄ 96.26YC )
∆ P 1 = --------------------------------------------
- (5-70)
ρ1
 ν2 ρ ν2 ρ  νo
2
 -----------
o o Ó ----------- 2 2 2 2
Ó ρ o --------- -(1 Ó β )
 64.4 64.4  64.4
 
∆ P 2 = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (5-71)
144
4
Y = 1 Ó ( 0.41 + 0.35 β ) ( 1 ⁄ k ) ( 1 Ó Po ⁄ P 1 )
4 0.5
C = D dis ⁄ ( 1 Ó β ) (5-72)
β = d0 ⁄ d1 (5-73)
where:
k= the specific heat ratio, Cp/Cv
Y= the gas expansion factor for nozzles
Ddis = orifice discharge coefficient
If a discharge coefficient of zero is input, PIPEPHASE will

calculate the coefficient from the diameter ratio, β, and the
Reynolds number.

Gilbert Family (GF) of choke models
The Gilbert family (GF) (Gilbert, Ros, Baxendell, Achong) are
'critical flow only' choke models. They do not model sub-critical
flow. For critical flow, the flow rate through a choke is a linear
function of inlet pressure, the other parameters in the model
(ID,GLR) being constant.
These choke models therefore do not predict choke outlet pressure
and should not be applied if flow is sub critical. This makes the
model incomplete to be a standard/classic Pipephase device
feature. To get around this problem and make the model sufficiently
complete in a consistent way, we have the following
implementation:
a) Use of the Gilbert Family (GF) of choke models implies critical
flow is assumed at the choke. Pipephase will determine what the
critical flow would be (for algorithm see below). For critical flow to
physically occur the outlet pressure needs to be equal or below
Pcrit. Pcrit is the choke outlet pressure at the onset of critical flow.
Further lowering of the outlet pressure will not increase the flow
rate.
b) The user can nominate a critical pressure ratio Rcrit (=Poutlet/
Pinlet) which occurs at the onset of critical flow. Pipephase output
will notify if the calculated pressure ratio is not consistent. If Rc<=
Rcrit the results are consistent otherwise the GF choke models are
inappropriate. The default Rcrit is set at 0.55.
c) The onus is on the user then, to determine what he should do
about the choke model selection.
Algorithm:
The GF choke models are represented by:

P1=A*ql*Rp**B/d**C……… (5-74)
Where:
P1= Inlet pressure (psia for Ros and psig for others)
ql =Liquid flow rate (stb/day)
Rp= Producing Gas-Liquid Ratio Scf/stb
d= Diameter of the choke in 64ths of an inch
A,B,C are constants. The standard values of these constants are
as follows:
Table 5-6: Table of constants

GF Model A B C
Gilbert 10.0 0.546 1.89
Ros 17.4 0.500 2
Baxendell 9.56 0.546 1.93
Achong 3.82 0650 1.88
Network solving algorithm in the presence of a GF choke in

source link(s)
1. Before the network algorithm begins, check for GF chokes in
source links(only). For each of these links there are 3 possible
conditions:
a)Source Pressure is fixed flow rate, Q is estimated
b)Source Q is fixed and P is estimated
c)Source P and Q are fixed
2. If (a) then calculate intersection of the choke performance
curve and the well performance curve (for devices before the
choke) to determine the critical flow rate. Pass the critical flow
rate as the source flow rate for the network. From a network set
up point of view this 'source pressure specified' boundary con-
dition is now replaced by a source Q specified BC. Ensure that
at-least one pressure of the new network is set, to ensure the
well-posedness of the network problem. If well-posedness is
violated then the program will fail to solve the problem.
3. If (b) determine required choke upstream pressure(usually well
head pressure) from the choke model. Then calculate required
source pressure to satisfy the calculated wellhead pressure and
flow rate. Pass the critical flow rate as the flow rate to the net-
work model. No BC alteration is necessary.
4. If (c) then simply calculate the choke upstream pressure and
resize the choke diameter. Pass the set flow rate as the network
source flow rate.

5. These ‘GF source links’ are then modified so that link calcula-
tions start at the first device after the choke and the BC is
changed if necessary so that flow rates are specified and pres-
sure is estimated.
6. Solve the modified network.
7. Make a final network run using the original link devices which
by default will use previously calculated choke outlet pressure
for output. Check for pressure ratio consistency and generate
appropriate output message if CPR rule (see above) is violated.
Network solving algorithm in the presence of a GF choke in

internal and sink link(s)
If more than one GF choke is specified in the source link or if GF
chokes are present in any internal links or sink links the choke
calculations for these chokes will be simplified. The CPR will
simply be used to calculate the outlet pressure. The choke diameter
will have no effect. Essentially the GF choke will simply act as a
device which causes a pressure drop based on the specified CPR. It
is recommended that multiple GF chokes in source links and GF
chokes in internal links and sink links not be used unless the user
wants the intended effect as described.
Extensions of the GF model applicability

The GF chokes are classically applicable for blackoil systems(with
GLR >0) only over a reasonable range of GLR's. See equation 5-74.
To provide more flexibility to the user, PIPEPHASE has
consistently extended the GF choke concept to other fluid models
which are 2-phase(vapor-liquid) at standard conditions for
compositional and condensate (LGR>0) fluid models. The user
needs to exercise care when applying it for cases where the standard
GLR for these fluids fall beyond the applicable range. It would
behoove the user to first match field data to the above model and
correlate the values of A,B and C coefficients before modeling the
chokes in PIPEPHASE.
The model has been further extended (to give additional user
flexibility) for single phase fluid models LIQUID and GAS. If any
fluid model predicts single phase liquid at standard conditions, the
program arbitrarily sets the value of Rp to 1 in equation (1) above.
If any fluid model predicts single phase vapor at standard
conditions, the program uses the following equation:

P1=A*Qg/d**C……. (5-75)
Where:
Qg is the standard gas flow rate in mscf/day.
Other variables are the same as described above.
It would behoove the user to first match field data to the gas or
liquid models and correlate the values of A and C coefficients (B
being not applicable) before modeling the chokes in PIPEPHASE.
The GF choke models are not allowed for steam models.
Greater care should be used by the user in using these models for
fluid models other than Blackoil. It is recommended that the user
incorporate/regress choke flow measured field data to arrive at the
proper values of A, B, C.
Errors and Warnings:

If the network CAlculated Pressure Ratio (CAPR) is greater than
the user specified CPR then a warning message indicating the choke
may be in subcritical flow will be printed out.
Other Fluid Models
For these fluid models, PIPEPHASE calculates the choke pressure
drop from the correlations developed for multiphase fluids. The
Fortunati method involves two steps (by Fortunati57):
➤ A Fortunati curve is interpolated to determine whether the flow
is subcritical or critical.
➤ In the case of subcritical flow, the Fortunati curve is used to
determine an outlet-to-inlet pressure ratio. From this ratio, the
upstream or downstream pressure is calculated. In the case of
predicted critical flow, the critical pressure ratio is used to
calculate the outlet pressure which is the maximum outlet
pressure possible to allow critical flow.
See References (94, 95) for additional information on the Perkins
and Ueda choke models.
Check Valves
Check valves are used to permit flow in one direction only; to effect
this the valve closes to prevent backflow. In PIPEPHASE, these
actions are similarly simulated and the relevant pressure drop
calculations use the square-edged orifice equations as per the choke

device implementation. If the flow is determined to be multiphase,
PIPEPHASE uses the same square-edged orifice equations, but
assumes the fluid is a uniform mixture.
Heaters and Coolers

The fluid model type you have chosen dictates which correlations
are used to relate the heater or cooler duty to the fluid temperature
change.
Single-phase Gas and Single-phase Liquid Models
Q = mC p ∆ T (5-76)
Compositional and Steam Fluid Models
Q = m∆H (5-77)
The pressure drop across the heater or cooler device can be modeled
either by:
■ Specifying the value directly
or,
■ Defining the coefficient and exponential term in the relation-
ship:
exp
∆ P=coeff .(rate) (5-78)
where the rate is always expressed in units of pounds per second
(lb/sec).
Separators
The phase split at separator conditions is determined from the fluid
model equilibrium calculations. The separator model then removes
a user-specified percentage volume or volumetric rate of fluid from
a phase or phases.
Blackoil
The phase split is determined using the blackoil empirical
correlations. Only gas may be removed from the system.
Condensate
The phase split is determined from the condensate model
equilibrium calculations. Condensate and/or water may be removed
from the system.

Compositional
The phase split is determined by a flash at separator pressure and
temperature. Fluid may be removed from any stream: gas, oil, and/
or water.
Fittings
PIPEPHASE allows you to specify the pipe fittings shown in Table
5-7 as flow devices within any link:
Table 5-7: Fitting Devices Modeled by PIPEPHASE
Expansion Contraction
Valve Bend
Orifice Nozzle
Venturimeter Entrance
Exit Tee
With the exception of the nozzle and venturimeter devices, all other
fittings pressure drop equations are taken from the Crane59 manual.
The nozzle and venturimeter pressure drop equations have been
taken from Blevins61. You are referred to these publications for
further details concerning these formulations.
Two-phase Flow Pressure Drop Corrections for Fittings
The pressure drop equations for the fittings given in Table 5-7 can
only be applied with any reliability to single-phase gas, or single-
phase liquid flow. If a two-phase fluid flows through any of these
devices, then the associated pressure drop tends to be higher than
the single-phase flow equivalent.
In PIPEPHASE you have two options to calculate a factor which is
subsequently used as a “two-phase multiplier” to the standard
single-phase pressure drop equations. These are referred to as the
CHISHOLM or HOMOGENEOUS methods. The general format
for this correction factor can be represented as:
2
∆ P FITTING = Φ K FITTING ρν
---------
2g c
(5-79)
2
f d ρν
= Φ Kmul FITTING -------------
2g c
where:
Φ= the two-phase multiplier for the standard pressure
drop equation

KFITTING = the (single-phase) K-factor for the fitting device
KmulFITTING = the (single-phase)K-multiplier (KMUL), or L/d, for
the fitting device
fd = friction factor of the device
Chisholm Method:
The two-phase pressure drop across a fitting using the Chisholm
model, ∆PTP, is given by:
∆ P TP
- = 1+C 1-
Φ = ------------ ---- + ----- (5-80)
∆ PL X X2
when:
∆ PG 0.5
X =  -----------
∆ PL
The factor C in equation (78) is given by:

ν lg 0.5
C = λ H ( C 2 Ó λ )  ------- x (5-81)
 νg 
ν ν l 0.5
0.5
----g- H  ----- (5-82)
 νl   ν g
2Ón
λ = 0.5 ( 2 Ó 2) (5-83)
where:
∆PL and ∆PG = the pressure drops over the fitting with only single-
phase liquid or single-phase gas flowing respectively
at the same total mass rate as the two-phase fluid
v= the specific volume of the gas (vG), liquid (vL), or the
difference between both phases (vG - vL = vGL)
n= a constant in PIPEPHASE that is set to zero (the
default value of λ is therefore 1.00). The user is able
to alter the value of λ directly in the fittings
statements
C2 = a user-definable constant in the above expression that
defaults to a value of 0.50 in PIPEPHASE (unless
otherwise stated in Chapter 3, Input Reference)
Changing either the λ or C2 default values is only recommended

when users are experienced in the application of the Chisholm
correlations. These default values have been chosen to be
conservative for a majority of applications.
Homogeneous Model:
The homogeneous model requires no user input, and the Φ value
approporiate to the device is defined as:
ν GL
Φ = 1 +  --------
- x (5-84)
νL 
where:
x= the mass vapor quality
Completion
The method used to calculate the pressure drop depends on the fluid
model and the completion type. Table 5-8 lists the pressure drop
relationships for well completions. The Mcleod equations, used for
open-perforated completions are based on radial flow. The Jones et
al. equations, used for gravel-packed completions, are based on
linear flow.
Table 5-8: Completion Models
Completion Type
(Reference) Open-perforated (McLeod) Gravel-packed (Jones et
al)
Turbulence 10
Coefficient β = 2.33x10 ⁄ k 1.201
p β = 1.47x10 ⁄ k p
7 0.55
Fluid Model
1. Blackoil or 2 2
P in Ó P out = Cq L + Dq L P in Ó P out = Cq L + Dq L
Single-phase
liquid µ ln ( r e ⁄ r w )
Lµ L
C = --------------------------------------------------
- C = ------------------------------------------------
-
Ó3 w Ó3
1.127x10 2 k p hN 1.127x10 k grav A
Ó3 
1- Ó -----
1-  Ó3
9.08x10 βρ  ----  9.08x10 βρ L L
 r e r w D = ----------------------------------------
2
-
D = ---------------------------------------------------------- A
2 2 2
4π h N
2. Single-phase 2 2 2 2 2 2
Gas P in Ó P out = Cq g + Dq g P in Ó P out = Cq g + Dq g
3 3
1.424x10 µ TZ ln ( r e ⁄ r w ) 8.93x10 µ TLZ-
C = -------------------------------------
C = --------------------------------------------------------------
- k grav A
k p hN
Ó 10
12
3.16x10 β γTZ ln  ---- 1 Ó ----- 1- 1.24x10 β γ TLZ
r r  D = ----------------------------------------------
e w 2
D = -------------------------------------------------------------------- A
2 2 2
4π h N

Table 5-8: Completion Models
Completion Type
(Reference) Open-perforated (McLeod) Gravel-packed (Jones et
al)
3. Compositional 2 2
P in Ó P out = Cq m + Dq m P in Ó P out = Cq m + Dq m
Multiphase or
Steam/Water µ m ln ( r e ⁄ r w ) µm L
Mixtures C = ------------------------------------------------------
- C = --------------------------------------------------
-
m Ó3 w m Ó3
1.127 x10 2 k p hN 1.127 x10 k grav A
Ó 13
Ó3  1-
1- Ó -----  9.08x10 βρ m L
9.08x10 βρ  ----  D = -------------------------------------------
-
 r e r w A
2
D = ----------------------------------------------------------
2 2 2
4π h N
w m 1 Ó x + w m xw m 1 Ó x + w m x
ρ m Z ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
µL µg
ρm = ρg x + 1 Ó x ρL
Symbols
2
A area open to flow d p hSPF ⁄ 4, ft qg standard volumetric flow rate)
d diameter qL, qm in situ volumetrid flowrate, bbl/d
λ specific gravity (60 F/60 F) r radius, ft
h perforated interval, ft (Jones) ρ density, lb/ft3
penetraction depth, ft (Mcleod) SPF shots per foot
k permeability, (md) T temperature
L ft N total # of holes in perforated
m viscosity, cP interval
P pressure, psia w mass flowrate
x quality
Subscripts
e perforation plus crushed zone p open perforated area
grav gravel w perforation
g gas in inlet of completion
L liguid out outlet of completion
m mixture

Converging Network Simulations
This section aims to provide users of the network solution
algorithms in PIPEPHASE with more information on practical
ways of converging simulations when difficulties have been
reported during the solution procedure.
Note: For an introduction on how the network solution methods

operate, refer to Chapter 2, Using PIPEPHASE.
User Requirements for This Section

To gain maximum benefit from this section, the user is assumed to
have the following information available:
A network diagram or sketch as detailed in a later section of this
chapter, How to set up a Network Problem. This diagram consists
only of nodes, links, flow direction arrows, major devices and
labels for clarity. It is important that, particularly on larger
networks, the user checks that the structure has been entered
precisely according to the network diagram.
Note: The importance of having a network diagram cannot be

overstressed. Technical support experience has shown that most
problems relating to network simulations can be attributed to the
poor initial set-up of the Structure Data Category of input.
You can have PIPEPHASE print out a simple box diagram of the
structure once all data has been entered. This is achieved, in the
General Data Category of input, by including the following
statements:
CALC NORUN, ..... $$ which stops PIPEPHASE from performing any
calculations
PRINT $$ which activates the box structure diagram
CONNECT=FULL
■ All pressures and flowrates (i.e., fixed or estimated) for each

node should be clearly marked on the network diagram. Any
subsequent changes in problem definition to assist convergence
can be evaluated and implemented simply and quickly.
■ A hard-copy of the PIPEPHASE keyword file for the simula-
tion. This allows you to check categories other than the Struc-
ture Data Category of input where necessary, so that all link
flow device data can be referenced and checked.

■ A list of the objectives of the simulation. You can then effi-
ciently evaluate the impact on simulation objectives of all pos-
sible changes in network configuration.
Recommendations for converging network simulations are broken
into two main categories.
■ The first category gives general recommendations on how to
set up networks to avoid the majority of problems during the
solution procedure (i.e., preventative measures).
■ The second category provides more specific examples on net-
work algorithm anomalies, and provides direction on how to
interpret warning or error messages. This allows you to take
any appropriate action necessary in order to achieve a solution.
General Recommendations
■ Simulation Input Granularity

Within the simulation itself, you must make common sense
decisions concerning which flow devices are important to the
simulation and which are not. For high pressure drop systems
such as in long pipe runs, it is unlikely that simulating all fit-
tings in every pipe run will enhance the simulation accuracy by
any substantial degree. However, in low pressure drop systems,
the simulation of every part of each pipe configuration may be
critical to ascertaining the pressure drop accurately.
■ Estimates of Pressure and Flowrate
PIPEPHASE requires that estimates be supplied for either pres-
sure and/or flowrate at each node, depending on the configura-
tion of network and type of network algorithm that have been
chosen. These estimates may all be supplied by the user, or you
may specify (by not supplying estimates) that the program gen-
erates its own estimates where required, or a mixture of user-
supplied and program-generated estimates may be specified.
Estimates of flowrates for sources or sinks must be supplied by
the user. Generally, you should supply pressure estimates only
at nodes where a value can be confidently predicted (normally
from field data and experience, or from other simulation runs).
When estimates are supplied for pressure, you should ensure
that the data is consistent with the flow directions and are con-
sistent with other estimated values. When you supply estimates

for flowrates, you should ensure that they are in approximate
material balance with other estimated and fixed values.
■ The Use of Junctions
The junction node should only be used in the following circum-
stances:
● The network structure dictates that one or more links are
joining together or splitting apart. The junction is used here
as a structural node.
● The user requires the generation of a phase envelope or
two-phase flow map or flash report (compositional runs
only) at a particular point in the network which is not
described by any other node.
There are no other reasons for using junction nodes in addition
to the given above. As discussed in Chapter 2, Using PIPEP-
HASE, the network algorithm is a simultaneous solution proce-
dure. Adding unnecessary nodes only serves to increase the
size of the matrix and so increase computing time. Therefore,
while there is a tendency for “neatness” in input by splitting
long links into smaller links using junctions, the user should
bear in mind the possibility of detrimental effect on the simula-
tion solution procedure.
Note: Outside of their use in the above list, junctions must be

viewed as simulation devices only, and should not be confused
with any physical representation of the plant.
■ Network Structure and Topology
Following are basic guidelines for good simulation practice
when setting up any network simulation in PIPEPHASE:
● There should be only one link to a sink node.
● There should be only one link from a source node.
● Unnecessary nodes (see The Use of Junctions above)
should be eliminated.
● Definitions of flow direction in link statements should be
checked for consistency with the overall network
source(s)-to-sink(s) logic. Flow direction should not form
closed flow loops.

● When using the network algorithm, as a general rule, net-
work simulations solve more easily when more flowrates
are input as fixed values, rather than fixing pressure values.
This is especially true in networks which include loops. By
swapping a fixed pressure for a fixed flowrate, you may
still investigate the effect of varying this pressure using
multiple CASESTUDYs.
● Items of process equipment within links should have per-
formances specified so that their outlet conditions do not
conflict with other nodes in the system. See Figure 5-20 for
a typical example of this erroneous input.

Figure 5-20: Process Equipment Definition
In this case, since node A and B flowrates have been fixed, the
subsequent fixing of both pump outlet pressures ensures that it
is impossible to balance pressures at junction C. This type of
incorrect setup can be more easily identified in existing simula-
tions, or avoided in future simulations, by referring to a previ-
ously prepared network diagram.
■ Maximum Number of Iterations
By default, PIPEPHASE will use 20 iterations to try to reach a
solution to network problems. For large and complex systems,
it is recommended that this number be reduced so that mini-
mum time is spent waiting for a potentially diverging simula-
tion to finish. This is particularly true for calculationally-
intensive compositional fluid simulations. In the Methods Data
Category of input, if you specify SOLUTION MAXITER=5,
then the simulation will stop after five iterations (if it has not
already reached solution). You may then diagnose whether
additional iterations will produce a solution, or alternatively
which actions should be taken in order to achieve convergence.
By using restart files, you can continue the simulation where it
stopped.
■ Iteration History
You should include the statement PRINT ITER in the General
Data Category of input when running new or problematical
simulations. This will ensure that the convergence history is
printed both to the screen and to the output file, to facilitate
fault diagnosis.

Specific Recommendations
■ Link Shut-ins
A link shut-in is the description given to a link (a series of
devices between two nodes) which PIPEPHASE has closed
down and removed completely from the solution procedure.
Link shut-ins occur during the network solution procedure in
these circumstances.
● When there is flow in the reverse direction through a check
valve.
● When insignificant flowrates are determined for a link
within a loop configuration.
Inspect the iteration history and look more closely at the first
link which is causing problems. If there are no obvious anoma-
lies in the input after careful inspection, you should first try to
reformulate the local boundary node pressure and flowrate def-
initions (for example, swap a fixed pressure for a fixed flow-
rate). Secondly, you should enter link flowrate estimates for all
local links. When an internal link shut-in occurs, you may also
see the “link shut-in” error message.
There is also an option in the Methods Data Category of input
to instruct PIPEPHASE not to reverse flows during solution
(the NOFR keyword). Activating this feature will assist partic-
ularly in loop configurations where the direction of flow is
known (for example cooling water networks). However, this
option can generally be detrimental in systems where the esti-
mated flow directions are incorrect.
■ Flowrate Estimation in Links
In addition to ensuring that the best estimates are supplied for
node pressures and flowrates (or having PIPEPHASE generate
estimates automatically), you may also provide link flowrate
estimates to assist PIPEHASE’s own auto estimation logic.
PIPEPHASE has four methods for allocating link flowrates
prior to the start of the solution procedure:
● Flow Allocation Model 1
This is the default method, and allocates initial link flows
based on the diameter of the first pipe device that appears

in the link. Therefore, once PIPEPHASE’s node pressure
estimation logic/user-supplied estimates has initialized
each node with a starting pressure, the link flowrate is
found from the relation:
2 5
Qi ∞ di ∆ Pi (5-85)
where:
subscript i represents the ith link
You should therefore ensure that the first pipe device input to
each link structure is approximately representative of the bulk
of the link.
This model assigns a flowrate to each link based on the rel-
ative frictional resistance in that link, or:
n 5
2  di 
Qj ∞ ∑  ----- ∆ P j
 li 
(5-86)
where: i=1 j
subscript j represents the jth link

In this model each pipe (from pipe 1 to pipe n) of diameter d
and length l in the link is taken into account in the link flow
allocations.
Note: The flow allocation models 1 and 2 can be specified in

the Methods Data Category of input of input using the
FLOWALLOCATION keyword (FLOWALLOCATION=1 and
FLOWALLOCATION=2 respectively).
According to this model, PIPEPHASE initializes the nodal
pressure distribution and link flows of the network by solv-
ing an approximation to the equations that describe the
conservation of mass at network nodes. The solution algo-
rithm that is used for this model is essentially identical to
that used by preliminary solution stage of the MBAL flow
balance algorithm. The only difference is that in mul-
tiphase systems the Beggs-Brill-Moody (BBM) model is
used to approximate the pressure drop across links. In sin-
gle-phase systems, the BBM model reduces to the Cole-
brook equation used in the preliminary solution stage of
the MBAL algorithm. Again, as is the case with the MBAL
algorithm, only average link fluid properties (e.g., quali-
ties, no-slip holdup, viscosities, and densities) are used in
the traverse calculations that accompany this flow alloca-
tion model.
When selected, this option allows you to use initial esti-
mates to the network solution that are provided in a restart
file. The restart file must be named filename.rst. For exam-
ple if the run file is named run.inp, the restart file must be
named run.rst.
The PBAL algorithm of PIPEPHASE generates a restart
file (with the rst suffix) at the termination of a run. This file
presents data on pressures and temperatures, as well as
data on link flows. You can modify this file, and can use it
to initialize a subsequent run with the PIPEPHASE algo-
rithm.
● User-supplied Link Flow Estimates
To assist convergence, you may input link flow estimates
to methods 1 and 2, in order to selectively override inter-
nally generated values and so assist convergence. The use
of user-defined link flow estimates should be necessary
only in sensitive and/or highly looped networks. There are
different requirements for each of the two flow allocations
models. With the first model, described above, the concept
of a spur link in a simulation must be introduced.
The term spur link is used in PIPEPHASE to denote a link
or set of links which, for the purpose of the simultaneous
network solution algorithm, can be decoupled from the rest
of the network.

Figure 5-21: The Spur Link
In Figure 5-21, the sinks J, L and M all have fixed flow-

rates. Taking the individual link KM as an example, the
sink node M flowrate is known and therefore its pressure
must be calculated. This calculation is based only on the
calculated pressure at junction node K.
Therefore link KM can be “left out” of the network solu-
tion until the nodes on which iteration must be performed
(including node K) have reached a solution. KM is thus
known as a spur link. Similarly, since sink nodes L and M
also have known flowrates, the section of links to the right
of junction node I then form a larger spur link, since all of
their pressure calculations rely on the solution to the pres-
sure at node I.
For flow allocation model 1, you must supply link rate esti-
mates for all non-spur links. If any non-spur link flowrate
estimations are not input by the user, then all flowrate esti-
mates revert back to those predicted by flow allocation
model 1, and any other user entries are ignored. If you are
unsure which links are spur links in the network, then set
SOLUTION MAXITER=0 (in the Methods Data Category
of input), with PRINT ITER (in the General Data Category
of input). Those links printed out after the iteration history
are the spur links (see the Intermediate Printout Example in
Chapter 4, Results).
For flow allocation model 2, there is more flexibility in
allowing you to selectively override internal program link
rate estimates. If you wish to take advantage of this, then
only those links which form the outlet of a node can be

supplied with user estimates, and all links arising from the
same node must be given estimates.
Figure 5-22: Link Flowrate Estimates
As a theoretical example, for the network defined in Fig-

ure 5-22, you have discovered that by using PIPEPHASE’s
flow allocation model 2, the output link CF is being allo-
cated only 10% of the total inlet rate to junction node C.
Using this model then subsequently causes convergence
problems, as indicated in the convergence history. You
may then override this initial internal flow allocation by
supplying the value directly in the link statement. You
must remember that all links emanating from the node
which produces link CF must also be given rate estimates.
In this example, this means that link CE must be given an
estimate in addition to CF. The reason for this logic is that
PIPEPHASE uses the ratio of outflowing link rate esti-
mates in allocating the actual link rate estimates. Let us
continue with this example, and track PIPEPHASE’s pro-
cesses up to the beginning of the simultaneous solution
procedure. Let us first assume that the flowrates at nodes A
and B in Figure 5-22 have user-supplied estimates of 100
and 80 lb/hr respectively, and also that you expect the
flows in links CF and CE to be approximately equal.
PIPEPHASE then follows the steps given in the para-
graphs below:
➤ First, PIPEPHASE takes all fixed and user-estimated
pressures at each node, and based on these pressures
produces its own estimates for nodes which have not been
supplied with any pressure value.

➤ Second, PIPEPHASE uses the flow allocation model (in this
example, model 2) to assign flowrates to each link. If you
have supplied any flowrates, (in this case let us assume that
you have given estimates of 80 lb/hr for each of the links CF
and CE emanating from node C) then these will be summed
together and a ratio produced. In this case, the sum is 160 lb/
hr, and the ratio is 50% to link CF and 50% to link CE.
➤ Third, PIPEPHASE performs a material balance using
estimated and fixed flowrates at the source and sink nodes.
In this example, the source rate estimates of 180 lb/hr total
are fed to node C, where the user-defined split ratio of 50/50
is used to produce link rate estimates of 90 and 90 lb/hr in
links CF and CE (therefore overriding the user’s incorrect
estimates of 80 lb/hr per link). The material balance
algorithm is also an iterative process and will override user-
defined sink rate estimates where necessary to be consistent
with fixed values elsewhere in the network. This completes
the initial estimation procedure for PIPEPHASE, and the
program will then continue to perform the simultaneous
solution procedure until either convergence or the maximum
iteration limit is reached.
■ Guidelines on User-Estimation of Link Flow Rates
If you suspect that PIPEPHASE’s flow allocation models are
producing link flowrate estimates which are causing the prob-
lem not to converge, then the values that are predicted after
mass balance (i.e., the third step in the above procedure) can be
inspected in the output, by specifying the statement SOLU-
TION MAXITER=0 in the Methods Data Category of input.
For flow allocation model 1, user link flowrate estimates
should be in material balance. Convergence of the network
problem may be placed completely off-course if errors are
inadvertently made by the user in setting up unbalanced link
rates for all non-spur links.
If the solution/iteration history to a problem suggests that by
giving more iterations a solution will be achieved, it is advised
to use selected final link rates from the previous solution,
together with flow allocation model 1.

■ Recommendations for Networks which include Loops
Guidelines presented previously in this chapter also apply to
systems involving loops. You should also be acquainted with
the following guidelines so as to maximize the possibility of
solving even the most complex looped network.
● Hydrostatic Impossibilities
A common mistake in loop definitions is in the user defin-
ing inconsistent pipe elevations in the links which com-
prise the loop. Referring to the example in Figure 5-23,
loop A-B-C has been defined by the user such that the
absolute elevation of the pipe device “x” in link B-C is dif-
ferent (in this case, less) than the absolute elevation of the
pipe device “y” in link A-C. This is an impossible situa-
tion, and PIPEPHASE will indicate, in the iteration his-
tory, that a constant maximum error has been reached.
Figure 5-23: Elevation Inconsistency in Loop
● Jump-over Piping
So-called “jump-overs” are short pipe runs that connect
longer, parallel pipes in order that flows in each pipe are
relatively well-balanced. These jump-over pipes are usu-
ally of no hydrostatic significance, and the loop that is cre-
ated by virtue of their inclusion in the simulation can be
eliminated by making the two junction nodes into one, as
is shown inFigure 5-24, with negligable loss in simulation
accuracy.

Figure 5-24: Jump-over Line Simulation Technique
● General Tips for Loops Where the Flow Direction is

Known or Unknown
Networks which include loops fall into two basic catego-
ries – those which all link flow directions are known, and
those which one or more link flow directions are unknown.
➤ Interval Halving and Loops Where Flow Direction is
Known
In these simulations, you need to check all of the input
link flow direction logic in order to ensure all
FROM=..., TO=.... link statements are as required, and
to specify the keyword NOFR in the Methods Data Cat-
egory of input. This will ensure that PIPEPHASE will
not attempt to reverse flows during the solution proce-
dure, and therefore should assist in converging with
these network types. A typical situation encountered
where the user has instructed PIPEPHASE not to
reverse flow directions (see also Using Regulators,
below) is in interval halving. In links where a flow
reversal cannot occur, PIPEPHASE will instead halve
the absolute change in flowrate that has been predicted
by the solution algorithm in order to try to prevent flow
reversal in the link.
Figure 5-25 shows a refinery case where the user has
fixed the flowrates of sinks D and E at values of 5,000
and 10,000 bpd respectively. In addition, the user has
specifed in the input that no flow reversals are allowed
(the schematic is part of a larger network, upstream,

and the FROM=..., TO=... definitions are as indicated
in the first diagram).
For iteration 1 (i=1), the upstream network is producing
a feed to node A of 15,000 bpd, which is split accord-
ingly to satisfy the two fixed sink flowrates. The flow
direction in loop link BC is as input by the user.
In the next iteration, 2, (i=2), the upstream network
increases the next estimate for the flow to node A to
20,000 bpd. PIPEPHASE then splits the flow according
to its solution algorithm, and finds that its first attempt
requires the loop link CB to change in flow direction in
order to satisfy the fixed sink rate of 5000 bpd. Since
the user has instructed PIPEPHASE not to reverse
flows from iteration to iteration, the program then inter-
val halves, by subtracting the CB link rate in iteration 2
(-333 bpd) from that in iteration 1 (+1000 bpd), and
dividing the result by two. Therefore:
New interval halved link rate = 1000 - (1000 + 333)/2 = +333.5 bpd
This new value results in a flowrate of 4,665 bpd

required in link AB in order to satisfy the fixed sink rate
D rate, and consequently requires 10,333.5 bpd in link
AC. This then demands that a flowrate of 15,000 bpd be
fed to node A. Subsequently the new iteration informa-
tion is fed back to the upstream network.
It should be noted that if the user has incorrectly
defined a loop link flow direction, and then instructed
PIPEPHASE (via NOFR or using a REGULATOR
device) not to reverse flows during simulation, the net-
work will fail to converge. The interval halving will
continue until almost zero flow is found in the link. An
error message is then produced (or the link is shut in),
and the user may inspect the iteration history to find
which link is producing the error by identifying the link
which has near-zero flow.

Figure 5-25: Interval Halving
● Loops Where Flow Direction is Unknown

Some network simulations include more than one loop
configuration, where one or more of the loops contains
links in which the flow direction is not known to the user.
This is especially true in existing designs, and must be
addressed in a special manner. Problems are usually not
found in looped networks until at least one simulation has
been run. If the problem has not converged, the user can
generate the full iteration output (using PRINT ITER in
the General Data Category of input). The output can be
inspected to diagnose problems. Figure 5-26 shows a
typical example of the maximum error (i.e., pressure
imbalance as reported in the iteration history) against
number of iterations:
Figure 5-26: Looped Network – Example Flow Reversal Problem

This example shows that the network is converging successfully up
until the point indicated by the arrow. When this position has been
reached, PIPEPHASE decides to reverse the flow direction in one
or more links of a particular loop. By reversing the flow in this/
these links, the solution path begins to diverge and a final solution
becomes unachievable. The user may inspect the iteration history to
ascertain in which link the flow reversal occurred first. Placing a
regulator device in that link will prevent the flow reversal.
● Using Regulators
A regulator is a device which is used to maintain flow at a
fixed downstream pressure. In flow through such a regula-
tor, if the inlet pressure is greater than the user-set pressure,
then the outlet pressure becomes the user-set pressure, and
if the inlet pressure is less than the set pressure, then the
outlet pressure is set equal to the inlet pressure. In network
configurations involving loops, however, its use is almost
exclusively tailored to preventing flow reversals in loop
links. Regulators are used in looped networks mainly to
assist convergence.
Note: A general rule-of-thumb is to restrict the use of regulators

to an intelligent minimum. The user should rarely need more
than one such device installed per loop to assist in convergence.
To prevent link flow reversal during solution, you should set
the regulator outlet pressure (in the flow direction) to an unreal-
istically high value (e.g., 9999 psig). This action enables the
use of the regulator as a convergence aid without affecting the
pressure traverse calculation in that link.
Regulators generally are of greatest use in situations where
loop link flow reversals cause a circular flow path (i.e., effec-
tively a closed flow loop), or where a particular flow reversal
during solution causes a direct or indirect (via another link)
problem divergence. Both of these situations can be identified
by close inspection of the iteration history.
A simple use of a regulator can be seen in Figure 5-27, where
the flow directions are known.

Figure 5-27: Simple Use of Regulators to Assist Convergence
Use of two regulators in this example prevents the situation

where flow travels from node B to node C via one loop, and
back to node B via the other.
■ Other Problems In Network Convergence
● Problem Solution Does Not Exist
There are network configurations that will not solve in any
circumstances. These networks are physically unrealistic
and a solution will therefore never be obtained. You can see
where these situations have been encountered by messages
which include:
ERROR - ALL UNKNOWN PRESSURE AND RATES
ARE WITHIN 0.100 PERCENT OF UPPER OR LOWER
BOUNDS (i.e., program limits have been reached for pres-
sure and rate values)
or
ERROR - SINGULAR MATRIX AT ITERATION *** NO
PIVOT FOUND IN COLUMN
(i.e., PIPEPHASE’s solution matrix has one or more zero
values for pressures and/or flowrates)
In either of these cases a previously drawn network dia-
gram will identify any errors made in the configuration.

Specific Keyword Assistance in Converging Networks
The default parameters for the PBAL and MBAL algorithms are
selected to achieve satisfactory convergence for representative
networks. However, you can encounter cases in which the defaults
require modification for successful solution of network flows.
PBAL Algorithm
This algorithm is sufficient for the overwhelming majority of
problems you will encounter. Nevertheless, there are cases in
which the parameters that govern the performance of this algo-
rithm require your adjustment. The following section offers
assistance on the use of the adjustable parameters that modify
the performance of the PBAL algorithm.
The parameters that have the greatest effect on the performance
of PBAL are the parameters that control
(i) the initial estimation of link flows and junction pressures,
and
(ii) extent of damping (also relaxation) of the PBAL
algorithm.
The former is controlled by adjustment of the FLOW allocation
parameter, while the latter is controlled by adjustment of the
QDAMP, PDAMP, HALVINGS, NOLOOP and NOFR key-
words.
● Initial Solution Estimation. The FLOWALLOC keyword
controls the procedure used by PIPEPHASE to generate an
initial estimate of the flowfield prior to the use of the
PBAL iteration procedure. In general, the performance of
PBAL improves with the selection of an allocation method
that generates initial estimates of flows and pressures that
are closer to the converged solution of the network flow
field.
The FLOWALLOC keyword allows the user to specify one
of four flow allocation algorithms. The default is FLOW-
ALLOC=1. In circumstances in which the default alloca-
tion method is not satisfactory, you have the option of
selecting two other flow allocation models (FLOW=2 and
FLOW=3), as well as the ability to generate initial esti-
mates from a previously generated restart file (FLOW=4).
As described previously, the allocation option (FLOW=3)
requires the solution of an approximate; but, nonlinear net-
work flowfield. Because of the nonlinearity, there are sev-
eral adjustable parameters that can be used to control the
convergence performance of the FLOW=3 allocation
model. These are described below. The FLOW=4 option
requires the use of a previously generated restart file, and
examples of its use are discussed below.
● PBAL Under-relaxation Procedures. Even with the pro-
vided flow allocation models, there can still be circum-
stances in which initial estimates are not sufficiently close
for the Newton-Raphson iterations used by PBAL to con-
verge to a solution. In these circumstances, a damping or
under-relaxation of the Newton-Raphson steps can be
required to obtain a solution. The adjustable parameters
that effectively control the amount of damping in the New-
ton Raphson procedure include: QDAMP, PDAMP,
HALVINGS, NOLOOP, and NOFR. Some comments fol-
low.
● QDAMP and PDAMP. These keywords control the mag-
nitude of the Newton-Raphson corrections to the link flow
distribution and the nodal pressure distribution that are
computed by PBAL. The use of QDAMP is appropriate
when PBAL is unable to converge because of large
changes in link flows. Similarly, the use of PDAMP is
appropriate when PBAL fails to converge because of large
changes in nodal pressures in successive Newton-Raphson
iterations.
Trial and error is required to select an appropriate magni-
tude for QDAMP and/or PDAMP. If these magnitudes are
set too low, then PBAL can require an excessive amount of
computational time to obtain a solution. On the other hand,
if these magnitudes are set too high, then PBAL can rap-
idly diverge from the network solution. Clearly, the danger
exists that through use of excessively large values of
QDAMP/PDAMP that an initially adequate (and occasion-
ally difficult to obtain) initial estimate can be lost within a
few PBAL iterations. Because of this, you are advised to
save the restart file associated with the initial estimate, and
use the restart allocation option (FLOW=4) in the trial and
error searches for QDAMP/PDAMP.

HALVINGS. This parameter controls the number of
interval halvings that are used by PBAL to correct the
magnitude of changes to Newton Raphson corrections in
the flow and pressure fields. The default value is
(HALVINGS=3). Increasing this parameter can effectively
shrink the magnitude of the Newton-Raphson corrections
in PBAL. You are generally not advised to modify this
parameter.
NOLOOP. As described in the manual this option
effectively scales the magnitude of Newton-Raphson
corrections in PBAL so as to prevent the formation of
closed loops. The option can be appropriate in
circumstances in which flow reversals are expected in
looped pipe networks.
NOFR. This option is used to prevent the occurrence of
flow reversals in successive Newton-Raphson iterations of
the PBAL algorithm. This option is appropriate in cases
where PBAL fails to converge because of excessive flow
reversals, and the final distribution of link flows is known.
■ FLOWALLOC=3. As described above, this algorithm esti-
mates the initial network flowfield by solution of approximate;
but, nonlinear equations that conserve mass at network junc-
tions. The equations are approximate because
(i) the Beggs-Brill-Moody (BBM) model with no acceler-
ation is used to approximate the pressure drop across
links, and
(ii) fluid properties are only evaluated at a fixed number of
points (usually only one) in a traverse across a link.
The nonlinear equations in the initialization scheme are
solved by Newton-Raphson iteration. Generally, the
default parameters in the SOLUTION and TOLERANCE
cards are sufficient to ensure that that the initialization pro-
cedures converges to a solution. However, there can be cir-
cumstances in which adjustment of the default settings are
required. Some suggestions follow.
● Convergence. You can monitor the convergence of the
solution procedure used in the allocation method through
use of the ITER keyword on the PRINT card. Residuals in
the changes of the pressure field between successive New-
ton Raphson iterations, and the magnitude of flow imbal-
ances at network nodes are displayed in the iteration
history display for the method. Generally the allocation
model will converge to a solution, so long as the displayed
residuals of pressure and flow decrease, more or less con-
tinuously, with successive iterations.
Occasionally, the residuals of either one or both of the dis-
played quantities will exhibit a sustained increase with succes-
sive iterations. In these circumstances the method will not
converge, unless adjustments are made to default settings on
the SOLUTION card. The primary candidates for keyword
adjustment are:
(i) the extent of under-relaxation, or damping, to the Newton
Raphson iterations through use of the DAMP keyword,
(ii) the maximum number of allowed iterations through the
use of the SUBITERATION keyword, and
(iii) in multiphase flows in networks (or gathering systems)
with large elevation changes the angle that governs the
transition between no-slip and slip flow through use of
the SLIP keyword.
● DAMP. In circumstances in which the iteration procedure
fails, the user is advised to increase the amount of damping
or under-relaxation through the use of the DAMP keyword.
The default value of DAMP is 0.25. Damping is increased
by decreasing the value of DAMP, e.g., by equating DAMP
to 0.05 instead of 0.25. The advantage to increased damp-
ing is increased stability in the solution procedure. The dis-
advantage is a possible increased requirement for
computational time through an increase in the number of
iterations to achieve a solution.
● SUBITERATION. The default number of iterations for
this method is 200. This number might not be sufficient for
the amount of damping that is required to obtain a solution.
In these circumstances the value of SUBITERATION
should be increased.
● SLIP. The solution procedure used for FLOWALLOC=3,
can occasionally fail with multiphase flows in networks or
gathering systems with large elevation changes. This
occurs because the BBM method used to estimate link
capacities can admit more than one solution in links with
elevation change. This problem is alleviated by use of the
no-slip BBM model in links in which the elevation change
exceeds the angle define by SLIP.
■ Tolerances. Occasionally, a display of the iteration history for
the iterations associated with FLOWALLOC=3 will show that
the residuals have reached a lower limit (for pressure change
and/or flow imbalance) that exceeds the limits on the TOLER-
ANCE statement. This implies that the allocation model has
reached a best possible solution for the network. To reduce the
number of subiterations that are performed, on subsequent runs
of PIPEPHASE, you can either reduce the number of subitera-
tions or can increase the values of PTOL and QTOL on the
TOLERANCE statement.
There are also circumstances in which an examination of the
residual history shows that the residuals for the allocation
model are falling when either PTOL or QTOL are reached. This
implies that by lowering the tolerances PTOL and QTOL, the
user should be able to obtain an even better solution to the
approximate network flow field. The effort to do this, however,
is often not necessary, as the PBAL algorithm that follows the
FLOWALLOC=3 initialization procedure does require an accu-
rate initial solution estimate.
■ Miscellaneous Assists to PBAL Convergence. The keywords
CHOKE and WELLS on the SOLUTION statement, and the
keyword QMIN on individual link statements offer additional
features that can help the PBAL algorithm to converge to a
solution. The explanation is given below.
● CHOKE. The ability of the PBAL algorithm to converge
to a solution of a pipe network is often strained by the pres-
ence of one or several chokes that operate in the regimes of
critical flow. This occurs because the presence of chokes in
critical flow introduces a discontinuity into the pressure
distribution within links. As described in the keyword sec-
tion, PIPEPHASE supports two methods of effectively
broadening the critical flow regime in chokes. The default
method (CHOKE=1) is to use an exponential broadening
of the pressure transition the accompanies critical flow.
The non-default method (CHOKE=2) is to use a linear
broadening of the transition. Both broadenings allow for a

slight error in the quantity of flow that can pass through the
choke. The presence of this error stabilizes the conver-
gence of the PBAL algorithm. The error can be adjusted
through the use of the RATE keyword on the TOLER-
ANCE statement.
● WELLS. The occurrence of heading phenomena that
accompanies upward, multiphase flows in wells, can give
rise to convergence problems in PBAL. The WELLS
option on the solution statement seeks to solve this prob-
lem by (1) determining the minimum heading flow that is
allowed in wells with specified source pressures, and by
(2) constraining flows in those wells to be greater than that
minimum flow rate. PBAL shuts-off the well in the event
that the minimum flow can not be maintained in the well.
● QMIN. This keyword appears on individual LINK state-
ments. This keyword constrains the minimum flow in links
to be greater than a user specifiable value. This feature can
be useful in seeking the solution to network flows in which
links not associated with wells can display heading phe-
nomena.
MBAL Solution Algorithm
The MBAL solution algorithm offers an alternative to PBAL
for the solution of single phase network flows. As with PBAL,
the defaults that govern the operation of this algorithm can
require adjustment for successful solution of network flow
fields. Suggested keywords for modification include: RELAX,
DAMP, SUBITERATION, QTOL, PTOL and TTOL. Explana-
tions follow.
DAMP and RELAX. As with the Newton-Raphson procedure
used with the FLOWALLOC=3 option of PBAL, under-relax-
ation of Newton-Raphson steps can be required with the
MBAL algorithm. The keyword DAMP applies to the initial
solution estimate used by MBAL (this is the same algorithm
that is used in the PBAL initialization procedure FLOWAL-
LOC=3), and the keyword RELAX applies to the non-linear
MBAL solution procedure. The default value of both keywords
is 0.25. A reduction in the value of these parameters is war-
ranted in circumstances in which an examination of the residual
history (either flow imbalances or nodal pressures) does not
show a sustained decrease. Please see above comments for the

use of the DAMP keyword in the FLOWALLOC=3 option of
PBAL.
SUBITERATIONS. Because the MBAL algorithm is indepen-
dent of PBAL, you must ensure that sufficient iterations are
allocated for the chosen level of under-relaxation through either
DAMP or RELAX for the desired solution tolerances to be
attained. The default value of the parameter is 200.
QTOL, PTOL and TTOL. These define the required level of
convergence for the nodal flows, and the changes in the pres-
sure and temperature fields. You are advised, that often the
application of the MBAL algorithm yields minimum values of
these quantities that exceed the specified values of QTOL,
PTOL and TTOL. Often this can not be changed. In these cir-
cumstances, you are advised to relax the solution requirements
for the MBAL algorithm.

Sub-Network Algorithm
Introduction
In a Network, PIPEPHASE allows the user to specify upstream
pressure or flow rate to a Choke (MCHOK)/ Regulator (MREG) or
the inlet pressure to a compressor (MCOMPRESSOR). When these
specifications are invoked, PIPEPHASE automatically breaks the
original network at the device inlet into two new separate
subnetworks (pseudo-links). PIPEPHASE then uses the sub-
network algorithm to rigorously solve the resultant network.
If MCHOK is specified, Pipephase will calculate the choke size that
is required to meet the specification. Similarly Pipephase will
calculate the Compressor Power if the MCOMP with specified inlet
pressure is invoked.
Figure 5-28: Original Link
Link name = L1
A B
Mreg or Mchok or
Mcomp
Inlet Pressure or Flowspecified
When the specification as mentioned above are invoked for the

devices, subnetworks are formed with
● Upstream link containing all the devices before the break
point
● Downstream link containing all the devices after the break
point.
During the formation of subnetwork, a new sink (pseudo sink) is
created for the upstream link and simultaneously a new source
(pseudo-source) is created for the downstream link. The upstream
link retains the original link name but the downstream link will be
given an unique link name. The new nodes (pseudo-sink and
pseudo-source) are also assigned internally generated unique
names.

Many sub-networks will be created if several such devices are
included in the network. At calculation time the sub-network
containing the upstream link(s) is solved prior to the sub-network
containing the downstream link(s). The flow coming out of the
upstream link (pseudo sink) is transferred to the downstream link
(pseudo source); prior to the calculation of the downstream sub-
network pseudo link.
Table 5-9: Broken Links (sub-network)
Flow specified
source
Link name = L1 Link name = ‘1’
A ‘2’ ‘ 3’ B
Mreg or Mchok or
Mcomp
Pressure or flow
specified sink
To properly set up sub-network problems the following conditions

must be met:
● Each pseudo-sink and pseudo-source pair must occur in
separated sub-network.
● Each sub-network's boundary conditions must be such that
each sub-network problem is an independent well-posed
network problem. Ensure that the boundary condition of
each sub-network honors the required network well-posed-
ness conditions.
● Each pseudo-link must have at-least one pressure loss
device (not counting the MCHOK, MREG, or MCOM-
PRESSOR).
Some Network Well-posedness conditions that needs to be met for
each sub-network:
● Atleast one pressure in the network must be fixed.
● Atleast one sink or source must occur.
● Each link must have atleast one device that has a consistent
variation of Pressure-drop as a function of flow rate (flow-
pressuredrop performance relationship)

Data Transfer System
PIPEPHASE is able to read in stream data from the output of a
PRO/II simulation. A block diagram showing how this information
link works is shown below in Figure 5-29.
Figure 5-29: Block Diagram of Data Transfer System
Procedure for Accessing PRO/II Stream Data

Assuming there is a PRO/II simulation input file named PROII.INP,
you should first run the PRO/II simulation. Include the statement
DBASE DATA=STREAM in the General Data Category of input
(see example input files below). This will produce a text file named
PROII.P2I (alongside normally produced output files) which
contains information for all input and calculated streams in a format
which is readable to both PRO/II and PIPEPHASE.
The PROII.P2I file should then be copied from the PRO/II user
directory into the PIPEPHASE user directory, and the file should be
renamed to be the same as the target PIPEPHASE input file name,
but keeping the extension .P2I. In this example, let us assume that
our PIPEPHASE input file is named TEST.INP. The stream data file
PROII.P2I should then be renamed TEST.P2I.
The source data input in the Structure Data Category of input in the
PIPEPHASE file must include one of the keywords documented
below, depending on which data is to be retrieved from the PRO/II
stream output. The PRO/II file which generated the TEST.P2I file is
shown below:

TITLE PROJECT=SAMPLE,PROBLEM=DATA,USER=SIMSCI,DATE=1994
DESC FOR USE IN STREAM DATA TO EXAMPLE
DIME SI, TEMP=C, PRES=KPA, XDEN=SPGR
PRINT RATE=M, STREAM=ALL, INPUT=PART
DBASE DATA=STREAM
*
COMPONENT DATA
*
LIBID 1,NITROGEN/2,CO2/3,METHANE/4,ETHANE/5,PROPANE/*
6,IBUTANE/7,BUTANE/8,IPENTANE/9,PENTANE/10,HEXANE
*
PETRO 11,BP135,120.,0.757,135/ *
12,BP260,200.,0.836,260/ *
13,BP500,500.,0.950,500
*
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
*
METHOD SYSTEM(VLE)=SRK,SET=SET01,DEFAULT
*
STREAM DATA
*
PROP STREAM = 1,TEMP=200,PRES=2000,PHASE=M,RATE(M)=7200, *
COMP(M)= 1,180.004 / 2,190.904/ 3,1443.03/ 4,902.218/*
5,721.914 / 6,76.5715/ 7,279.406/ 8,94.7819/*
9,162.403 /10,153.303/11,1191.03/12,902.218/*
13,902.218 ,NORMALIZE
*
PROP STREAM=R1R,REFS=1,RATE(M)=1
PROP STREAM=R2R,REFS=1,RATE(M)=1
PROP STREAM=FD-1,TEMP=40,PRES=2000,PHASE=M,*
RATE(M)=16000,*
COMP(M)=4,4000/5,8000/6,4000, NORMALIZE
*
NAME 1,MAIN,FEED/R1R,BALANCE-1/R2R,BALANCE-2/*
FD-1,SEC-FEED/OV8,COL-OVERHEAD/BT8,COL-BOTTOMS
*
UNIT OPERATIONS
*
FLASH UID=F1,NAME=FEED FLASH
FEED 1,7
PROD V=3
ADIA DP=0
METHOD SET=SET01 $ SET01
*
HX UID=HX1,NAME=AFTERCOOL-1
HOT FEED=3,R1R,V=4,METH=SET01
COLD FEED=FD-1,R2R,V=PR-2,METH=SET01
OPER HTEMP=90
*
FLASH UID=F2,NAME=STAGE 1 SEP
FEED 4
PROD V=6,L=5
ISO TEMP=10,PRES=1000
METHOD SET=SET01
*
SPLITTER UID=SP1,NAME=UNIT-SP1
FEED 5
PROD M=7,M=8
SPEC STREAM=7,RATE(M), *
RATIO, *
REFFEED,RATE(M) *
VALUE=0.1
METHOD SET=SET01 $ SET01
*
COLUMN UID=COL2,NAME=FRAC-002
PARAM TRAY=22,IO=20
FEED 8,9,NOTSEP
PROD OVHD=OV8,BTMS=BT8,4289
COND TYPE=BUBB,PRESS=1000
DUTY 1,1,-40/2,22,40
PSPEC TOP=1000

PRINT PROP=PART,ITER=PART,XYDATA
ESTI MODEL=SIMPLE,CTEMP=-100,TTEMP=-50,BTEMP=50,RTEMP=140, *
RRATIO=2
SPEC COLUMN=COL2,TRAY=1,PHASE=L,RATE(M),*
RATIO, *
STREAM=OV8, RATE(M), *
VALUE=2
SPEC STREAM=BT8,RATE(M), *
VALUE=4289
VARY DUTY = 1,2
TOLER ENTH = 0.001
METHOD SET=SET01,22
*
END
To Extract Component Data and Temperature for a Source – PRO2

Keyword
Let us assume that the PRO/II file (above) contains stream 6 (a
vapor product from the stage 1 separator F2) which PIPEPHASE
requires to be its source KA. The structure of the PIPEPHASE file
would then be as shown below, with the PRO2 keyword used on the
SOURCE statement.
TITLE PROJECT=IPM,PROBLEM=DATA,USER=SIMSCI,DATE=1994
DESC STREAM DATA TRANSFER FROM PRO/II ëSAMPLE.INPí
DIMEN SI,TEMP=C,PRES=KPA,DENS=SPGR
FCODE PIPE=BBM
DEFAULT TAMBIENT(F)=100,ROUGH(IN)=0.0018,THKPIP(IN)=0.55,*
CONINS(BTUFTF)=0.019,0.23,0.4,THKINS(IN)=2,0.125,2.03
CALC SING,COMP
PRINT DEVICE=FULL,INPUT=FULL,PROP=NONE,CONN=NONE,PLOT=FULL,FLASH=FULL
$
COMPONENT DATA
$
PETRO 11,BP135,120.,0.757,135/ *
12,BP260,200.,0.836,260/ *
13,BP500,500.,0.950,500
$
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
METHOD SYSTEM=SRK, TRANS=PETRO
$
STRUCTURE DATA
SOURCE NAME=KA,RATE(W,LBHR)=58358,PRES(PSIG)=2000,NOCHECK,PRO2=6
$
SINK NAME=SNK, PRES(ESTI,PSIG)=1000
$
LINK NAME=LNK1,FROM=KA,TO=SNK
PIPE ID(IN)=4,LENGTH(FT)=10
EXPA IDIN(IN)=4.,IDOUT(IN)=8.
PIPE ID(IN)=7.981,LENGTH(FT)=325
CONT IDIN(IN)=8,IDOUT(IN)=4
PIPE ID(IN)=4,LENGTH(FT)=0.5
EXIT IDPIPE(IN)=4
$
END
In this case, the temperature and composition of stream 6 in the

PRO/II file is used automatically to complement data entered for
source node KA.

To Extract Component Data, Pressure and Temperature for a
Source –- PR2F Keyword
In this case, the structure of the PIPEPHASE file would be as
shown below, with the PR2F keyword used on the SOURCE
statement.
FCODE PIPE=BBM
CALC SING,COMP
$
COMPONENT DATA
$
PETRO 11,BP135,120.,0.757,135/ *
12,BP260,200.,0.836,260/ *
13,BP500,500.,0.950,500
$
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
$
STRUCTURE DATA
SOURCE NAME=KA,RATE(W,LBHR)=58358,NOCHECK,PR2F=6
$
SINK NAME=SNK, PRES(ESTI,PSIG)=1000
$
EXIT IDPIPE(IN)=4
$
END
In this case, the source KA is using the temperature, pressure and

composition of PRO/II stream 6 as fixed values in the simulation.

To Extract Pressure Estimate, Component Data, and Temperature
for a Source – PR2E Keyword
In this case, the structure of the PIPEPHASE file would then be as
shown below, with the PR2E keyword used on the SOURCE
statement.
FCODE PIPE=BBM
CALC COMP,NETWORK
$
COMPONENT DATA
$
PETRO 11,BP135,120.,0.757,135/ *
12,BP260,200.,0.836,260/ *
13,BP500,500.,0.950,500
$
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
NETWORK DATA
SOLUTION PBAL
$
STRUCTURE DATA
SOURCE NAME=KA,RATE(W,LBHR)=58358,NOCHECK,PR2E=6
$
SINK NAME=SNK, PRES(PSIG)=1000,RATE(ESTI)=1
$
EXIT IDPIPE(IN)=4
$
END
Here, the component data and temperature of PRO/II stream 6 are

used as fixed values, where the pressure from stream 6 is used as an
estimate value.

Restrictions on the Use of the Stream Data Transfer Facility
■ DIMENSIONS must be declared to be the same in both PRO/II

and PIPEPHASE input files. Local units of measure can be
used to override the global defaults at any location in either
program, so that the user need not be constrained.
■ The Component Data Category of input must be consistent in
both PRO/II and PIPEPHASE input files. The total number of
components declared in the Component Data Category of input
of the PRO/II input file must not exceed 50. Therefore library
(LIBID), user-supplied (NONLIB), pseudo- (PETRO) and
assay (via TBPCUTS) components must number in total less
than or equal to 50. For pseudocomponents, the defined proper-
ties should be similar in both input files. When simulating with
assay-defined data, it is recommended that you create the input
file from the P2I file generated by the PRO/II run. This ensures
that PIPEPHASE’s pseudocomponents are consistent with the
PRO/II input file.
■ The Thermodynamic Data Category of input must be the same
or similar in both PRO/II and PIPEPHASE input files.
■ In the PIPEPHASE Structure Data Category of input, those val-
ues that are to be replaced by the PRO/II stream must be absent
from the statement. Also, the keyword NOCHECK must
appear before the PRO2, PR2E and PR2F keywords on the
SOURCE statement for correct operation.

Chapter 6
Component Data Summary
About This Chapter

This section provides an overview of the Component Data
Category. Detailed documentation, along with examples of
common usage of all the component features, is contained in a
separate document, the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic
Data Input Manual. Unless noted otherwise, sections referred to in
this chapter are located in Chapter 1 of the SIMSCI Component and
General Information
The Component Data category defines the pure and
pseudocomponents in the problem and, if necessary, defines or
modifies component properties. All components encountered in a
problem, except for assay stream components, must be defined in
this category. Streams defined by distillation assay curves in the
Stream Data category are broken into pseudocomponents based on
the rules defined in the Component Data category.
Using keyword input, PRO/II accepts an unlimited number of
components.
PRO/II Component Library

PRO/II comes with an extensive pure component data base of over
1,750 components, tabulated in Sections 1.3-1.5 of the SIMSCI
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual. All
components capable of vapor-liquid phase behavior have sufficient
information to be used with generalized K-value predictors and
density calculations. Most components have built in transport

property correlations. A majority of PRO/II simulations with pure
components use this library exclusively and require no additional
pure component data. Refer to the PRO/II Reference Manual for
additional details on the structure of the pure component data base
and the information it contains.
Non-library Components
Components not found in the PRO/II library may be entered as
NONLIBRARY components. The format for entering user
components is straightorward, however PRO/II users who do this
regularly or need help in estimating unknown required properties
should use SIMSCI’s Property Data Management functionality
present in PRO/II with PROVISION to assist the user in
determining all necessary component properties and develop a
keyword file segment in PRO/II ready form.
Petroleum Components
PRO/II handles petroleum components using industry standard
characterization techniques. PRO/II estimates all required
component data given two out of three of molecular weight, boiling
point, or gravity.
Refer to the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual for instructions on how to enter basic PETROLEUM data,
how to change the default characterization procedures, and entering
stream assay data.
Solid Components
PRO/II handles solids with particle size distributions and user-
defined attributes. See the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic
Data Input Manual for information on property data requirements
for solid components and associated input format. The SIMSCI
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual is also used to
define particle size intervals and GENERAL attributes, and for
entering actual solid component attribute values.
Component Properties
The user may define or override component properties for all
components in the simulation. This includes components in the
PRO/II component library, user-defined components, petroleum
pseudocomponents and solid forming components. The properties
6-2 Component Data Summary

include constants (such as molecular weight or critical properties),
as well as temperature dependent properties (such as enthalpies in
various phase states). Where appropriate, properties may be given
on a mole or weight basis. Refer to Section 1.8 of the SIMSCI
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual for entering
component property values.
UNIFAC Data
Section 1.9 of the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data
Input Manual discusses the methods for assigning UNIFAC
structural groups and van der Waals parameters for pure
components. As discussed starting in Section 20 and in the PRO/II
Reference Manual, UNIFAC provides a means of estimating liquid
activity coefficients when actual VLE or LLE data are unavailable.
Category Heading Statement (required)
COMPONENT DATA
The COMPONENT DATA statement has no entries and is required
for all PRO/II simulations.
Remaining COMPONENT Data Category Statements
The remaining Component Data category statements are discussed
in the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
■ Component Definition
■ Petroleum Component Characterizations
■ Solid Attributes
■ Component Properties
■ Component Structural Data for UNIFAC

Category Heading Statement (required)
COMPONENT DATA
Component Definition (conditional - Section 1.2)
LIBID i, library name, library number, alias/...,

{BANK=PROCESS, SIMSCI, DIPPR,
bankid...}
{FILL=SIMSCI}
NONLIBRARY i, name/...
{FILL=SIMSCI}
PETROLEUM i, name, MW, std liquid density, NBP/ ...
(densunit, tunit)
PHASE DEFAULT= VL or LS or S or VLS,
{VL= i, j,..., LS= i, j,...,
S= i, j,..., VLS= i, j,...}
Petroleum Component Characterizations (optional - Section 15)
ASSAY FIT= SPLINE or QUADRATIC or PDF(NONE, IP, EP,

BOTH)
CHARACTERIZE= CAVETT or LK or SIMSCI,
MW= SIMSCI or EXTAPI or CAVETT,
CONVERSION= API87 or API63, or EDOK or API94
GRAVITY= WATSONK or PRE301,
{TBPIP= 1, TBPEP= 98}, {NBP=LV or MID}
CUTPOINT TBPCUTS= to, t1, ncuts {/t2, ncuts/
S ...},{CUTSET=SIMSCI},
{BLEND=name}, {DEFAULT}
Component Definition for Synfuel Components (optional - Section 15)
SYNCOMP COMP#, {NAME, MW, DENS}, NBP, {TYPE,

ZNUM, CNUM}
SYNLIQ COMP#, NAME, MW, DENS, NBP, P, O, N, A
(W or V or M)
Solid Attributes (optional - Section 16)
ATTR COMP= i, {PSD= s0, s1,...,}

GENERAL=10, {GNAME=text1,text2,...}

Component Properties (optional - Section 17)
Component invariant properties and constants
MW i, value/...
SPGR i, value/...
API i, value/...
NBP(unit) i, value/...
ACENTRIC i, value/...
VC(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
TC(unit) i, value/...
PC(unit) i, value/...
ZC i, value/...
RACKETT i, value/...
CNUM i, value/...
ZNUM i, value/...
DIPOLE(unit) i, value/...
RADIUS(unit) i, value/...
SOLUPARA i, value/...
MOLVOL(unit) i, value/...
STDDENSITY(unit) i, value/...
HCOMBUST(unit, M or i, value/...
WT)
HVAPORIZE(unit, M or i, value/...
WT)
HFUSION(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
NMP(unit) i, value/...
PTP(unit) i, value/...
TTP(unit) i, value/...
GHV(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
LHV(unit, M or WT) i, value/...
SVTB i, value/...
SLTB i, value/...
SLTM i, value/...
HVTB i, value/...
HLTB i, value/...
HLTM i, value/...

Multi-property entries
FORMATION(V or L or S, unit, M or i, enthalpy, Gibbs/...

WT)
VANDERWAALS i, area, volume/...
Component temperature-dependent properties

General format:
<Property> (phase, tunit, propunit, M or WT)
CORRELATION= icorr,
LN or LOG or EXPFAC=ipos,
DATA= i, tmax, tmin, C1, ..., C8 /...
or
TABULAR= t1, t2, ....,/i, p1, p2, ..., /...
<Property> types may be:

VP(L or S, propunit, tunit),
ENTHALPY(I or L or S, propunit, tunit, M or
WT),
CP(propunit, tunit, M or WT)
LATENT( propunit, tunit, M or WT),
DENSITY(L or S, propunit, tunit, M or WT),
VISCOSITY(V or L, propunit, tunit),
CONDUCTIVITY(V or L, propunit, tunit),
SURFACE(L, propunit, tunit)
Component temperature dependent special properties
KVIS(M or WT or LV) {GAMMA=value,

REFINDEX=value,
REFVALUE(kvisunit)=value,}
DATA(tunit, kvisunit) t1, t2, /i, p1, p2, /... ,
INDEX(tunit) t1, t2, /i, p1, p2, /...
Note: If data or index values are not supplied, the kinematic

viscosity is computed using the Twu method.
Component Structural Data for UNIFAC (Optional - Section 18)
STRUCTURE i, igroup(n)/...
GROUP igroup, Qj, Rj

Chapter 7
Thermodynamic Data Summary
About This Chapter

This section provides an overview of the Thermodynamic Data
Category. Detailed documentation, along with examples of
common usage of all the thermodynamic features, is contained in a
separate document, the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic
Data Input Manual. Unless noted otherwise, sections referred in
this chapter refers to volume 2 of the SIMSCI Component and
Heading Statement (required)
THERMODYNAMIC DATA
The METHOD Statement (required)

Selecting a Pre-defined System of Methods
METHOD SYSTEM(VLE or VLLE)= option,
{KVALUE(SLE)= option}, {L1KEY= i and L2KEY=
j},
{KVALUE(VLE or LLE or VLLE)=option,
ENTHALPY=option, DENSITY=option,
ENTROPY=option}, {RVPMETHOD}, {TVPMETHOD}
{PHI= option}, {HENRY},
{PROPERTY(qualifier)=method}, {SET=setid,
DEFAULT}
or
TRANSPORT= NONE
TRANSPORT= PURE or PETRO or TRAPP or TACITE
or U1
or U2 or U3 or U4 or U5

Selecting Individual Methods
METHOD SET= setid, {DEFAULT},
KVALUE(VLE)= option, {KVALUE(SLE)=option},
{KVALUE(LLE)= option}, {L1KEY= i and L2KEY= j},
{PHI= option}, {HENRY},
or
KVALUE(VLLE)= option, {L1KEY= i and L2KEY= j},
{KVALUE(SLE)= option}, {PHI= option}, {HENRY},
ENTHALPY(VL)= option
or ENTHALPY(V)= option and ENTHALPY(L)= option,
{RVPMETHOD}, {TVPMETHOD},
PROPERTY=method},
or DENSITY(VL)= option
DENSITY(V)= option and DENSITY(L)= option,
or ENTROPY(VL)= NONE
ENTROPY(V)= option, ENTROPY(L)= option,
TRANSPORT= NONE or TRANSPORT=PURE or

PETRO or TRAPP or TACITE or U1 or U2 or U3 or U4 or
U5
or
VISCOSITY(VL)= NONE or VISCOSITY(VL)= PURE or
PETRO or TRAPP or U1 or U2 or U3 or U4 or U5
or VISCOSITY(V)= option, VISCOSITY(L)= option,

and/or
CONDUCTIVITY(VL)= NONE or
CONDUCTIVITY(VL)=PURE or
PETRO or TRAPP or U1 or U2 or U3 or U4 or U5
or CONDUCTIVITY(V)= option, or
CONDUCTIVITY(L)= option
and/or
SURFACE= NONE or SURFACE= PURE or
PETRO or U1 or U2 or U3 or
U4 or U5
DIFFUSIVITY (L) = NONE or DIFFUSIVITY(L)=WILKE

or DIFDATA
7-2 Thermodynamic Data Summary

Method-Specific Water Handling Options (optional - Section
2.1.6)
WATER DECANT= ON or OFF, {GPSA},

SOLUBILITY= SIMSCI or KEROSENE, or EOS
PROPERTY= SATURATED or STEAM
Property Statements (optional)

Vapor-Liquid Equilibrium Options (optional)
KVALUE(VL POYNTING= OFF or ON,

E) MOLVOL= STANDARD or RACKETT or RCK2 or
LIBRARY,
BANK= SIMSCI or ALCOHOL or GLYCOL or NONE or
bankid,
FILL= NONE or UNIFAC or UFT1 or REGULAR or
FLORY,
AZEOTROPE= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid
{WRITE= fileid}
ALPHA= ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or bankid
(default depends on method)
<optional data statements> ...
Note: Only the STANDARD option is available for molar liquid

volume (MOLVOL) calculations when the WILSON K-value
method is selected.
Liquid-Liquid Equilibrium Options (optional)
KVALUE(LLE) BANK= SIMSCI or ALCOHOL or GLYCOL or NONE or

bankid,
FILL= NONE or UNIFAC or UFT1 or REGULAR or
FLORY,
AZEOTROPE= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid
{WRITE= fileid}
(default depends on method)
Solid-Liquid Equilibrium Options (optional - Section 2.7)
KVALUE(SLE) FILL=VANTHOFF or ONE or FREE

SOLUTE i, j, .....
SOLDATA(tunit) i, l, c1, c2, c3, / ...

Diffusivity Options (optional - Section 2.7.3)
DIFFUSIVITY(L)
DIFDATA (tunit) i, j, c1, c2, c3 / ...
Vapor Fugacity Options (optional - Sections 2.5.12, 2.5.13)
PHI BANK=SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,

ALPHA=ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or bankid
Henry’s Law Options (optional - Section 2.5.11)
HENRY BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or

bankid i, j, ...
SOLUTE i, l, c1, c2, c3, c4 / ...
HENDATA(punit, tunit)
Density Options (optional)
DENSITY(VL) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,

ALPHA= ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or
bankid
or
DENSITY(V) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
ALPHA=ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or
bankid
and/or
DENSITY(L) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
ALPHA= ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or
bankid
Enthalpy Options (optional)
ENTHALPY(VL) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,

bankid
HMIX= IDEAL or GAMMA or RK1 or
RK2
or
ENTHALPY(V) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
bankid

and/or
ENTHALPY(L) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or bankid,
bankid
HMIX= NONE or GAMMA or RK1 or
RK2
Entropy Options (optional)
ENTROPY(VL) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or

bankid,
ALPHA=ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or bankid,
or
ENTROPY(V) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or
bankid,
ALPHA= ACENTRIC or SIMSCI or bankid,
and/or
ENTROPY(L) BANK= SIMSCI or NONE or
bankid,
User-Supplied K-value Data (optional - Section 2.3.12)

(Use with KVALUE statements)
KVALUE(VLE or LLE)
KDATA CORR=icorr, LN or LOG or
EXPFAC=ipos,
PREF(punit)=value
DATA=i, tmax, tmin, c1, ...c8/ ...
or
KDATA TABU=t1, t2, .../ i, p1, p2, .../ ...,
PREF(punit)=value
Binary Interaction Data (optional)

(Use with KVALUE, PHI, DENSITY, ENTHALPY, or ENTROPY
statements)
BWRS Equation Of State Data (optional - Section 2.4.6)
BWRS i, j, kij / ...

HEXAMER Equation of State Data (optional - Section 2.4.7)
HEXA(K or R) i, j, kija, kjia, kijb, kjib, kijc, kjic, cij, cji / ...
LKP Equation Of State Data (optional - Section 2.4.8)
LKP i, j, kij / ...
Hayden-O’Connell Data (optional - Section 2.5.12)

(For vapor fugacity, vapor density, vapor enthalpy, and vapor
entropy)
HOCV i, i, nii / i, j, nij / ...
Truncated Virial Data (optional - Section 2.5.13)

(For vapor fugacity)
TVIRIAL i, hi
IDIMER Data (optional - Section 2.5.14)

(For vapor fugacity, vapor density, vapor enthalpy and vapor
entropy)
IDIMER i, i, Aii, Bii / i, j, Aij, Bij / ...
Redlich-Kister Excess Properties Data (optional - Section 2.5.15)

(Currently for heat of mixing only)
RK1(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, bij, cij, dij, eij, fij, gij, hij, / ...
or
RK2(K or KCAL or KJ) , j, aij, bij, cij, dij, eij, fij, gij, hij, / ...
Soave-Redlich-Kwong or Peng-Robinson Equation of State Inter-

action Parameters (optional - Section 2.4.1 to 2.4.3)
SRK(K or R) or i, j, kija, kijb, kijc / ...

PR(K or R)
or
SRKKD(K or R) i, j, kija, kijb, kijc / ...
or
SRKP(K or R) or i, j, kija, kjia, kijb, kjib, kijc, kjic / ...
PRP(K or R)
or

SRKM(K or R) or i, j, kija, kjia, kijb, kjib, kijc, kjic, cij, cji /
PRM(K or R) ...
or
SRKH(K or KCAL or KJ)or i, j, aij, bij, cij, aji, bji, cji, aij, bij / ...
PRH(K or KCAL or KJ)
or
SRKS(K or R) i, j, kija, kjia, kijb, kjib, kijc, kjic, cij, cji /
...
Liquid Phase Activity Binary Interaction Data (Section

2.5)
NRTL Data (optional - Section 2.5.1)
NRTL3(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, bij, bji, aij / ...

or
NRTL(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, bij, aji, bji, aij / ...
or
NRTL6(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, bij, aji, bji, aij, bij / ...
or
NRTL8 (K or KCAL or KJ) , j, aij, bij, cij, aji, bji, cji aij, bij / ...
UNIQUAC Data (optional - Section 2.5.2)
UNIQUAC(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, aji / ...

and/or
UNIQ4(K or KCAL or KJ) i, j, aij, aji, bij, bji / ...
Wilson Data (optional - Section 2.5.5)
WILSON(K or KCAL or i, j, aij, aji / ...

KJ or NODIME)
Van Laar Data (optional - Section 2.5.6)
VANLAAR i, j, aij, aji / ...
Margules Data (optional - Section 2.5.7)
MARGULES i, j, aij, aji, dij, / ...
Flory-Huggins Data (optional - Section 2.5.9)
FLORY i, j, / ...

Other Binary Data For Liquid Activity Methods (Section
2.5)
(For use with liquid activity methods, such as all forms of NRTL,
UNIQUAC, Wilson, van Laar, and the Margules methods.)
AZEOTROPE(basis, punit, tunit) i, j, pres, temp, xi / ...
INFINITE(tunit) i, j, temp, , / ...
MUTUAL(basis, tunit) i, j, temp, , / ...
IDEAL i, j / ...
Henry’s Law Data (optional - Section 2.5.11)
SOLUTE i, {j ...}
HENDATA(pres, temp) i, l, c1, c2, c3, c4 / ...
UNIFAC Group Contribution Data (optional - Section 2.5.3 to 2.5.4)

(For K-value calculations only)
UNIFAC(K or KCAL or KJ) l, k, Alk, Akl / ...
UNIFT1(K) l, k, alk, akl, blk, bkl, clk, ckl / ...
or
or
UNFV(K or KCAL or KJ) l, k, alk, akl / ...
UNIWAALS Modified Group Contribution Interaction Data

(optional - Section 2.4.4)

UNIFAC(K or KCAL or KJ) l, k, Alk, Akl / ...

Pure Component Alpha Formulations (optional - Section
2.4.5)
(Used with PR, SRK, or UNIWAALS methods)Special

PA01 or SA01 or VA01 i, c1 / ...
PA02 or SA02 or VA02 i, c1, c2, c3 / ...
PA03 or SA03 or VA03 i, c1, c2 / ...
PA04 or SA04 or VA04 i, c1, c2 / ...
PA05 or SA05 or VA05 i, c1, c2 / ...
PA06 or SA06 or VA06 i, c1, c2, c3 / ...
PA07 or SA07 or VA07 i, c1 / ...
PA08 or SA08 or VA08 i, c1, c2, c3 / ...
PA09 or SA09 or VA09 i, c1, c2, c3 / ...
PA10 or SA10 or VA10 i, c1, c2, / ...
PA11 or SA11 or VA11 i, c1, c2, / ...
Property Methods Data (optional - Section 2.8.2)

property(qualifier) {GAMMA=value, REFINDEX=value,
REFVALUE(unit)=value},
{NCFILL=ncfill},
{NCBLEND=ncblend}
DATA(unit) i,datvalue/...
INDEX i,indvalue/ ...

Method-Specific Pure Component Data (optional - Section
2.9)
C(unit) i, value/...
PC(unit) i, value/...
VC(unit) i, value/...
ZC i, value/...
ACENTRIC i, value/...
NBP(unit) i, value/...
MOLVOL(unit) i, value/...
DIPOLE(unit) i, value/...
RADIUS(unit) i, value/...
SOLUPARA i, value/...
RACKETT i, value/...
WDELT i, value/...
PARACHOR i, value/...
PENELOUX(volunit) i, value/...

Appendix A
Pressure Drop Correlations
Recommendations on Pressure Drop Correlations

Single-Phase Methods
Single-phase pressure drop correlations (see equation (19) in Chap-
ter 5, Technical Reference) tend to be based more on theory than
experiment (with the exception of the American Gas Association
method for single-phase gas, and the Hazen-Williams expression
for single-phase liquid), and therefore less deviations can be
expected for a majority of simulations between the methods. The
default methods invoked will produce reasonable results in most
cases and are therefore recommended for all such situations. In the
case of high velocity gas flow, the Panhandle B and Weymouth
methods both ignore the accelerational component of the pressure
drop, and results should be inspected carefully and compared with
those produced by using the Moody equation. If the flow is reported
to be at or near to critical flow, then these correlations cannot be
relied upon to be consistent in this region and the user should switch
the fluid model to compositional and use one of the special high
velocity correlations available (such as Beggs & Brill High Veloc-
ity), possibly in conjunction with the flare algorithm which can
model physical occurences such as critical pressure discontinuities.
Two-Phase and Compositional Methods

This appendix also contains a table which shows the merits for each
of the major two-phase pressure drop correlations. Because of the
heavy experimental basis of each of the two-phase methods, no sin-
gle correlation can be recommended for all systems. Most piping
systems contain topolgies within which fluids flow in all directions
and through a variety of valves and fittings. Therefore if one was to
PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual A-11

select the appropriate correlation for each pipe run within an
PIPEPHASE link, then should the answer be necessarily more
accurate? The answer to this question is: probably not. The majority
of the two-phase correlations available today have been produced to
address much larger piping systems, typically transporting oil, gas
and/or water, where the flow rates are relatively large, and much
work has been performed on studying the effects of flow regime
and other large topological changes on overall pressure drop. When
this analysis is brought down to the level of refinery- or chemical
plant-sized piping runs and typical simulations, these large-scale
phenomena begin to lose meaning in translation, and the choice of
pressure drop correlation, outside the arena of critical flow, tends
therefore to have correspondingly less impact on the results. With
any two-phase flow systems, the user is recommended to bracket
the solution to the simulation by using two or more appropriate cor-
relations. Bracketing means that the user may have more confi-
dence in the true solution being between the values reported using
the different correlations.
The following are general guidelines:
For gas-dominated two-phase pipe runs with sub-critical flow:
➤ Use the Dukler-Eaton correlation, and for cases with very low
liquid loadings (less than 10 bbl/MMSCF, or 0.056 m 3 /1000
sm 3 ) bracket with the Beggs, Brill & Moody correlation.
Mukherjee-Brill is better for 0.1< HL< 0.35.
For single-phase liquid & liquid dominated fluid lines, like crude
oil and its products and water:
➤ Use the Beggs, Brill and Moody correlation.
For dense phase gas pipelines, such as CO2 or NH3:
➤ Use the Beggs, Brill and Moody correlation.
For downward flowing pipes contain two-phase fluids or steam:
➤ Use the Beggs & Brill No-Slip correlation.
For all steam piping, except downward flow pipes (as above):
➤ Use the Beggs, Brill & Moody correlation.
For high velocity and critical flow systems:
➤ Use the high velocity modifications to the standard Beggs &
Brill, and Beggs, Brill & Moody correlations.
A-12 Pressure Drop Correlations

Table A-1: Single-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations
Names and Friction Factor Elevation Factor Acceleration Factor
References (dP/dL)f (dP/dL)e (dP/dL)acc
GASES
PANHANDL 2 ρg sin φ-
 dP fρv -  dP
------- Z -----------------  dP
-------
------- Z 0
EB  dL f Z 2g
--------------------  dL e g c 144  dL acc
c d144
1 p b 0.04
f Z ------  ------------
94  vρT b
WEYMOUT 2 ρg sin φ-
-------  dP
-------
H ------- Z --------------------  dL e Z -----------------  dL acc Z 0
 dL f 2g c d144 g c 144
1 -
f Z ---------------------
0.33
71.6d
MOODY 2 ρg sin φ- ρV 1 ( V 1 Ó V 2 )
------- Z -----------------  dP
-------
------- Z --------------------------------
-
(default)  dL f Z 2g
--------------------  dL e g c 144  dL acc 144g c ∆L
c d144
1
 -----  2ε 18.7 -
 f Z 1.74 Ó 2 log  ----- 
H --------------
d N f Re
AMERICAN 2 2 0.5
( P 1 Ó P 2 )Z avg T avg
GAS ---------------------------------------------- Ó 0.0375∆ e
2
ASSOCIATI 5⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 γ g P avg
ON Q g Z 38.77d 1 f E5280 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
∆L
E = coefficient For NRe ≤ 2000: 2

∆e = elevational change (ft) For NRe > 2000: f Z f 4
N Re
d1 = diameter (in) f Z --------
- f 4 Z min ( f 2 f 3 )
16
ρvd
N Re Z 1488 --------- 3.7
µ f 3 Z 4 log  ---------
ε⁄d
N Re
f 2 Z 3.84 log  ---------------------
 1.4124f 1
N Re
f 1 Z 4 log  --------- Ó 0.6
f1
LIQUIDS
HAZEN- 2.63 ( P 1 Ó P 2 ) Ó [ 0.433∆ e ]γ L 0.54
WILLIAMS Q Z 15.2Ed 1 ----------------------------------------------------------
- Q = bbl/day
γ L ∆L
E = Hazen-Williams coefficient; ∆e = elevational change (ft); d1 = diameter (in)

Table A-1: Single-Phase Pressure Drop Correlations
Names and Friction Factor Elevation Factor Acceleration Factor
References (dP/dL)f (dP/dL)e (dP/dL)acc
MOODY 2 ρg sin φ-
------- Z -----------------  dP
-------
------- Z 0
(default)  dL f Z --------------------
2g c d144  dL e g c 144  dL acc
ρvd
N Re Z 1488 ---------
µ
Table A-2: Recommendations for the Two-Phase Pressure Drop

Correlations
Correlation Correlation Recommendations*
Horizontal Flow
Lockhart-Martinelli Widely used in the chemical industry. Applicable for
annular and annular mist flow regimes if flow
pattern is known a priori. Do not use for large pipes.
Generally overpredicts pressure drop.
Eaton Do not use for diameters < 2 inches. Do not use for
very high or low liquid holdup. Underpredicts
holdup for HL < 0.1. Works well for 0.1 < HL <
0.35.
Dukler Good for horizontal flow. Tends to underpredict
pressure drop and holdup. Recommended by API for
wet gas lines.
Beggs & Brill Use the no-slip option for low holdup. Underpredicts
holdup. Most consistent and well-behaved
correlation.
Inclined Flow
Mukherjee-Brill Recommended for hilly terrain pipelines. New
correlation based heavily on in-situ flow pattern.
Only available model that calculates flow patterns
for all flow configurations and uses this information
to determine modeling technique.
* Note: Vertical upward flow correlations not available in PIPEPHASE -- most correlations
were developed for large scale production applications.

Table A-3: Hybrid Models Summary
FCODE MAP HOLDUP PRESSURE DROP
FRICTION ELEVATIO ACCELERATI
N ON
Dukler-Eaton None Eaton Dukler Flanigan Eaton
Flanigan (DE) Flanigan (Eaton Holdup) (Flanigan
Holdup)
Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill
Moody (BBM) (BB) with Moody
Friction Factor
Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill No-slip Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill
No-slip Holdup with Moody (No-slip
(BBNS) Friction Factor Holdup)
Dukler None Dukler Dukler Flanigan No acceleration
Flanigan (DF) Flanigan (Dukler (Flanigan
Holdup) Holdup)
Eaton None Eaton Eaton Flanigan
Flanigan (EF) Flanigan (Eaton Holdup) (Flanigan
Holdup)
Mukherjee- Mukherjee-Brill *Eaton Mukherjee- Mukherjee- Mukherjee-Brill
Brill Brill Brill
Eaton
Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill *Dukler Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill
Moody Dukler Moody Friction
(BBMD) Factor
Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill *Eaton Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill
Moody Eaton Moody Friction
(BBME) Factor
*Angle corrected by Beggs & Brill method
Table A-4: Correlations Summary

FCODE MAP HOLDUP PRESSURE
DROP
Beggs & Brill (BB) Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill
Mukherjee-Brill Mukherjee- Mukherjee-Brill Mukherjee-Brill
(MB) Brill
Eaton (Eaton) None Eaton Eaton
Dukler (Duckler) None Dukler Dukler
Lockhart-Martinelli None Lockhart- Lockhart-Martinelli
Martinelli

Table A-5: Correlations Summary
FCODE MAP HOLDUP PRESSURE
DROP
Beggs & Brill (BB) Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill Beggs & Brill
Mukherjee-Brill Mukherjee- Mukherjee-Brill Mukherjee-Brill
(MB) Brill
Eaton (Eaton) None Eaton Eaton
Dukler (Duckler) None Dukler Dukler
Lockhart-Martinelli None Lockhart- Lockhart-Martinelli
Martinelli
Table A-6: Experimental Information for the Two-Phase Pressure

Drop Correlations
Correlatio Date Basis Pipe Size(s) Fluids
n
Horizontal Flow
Lockhart- 1949 Laboratory data 0.0586" -
Martinelli 1.1017"
Eaton 1966 Laboratory and field 2", 4"
data
Dukler 1969 Data and similarity wide range oil, gas,
analyses water
Beggs & Brill 1973 Laboratory data 1", 1.5" gas, water
Inclined Flow
Mukherjee- 1983 Laboratory data 1.5" kerosene,
Brill lube oil, gas

Appendix B
Default Values of Schedule Pipe Sizes
used by PIPEPHASE
Table B-1: Commercial Steel Pipe Based on ANSI B36.10:1970 and

BS 1600: Part 2: 1970 Schedule Wall Thicknesses
Nominal Pipe Outside Thickness Inside Diameter
Size (in) Diameter (mm) (mm) (mm)
14 355.6 6.35 342.9
16 406.4 6.35 393.7
Schedule 10
18 457.2 6.35 444.5

20 508.0 6.35 495.3
24 609.6 6.35 596.9
30 762.0 7.92 746.2
8 219.1 6.35 206.4
10 273.0 6.35 260.3
12 323.9 6.35 311.2
Schedule 20
14 355.6 7.92 339.8

16 406.4 7.92 390.6
18 457.2 7.92 441.4
20 508.0 9.52 489.0
24 609.6 9.52 590.6
30 762.0 12.70 736.6
8 219.1 7.04 205.0
10 273.0 7.80 257.4
12 323.9 8.38 307.1
Schedule 30
14 355.6 9.52 336.6

16 406.4 9.52 387.4
18 457.2 11.13 434.9
20 508.0 12.70 482.6
24 609.6 14.27 581.1
30 762.0 15.88 730.2
PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual B-1

1/8 10.3 1.73 6.8
1/4 13.7 2.24 9.2
3/8 17.1 2.31 12.5
1/2 21.3 2.77 15.8
3/4 26.7 2.87 21.0
1 33.4 3.38 26.6
1-1/4 42.2 3.56 35.1
1-1/2 48.3 2.68 40.9
2 60.3 3.91 52.5
2-1/2 73.0 5.16 62.7
Schedule 40
3 88.9 5.49 77.9

3-1/2 101.6 5.74 90.1
4 114.3 6.02 102.3
5 141.3 6.55 28.2
6 168.3 7.11 154.1
8 19.1 8.18 202.7
10 273.0 9.27 254.5
12 323.9 10.31 303.3
14 355.6 11.13 333.3
16 406.4 12.70 381.0
18 457.2 14.27 428.7
20 508.0 15.09 477.8
24 609.6 17.48 574.6
8 219.1 10.31 198.5
10 273.0 12.70 247.6
12 323.9 14.27 295.4
Schedule 60
14 355.6 15.09 325.4

16 406.4 6.64 373.1
18 457.2 19.05 419.1
20 508.0 20.62 466.8
24 609.6 25.61 560.4
1/8 10.3 2.41 5.5
1/4 13.7 3.02 7.7
3/8 17.1 3.20 10.7
1/2 21.3 3.73 13.8
3/4 26.7 3.91 18.9
1 33.4 4.55 24.3
1-1/4 42.2 4.85 32.5
1-1/2 48.3 5.08 38.1
2 60.3 5.54 49.2
2-1/2 73.0 7.01 59.0
Schedule 80
3 88.9 7.62 73.7

4 114.3 8.56 97.2
5 141.3 9.52 122.3
6 168.3 10.97 146.4
8 219.1 12.70 193.7
10 273.0 15.09 242.8
12 323.9 17.47 289.0
14 355.6 19.05 317.5
16 406.4 21.44 363.5
18 457.2 23.82 409.6
20 508.0 26.19 455.6
24 609.6 30.96 547.7
B-2 Default Values of Schedule Pipe Sizes used by

8 219.1 15.09 188.9
10 273.0 18.26 236.5
Schedule 100
12 323.9 21.44 281.0
14 355.6 23.82 308.0
16 406.4 26.19 354.0
18 457.2 29.36 398.5
20 508.0 32.54 422.9
24 609.6 38.89 531.8
4 114.3 11.13 92.0
5 141.3 12.70 115.9
6 168.3 14.27 139.8
8 219.1 18.26 182.6
Schedule 120
10 273.0 21.44 230.1

12 323.9 25.40 273.1
14 355.6 27.79 300.0
16 406.4 30.96 344.5
18 457.2 34.92 387.4
20 508.0 38.10 431.8
24 609.6 46.02 517.6
8 219.1 20.62 177.9
10 273.0 25.40 222.2
Schedule 140
12 323.9 28.58 266.7

14 355.6 31.75 292.1
16 406.4 36.52 333.4
18 457.2 39.69 377.8
20 508.0 44.45 419.1
24 609.6 52.39 504.8
1/2 21.3 4.78 11.7
3/4 26.7 5.56 15.6
1 33.4 6.35 20.7
1-1/4 42.2 6.35 29.5
1-1/2 48.3 7.14 34.0
2 60.3 8.74 42.8
2-1/2 73.0 9.52 54.0
3 88.9 11.13 66.6
Schedule 160
4 114.3 13.49 87.3

5 141.3 15.88 109.5
6 168.3 18.26 131.8
8 219.1 23.01 173.1
10 273.0 28.58 215.8
12 323.9 33.34 257.2
14 355.6 35.71 284.2
16 406.4 40.49 325.4
18 457.2 45.24 366.7
20 508.0 50.01 408.0
24 609.6 59.54 490.5
PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual B-3

Appendix C
Format of User-definable Nominal
Pipe, Tubing and Riser Size Databases
The following is the format of the user-created database of nominal

pipe sizes. The files must have the *.DAT extension, e.g., Names.DAT.
FIELD DATA FORMAT

DESC
Description Character CC......C (Maximum length 20)
Pipe Schedule Character CCCC
Nominal Diameter (inches) Real Real RRR.RRR
Inside Diameter (inches) Real Real RRR.RRR
Inside Diameter (millimeter) Real Real RRR.RRR
PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual C-1

Appendix D
References
1. Moody, L.F.: ‘‘Friction Factors for Pipe Flow,’’ Trans. ASME,

V.66, p.671, 1944.
2. Colebrook, C.F., J. Inst. Civil Engrs. (London), 11:1333 (1938).
3. Y. Taitel & A.E. Dukler: ‘‘A Model for Predicting Flow
Regime Transitions in Horizontal and Near Horizontal Gas-
L:iquid Flow,’’ AIChE Journal Vol. 22, No. 1, Jan. 1976, pages
47-55.
Y. Taitel, D. Barnea & A.E. Dukler: ‘‘Modeling Flow Pattern
Transitions for Steady Upward Gas-Liquid Flow in Vertical
Tubes,’’ AIChE Journal Vol. 26, No. 3, May. 1980, pages 345-
354.
D. Barnea, Y. Taitel & O. Shoham: ‘‘Flow Pattern Transition
for Vertical Downward Two-Phase Flow,’’ Chemical Engg.
Science, Vol. 37, No. 5, 1982, page 741-744.
D. Barnea, Y. Taitel & O. Shoham: ‘‘Flow Pattern Transition
for Downward Inclined Two-Phase Flow Horizontal to Verti-
cal,’’ Chemical Engg. Science, Vol. 37, No. 5, 1982, page 735-
740.
4. Moody, F.J.: ‘‘A Pressure Pulse Model for Two-Phase Critical
Flow and Sonic Velocity,’’ Journal of Heat Transfer, Aug.
1969, Transactions of the ASME.
5. API Recommended Practice 520: ‘‘ Recommended Practice for
the Design and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Systems in
Refineries: Part I - Sizing and Selection, ’’ Sixth Edition
(1993).
6. Leung, J.: ‘‘Size Safety Relief Valves for Flashing Liquids,’’
Chemical Engg. Progress, Feb. 1992, pages 70-75.
7. Standing, M.B. and D.L. Katz: Density of Natural Gases Trans.
AIME, 1962, 140.
PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual D-1

Yarborough, L. and K.R. Hall: ‘‘How to Solve Equations of
State for Z Factors,’’ Oil and Gas Journal.
8. Lee, A.L. et al: ‘‘The Viscosity of Natural Gases,’’ Trans
AIME, (1966) 997.
9. Katz, D.L. & Carr, N.L. et al: ‘‘Viscosity of Hydrocarbon
Gases Under Pressure,’’ Trans AIME (1954) page 264.
10. Vazquez A., M.E.: ‘‘Correlations for Fluid Physical Property
Prediction’’, M.S. Thesis, Tulsa University.
11. Beal, C.: ‘‘The Viscosity of Air, Water, Natural Gas, Crude Oil
and Its Associated Gases at Oil Field Temperatures and
Presures,’’ Trans AIME (1946), 94.
Chew, J. and C.A. Conally, ‘‘A Viscosity Correlation for Gas
Saturated Crude Oils,’’ Trans AIME (1951), 223.
12. 1967 ASME Steam Tables. 345 East 47th Street, New York,
NY 10017.
13. SIMSCI Component Library.
14. Reid, Prausnitz and Sherwood: ‘‘The Proprties of Gases and
Liquids,’’ McGraw-Hill, 1977.
Letsou, A., and L.I. Stiel, A.I.Ch.E. J., 19, p. 409 (1973).
Partington: ‘‘An Advanced Treatise on Physical Chemistry,’’
Vol. 2, Longmans, 1949.
Thomas, J., Chem. Soc., Part II, pp. 573-579 (1946).
Gunn, R.D. and T. Yamada, A.I.Ch.E. J., 17, p. 1341 (1971).
Andrade, E.N., Nature, 125, p. 309 (1930).
Kouzel, Hydrocarbon Proc., 44, p. 120 (1965).
Riedel, Chem. Ing. Tech., 26, p. 83 (1954).
Kendall and Monroe, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 39, p. 1787 (1917).
15. Thodos, G. and Yoon, A.I.Ch.E. J., 16, p. 300 (1970).
Dean, D.G. and L.S. Stiel, A.I.Ch.E. J., 11 p. 526 (1965).
Herning and Zipperer, Gas-U. Wasserfach, 79, p. 69 (1936).
16. Leland, T.W., J.S. Robinson, and G.A. Suther, Trans Farad.
Soc., 64, 1447, 1968.
Ely, J.F., and H.J.M. Hanley: ‘‘Prediction of the Viscosity and
Thermal Conductivity in Hydrocarbon Mixtures - Computer
Program TRAPP,’’ Proceedings of 60th Annual Convention,
Gas Processors Association, 1981.
D-2 References
17. API Technical Data Book, 5th Ed. (1978).
Reid, Prausnitz and Sherwood: ‘‘The Properties of Gases and
Liquids,’’ McGraw-Hill, p. 524 (1977).
Riedel, L., Chem. Ing. Tech., 21, p. 349 (1949).
18. Roy, D. and G. Thodos, I & E.C. Fund., 9, p. 71 (1970).
Stiel, L. I. and G. Thodos, A.I.Ch.E. J., 10 p. 26 (1964).
Reid, Prausnitz and Sherwood: ‘‘The Properties of Gases and
Liquids,’’ McGraw-Hill, p. 481-504 (1977).
Perry, R.H. and C.H. Chilton: ‘‘Chemical Engineers Hand-
book,’’ McGraw-Hill, p. 3-244 (1973).
19. API Technical Data Book - Petroleum Refining, 5th Revision
(1978), pp. 6-45, 6-46.
20. Soave, G., Chem Engr. Sci., 27, No. 6, p. 1197 (1972). Erbar,
J.H., GPA K & MOD II Program (August 1974).
Reid, Prausnitz, and Sherwood, The Properties of Gases and
Liquids, 3rd Edition (1977).
21. Peng, D.Y., and D.B. Robinson: ‘‘A New Two Constant Equa-
tion of State,’’ I. & E.C. Fund., 51, pp. 59-64 (1976).
22. Kesler, M.G. and B.I. Lee, A.I.Ch.E. J., 21, No. 3, p. 510
(1975).
Kesler, M.G. and B.I. Lee, Hydrocarbon Proc., p. 153, March
1976.
Tarakad, R.R. and Ronald Danner, A.I.Ch.E. J., 22, No. 2, pp.
409-411, March 1976.
API Technical Data Book - Petroleum Refining, 3rd Edition,
pp. 2-1 to 7-4.
23. Lee, B.I., M.G. Kesler, A.I.Ch.E. J., 21 (3), 510 (1975).
Leland, T.W., W.H. Mueller, I. & E.C., 51 (4), 597, (1959).
Pitzer, K.S., G. O. Hultgren, J.Am.Chem.Soc., 80, 4793 (1958).
Plocker, U., Helmult Knapp, John Prausnitz, I. & E.C.
Proc.Des.Dev., Vol. 17, No. 3 (1978).
Prausnitz, J.M., R.D. Gunn, A.I.Ch.E.J., 4, 430, 494 (1958).
24. Simulation Sciences Inc., 1983: ‘‘The Twu Method for Predic-
tion of Critical Properties and Molecular Weights for Petroleum
and Coal Tar Liquids,’’ Technical Bulletin #27.
Starling, K.E., J.E. Powers, I. & E.C. Fund., 9,531 (1970).

Starling, K.E., L.L. Lee, C.H. Twu, K.C. Mo, 1978: ‘‘Self Con-
sistent Correlation of Thermodynamic and Transport Proper-
ties’’, Thesis, Gas Research Institute and A.G.A. School of
Chemical Engineering, University of Oklahoma.
Twu, C.H.: ‘‘Prediction of Thermodynamic Properties of Nor-
mal Paraffins Using only Normal Boiling Point,’’ Fluid Phase
Equilibria, 11 (1983), 65-81, Elsevier Science Publishers, B. V.,
Amsterdam.
Twu, C.H.: ‘‘Boiling Point as a Third Parameter for Use in a
Generalized Equation of State,’’ Fluid Phase Equilibria, 13,
(1983), 189-194, Elsevier Science Publishers.
Twu, C.H.: ‘‘An Internally Consistent Correlation for Predict-
ing the Critical Properties and Molecular Weights of Petroleum
and Coal Tar Liquids,’’ Fluid Phase Equilibria, 00, (1984),
FLU00628, Elsevier Science Publishers.
25. Kesler, M.G. and B. I. Lee, A.I.Ch.E. Journal, Volume 21, No.
3, pp. 510-527, May 1975.
Kesler M.G. and B.I. Lee, Hydrocarbon Processing, March
1976, p. 153.
26. Twu, Chorng H.: ‘‘An Internally Consistent Correlation for
Predicting Critical Properties and Molecular Weight of Petro-
leum and Coal Tar Liquids,’’ 1983 submitted for publication.
27. Grayson, H.G., and G.W. Streed: ‘‘Vapor Liquid Equilibria for
High Temperature, High Pressure Systems,’’ 6th World Petro-
leum Congress, West Germany, June (1963).
28. Redlich, O., and J.N.W. Kwong, Chem. Rev., 44,233 (1949).
29. Ibid, Procedure 7h2.1, pp. 7-201 to 7-202.
Stewart, Burkhart and Voo: ‘‘Prediction of Pseudo-critical Con-
stants for Mixtures,’’ A.I.Ch.E Meeting, Kansas City, May 18,
1959.
30. Johnson and Grayson, Petroleum Refiner, 40, No. 2, p. 123,
(1961).
31. Chao, K.D. and J.D.Seader, A.I.Ch.E. Journal, pp. 598-605,
December 1961.
Hildebrand, H.H. and R.L. Scott: ‘‘The Solubility of Nonelec-
trolytes,’’ 3rd edition, Reinhold, New York(1950).
Redlich, O., and J.N.W. Kwong, Chem. Rev., 44,233 (1949).
32. Bingham & Jackson Bureau of Standards Bulletin 14,75 (1918)
referenced in Lange’s Handbook of Chemistry and Perry’s 4th
edition.
D-4 References
33. Duns, H., Jr. and N.C.J. Ros: ‘‘Vertical Flow of Gas and Liquid
Mixtures in Wells,’’ Proc., 6th World Pet. Congress (1963),
451.
34. Hagedorn, A.R. and K.E. Brown: ‘‘Experimental Study of
Pressure Gradients Occurring During Continuous Two-Phase
Flow in Small-Diameter Vertical Conduits,’’ J. Pet. Tech.
(April, 1965) 475-484.
35. Orkiszewski, J.: ‘‘Predicting Two-Phase Pressure Drops in Ver-
tical Pipes,’’ J. Pet. Tech. (June, 1967) 829-838.
36. Angel, R.R. and J.K. Welchon: ‘‘Low Ratio Gas-Lift Correla-
tion for Casing-Tubing Annuli and Large-Diameter Tubing,’’
Drill. and Prod. Prac., API (1964) 100.
37. Aziz, K., G.W. Govier, and M. Fogarasi: ‘‘Pressure Drop in
Wells Producing Oil and Gas,’’ J. Cdn. Pet. Tech. (July-Sept.,
1972) 38-48.
38. Beggs, H.D.: ‘‘An Experimental Study of Two-Phase Flow in
Inclined Pipes,’’ Ph.D. Dissertation, the U. of Tulsa (1972).
39. Gray, H.E.: ‘‘Vertical Flow Correlation in Gas Wells,’’ in User
Manual for API 14B, Subsurface Controlled Safety Valve Siz-
ing Computer Program, App. B (June 1974).
40. Flanigan, O.: ‘‘Effect of Uphill Flow on Pressure Drop in
Design of Two-Phase Gathering Systems,’’ Oil and Gas Jour.
(March 10, 1958) 56.
41. Lockhart, R.W. and R.C. Martinelli: ‘‘Proposed Correlation of
Data for Isothermal Two-Phase, Two Component Flow in
Pipes,’’ Chem. Eng. Prog. (Jan. 1949) 45, 39.
42. Eaton, B.A.: ‘‘The Prediction of Flow Patterns, Liquid Holdup
and Pressure Losses Occurring during Continuous Two-Phase
Flow in Horizontal Pipelines, ’’ Ph.D. Thesis, The U. of Texas
(1966).
43. Steady-State Flow Computation Manual for Natural Gas Trans-
mission Lines, American Gas Association, New York (1964).
44. Mukherjee, H. K. : ‘‘An Experimental Study of Inclined Two
Phase Flow’’, Ph.D. dissertation, University of Tulsa, 1979.
45. Lawson, J. D. and J.P. Brill: ‘‘A Statistical Evaluation of Meth-
ods used to Predict Pressure Losses for Multiphase Flow in
Vertical Oil Well Tubing’’, SPE 4267 to be presented at 48th
Annual SPE fall Meeting, Las Vegas, Nev.,Sept 30 -Oct. 3,
1973.
Vohra, I. R., J.R. Robinson,J.P. Brill: ‘‘Evaluation of Three
New Methods for Predicting Pressure Losses in Vertical Oil
Well Tubing’’, SPE 4689, presented at the 48th annual SPE Fall
meeting, Las Vegas, Nev., 1973.

46. Browne, E.J.P.: ‘‘Practical Aspects of Predicting Errors in Two-
Phase Pressure Loss Calculations’’, SPE 5000, Presented at the
49th Annual SPE fall Meeting, Houston, Texas, 1974.
47. Degance, A.E. and R.W.Atherton: “Horizontal - Flow Correla-
tions”, Chem. Eng. (July 13, 1970), 95.
48. Dukler, A.E., et al: ‘‘Gas-Liquid Flow in Pipelines, I. Research
Results’’, AGA-API Project NX -28 (May 1969).
49. Mandhane, J.M.,G.A.Gregory,K.Aziz :"Critical Evaluation of
Holdup Prediction Methods For Gas-Liquid Flow in Horizontal
Pipes", SPE 5140, Presented at SPE Annual Fall Meeting,
Houston, Texas, Oct. 1974.
50. Vohra, I.R., et al: ‘‘Comparison of Liquid Holdup Correlations
For Gas-Liquid Flow in Horizontal Pipes’’, SPE 4690, Pre-
sented at the SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Las Vegas, Nev., Oct.
1973.
51. Palmer, C.M.: ‘‘Evaluation of Inclined Pipe Two-Phase Liquid
Holdup Correlations Using Experimental Data,’’ M.S. Thesis,
The U. of Tulsa (1975).
52. Payne, G.A.: ‘‘Experimental Evaluation of Two-Phase Pressure
Loss Correlations for Inclined Pipe,’’ M.S. Thesis, The U. of
Tulsa (1975).
53. SIMSCI Steam Package from: Keenan, J.H. et al: ‘‘Thermody-
namic Properties of Water Including Vapour, Liquid and Solid
Phases,’’ John Wiley & Sons Inc.
54. Eaton, B.A.: ‘‘The Prediction of Flow Patterns, Liquid Holdup
and Pressure Losses Occurring during Continuous Two-Phase
Flow in Horizontal Pipelines,’’ Ph.D. Thesis, The U. of Texas
(1966).
55. API Technical Data Book for Petroleum Refining (1980). Pro-
cedure 2B2.1
56. Twu, Chorng H.: ‘‘An Internally Consistent Correlation for
Predicting Critical Properties and Molecular Weight of Petro-
leum and Coal Tar Liquids,’’ 1983 submitted for publication.
57. Fortunati, F.: ‘‘Two-Phase Flow Through Wellhead Chokes,’’
SPE 3742, presented at SPE European Spring Meeting,
Amsterdam, the Netherlands, May, 1972.
58. Hazen-Williams.
59. Crane Ltd.: ‘‘Flow of Fluids Through Valves, Fittings and
Pipe.’’ Technical Paper No. 410M, 1988.
60. Barua, S., Sharma, Y., and Brosius, M.G.: ‘‘Two-phase flow
model aids flare network design,’’ Oil & Gas Journal, Jan. 27
1992, pp90-94.
D-6 References
61. Blevins, Robrt D.: ‘‘ Applied Fluid Dynamics Handbook.’’ Van
Nostrand Reinhold Company.
62. Fisher, H.G. et al: ‘‘Emergency Relief System Design Using
DIERS Technology-Project Manual.’’ AIChE, 1992.
63. API Standard 526, ‘‘Flanged Steel Safety--Relief Valves,’’
Third Edition (1989).
64. Leung, J.C., ‘‘A Generalized Correlation for One-Component
Homogeneous Equilibrium Flashing Choked Flow,’’ AIChE J.,
1743--1746, October (1986).
65. Nazario, F.N. and J.C. Leung,‘‘Sizing pressure relief valves in
flashing two-phase service: an alternative procedure,’’ J. Loss
Prev. Proc. Ind., 263-269, 5 (1992).
66. Simpson, L.L., ‘‘Estimate Two-Phase Flow in Safety Devices,’’
Chem. Eng., 98--102, August (1991).
67. Smith, J.M., and H.C. Van Ness, Introduction to Chemical
Engineering Thermodynamics, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill
(1981).
68. API Recommended Practice 520: ‘‘Recommended Practice for
the Design and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Systems in
Refineries: Part II - Design,’’ Sixth Edition, (1993).
69. Lasater, J.A.: ‘‘Bubble Point Pressure Correlation,’’ Trans.
AIME, 1958, 379.
70. Standing, M.B.: ‘‘A General Pressure-Volume-Temperature
Correlation -- For Mixtures of California Oils and Greases,’’
Drilling and Production Practice API (1947), 275.
71. Vazquez, A., M.E.: ‘‘ Correlations for Fluid Physical Property
Prediction,’’ M.S. Thesis, Tulsa University.
72. Ramey, H.J. Jr., ‘‘Wellbore heat Transmission,’’ J. Pet. Tech.,
April 1962, 427-440.
73. Churchill, S.W., ‘‘Comprehensive Correlating Equations for
Heat, Mass and Momentum Transfer in Fully-Developed Flow
in Smooth Tubes,’’ Industrial & Engineering Chemistry Funda-
mentals, 1977, 16 (1), pp 109-115.
74. Churchill, S.W. (1977), ‘‘Comprehensive Correlating Equa-
tions for Heat, Mass, and Momentum Transfer in Fully Devel-
oped Flow in Smooth Tubes,’’ Ind. Eng. Chemistry
Fundamentals, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 109-115.
75. Ansari, A.M.: “A Comprehensive Mechanistic Model for
Upward Two-Phase Flow,’’ MS Thesis, University of Tulsa
(1988).

76. Taitel, Y., Barnea, D., and Dukler, A.E.: “Modelling Flow Pat-
tern Transition for Steady Upward Gas-Liquid Flow in Vertical
Tubes,’’ AIChE J. (1980), 26, 345- 354.
77. Barnea, D.: “A Unified Model for Predicting Flow-Pattern
Transition for the Whole Range of Pipe Inclinations,’’ Int. J.
Multiphase Flow (1987), 13, 1-12.
78. Caetano, E.F.: “Upward Vertical Two-Phase Flow Through an
Annulus,’’, PhD Dissertation, University of Tulsa (1986).
79. Fernandes, R.C., Semait, T., and Dukler, A.E.: “Hydrodynamic
Model for Gas-Liquid Slug Flow in Vertical Tubes,’’ AICHE J.,
(1986), 29, 981-989.
80. Sylvester, N.D.: “A Mechanistic Model for Two-Phase Vertical
Slug Flow in Pipes,’’ ASME J. Energy Resources Tech.,
(1987), 109, 206-213.
81. Xiao, J.J., Shoham, O., and Brill, J.P.: “A Comprehensive
Mechanistic Model for Two-Phase Flow in Pipelines,’’ 65th
Annual SPE Conference, New Orleans, September 23-26,
1990.
82. Taitel, Y. and Dukler, A.E.: “A Model for Predicting Flow
Regime Transitions in Horizontal and Near Horizontal Gas-
Liquid Flow,’’ AIChE J., 22, No. 1, 47-55 (1980).
83. Andritsos, N. and Hanratty, T.J.: “Influence of Interfacial
Waves in Stratified Gas-Liquid Flow,’’ AIChE J., 33, No. 3,
444-454 (1987).
84. Baker, A., Nielsen, K. and Gabb, A.: “Pressure Loss, Liquid
Holdup Calculations Developed,’’ Oil & Gas J., 55-59 (March
14, 1988).
McLeod, W.R., Rhodes, D.F., and Day, J.J.: “Radiotracers in
Gas-Liquid Transportation Problems - A Field Case,’’
J.Pet.Tech., 939-947 (August, 1971).
85. Oliemans, R.V.A., Potts, B.F., and Trope, N.: “Modelling of
Annular Dispersed Two-Phase Flow in Vertical Pipes,’’ Int. J.
Multiphase Flow 12, No. 5, 711-732 (1986).
86. Taitel, Y. and Barnea, D.: “A Consistent Approach for calculat-
ing Pressure Drops in Inclined Slug Flows,’’ Chem. Eng. Sci.
45, No. 5, 1199-1206 (1990).
87. Pauchon, C., Dhulesia, H., Lopez, D., and Fabre, J.: “TACITE:
A Comprehensive Mechanistic Model for Two-Phase Flow,’’
BHRG Conference on Multiphase Production, Cannes, June
16-19, 1993.
88. Andritsos, N. and Hanratty, T.J.: “Influence of Interfacial
Waves in Stratified Gas-Liquid Flows,’’ AIChE J., Vol. 33,
444-454.
D-8 References
89. Nicklin, D.J., Wilkes, J.O, and Davidson, J.F.: “Two-Phase
Flow in Vertical Tubes,’’ Trans. Inst. Chem. Engrs., Vol 40,
497-514.
90. Andreussi, P. and Bendiksen, K.: “An Investigation of Void
Fraction in Liquid Slugs for Horizontal and Inclined Gas-Liq-
uid Flow’’, Int. J. Multiphase Flow, Vol 15, 2, 937-946.
91. Bendiksen, K.H., Malnes, D., Moe, R., and Nuland, S.: “The
Dynamic Two-Fluid Model OLGA: Theory and Application,’’
SPE Production Eng., May 1991.
92. Pratts, Michael.:Thermal Recovery, SPE Monograph.,
Volume 7.
93. Barua, S.: “Computation of Heat Transfer in Wellbores in sin-
gle and dual completions,” SPE 22868.
94. Perkins, Thomas K.: “Critical and Subcritical Flow of Mul-
tiphase Mixtures Through Chokes,” SPE 20633.
95. Ueda, Y., Samizo, N., and Shirakawa, S.: “Application of Pro-
duction System Analysis to an Offshore Oil Field,” SPE 21419.
96. Jones, L., Blount, E., and Glaze, C.: “Use of Short Term Multi-
ple Rate Flow Tests to Predict Performance of Wells having
Turbulence,” SPE 6133, Oct. 3-6, 1976.
97. Hong, K. C.: “Two-phase Flow Splitting at a Pipe Tee,” JPT,
pp. 290, 1978.
98. Bergman, D. F., Tek, M. R., and Katz, D. L.: “ Retrograd Con-
densation in Natural Gas Pipelines, “ AGA Project PR 26-69,
191-199, 1975.
99. Johansen, S. E.: “Experimental Study of Gas-Liquid Flow in a
Pipe Tee,” M. S. Thesis, Univ. of Tulsa, 1979.
100.Chien and Rubel: SPE 22764, Nov. 1992, SPEJ.
101.Oranje, L.: “Condensate Behavior in Gas Pipelines is Predict-
able,” Oil & Gas Journal, 39-44, July 2, 1973.
102.Seeger et al: Internaltional Journal of Multiphase Flow, Vol. 12,
No. 4, 575-585, 1986.

Appendix E
Results Access System Database
Table G-1: Results Access System Database (dBase IV) File Structure
Table E-1: Results Access System Database (dBase IV) File Structure
Database Field Name Format Description
Name
LINK.DBF
CASE_STUDY C4
CASE_NAME C4
LINK_NAME C4
LINK_TYPE C4
FROM_NODE C4
FROM_NTYPE C4
TO_NODE C4
TO_NTYPE C4
TIME_STEP F 17.6
DEVICE.DBF
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
DEV_DOMAIN C4
DEV_TYPE C4
SEQUENCE C4
PROB_NAME C 12
STATVAR.DBF STATE VARIABLES
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
PRESSURE F 17.6
TEMPERATURE F 17.6
AMB_TEMP F 17.6
GAS_ENTHAL F 17.6
OIL_ENTHAL F 17.6
WTR_ENTHAL F 17.6
PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual E-1

Name
LIQ_ENTHAL F 17.6
MIX_ENTHAL F 17.6
TIME_STEP F 17.6
QUALITY F 17.6
FLPROP.DBF FLUID PROPERTIES
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
GAS_DENS F 17.6 GAS DENSITY OF MIXTURE
OIL_DENS F 17.6 OIL DENSITY OF MIXTURE
WTR_DENS F 17.6 WATER DENSITY OF MIXTURE
LIQ_DENS F 17.6 LIQUID DENSITY OF MIXTURE
SLIP_DENS F 17.6 SLIP DENSITY OF MIXTURE
NSLIP_DENS F 17.6 NO-SLIP DENSITY OF MIXTURE
SPGR_IGAS F 17.6 SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF INSITU GAS
SPGR_IOIL F 17.6 SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF INSITU OIL
SPGR_IWTR F 17.6 SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF INSITU WATER
ZFACT_IGAS F 17.6 Z FACTOR OF INSITU GAS
SURFT_OIL F 17.6 SURFACE TENSION OF OIL
SURFT_WTR F 17.6 SURFACE TENSION OF WATER
SURFT_LIQ F 17.6 SURFACE TENSION OF LIQUID
THCOND_GAS F 17.6 GAS THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY
THCOND_OIL F 17.6 OIL THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY
THCOND_WTR F 17.6 WATER THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY
THCOND_FLD F 17.6 FLUID THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY
SPHEAT_GAS F 17.6 GAS SPECIFIC HEAT
SPHEAT_OIL F 17.6 OIL SPECIFIC HEAT
SPHEAT_WTR F 17.6 WATER SPECIFIC HEAT
SPHEAT_MIX F 17.6 MIXTURE SPECIFIC HEAT
CPCV_GAS F 17.6 CP/CV OF GAS
AVSPGR_GAS F 17.6 AVG. SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF GAS
AVSPGR_LIQ F 17.6 AVG. SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF LIQUID
VISC_GAS F 17.6 GAS VISCOSITY
VISC_OIL F 17.6 OIL VISCOSITY
VISC_WTR F 17.6 WATER VISCOSITY
VISC_LIQ F 17.6 LIQUID VISCOSITY
VISC_FRMIX F 17.6 FRICTION MIXTURE VISCOSITY
DENS_FRMIX F 17.6 FRICTION MIXTURE DENSITY
HYDRATE_FL C 35 HYDRATE FORMATION FLAG ‘‘UNABLE TO
PREDICT”
‘‘NOT IN HYDRATE REGION’’ ‘‘HYDRATE
REGION
BUT INSUFFICIENT’’ ‘‘TYPE II HYDRATE’’
‘‘TYPE
HYDRATE’’ ‘‘--------------------’’
E-2 Results Access System Database

Name
HYDRAUL.DB
F
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
SVRATE_GAS F 17.6 STANDARD GAS VOLUMETRIC RATE
SVRATE_OIL F 17.6 STANDARD OIL VOLUMETRIC RATE
SVRATE_WTR F 17.6 STANDARD WATER VOLUMETRIC
RATE
SVRATE_LIQ F 17.6 STANDARD LIQUID VOLUMETRIC
RATE
MFLOW_GAS F 17.6 GAS MASS FLOW RATE
MFLOW_OIL F 17.6 OIL MASS FLOW RATE
MFLOW_WTR F 17.6 WATER MASS FLOW RATE
MFLOW_LIQ F 17.6 LIQUID MASS FLOW RATE
MFLOW_MIX F 17.6 MIXTURE MASS FLOW RATE
AVRATE_GAS F 17.6 ACTUAL GAS VOLUMETRIC RATE
AVRATE_OIL F 17.6 ACTUAL OIL VOLUMETRIC RATE
AVRATE_WTR F 17.6 ACTUAL WATER VOLUMETRIC RATE
AVRATE_LIQ F 17.6 ACTUAL LIQUID VOLUMETRIC RATE
AVRATE_MIX F 17.6 ACTUAL MIXTURE VOLUMETRIC
RATE
SUPVEL_GAS F 17.6 SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY
SUPVEL_LIQ F 17.6 SUPERFICIAL LIQUID VELOCITY
GAS_VELOC F 17.6 GAS VELOCITY
LIQ_VELOC F 17.6 LIQUID VELOCITY
MIX_VELOC F 17.6 MIXTURE VELOCITY
MIXF_VELOC F 17.6 MIXTURE FRICTION VELOCITY
NSLP_HLDUP F 17.6 NO-SLIP HOLDUP
SLP_HOLDUP F 17.6 SLIP HOLDUP
CUM_GHLDUP F 17.6 CUMULATIVE GAS HOLDUP
CUM_LHLDUP F 17.6 CUMULATIVE LIQUID HOLDUP
MAS_CUMGAS F 17.6 MASS OF CUMULATIVE GAS
MAS_CUMLIQ F 17.6 MASS OF CUMULATIVE LIQUID
VOL_CUMGAS F 17.6 VOLUME OF CUMULATIVE GAS
FRIC_REYN F 17.6 FRICTION REYNOLDS NUMBER
FRIC_FACT F 17.6 FRICTION FACTOR
FRIC_GRAD F 17.6 FRICTION GRADIENT
ELEV_GRAD F 17.6 ELEVATION GRADIENT
ACCEL_GRAD F 17.6 ACCELERATION GRADIENT
TOTAL_GRAD F 17.6 TOTAL GRADIENT
FRIC_PDROP F 17.6 FRICTION PRESSURE DROP
ACCEL_GRAD F 17.6 ACCELERATION GRADIENT
TOTAL_GRAD F 17.6 TOTAL GRADIENT

Name
FRIC_PDROP F 17.6 FRICTION PRESSURE DROP
ELEV_PDROP F 17.6 ELEVATION PRESSURE DROP
EROS_VEL F 17.6 EROSIONAL VELOCITY
SONIC_VEL F 17.6 SONIC VELOCITY
TOTL_PDROP F 17.6 TOTAL PRESSURE DROP
SEG_LENGTH F 17.6 SEGMENT LENGTH
INCLI_ANGL F 17.6 INCLINATION ANGLE
CUMDEV_LEN F 17.6 CUMULATIVE DEVICE LENGTH
ELEV_CHNGE F 17.6 ELEVATION CHANGE
TOT_SEGLEN F 17.6 TOTAL SEGMENT LENGTH
FLOW_PATRN C5
TDB_PATRN C5
SOURCE.DBF
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
PRODU_INDX F 17.6 NOT USED IN PROGRAM
VOGEL F 17.6 NOT USED IN PROGRAM
FETKO_COEF F 17.6 NOT USED IN PROGRAM
FETKO_EXP F 17.6 NOT USED IN PROGRAM
SINK.DBF
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
INJEC_INDX F 17.6 85
IPR.DBF
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
NUM_FLOAT N9 NUMBER OF FLOAT VALUES
NUM_INT N9 NUMBER OF INTEGER VALUES
CHAR01 C 16 STORE LABELS FOR VALUES
CHAR02 C 16
CHAR03 C 16
CHAR04 C 16
CHAR05 C 16
CHAR06 C 16
CHAR07 C 16
CHAR08 C 16
CHAR09 C 16
CHAR10 C 16
CHAR11 C 16

Name
CHAR12 C 16
CHAR13 C 16
CHAR14 C 16
CHAR15 C 16
CHAR16 C 16
CHAR17 C 16
CHAR18 C 16
CHAR19 C 16
CHAR20 C 16
CHAR21 C 16
CHAR22 C 16
CHAR23 C 16
CHAR24 C 16
CHAR25 C 16
CHAR26 C 16
CHAR27 C 16
CHAR28 C 16
CHAR29 C 16
CHAR30 C 16
CHAR31 C 16
CHAR32 C 16
CHAR33 C 16
CHAR34 C 16
CHAR35 C 16
CHAR36 C 16
CHAR37 C 16
CHAR38 C 16
CHAR39 C 16
CHAR40 C 16
CHAR41 C 16
CHAR42 C 16
CHAR43 C 16
CHAR44 C 16
CHAR45 C 16
CHAR46 C 16
CHAR47 C 16
CHAR48 C 16
CHAR49 C 16
CHAR50 C 16
INTO1 N9 STORE INTEGER VALUES
INTO2 N9
INTO3 N9
INTO4 N9
INTO5 N9 STORE FLOAT VALUES
FLOAT01 F 17.6

Name
FLOAT02 F 17.6
FLOAT03 F 17.6
FLOAT04 F 17.6
FLOAT05 F 17.6
FLOAT06 F 17.6
FLOAT07 F 17.6
FLOAT08 F 17.6
FLOAT09 F 17.6
FLOAT10 F 17.6
FLOAT11 F 17.6
FLOAT12 F 17.6
FLOAT13 F 17.6
FLOAT14 F 17.6
FLOAT15 F 17.6
FLOAT16 F 17.6
FLOAT17 F 17.6
FLOAT18 F 17.6
FLOAT19 F 17.6
FLOAT20 F 17.6
FLOAT21 F 17.6
FLOAT22 F 17.6
FLOAT23 F 17.6
FLOAT24 F 17.6
FLOAT25 F 17.6
FLOAT26 F 17.6
FLOAT27 F 17.6
FLOAT28 F 17.6
FLOAT29 F 17.6
FLOAT30 F 17.6
FLOAT31 F 17.6
FLOAT32 F 17.6
FLOAT33 F 17.6
FLOAT34 F 17.6
FLOAT35 F 17.6
FLOAT36 F 17.6
FLOAT37 F 17.6
FLOAT38 F 17.6
FLOAT39 F 17.6
FLOAT40 F 17.6
FLOAT41 F 17.6
FLOAT42 F 17.6
FLOAT43 F 17.6
FLOAT44 F 17.6
FLOAT45 F 17.6
FLOAT46 F 17.6

Name
FLOAT47 F 17.6
FLOAT48 F 17.6
FLOAT49 F 17.6
FLOAT50 F 17.6
DPDT.DBF
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
INSTU_RATE F 17.6
DELTA_PRES F 17.6
DELTA_TEMP F 17.6
INJSALE.DBF
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
IS_RATE F 17.6
IS_TEMP F 17.6
IS_PRES F 17.6
PUMPCOMP.D
BF
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
AVAIL_PWR F 17.6
REQD_PWR F 17.6
EFFICIENCY F 17.6
STAGES F 17.6
PC_PRESS F 17.6
SEPARATR.DB
F
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
GASRATE_IN F 17.6
GASRATE_O F 17.6
OILRATE_IN F 17.6
OILRATE_O F 17.6
WTRRATE_IN F 17.6
WTRRATE_O F 17.6
TOTRATE_IN F 17.6
TOTRATE_O F 17.6

Name
HEATCOOL.D
BF
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
AVAIL_DUTY F 17.6
REQD_DUTY F 17.6
PRES_DROP F 17.6
FLOWDEV.DB
F
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
ID F 17.6
UFACTOR F 17.6
ROUGHNESS F 17.6
FILM_IRES F 17.6
RESISTANCE F 17.6
INSUL_TRES F 17.6
SURR_RES F 17.6
FLOW_AREA F 17.6
GEOTH_GRAD F 17.6
FRICTION F 17.6
VLVCHK.DBF
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
ID F 17.6
COEFF F 17.6
FRAC_DISS F 17.6
GAS_RATE F 17.6
COMPLETN.D
BF
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
PERF_DIAM F 17.6
PERF_SDENS F 17.6
TUNNEL_LEN F 17.6
PERMEABLTY F 17.6

Name
PENE_DEPTH F 17.6
PERF_INTVL F 17.6
REGULATR.D
BF
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
R_PRES F 17.6
MCOMPRES.D
BF
CASE_STUDY C4
LINK_NAME C4
DEV_NAME C4
SEGMENT N9
POLY N9
REQD_PWR F 17.6
AVRATE_GAS F 17.6
SVRATE_GAS F 17.6
CPCV_GAS F 17.6
AVSPGR_GAS F 17.6
DUTY F 17.6
EFFICIENCY F 17.6 17.6
EXPONENT F 17.6
HEAD F 17.6

Index
A depth 3-108
flow efficiency 3-109
heat transfer calculations 2-38
Abandonment pressure 3-127 heat transfer coefficient 3-22, 3-109
ACCELERATION 3-46 inside diameter 3-23
Acceleration medium 3-112
network solution 3-46 Palmer correction factors 3-109
pressure gradient 2-29 pressure drop correlations 2-27
ACENTRIC 3-36 roughness 3-109
segment size 3-106, 3-109
Acentric factor 3-36
segmentation 3-24
Adiabatic specific heat of medium 3-112
compressor 3-120 thermal conductivity of medium 3-112
efficiency 3-120 velocity of medium 3-112
Adiabatic efficiency 3-118 viscosity of medium 3-112
ADJUST 3-62 Antoine
Adjust viscosity 3-57
formation volume factor 3-62 API 3-36
gas oil ratio 3-62 API gravity 3-36, 3-92
water-oil viscosity 3-66
Aqueous phase enthalpy 2-12
Air
ASSAY 3-34
density of surrounding 3-105
thermal conductivity 3-21, 3-105 Assay
velocity 3-105 in source 3-84
viscosity of surounding 3-105 Assay data 2-10, 3-30
Ambient API gravity 3-36
temperature 3-21, 3-105 characterization 3-34
cutpoints 3-30, 3-35
Ambient temperature 2-39
lightends 3-94
Angle method 3-34
of bend 3-143 molecular weight 3-34, 3-93
of contraction device 3-147 specific gravity 3-34
of expansion device 3-151
ASTM
of valve 3-155
D1160 3-90
Angle valve 3-154 D2887 3-90
ANNULUS 3-108 D86 3-90
Annulus 2-24, 3-108 Automatic segmentation 3-25
PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual I-1

Auxilliary viscosity method 2-18
power for pump 3-137 Bottomhole
completion 2-25
completion calculation 2-31
B minimum pressure 3-127
separator 2-37
Babu-Odeh model 3-130 Buried pipe 2-38, 3-21, 3-105
Ball valve 3-154 depth 3-22
Basis partially buried 3-106
mass 3-17 Butterfly valve 3-154
measurement 3-6 BWRS 3-55
BEND 3-142
Bend 3-142
angle 3-143
C
elbow 3-143
mitre 3-143 CALCULATION 3-16
pressure drop calculation 2-33 Calculation
resistance coefficient 3-142 accelerated 3-46
roughness 3-143 automatic segmentation 3-25
user-defined pressure drop 3-143 keywords 3-16
Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling 3-55 maximum segments 3-24
Binary network method 3-99
interaction parameters phase-splitting at junction 3-100
user-supplied 3-48 Prandtl number 3-17
segment 3-24
Binary interaction parameters 2-13 solubility 3-54
Blackoil thermodynamic property 3-52
adjust properties 3-62 tolerances 3-44
compositional properties 3-60 transport property 3-53
compressibility 3-62 water solubility 3-54
contaminants 3-61 Calculation limits 2-7
fluid properties 3-61 Calculation modes 1-3
formation volume factor 3-64
Calculation segment 1-9
fraction in link 3-102
joining together 1-9
gas oil ratio 3-64
generated properties 3-71 Calculation type
gravity 3-61, 3-65 selecting 3-16
IPR 3-88 Calculations 2-3
methods 3-19 heat transfer 2-38
pressure 3-62 isothermal 3-16
tabular properties 3-63 pressure drop 2-27
viscosity 3-60, 3-61, 3-62, 3-65 sphering 3-16
z-factor 3-66 Calculator 2-26
Blackoil properties 2-18 Case study 2-3, 2-46
contaminants 2-18 data category 3-2
formation volume factor 2-18 global changes 2-47
gas oil ratio 2-18 individual changes 2-47
gas Z-factor 2-18 output 4-36
gravity 2-18 report 4-14
lift gas 2-18 Casing
live viscosity 2-18
I-2 PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual
diameter 3-111 multiple 2-43
emissivity 3-111 performation 3-116
thermal conductivity 3-111 pressure drop calculation 2-31
Casings 3-111 tunnel 3-116
Categories of input 3-1, 3-2 Completions
case study data 3-2 multi-source 3-128
component data 3-1 COMPONENT 3-32
general data 3-1, 3-9 Component
line sizing data 3-2 data category 3-1
network data 3-1, 3-39 identifier 3-33
PVTdata 3-2 input data in report 4-8
sensitivity analysis data 3-2 list 3-32
structure data 3-2 mixed types 2-10
thermodynamic data 3-2 properties from SIMSCI databank 3-33
time-stepping data 3-3 Component capabilities 2-11
unit operations 3-2
Components 3-31
unit operations data 3-158
fixed properties 3-36
Chebychev equations 3-38 library 2-8
CHECK 3-143 library components 3-33
Check data 3-17 non-library 2-9
Check valve 3-143, 3-154 other property requirements 2-11
pressure drop calculation 2-33 petroleum pseudocomponents 2-9, 3-33
Chisholm flow model 3-143, 3-148, 3-149, 3-150, solid 3-31
3-151, 3-152, 3-153, 3-154, 3-155, 3-156 structure 2-11
Chisholm two-phase correction 2-34 synthetic 2-11
synthetic fuel 3-31
CHOKE 3-144
temperature dependent properties 3-36
Choke 3-144
Composition 3-84
in a well 3-144
multi-networks 3-145 Compositional
pressure drop calculation 2-33 blackoil viscosity 3-60
size 3-102 component list 3-32
fluid properties 2-7, 3-58
Coefficient
fluid viscosity 3-58
flow 3-152, 3-156
methods 3-19
Fortunati 3-146
source 3-86
Hazen-Williams 3-105, 3-108, 3-109, 3-111
sources 2-20
Hazen-Williams pressure drop 3-23
resistance for bend 3-142 Compressibility
resistance for contraction 3-147 blackoil 3-62
resistance for entrance 3-148 Compressibility factor 3-36, 3-66
resistance for exit 3-149 COMPRESSOR 3-117
resistance for expansion 3-151 Compressor
resistance for tee 3-153 coolers 3-120
resistance for valve 3-154 multispeed 2-34
thermal expansion 3-112 multistage 2-34
Comments 3-4 multi-train 3-119
COMPLETION 3-116 rigorous 2-34
Completion 2-25, 3-113, 3-116 simple 2-34, 3-117
dual 2-32, 3-101 Condensate 2-17
gravel permeability 3-116 contaminants 3-59
methods 3-116 gravity 3-59

methods 3-19 D
properties 3-59
Condensate gas ratio 3-85
D1160 3-90
CONDUCTIVITY 3-37
D2887 3-90
Conductivity 3-37
D86 3-90
Contaminants
Dead-end tee 3-99
blackoil 2-18, 3-61
condensate 3-59 DEFAULT 3-21
gas 2-16, 2-17, 3-58 Default
lift gas 3-63 flow device parameters 2-6
Continuing statements 3-7 heat transfer 2-6
limits 2-7
CONTRACTION 3-147
pressure drop methods 2-6
Contraction thermodynamic set 2-14
pressure drop calculation 2-33 transitional flow 2-7
Contraction device 3-147 Default data 3-5, 3-21
angle 3-147
Defaults 2-6
resistance coefficient 3-147
user-defined pressure drop 3-148 Definition
flow device parameters 2-6
Convergence 2-21, 3-24, 3-102
fluid properties 2-7
parameters 3-39
heat transfer 2-6
power 3-123
limits 2-7
pressure balance solution method 1-10
non-compositional properties 2-15
Convergnece pressure drop methods 2-6
flow tolerance 3-102 pseudo-component 2-9
iterations 3-25 pseudo-component data 2-10
COOLER 3-121 pseudo-component methods 2-9
Cooler 2-35, 3-121 pseudo-component variable data 2-10
interstage duties 3-120 transitional flow 2-7
interstage temperatures 3-120 Degradation
CORRELATION 3-66 in pumps 3-138
Correlation DENSITY 3-37
formation volume factor 3-66 Density 3-36, 3-37
gas oil ratio 3-66 liquid 3-31
options 3-66 methods 2-12
viscosity 3-66 of surrounding medium 3-21, 3-105
CP 3-37 Rackett parameter 3-31
Critical results 4-33
pressure 3-36 shot 3-116
temperature 3-36 thermodynamic method 3-49
volume 3-36 Denstiy
Crushed zone 3-117 of annular medium 3-112
CSOURCE 3-86 Depletion
Curves reservoir 2-42
performance 3-119 Depth
CUTPOINTS 3-35 of annulus 3-108
of buried pipe 3-105
Cutpoints 3-30, 3-35
oftubing 3-110
DESCRIPTION 3-10

Descriptive text 2-4 of casing 3-111
general data 3-10 of tubing 3-111
Design mode 2-3 Emulsion
Device viscosity 3-66
link output 4-25 English
report 4-23 units of measurement 3-12
Devices 2-5 Enhanced oil recovery 1-5
Diameter ENTHALPY 3-37
actual inside 3-22 Enthalpy 2-12, 3-37
nominal 2-29 convergnece tolerance 3-24
nominal inside 3-22 methods 2-12
of hole 3-111 thermodynamic method 3-49
outside for annulus tubing 3-108 ENTRANCE 3-148
Diamter Entrance device 3-148
inside annulus 3-108 pressure drop calculation 2-33
of casing 3-111 resistance coefficient 3-148
of sphere for pigging 3-106
Equation of state
of tubing 3-111
interaction parameters 3-55
Diffusivity
Equipment
of the earth 3-112
device summary report 4-23
Dipole moment 3-31 devices 3-116
Discharge pressure 3-119 keywords 3-116
Distillation data 3-89 Equipment devices 2-24
TBP 3-90 completion 2-25
DPDT 3-122 fittings 2-25
DPDT device 2-35, 3-122 process 2-25
in well 3-122 unit operations 2-26
dual 3-113 Equipment items 2-34
Dual completion 2-32 EVALUATE 3-165
Dual completions 3-101, 3-113 EXIT 3-149
parallel 3-114 Exit device 3-149
pressure drop calculation 2-33
resistance coefficient 3-149
E user-defined pressure drop 3-150
EXPANDER 3-123
Eclipse link 3-9 Expander 2-35, 3-123
Efficiency 3-118 EXPANSION 3-150
adiabatic 3-120 Expansion
of flow 3-23 pressure drop calculation 2-33
of pump 3-137 Expansion device 3-150
performance curves 3-119 angle 3-151
polytropic 3-120 resistance coefficient 3-151
Elbow bend 3-143 user-defined pressure drop 3-151
Electric submersible pump 2-36, 3-138
Elevation
of riser 3-107 F
Elevation pressure gradient 2-28
Emissivity Facilities planning 2-42

Factor inflow performance 2-24
compressibility 3-66 pipe 2-24
Palmer correction 3-104, 3-107, 3-109, 3-110 riser 2-24
UOP characterization 3-92 sizing 2-26
volume formation 3-62, 3-64 tubing 2-24
WatsonK characterization 3-92 Flow regime
z 3-66 Taitel-Dukler map 4-32
FCODE 3-18 Flowrate
Fetkovich gas flow model 3-129 performance curves 3-119
Field data Flowrates
matching 3-23 selecting 2-48
Field Production, application 1-4 Fluid
FILE 3-74 property interpolation 3-46
Film coefficient 3-22, 3-105 Fluid properties
Fitting adjust blackoil 3-62
device summary report 4-23 blackoil 2-18, 3-60, 3-61
schedule 3-22 compositional 2-7
compositional blackoil 3-60
Fitting device
compositional fluid 3-58
keywords 3-142
condensate 3-59
Fittings correlation options 3-66
available fittings 2-25 defining 2-7
pressure drop calculation 2-33 gas condensate 2-17, 3-59
two-phase correction 2-34 lift gas 3-62
Fixed property requirements 2-11 non-compositional 2-15
Flash non-compositional gas 2-16, 3-57
report 4-4, 4-20 non-compositional liquid 2-16, 3-57
Flash results 2-5 steam 2-17, 3-58
water solubility in hydrocarbons 2-8
Flow
basis in IPR 3-127 Fluid type 1-2
coefficient for nozzle 3-152 selecting 3-16
coefficient for orifice 3-152 Foot valve 3-154
coefficient for venturimeter 3-156 Formation volume factor 2-18
device summary report 4-23 adjusting 3-62
efficiency 3-23 correlations 3-66
efficiency in annulus 3-109 tablular data 3-64
efficiency in pipe 3-105 Fortunati model 3-146
efficiency in riser 3-108
Friction
efficiency in tubing 3-111
results 4-33
Fetkovich gas 3-129
maximum rate 3-101 Frictional pressure gradient 2-28
minimum rate 3-102 Fugacity
rate 3-84 vapor 3-48
tolerance 3-44, 3-102 FVF 3-64
Flow device
keywords 3-104
Flow device parameters 2-6
G
Flow devices 1-2, 2-24
annulus 2-24 Gas
calculations 2-28 condensate contaminants 3-59

condensate gravity 3-59 Globe valve 3-154
condensate properties 3-59 GLVALVE 3-123
contaminants 3-58 Gradient
Fetkovich model 3-129 geothermal temperature 3-21
gravity 3-57
GRAVITY 3-65
volume fraction in link 3-102 Gravity
z-factor 3-66 API 3-92
blackoil 3-61, 3-65
Gas lift
condensate 3-59
fluid properties 3-62
gas 3-12, 3-57
Gas lift analysis 2-3 lift gas 3-62
gas lift valve 2-35 liquid 3-57
Gas lift valve 2-35, 3-123 specific 3-92
Gas oil ratio 2-18, 3-85 standard liquid 3-92
adjusting 3-62 steam 3-58
correlations 3-66 tabular data 3-65
maximum 3-127 Gravity data 3-92
shutdown 3-127 Grouping parameters 2-48
tabular data 3-64
Gyration
Gas properties radius 3-31
condensate 2-17
contaminants 2-16, 2-17
non-compositional 2-16 H
specific heat ratio 2-16
Z-factor 2-16
Hayden-O’Connell method 3-31
Gaslift
data category 3-2 Hazen-Williams
input data report 4-17 coefficient 3-105, 3-108, 3-109, 3-111
method 3-23
Gaslift analysis 1-4, 2-39
Head
gaslift data 3-2
performance curves 3-119
Gathering systems 1-4
Heat
GENERAL 3-9 latent 3-37
GENERATE 3-71 specific 3-37
Generated properties 2-19 Heat capacity
blackoil 3-71 ratio 3-58
output 4-17 Heat transfer 2-6
print options 3-70, 3-72 additional resistance 3-22, 3-105
read from file 3-74 calculations 2-38
Geothermal detailed for tubing 3-111
gradient 3-112 results 4-34
Geothermal gradient 2-24, 2-39, 3-21, 3-109, 3-111 Heat transfer coefficient
Gereral data 3-9 annulus 3-22, 3-109
Global changes film coefficient 3-22, 3-105
case study 2-47 for buried pipe 3-21
Global default overall 1-9
setting 3-21 overall value 3-21
pipe 3-105
Global parameters 3-9
radiant 3-22, 3-105
Global settings 2-4 riser 3-22, 3-108

tubing 3-22, 3-111 gaslift data 4-17
HEATER 3-124 general data category 3-9
Heater 2-35, 3-124 general data report 4-9
in results output 4-2
Henrys Law 3-48
keyword qualifiers 3-4
Hildebrand solubility 3-32 keywords 3-3
Holdup layout 3-7
methods 3-19 lift gas data 4-17
output 4-30 network data category 3-39
Palmer correction factors 3-18 network data report 4-11
Hole nodal analysis report 4-16
diameter 3-111 PVT data report 4-10
Homogeneous two-phase correction 2-34 source data report 4-11
structure data report 4-12
Homogeneous two-phase flow model 3-143, 3-148,
3-149, 3-150, 3-151, 3-152, 3-153, 3-154, 3-155, 3- thermodynamic report 4-7
156 title 3-10
Hydrate unit operations data category 3-158
prediction output 4-34 units of measurement 3-5
Hydrate prediction 3-165 Input data check 2-4
HYDRATES 3-165 Input reprint 2-5
Inside diameter
annulus 3-23
I fittings 3-22
nominal 3-22
pipe 3-22
Inflow performace
riser 3-22, 3-23
pseudo-pressure 3-130
tubing 3-22, 3-23
Inflow performance 2-20, 2-49
Inside diamter
method 3-88, 3-89
actual 3-22
Productivity Index model 3-128
relationship 2-24, 2-43, 3-85, 3-88, 3-125 Insulation
relationships 2-41 thermal conductivity 3-22
results 4-19 thickness 3-22, 3-106
tabular data 3-133 Insulation requirement 1-6
time-stepping 3-135 Interaction parameters 3-55
well data 3-135 Interpolate
INJECTION 3-124 reservoir decline curves 3-126
Injection 3-101, 3-124 Interstage
device in well 3-125 cooler duties 3-120
scrubber fluids 3-120 temperatures 3-120
time 3-112 Inversion 3-66
well 3-98
IPR 3-88, 3-125
Injection device 2-35 cumulative production 3-133
injection device 3-125 flow basis 3-127
Input label requirements 3-127
categories 3-1 tabular model 3-132
comments 3-4 time-stepping 3-134
component report 4-8 IPR curves 2-41
continuing statements 3-7 Isothermal
data check 3-17 calculations, specify globally 3-16
defaults 3-5
Isothermal calculations 2-39
Iterations 3-25 of annulus segment 3-24
Iterative results 2-5 of pipe segment 3-24
of riser segment 3-24
of tubing segment 3-24
J LIBID 3-33
Library
Joule-Thomson effect 1-3 components 3-33
JUNCTION 3-99 Library components 2-8
Junction Lift gas
dead-end tee 3-99 contaminants 3-63
rock formation 3-99 gravity 3-62
straight-through tee 3-99 input data report 4-17
subsurface 3-99 properties 2-18, 3-62
Junction-phase-splitting method 3-100 LIFTGAS 3-62
LIGHTENDS 3-94
Lightends 2-10
K in assay 3-94
Line sizing 2-26
Keyword input 3-4 choke 3-102
calculation 3-16 data category 3-2
continuing statements 3-7 default diameters 4-15
conventions 3-7 report 4-15
keywords 3-3 schedule 3-22
layout 3-7 valve 3-102
qualifiers 3-4 LINK 3-100
units of measurement 3-5, 3-13 Link 1-7, 3-100
Keywords device summary report 4-23
equipment devices 3-116 individual print option 3-103
fitting device 3-142 injection 3-101
flow device 3-104 joining together 1-10
GENERAL 3-9 method for single 2-22
network data 3-39 output 4-25, 4-33
system nodes 3-83 property detail output 4-33
unit operations data 3-158 report 4-22
K-value 2-12 summary 4-4
thermodynamic method 3-49 Liquid
activity methods 3-48
gravity 3-57
L molar volume 3-32
Laminar flow single-phase IPR 3-89
llimit 3-18 standard gravity 3-92
Laminar-inertial-turbulent model 3-129 Liquid density 2-12
Rackett parameter 3-31
LATENT 3-37
Liquid holdup
Latent heat 3-37
methods 3-19
Lee-Kessler-Plcker 3-55 Palmer correction 3-104, 3-107, 3-109, 3-110
Legend for description 3-7 Palmer correction factors 3-18
Length LKP 3-55

M thermodynamic 3-49
UNIFAC 3-32, 3-48
UNIQUAC 3-32
Mass UNIWAAL 3-48
basis 3-17 viscosity 2-16
Matching field data 3-23 Vogel model 3-129
Material Methods
thermal conductivity 3-22 holdup 3-19
Maximum power 3-118 liquid activity 3-48
Maximum pressure 3-118 prediction 2-13
pressure drop 3-19
Maximum speed 3-118
Metric
MCHOKE 3-145
units of measurement 3-12
MCOMPRESS 3-119
Mitre bend 3-143
Measurement
Mixed component types 2-10
basis 3-6
Mixed fluid properties 2-19
Medium
annular 3-112 Molecular weight 3-36
conductivity of surrounding 3-21 assay 3-93
density of surounding 3-105 methods 3-35
density of surrounding 3-21 of pseudocomponent 3-34
specific heat of annular 3-112 MREGULATOR 3-146
surrounding pipe 3-105 Multi-source
surrounding pipes 3-21 well completions 3-128
temperature of surrounding 3-105 MW 3-36
thermal conductivity 3-105
thermal conductivity of annular 3-112
type of annular 3-112 N
velocity of annular 3-112
velocity of surrounding 3-105
viscosity of annular 3-112 NBP 3-36
viscosity of surounding 3-105 NETWORK 3-39
viscosity of surrounding 3-21 Network
METHOD 3-49 accelerated calculations 3-46
Method acceleration 3-46
Babu-Odeh 3-130 calculation method 3-99
characterization 3-35 connectivity plot 4-13
Chisholm 3-143, 3-148, 3-149, 3-150, 3-151, 3- convergence 2-21, 3-102
152, 3-153, 3-154, 3-155, 3-156 convergence parameters 3-39
data 3-39 data category 3-1
Fetkovich gas flow model 3-129 initial estimates 2-21
for completion device 3-116 input data in report 4-11
Henry’s Law 3-48 junctions 2-23
Homogeneous two-phase 3-143, 3-148, 3-149, keywords 3-39
3-150, 3-151, 3-152, 3-153, 3-154, 3-155, 3-156 links 2-23
inflow performance 3-88, 3-89 results 4-19
IPR tabular model 3-132 solution 3-39
laminar-inertial-turbulent 3-129 steam 2-24
molecular weight 3-35 structure 2-21
network 3-99 subnetwork 2-24
phase-splitting at junction 3-100 subsurface 2-41, 2-43
Productivity Index 3-128 tolerance 3-44
Networks 1-8 PVT input data 4-10
pressure balance solution method 1-10 source input data 4-11
Nodal analysis 2-3, 2-47 structure input data 4-12
data category 3-2 thermodynamic input 4-7
dividing links 2-47 OUT-DIMENSION 3-28
input data report 4-16 Output
output 4-37 case study 4-14, 4-36
results 2-48 density 4-33
selecting flowrates 2-48 friction 4-33
selecting parameters 2-48 heat transfer 4-34
variables 2-49 holdup 4-30
Node hydrate prediction 4-34
report 4-22 lift gas input 4-17
reports 3-28, 4-4 link property detail 4-33
sensitivity analysis 2-49 network connectivity 4-13
solution 2-49 nodal analysis 4-16, 4-37
system 3-83 options 3-28
Nominal pipe diameter 4-15
inside diameter 3-22 pressure gradient 4-31
Nominal diameter 2-29 print options 3-27
results 4-3, 4-19
Non-compositional
Results Access System 3-27, 4-40
fluid properties 2-15, 3-57
slug 4-35
gas properties 2-16, 3-57
solutions 4-20
sources 2-20
sphering 4-39
non-library 3-31 surface tension 4-33
Non-library components 3-31 units of measurement 3-28
Normal boiling point 3-36 velocity 4-30
NOZZLE 3-151 viscosity 4-33
Nozzle 3-151 Output units 2-5
flow coefficient 3-152 Outside diamter
pressure drop calculation 2-33 tubing 3-23
user-defined pressure drop 3-152
P
O
Palmer liquid holdup
of annular medium 3-112 correction factors 3-18
OLGA 3-19, 3-20 Palmer liquid holdup correction factors
Options in annulus 3-109
output 3-28 in pipes 3-104
in risers 3-107
ORIFICE 3-152
in tubing 3-110
Orifice 3-152
Parallel compressor trains 3-119
flow coefficient 3-152
pressure drop calculation 2-33 Parameter
user-defined pressure drop 3-153 definition 2-49
Hildebrand solubility 3-32
Ouput
component input 4-8 Parameters
general input data 4-9 binary interaction 3-48
network input data 4-11 convergence 3-39

interaction 3-55 thermal conductivity 3-22, 3-106
selecting 2-48 thermal conductivity of surrounding 3-105
parameters thickness 3-22, 3-106
grouping 2-48 velocity of surrounding 3-105
PC 3-36 viscosity of surrounding 3-105
Perforations Pipe schedule 2-29
in completion device 3-116 from external file 3-22
Performance Piping structure 2-3
inflow 3-125 Planning
Performance curves 3-119 facilities 2-42
production 2-41
Performance relationship 2-24, 3-85
Plot
Permeability
phase envelope 4-29
crushed zone 3-117
pressure 4-27
of gravel in completion 3-116
temperature 4-27
PETROLEUM 3-33
Plotting options 2-6
Petroleum
Plotting results 2-6
pseudocomponents 3-33
units of measurement 3-12 Polytropic
compressor 3-120
Phase envelope
efficiency 3-120
output 4-28
plot 4-29 Power
auxilliary for pump 3-137
Phase separation 2-11
available 3-119
Pigging 2-40 maximum 3-118
sphere diameter 3-106 of pump 3-136
time step 3-24
PR 3-55
PIPE 3-104
Prandtl number
Pipe 2-24, 3-104 rigorous calculation 3-17
buried 2-38, 3-21
Prediction methods 2-13
buried partially 3-106
density of surrounding 3-105 Pressure
depth of buried 3-105 abandonment 3-127
depth of buried pipe 3-22 change device 3-122
diameter in report 4-15 convergnece tolerance 3-24
flow efficiency 3-105 critical 3-36
heat transfer 2-38 difference 2-35
heat transfer calculations 2-38 discharge 3-119
heat transfer coefficient 3-105 drawdown 2-41
insulation thickness 3-106 gradient report 4-31
Palmer correction factors 3-104 interstage compressor 3-120
pressure drop correlations 2-27 losses 3-120
roughness 3-23, 3-104 maximum 3-118, 3-127
schedule 3-22 minimum bottom hole 3-127
segment size 3-106 plot 4-27
segmentation 3-24 pseudo 3-130
sizing data output 4-15 report 4-26
surrounded by air 2-38 reservoir 3-62
surrounded by soil 2-38 shutdown 3-127
surrounded by water 2-38 suction 3-119
surrounding medium 3-21, 3-105 tolerance 3-44
temperature of surrounding 3-105 user-define drop through bend 3-143

user-define drop through contraction 3-148 Productivity Index model 3-128
user-define drop through exit 3-150 Properties
user-define drop through expansion 3-151 generated 2-19
user-define drop through nozzle 3-152 tabular 2-19
user-define drop through orifice 3-153 thermodynamic 2-7
user-define drop through tee 3-154 transport 2-7
user-define drop through valve 3-156 Properties output 2-5
user-define drop through venturimeter 3-156
Property
vapor 3-37
adjust 3-62
Pressure balance solution method 1-10 blackoil 3-60, 3-61
Pressure drop compositional fluid 3-58
across segment 3-24 condensate 3-59
calculations 2-27, 2-28 correlation options 3-66
completion calculation 2-31 interpolations 3-46
correlations 2-27, 3-18 lift gas 3-62
fitting calculation 2-33 non-compositional 3-57
Hazen-Williams method 3-23 non-compositional gas 3-57
methods 3-19 read from file 3-74
selecting global correlations 3-18 set for streams 3-57
single-phase methods 3-20 steam 3-54, 3-58
Pressure Drop Methods 1-3 tablular blackoil 3-63
Pressure drop methods 2-6 thermodynamic calculation 3-52
Pressure gradient transport methods 3-53
acceleration 2-29 water 3-54
elevation 2-28 Pseudo-component
frictional 2-28 fixed property data 2-10
Pressure limits 2-7 property calculation methods 2-9
variable property data 2-10
Pressure ratio
warning 3-121 Pseudocomponent
properties 3-34
PRINT 3-27
specific gravity 3-34
Print options 2-5, 3-27
Pseudocomponents 2-9, 3-33
devices 2-5
flash results 2-5 Pseudo-pressure
for individual links 3-103 formulation 3-130
generated properties 3-70, 3-72 Pseudo-pressure formulation 2-41
input reprint 2-5 PUMP 3-136
iterative results 2-5 Pump 3-136
output units 2-5 auxilliary power 3-137
plotting options 2-6 curve 3-136
properties output 2-5 degradation 3-138
results access system 2-6 efficiency 3-137
Priority electric submersible 2-36, 3-138
of sources 3-84 in a well 3-138
shut in 3-84 multispeed 2-36
Process equipment 2-34 power 3-136
available equipment items 2-25 power and duty 1-5
Production RILING correction 3-136
decline rates 2-43 simple 2-36
Production planning 2-41 PVT
simulation 3-16
production planning 2-41
tables 3-16 PVTGEN results 4-17
PVT data results 4-19
input data in report 4-10 results summary 4-25
PVTGEN results 4-17 separator results 4-21
slug 3-27, 4-35
solution 4-20
Q source input data 4-11
sphering 4-39
structure data summary 4-24
Qualifiers 3-4 structure input data 4-12
Quality temperature 4-26
steam 2-50, 3-85 thermodynamic input 4-7
Quality of steam 2-17, 2-20 velocity 4-30
velocity summary 4-24
Re-routing and mothballing 1-5
R Reservoir 2-41
decline data 3-125
Rackett parameter 3-31 depletion 2-42
Radiant interpolate decline curves 3-126
heat transfer resistance 3-22, 3-105 multiple 2-41
pressure 3-62
Radius of curvature 3-143
pressure drawdown 2-41
Radius of gyration 3-31 relationships 2-41
Rating mode 2-3 temperature 3-62
REGULATOR 3-138 time-stepping 2-41
Regulator 3-138 well data 3-135
multi-network 3-146 Reservoir curves 2-41
multinetwork 2-36 Reservoir data 3-133
simple 2-36 Reservoir simulators
Report Eclipse link 3-9
case study 4-14 Resistance coefficient
component input 4-8 expansion device 3-151
device summary results 4-23 valve 3-154
flash results 4-20
Resisteance coefficient
gaslift input data 4-17
bend 3-142
general input data 4-9
contraction 3-147
holdup 4-30
entrance 3-148
inflow performance 4-19
exit 3-149
lift gas input 4-17
tee 3-153
link detail 4-25
link property detail 4-33 Results
link summary results 4-22 Access System 3-27, 4-40
network connectivity 4-13 case study 4-36
network input data 4-11 density 4-33
nodal analysis input 4-16 device summary 4-23
node 3-28 flash 4-20
node summary results 4-22 friction 4-33
pipe diameters 4-15 heat transfer calculation 4-34
pressure 4-26 hydrate prediction 4-34
pressure gradient 4-31 inflow performance 4-19
PVT input data 4-10 input reprint 4-2
intermediate printout 4-3, 4-19
link detail 4-25 S
link summary 4-22
network directory 4-19
nodal analysis 2-48, 4-37 Saturated steam 2-17
node summary 4-22 Schedule
output 4-3 default fitting 3-22
output dimensions 3-28 default pipe 3-22
pressure 4-26 default riser 3-23
reports 4-2 default tubing 3-23
sensitivity analysis 2-48 from external file 3-22
separator 4-21 line sizing 3-22
solution output 4-20 pipe 2-29
sphering 4-39 Scrubber fluids 3-120
structure data summary 4-24 SEGMENT 3-24
summary 4-25
Segment
surface tension 4-33
automatic 3-25
temperature 4-26
length for annulus 3-24
tolerances 3-44
length for pipe 3-24
velocity summary 4-24
length for riser 3-24
viscosity 4-33
length for tubing 3-24
Results Access System maximum number 3-24
output 3-27, 4-40 number of 3-106, 3-109, 3-113
Results access system 2-6 pressure drop 3-24
Reynolds number size 3-106, 3-109, 3-113
limit for laminar flow 3-18 temperature drop 3-24
RILING correction 3-136 Segmentation
RISER 3-106 of links 3-24
Riser 2-24, 3-106 Sensitivity analysis 2-3, 2-47
default schedule 3-23 data category 3-2
elevation 3-107 dividing links 2-47
flow efficiency 3-108 output 4-37
heat transfer calculations 2-38 results 2-48
heat transfer coefficient 3-22, 3-108 selecting flowrates 2-48
inside diameter 3-23 selecting parameters 2-48
Palmer correction factors 3-107 variables 2-49
pressure drop correlations 2-27 SEPARATOR 3-139
roughness 3-107 Separator 2-36, 3-139
segment size 3-106 bottomhole 2-37
segmentation 3-24 in a well 3-140
Roughness injection 2-35
of annulus 3-109 report 4-21
of bend 3-143 SET 3-57
of pipe 3-23, 3-104 set global defaults 3-21
of riser 3-107
SGOR 3-64
of tee 3-154
of tubing 3-110 Shot
density in completion device 3-116
Shut in
priority 3-84
Shutdown
gas oil ratio 3-127

pressure 3-127 output 4-39
SI slug catcher sizing 1-7
units of measurement 3-12 SRK 3-55
SIMSCI databank Stages
component properties 3-33 number for pump 3-137
Simulation number of compressor 3-118, 3-120
using PVT tables 3-16 standard 3-36
Single link Standard density 3-36
method 2-22 STDDENSITY 3-36
Single-phase Steam
pressure drop methods 3-20 expander 2-35, 3-123
Sizing gravity 3-58
flow devices 2-26 methods 3-19
lines 2-26 network 2-24
Slug properties 3-54, 3-58
report 3-27, 4-35 quality 2-50, 3-85
Soil Steam properties 2-17
thermal conductivity 3-22, 3-105 quality 2-17, 2-20
Solid saturation 2-17
components 3-31 Straight-through tee 3-99
Solubility Stream
parameter 3-32 name 3-83, 3-86
water in hydrocarbons 2-8 Structure
SOLUTION 3-39 data category 3-2
Solution data report 4-24
gas oil ratio 3-62, 3-64 input data in report 4-12
gas oil ratio correlations 3-66 Submersible
Solution node 2-49 pump 2-36
SOURCE 3-83 Submersible pump 3-138
Source Subnetwork 2-24
assays in 3-84 regulator 2-36
composition 3-84 Subnetworks
compositional 2-20, 3-86 compressor 2-34
input data in report 4-11 Subsurface
non-compositional 2-20 junctions 3-99
Sources Subsurface networks 2-41, 2-43
shutting down 3-125 Suction pressure 3-119
Specific gravity 2-18, 3-36, 3-92 SURFACE 3-37
for assays 3-34 Surface tension 3-37
Specific heat 3-37 results 4-33
of annular medium 3-112 Swing valve 3-154
ratio 3-58
Synthetic components 2-11
Speed
Synthetic fuel 3-31
maximum 3-118
System
SPGR 3-36
nodes 3-83
Sphering 2-3, 2-40, 3-24 predefined TRANSPORT 3-53
invoking calculations 3-16 thermodynamic methods 3-52

T of soil 3-22
of surrounding 3-105
of surrounding medium 3-21
TABULAR 3-63 of the earth 3-112
Tabular of tubing 3-111
IPR model 3-132 pipe material 3-106
Tabular data 2-18 Thermodyanic methods
formation volume factor 3-64 Lee-Kessler-Plcker 3-55
gas oil ratio 3-64 Thermodynamic
gravity 3-65 binary interaction data 3-48
inflow performance 3-133 capabilities 2-14
viscosity 3-65 data category 3-2
Tabular properties 2-19 input data in report 4-7
blackoil 3-63 liquid activity methods 3-48
TACITE 3-19, 3-20 methods 3-49
Taitel-Dukler UNIQUAC 3-32
flow regime map 3-27, 4-32 Thermodynamic methods 2-11
TBP distillation property 3-90 Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling 3-55
density 2-12, 3-49
TC 3-36
enthalpy 2-12, 3-49
TEE 3-153 for entire system 3-49
Tee 3-153 K-value 3-49
dead-end 3-99 Peng-Robinson 3-55
pressure drop calculation 2-33 predefined sets 3-52
resistance coefficient 3-153 property calculation 3-52
roughness 3-154 Soave-Redlich-Kwong 3-55
straight-through 3-99 steam 3-54
user-defined pressure drop 3-154 system 3-52
Temperature TRANSPORT 3-53
ambient 2-39, 3-21, 3-105 transport property 3-53
change device 3-122 UNIFAC 3-32
critical 3-36 water 3-54
difference 2-35 Thermodynamic properties 2-7, 2-11
drop across segment 3-24 aqueous phase enthalpy 2-12
geothermal gradient 3-21, 3-109, 3-111 binary interaction 2-13
interstage 3-120 multiple methods 2-13
of rock formation 3-99 Thickness
plot 4-27 of insulation 3-22, 3-106
report 4-26 of pipe 3-22, 3-106
reservoir 3-62
Time
tolerance 3-44
injection 3-112
warning 3-121
production 3-112
Temperature limits 2-7
Time step
Termal expansion sphering and pigging 3-24
coefficient 3-112
time step 3-24
text comments 3-4
Time-stepping 2-41, 3-134
Thermal conductivity 3-37 data category 3-3
of annular medium 3-112 reservoir decline data 3-125
of casing 3-111 well data 3-135
of insulation 3-22
TITLE 3-10
of pipe 3-22

Title keywords 3-158
keyword 3-10 Unit operations
TOLERANCE 3-44 available items 2-26
Tolerance 3-44, 3-102 data category 3-2
enthalpy 3-24 Units of measurement 2-4, 3-5
power 3-123 basis of measurement 3-6
pressure 3-24 different output units 3-28
Total power 3-119 English 3-12
Transitional flow 2-7 keywords 3-13
metric 3-12
Transmission pipelines, application 1-5
mulitiple dimensional units 3-7
TRANSPORT 3-53 petroleum 3-12
Transport primary 3-12
property methods 3-53 secondary 3-12
Transport properties 2-7, 2-13 SI 3-12
TUBING 3-110 UNIWAAL method 3-48
Tubing 2-24, 3-110 UOP factor 3-92
annular medium 3-112 User-defined
default schedule 3-23 components 2-9
depth 3-110
detailed heat transfer 3-111
diameter 3-111 V
dual completions 3-113
emissivity 3-111
VALVE 3-154
flow efficiency 3-111
for annulus 3-108 Valve 3-154
heat transfer 2-38 angle 3-155
heat transfer calculations 2-38 gas lift 2-35
heat transfer coefficient 3-22, 3-111 pressure drop calculation 2-33
inside diameter 3-23 resistance coefficient 3-154
outside diameter 3-23 size 3-102
Palmer correction factors 3-110 user-defined pressure drop 3-156
pressure drop correlations 2-27 velocity constant 3-155
roughness 3-110 Van der Waals
segment size 3-106, 3-113 area and volume 3-32
segmentation 3-24 Vapor
thermal conductivity 3-111 fugacity 3-48
time 3-112 Vapor density 2-12
Tubing data 2-38 Vapor pressure 3-37
Tunnel Variables
in completion device 3-116 for sensitivity analysis 2-49
Two 5-24 VC 3-36
Velocity
constant for valve 3-155
U data report 4-24
of annular medium 3-112
UNIFAC method 3-32, 3-48 of surrounding medium 3-105
UNIQUAC method 3-32 output 4-30
UNIT 3-158, 3-159 VENTURIMETER 3-156
Unit operation 3-159 Venturimeter 3-156

flow coefficient 3-156 thermal conductivity 3-21, 3-105
pressure drop calculation 2-33 velocity 3-105
user-defined pressure drop 3-156 viscosity of surounding 3-105
VISCOSITY 3-37, 3-65 volume fraction in link 3-102
Viscosity 2-18, 3-37, 3-57, 3-112 Water gas ratio 3-85
blackoil 3-60, 3-61, 3-62, 3-65 Water solubility 2-8
compositional fluid 3-58 WATSONK factor 3-92
correlations 2-16, 3-66 Well 3-125
emulsion 3-66 abandonment pressure 3-127
method 2-16 choke inside 3-144
of surrounding medium 3-21, 3-105 data for time-stepping 3-135
overriding 2-13 devices 3-123
overriding data 2-16 flow basis 3-127
results 4-33 hole diameter 3-111
RILING correction 3-136 inflow performance relationship 3-88
specification 2-13 maximum gas oil ratio 3-127
tabular data 3-65 maximum water cut 3-127
Vogel model 3-129 minimum bottom hole pressure 3-127
Volume multi-source completions 3-128
critical 3-36 pump inside 3-138
formation factor 3-62, 3-64 separator inside 3-140
fraction in link 3-102 test data 3-88
liquid molar 3-32 well device 3-122
percent of scrubber fluids 3-120 Well control 3-84
VP 3-37 Wells 1-4, 1-5
detailed heat transfer 3-111
inflow performance 2-20
W injection 3-98, 3-101
multiple 2-41
Warning single 2-43
pressure ratio 3-121 well devices 3-108, 3-110
temperature 3-121 WTEST 3-88
WATER 3-54
Water
densnity of surrounding 3-105
Z
fraction at inversion point 3-66
maximum cut 3-127 ZC 3-36
options 3-54 Z-factor
percent in liquid phase 3-85 blackoil 3-66
properties 3-54 gas 2-16, 3-66
solubility calculation 3-54


PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PIPEPHASE 9.

All other products are trademarks or registered marks of their

Printed in the United States of America, June 2005.

Chapter 2 Using PIPEPHASE

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual iii

Chapter 3 Input Reference

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual v

Chapter 5 Technical Reference

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual vii

Chapter 6 Component Data Summary

Chapter 7 Thermodynamic Data Summary

Appendix A Pressure Drop Correlations

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual ix

About This Chapter

Scope and Objectives of PIPEPHASE

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual 1-1

Pressure Drop Methods

Typical Applications of PIPEPHASE

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual 1-3

Gathering Gathering systems, from the reservoir to the

Gaslift PIPEPHASE has four gaslift options. You may

Re-routing and For complex gathering and distribution networks,

Power and In addition to the pipe sizing for a new pipeline

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual 1-5

LNG, Carbon Because of its large library of component data and

Solving Networks with PIPEPHASE

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual 1-7

Figure 1-3: A typical PIPEPHASE Network

All networks are treated the same regardless of the number of

The Building Blocks

Note: PIPEPHASE is a steady-state program; therefore, there

Figure 1-4: Calculation Segment

In addition to the pressure balance for the pipe segment, a heat

Joining Segments Together

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual 1-9

Joining Links Together

Pressure Balance Solution Method

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual 1-11

About This Chapter

Defining the Application

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual 2-1

Flows and Conditions of Fluids

2-2 Using PIPEPHASE

Gaslift and Sphering

What PIPEPHASE Calculates

Rating, Design, Case Studies, and Nodal Analysis

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual 2-3

To set the... See...

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual 2-5

2-6 Using PIPEPHASE

Defining Fluid Properties

Defining Properties for Compositional Fluids

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual 2-7

Water as a Special Component

2-8 Using PIPEPHASE

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual 2-9

2-10 Using PIPEPHASE

Thermodynamic Properties and Phase Separation

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual 2-11

2-12 Using PIPEPHASE

Multiple Thermodynamic Methods

PIPEPHASE 9.0 Keyword Manual 2-13

The thermodynamic set can also be set for junctions

Additional Thermodynamic Capabilities